Loading...
HomeMy WebLinkAboutPermit B92-0223 - INFINITI OF SEATTLE - SANITARY SIDE SEWER:raaniow I N■ of 5eptyrua .9\-osa3 THIS CERTIFICATE ISSUED PURSUANT' TO THE REQUIREMENTS, OF ION: !� SECT, 307 OF THE UNIFORM BUILDING,. COKE CERTIFYING ,.THAT' AT' TIME OF,,rISsUANCE` STRUCTURE • . WAS IN COMPLIA { Ea WITH THE• VARIOUS ORDINANCES OF ''THE CITY 4 +REGULATING . BUILDING CONSTRUCTION O;USE� AND ALL S APPLICABL.F! FIRE CODES. FOR THE : FOLLOWING: Illt ;' :. f CERTIFICATE OF OCCUPANCY CITY OF TUKWILA 6300 SOUTHCENTER,...BOULEVARD, SUITE 100 TUKW.I 'WAS $I;NGTON 98:188 Ten` ;,INFINTTI OF:'SEATTLE.. Building Addn,essv:wW BAKER BL;:. Par��c,e #: 0r2234 0075�,'�, x Qmere. :4ALCAKSON 'HASELWOOD ,ENTERPRISES. Qp, ;upancy': STORE Occupancy Group`: B- 2%'E3' =1 A :S . ,' , yf yJ ,r YY .J' REMQV�E1 EX�IcSTING� :)CONCRETE WALL. AND I`NSITA L�., NEW AND Permil; , Occupant;`,; Lo`a' : 1 Type of .Const::` • THIS CERTIFICATE , MUST' BE CONSPICUOUSLY POSTED: THE PREMISES M E M O R A N D U M MJ . . City of Tukwila TO: Kim Hart FROM: Denise Millard SUBJECT: Release of Bond DATE: June 16, 1993 6300 Southceater Boulevard, Suite #100 • Tukwila, Washington 98188 John W. Rants, Mayor Department of Community Development Rick Beeler, Director Please release the $3,000.00 cash bond currently being held by the City of Tukwila against Infiniti of Seattle. Per Denni Shefrin the landscaping has been completed and approved per plans. Enclosed are the approprite forms for release. Thank you. (206) 431%3670 • Fax (206) 431,3665 Community Development / Public Works • 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite 100 • Tukwila, Washington 98188 Permit No: PW93 -0047 Status: ISSUED Project: INFINITI OF SEA Site Address: Parcel No: Wetlands: Water: UNKNOWN Type of Install: PCOM Number of Units: 000 New SQ FT: Contractor License No: PHARRC *233P8 TENANT INFINITI OF SEATTLE OWNER CONTACT CONTRACTOR Signature: Final Inspection Approved: SANITARY SIDE SEWER ,Watercourse: Sewer: Exist SQ FT: Inspector Signature Date Issued: 03/19/1993 Approval Letter: 03/19/1993 Expires: 09/15/1993 Slopes: Add SQ FT: TALLAKS_ON`'HASELWOOD`ENTERP 13201 36TH ST, BELLEVUE WA ED LINARDIC ` 13;1;9:IDEXTER: AV N #260; SEATTLE, WA 98109 PHARR COMPANY ,,11;4 131ST AVENUE N.E. ;' BELLEVUE, WA 98005 Descri pti SANITARY SIDE SEWER k***** 4(*****,**k kkkk k: llr* k yirk ***k k* *kkkkk *kk * *****kk* *k *** **** ee: =ee Special ant Phone: 20.00 Acct No: 402/342.400 .00: Acct No.: 402/388.102 00 `. Acct No: 402/388.101 (206) 431 -3670 206 283 -4767 Phone:. 206 455 -1087 ,, TOTAL ..FEE:: 20 00 k*******• k***A** k• k** k***' kkk k **,*.* k,***** *k* * ** *k ** * * *** *k *k THE APPLICANT, HEREBY: ACCEPTS THIS PERMIT. AND. AGREES TO ABIDE BY ALL APPLICABLE -SECTIONS OF THE , CITY/OF TUKWILA' MUNICIPAL CODE AND APPROVED PLANS . WE ALSO AGREE THAT;: THE CITY OF TUKWILA °SHALL; BEHELD : ..HARMLESS FROM ALL OR ANY CLAIMS ARISING AS.A RESULT OF THIS PROJECT. PERMITS WHICH HAVE LAPSED EYOND THE PERMIT,EXPIRAT'ION DATE SHALL REQUIRE„REAPPLICATION AND RE- ISSUANCE OF THE PERMIT THROUGH THE CITY OF TUKWILA AT AN ADDITIONAL FEE. APPLICANT MUST NOTIFY THE CITY INSPECTOR OF COMMENCEMENT & COMPLETION OF WORK AT LEAST 24 URS. I-N ADVANCE. FOR AN INSPECTION CALL '433 -0179. Company: : <... ;Title: ***** kkkkk** k** k *k * * * *4 ** * *k *k * *k *** * * *k ** *** * *kk *k **** ***** * *** *kk *kk *kk *** APPROVED FOR I UANCE BY GV By: � ,�iL%C _ -_ 1 ff 3 Authorized Permit Center Signature Date ******** k* k***** k******** k* k****** k**** k******* ** * * *k * *k * * * * * * * * * * ** *k *•k * * * ** I hereby .certify that the permit holder whose name and address appears on this record has satisfactorily met the standards and conditions for side sewer construction. Ci of Thkwtl� Community Development / Public Works • 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite 100 • Tukwila, Washington 98188 BUILDING PERMIT Permit No: B92 -0223 Type: B -BUILD Category: ACOM Address: 400 BAKER BL Location: Parcel #: 022310 -0075 Zoning: CM Type Const: III -N Gas /Elec: Wetlands: Water: N/A Contractor License No.: PHARRC *233P8 TENANT OWNER CONTACT CONTRACTOR *********************************************** * * * * * * * * * ** * * * *** * * * * * * * * * ** r . r Permit Description:• REMOVE EXISTING CONCRETE. WALL AND INSTALL NEW WALL AND FINISH. SETBACKS Units: 000`; _0 Back: Buildings 001 :.0: Right Fire Protection: SPRINKLERED UBC Edition: 1988 Valuation: 400,1)00.00 Total Permit Fee: 2,792.18 * * * * * ** r*'************************************ * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *' * * *' * * * * * ** Slopes: Sewer: N/A INFINITI OF SEATTLE Phone: 400 BAKER BOULEVARD, TUKWILA, WA 98188 TALLAKSON HASELWOOD.ENTERPR.IS,E•S. Phone: 13201 SE 36TH ST, BELLEVUE WA 98007`'`•. LINARDIC ED Phone: 1319 DEXTER AVE NORTH. #260, SEATTLE, WA 981.09 PHARR COMPANY Phone: 114 131ST AVENUE N.E., BELLEVUE, WA 9.8005 Front: Left: Permit Center Authorized Signature Date I hereby ce,rti,fy that I have read andi examined this. permit and - know: the b same to 'e correct. All prov.,isions Hof, law and ordinances governing,this` work will be complied ,.with, whether •specified her,ei.n or not The granting•f this...p.ermit does not 'presume-to-give authority ; 'to violate or cancel the; p,rovis;ins of any other state or .local laws regulating construction or -.the performance •of,_work. I am authorized to ;-sign for and obtain this but 1.M'n,q pe� it. Signature: Print Name : , GIB &ABU Status: ISSUED Issued: 09/22/1992 Expires: 03/21/1993 Type of Occupancy: STORE 206 206 206 206 433 -1000 433 -1000 283 -4764 455 -1087 (206) 431-3670 This permit shall become null and vodAf' "'the work is not commenced 180 days from the date of issuance, or if the work is suspended or abandoned for a period of 180 days from the last inspection. within : 7 HtHEB X<:CEfinFY TNAT I J IA E READ:: THIS APPL.IGAT /ON.,>ANIMVOW is E SAMal: BE IIE AND iPPRRg'CT,.. Contact Person (print name): Op L0.3.6poy e. Applicant /Authorized fed Agent Signature: PtA Print Name: eV 6.0 1",d1Goe G Address: '3"'j p latr a AVIV MA gita Albo Date: g/ 4if $ Phone: �3 - f7og¢ 617 ?iGor SO Phone: zeig —4-74 d Date Application Expires: iq_ q Date Application Accepted: U7 --(Gt,CN PROJECT >': INFORMATI Property Owner: Street Address: Engineer: (...) 1 1-,, , - Street Address: i , ( Contractor: Street Address: King Cty Assessor Acct #: 0 " `m 1164 Contractor's License #: Channelization /Striping /Signing ':'REQUESTED.' 0 Curb Cut/Access /Sidewalk ❑ Fire Loop /Hydr. (main to vault) - No.: Sizes: ❑ Flood Zone Control Hauling Land Altering cubic yards VI Landscape Irrigation ❑ Moving an Oversized Load Est. start/end times: Date: ❑ Sanitary Side Sewer - No.: ;:WATER .METEI DEPOSiTI < >; ;; REFUND /BILLi MONTHLY; ; >< : >SERVICE!<' BILLINGS` TO ❑ Water iPROJE DESCRIP:TION`:<i ❑ Multiple- Family Dwelling No. of Units: City ofTuk ► .�''la Central Permit System - Engineering Division 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 Site Address: �^r� E„�,C�'_ , tom,- -.�-•, Phone No.: City /State /lp: Phone No.: Cit /State/Zip: G. a.a 9e Phone No.: Name of Project: #4 01 4 04400. Pi►t•vD Name: •-i4asYsfe Street Address: Name: 45147-1 e Street Address: ❑ Sewer ❑ Metro ❑ Hotel ❑ Motel UTILITY PERMIT APPLICATION ❑ Standby ❑ Single- Family Residential ❑ Apartments ❑ Condominiums ❑ Duplex ❑ Triplex J CommerciaVIndustrial ❑ Office • Retail MISCELLANEOUS New Building INFORMATION Square Footage: King County Assessor's valuation of existing structures: ❑ Warehouse ❑ Manufacturing Remodel/ Addition Appllca # Phone: (206) 433 - 0179 City /State/Zip: 433- /cam &7-2- 4Q, .ak. Exp. Date: ❑ Sewer Main Extension ❑ Private c: P3 Storm Drainage IM- Street Use ❑ Water Main Extension ❑Private ❑ Public ❑ Water Meter / Exempt: - No.: — Sizes* Deduct ❑ Water Only ❑ ❑ Water Meter / Permanent - No — Sizes ❑ Water Meter/ Temporary:- No.: — Sizes Estimated quantity• Schedule: ❑ Other: ❑ Church ❑ Hospital Phone No.: City /State /Zip: Phone No.: City /State /Zip: ❑ Other: ❑ School /College /University ❑ Other: ❑ Public Square footage of original building space: 8 a Square footage of additional building space: 1 44.e.Y0 Valuation of work to be done: $ ' vo Lao LN 04/22/92 SUBMITTAL CHE KLiST 1 All site plans shall be provided in one submittal for review by the Public Works Department. Six (6) sets of plans stamped by a licensed engineer are required along with this application completed and signed by the applicant's representative. The following information is necessary for Public Works Department evaluation and approval of site plans: • All utility construction is to meet the City of Tukwila Standards • Indicate scale of drawing and show north arrow • Identify location by address or distance to nearest intersection • Identify public right -of -way and any easements • Use standard 24" x 36" sheets for all site plans CURB CUT /ACCESS /SIDEWALK / CHANNELIZATION /STRIPING/SIGNING O Dimensions O Type of surfacing - asphalt, crushed rock, etc.(and thickness) O Percent of slope and runoff direction O Size of curb cuts / locations O Vehicular and pedestrian traffic facilities, including signing and striping, wheel chair ramps, curb cuts O 20' of paving on all gravel driveways connecting to paved roads FIRE LOOP /HYDRANT O Type of pipe / hydrant O Size of pipe /location O Location and type of all valves O Type of bedding and backfill material / percent compaction O Distance from structures, storm and sewer facilities O Location and size of thrust blocking FLOOD ZONE CONTROL (Requirements are under Rood Ord. No. 1462 and can be obtained from the Public Works Dept.) O Lowest finished floor elevation O Contours and elevations per National Geodetic Vertical Datum LAND ALTERING (CLEARING, CUT AND FILL) O Contour map (2' intervals) showing existing and proposed contours O Estimate of yardage, both cut and fill O Erosion control plan with temporary and permanent measures HAULING O quantities of materials to be hauled to and/or from site O Copy of Certificate of insurance coverage (minimum $1,000,000) O $2,000 bond made out to the City of Tukwila for property damages caused by activities O Route map LANDSCAPE IRRIGATION O Location of DSHS approved double check valve O Type of pipe - copper, high density molecular plastic, ductile O Size and depth of pipe O Size of meter and meter box O Location and elevation of meter box (water meter - permanent and exempt). Clearly show whether tap is on main or domestic service O Location and type of tap O Type of bedding and backfill material / percent compaction MOVING AN OVERSIZED LOAD O Copy of Certificate of insurance coverage (minimum $1,000,000) O $5,000 bond made out to the City of Tukwila for property damages caused by activities O Business License with City of Tukwila O Route map O Dimensions (L X W X H) of overall load .'r. SANITARY SI . SEWER O Type of pipe - concrete, PVC, etc. O Size of pipe/location O Percent of slope on pipe/length of run O Connection point(s) to existing system O Location of cleanout(s) and test Tec(s) O Type of bedding and backfill material /percent compaction O Invert elevations at structures and junctions SEWER MAiN EXTENSION O Type of pipe - concrete, PVC, etc. O Size of pipe/location O Percent of slope on pipe/length of run O Connection point(s) to existing system O Location of cleanouts and manholes O Type of bedding and backfill material /percent compaction STORM DRAINAGE (include existing topography and proposed grading and surfacing) O Type of pipe — concrete, ADS, etc. O Size of pipe / location O Percent of slope on pipe / length of run O Location of all structures O Square footage of area to be drained, including roof area O Type of bedding and backfill material / percent compaction O Invert or flow line elevations STREET USE O Complete description of proposed activity O Map with address and outline of limits of activity relative to public right -of -way and easements O Proposed traffic control/detour (per Manual of Uniform Traffic Control Devices) O Proposed schedule (times and dates) WATER MAIN EXTENSION O Type of pipe — copper, PVC, etc. O Size of pipe / location O Hydrant types and locations O Valve types and locations O Connection point(s) to existing system O Type of connection - live tap, tee, etc. O Location and size of thrust blocking O Size and location of mains, including elevations (profile) WATER METER - EXEMPT O Diagram of domestic system /tie in of exempt meter O Number /account for existing domestic meter O Size and type of material of meter, service and meter box O Site address WATER METER - PERMANENT O Type of pipe - copper, high density molecular plastic, ductile O Size and depth of pipe O Size of meter and meter box O Location and elevation of meter box (water meter - permanent and exempt) O Location and type of tap O Type of bedding and backfill materials /percent compaction WATER METER - TEMPORARY O Address and hydrant location O Size of meter O Estimate of quantity and schedule er t e •u• is "or s Department as compete• t e r review an e • ans are approve •, t e app scant wi •: nob ie by letter concerning the necessary permits and requirements; an approved set of plans will accompany the letter. If the plans are not approved, the applicant will be notified by letter of necessary resubmittal requirements. < 1906 J--7■1 1 9 992 Street Address: .. .. LL1 P•0 EFUND/ 0 Multiple-Family Dwelling No. of Units: ISA Commercial/Industrial MISCE IN FOR M&TIO N Date: tiN a Date Application Accepted: I.... 1 r-- ;••,‘ City of Tukk APP"u RE - 0 1L1 Central Permit System — Engineering Division 1.63.190Jattryenter Blvd., Suite #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 jJ q TUKvy .„YR IN FORMATIO N • 'Name of Project: Property Owner: H 1 Street Address: * 0.4wIcieee. bittl-At Engineer: Street Address: to P 4 Contractor: King Cty Assessor Acct it MI " Contractors License #: igg al- Curb Cut/Access/Sidewalk • 0 Fire Loop/Hydr. (main to vault) - No.: 0 Flood Zone Control 01. Hauling Land Altering 5 7 ° cubic yards Landscape Irrigation 0 Moving an Oversized Load Est. start/end times: Date: O Sanitary Side Sewer - No.: Name: isrm-f Street Address: Name: -Searie Street Address: 0 Water 0 Sewer 0 Metro O Hotel O Motel O Office El Retail 0 New Building Square F King County Assessors valuation of existing structures: $ UTILITY PERMIT APPLICATION 0 Standby Single-Family Residential O Duplex O Triplex 0 O Warehouse O Manufacturing a-op Phone: (206) 433-0179 Phone No.: 03.$ - /t::) , cs City/State/Zip: it.4.140-U ' Phone No.: eIZ:2- City/State/Zip: (GI 0.4/..,A.,4N Phone No.: City/State/Zip: Exp. Date: O Sewer Main Extension 0 Private 0 Public Storm Drainage Sizes: --er-etreet--U-se- O Water Main Extensbn OPrivate 0 P.Jblic O Water Meter/ Exempt: - No.: Sizes' Deduct 0 Water Only 0 O Water Meter/ Perrnanent - No • O Water Meter/ Temporary:- No.: • Estimated quantity: Schedule: O Other: • Phone No.: City/State/Zip: Phone No.: City/State/Zip: Apartments 0 Other: Condominiums O Church O Hospital 0 School/College/University 0 Other: M Remodel/ Square footage of original building space': n o Addition Square footage of additional building space: 14 Valuation of work to be done: $ Applicant/Authorized As-n Si n, r Print Name: co c.i0 READ1llS4PFiiCAT Contact Person print name): er f> 1...w4,131:71 C-. Address: t etc of 0.1 ef- &too 6PE.4-sepir t a.4 cizslal Phone: Le, ...4q 1 Phone: 2.43 a - fit7a5 Q 1 Date Application Expires: Ia t c -. q Q 04/22/92 51%1AVE S 132 no 44 TVI Mita_ 4OTH AVC Mh 14TM AVE S: 47TH AVE 3 .••• •,k• ' Av2 4.1 I 1 -4-6"-r *********** ... .......... "" .... syttl • t ' -••• ''''''' T (1 11 ., g "V" 0 • - • • ..... .••••- —• A4OVEA! .AAA — • ,,f)0,1714. A 4ALLIV rai -- r=•..•:. ..... .................-- •''''/,:r.-:":".t..--- ...... 7:::::-.•......." ::: 7 F.7 - '7 , ------ ........., .. -.. ..— INTERSTATE 7 5 .... .........._ ..,,„- .... -- ....'!!• PAPhtv1v ,* i vt.0 t •.•1 ,111 tif 8 •••■ - - _ LONGACRES RACE TRACK XII i • 1 I . 1 1 1191 AVE S 1- I I . .... .. ......... ..... ..... ..... ..... . • .. 4 r;vrn r 'AU). CAA 4 - ~ ~4 44.. ._....... ...... , ~._.. ._. :. ...,_ � ° ~ ~ •__:.�..' ~_._ f4Tff V. Y • ~...._.... 4444... • _4444_ ..... L L.. .... n I. n I A . . ., n„. I , 'i ,. 1 :: , . . , ._, ..„,..._____, .......:____„ yr...* :" , :eCtl_l____ . 1 `:k1T .i n*I;H OA!7M'Y•fr c (• . HE3 v*,LE, w(:wiY {Y 7 INTERSTATE 5 I -. _u ..I 4444._ _... /� _._ _.. _._ • , • -- • o + s 4 4 44 __ 4444._ -.-._ _4444.. _ __... ..— _... -.._ ..— . .__ ._ __ .._ . ._._..� _... ti•s.a -4.44 wr.wewwrtissw_wiw�wN :4 4:441r , 1474. •re 1445 wKa_ •4Ts7∎44 1w 71 - ifrx i r �' __ LONGACRES RACE TRACK It • 1 fan 0 .V ^ m z f77f 31 AO: AVk 3 1 .1 4•3 Avr. ''''' .."•••-• • ''''''''''''''''''' 0 1 1 i f.AtT I I 1 I --- 'our, on • 1/ • PRM'N.tr •• •••-• •- •-• «••- --•- -•-••- •- 3?; nit 4 .4: i:••; V -Id 14TH AVE J 44. LONGACRES RACE TRACK to )3 o 0' r 1 I 18 nL 4Ve 5 11 0 • T./ la X 7:. -4 1) 71 0 X m z %Tit - 1 0 - 1 2/6 • Ti r.r4 PAM', EAtIT j CI !!siDu14 Dn I 41 0 IN) • 1 1 ..5IST Ave % :11 Mr ft 1 CP — • „ :•7'.:1 .4 st4' l .... . .• *ATM AVE El -.. t N • •..— _•.___.•_ ,44 V • '.-- ;-;,1;t4H,747kin4.74.7iit•aiip44-47.-44.744-71.4;i)..."."74.4.7,:inWaiii7174,7ai■itgri..47.44747iFirViVii‘aski444:4071.41447. $43V4V"flt4644471 LONGACRES RACE TRACK .... .... ...... ... ...................... . ...... .... . ..... .. , „,., .. • . • r. 41 T- AVE 3 ".777:1.4 - 77 Z'L 1-1 Tri 0' :11 " X " P Permits P Permit Number P Approved Date Issued Channeiization / Striping / Signing Q - 7= r , Curb Cut / Access / Sidewalk W WQa 0/ S'-- '-- 7 76,-- /- 9.2_ Q Fire Loop / Hydrant Flood Zone Control Hauling v v I I r r/ , 4 r3 " " 1 - ,,r q q_t _ i l � Land Altering / /IO - 0 / , ,,_ / /_ "2-- - a )� L Landscape Irrigation / / j , i 6 7 7 _ _ _ 9 y _ _ / ci, Cj • Moving an Oversized Load Santtary Side Sewer Sewer Main Extension (private) Sewer Main Extension (public) Storm Drainage / / . O ,'.5 7 7 _ _-/ - l c 2— C C1 ' (I -- f — y Date Plans Date Routed Date Plans Date Resub. Received T .0 of Review to PWD A • . roved Re • uested Comments • - A i (' .AA,d gm, i i- - a Plan Check No. Project Name / 2. ' d Ct0 Site Address Suite No. A- 6A— e 4---- ROUTING PERMITS REQUIRED City of Tukv ,la Public Works Department 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: (206) 433 -0179 d UTILITY PROJECT TRACKING CHECKLIST CONDITIONS OF PERMIT ISSUANCE OR FINAL SIGN -OFF OF PROJECT Plan Check No. Project Name / 2. ' d Ct0 Site Address Suite No. A- 6A— e 4---- ROUTING PERMITS REQUIRED City of Tukv ,la Public Works Department 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: (206) 433 -0179 d UTILITY PROJECT TRACKING CHECKLIST CONDITIONS OF PERMIT ISSUANCE OR FINAL SIGN -OFF OF PROJECT ROUTING PERMITS REQUIRED City of Tukv ,la Public Works Department 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: (206) 433 -0179 d UTILITY PROJECT TRACKING CHECKLIST CONDITIONS OF PERMIT ISSUANCE OR FINAL SIGN -OFF OF PROJECT 1:' HEREY ii CERT1FY .;' READ z ' : ' : . : . V . AN :....::::„. ... ,TIIE !.. SAME TO BE :::: : AND ideiiiiiiibff;:gi:' Applicant/Authorized . , , Agent' Sidnature:• , V ; • FcA ''.0' Contact Person ;••• - •;. ;9 ',..: jprint name): ..er> LaiikAvy e.. . , . Address: i3/1 Aie rue • - .•,...., - ,: ,, ,.:7:!':-,, - , ; , :,•-• . ....,::. ......v. • Print rr•:,:t 4 e „,. .. . Phone: 2ANS.- f 76 Yr..,47,101C 4.4 'I7 Phone: .. . • ,. . -Date 4pphcation Accepteci : •.: - IR °IQ . '' ...',;• i:; Date Application EXpires:. • -: ' t C I 7 . q. . . . ..., • • • • •••••...:," • . •, • •• •• ;. UTILITY PERMIT APPLICATION- .;: Phorze41 . • • ila- . • oe;iiraPPermit'SySieM - Engineering Division '6300SOUtlicenter Blvd., Suite #100, Tukwila, WA ,981 „ , Sit'e'»Xdfress: " Of — ;•, , • 0 0.4 7 - Phone No.:. • ProportY: °Wrier: m s), Sti re si : * • o‘ofr..4e;; mg-v. ;11',',Eng166er: , f : §t i'def/Add re s s k p Contractor: • • pStreetAddress: . • Nng Cly•ASsessor Acct 81 "I 6ontractors License #: BV! .• • • 47 Channalization/Striping/Signing. • , Curb',Cut/Access/Sidewalk" 0 FireLoop/Hyde. (main to vault) H No.: •;,••••::/:',;;;‘.• ,,‘, 0 Flood Zone Control - Hauling ' , • Land Altering;,.,;: cubic yards • Landscape Irrigation . 0 MoViiig an O■iersized!Load •:. Eit times Phone No.: : • City/State/Zip: Name: • Street Address: "•,;* • • ; Name: •s . , StreerAddress:: : l ;Wafer :•••••• •■ Sewer .0 Standby lm ' gscfpo„01:pef324 1:1 Single -Family Residential ‘' • , D Duplex 'Apartments ':* D Triplex 0 El Co d6rninei - •••••••••■ AmoNlinn. • • • • • • • • •••••.-'' • 0 Manufacturing • 7 *77 --- Rernoc77 ,Square •••• . • Addition • Fo • ; •;, . King County Assessor's valuation of existing structures.; $ • Valuation of work to be donei::*$ 0 Warehouse • • , Sizes: , • , • • . .'• • •' • • . . 2 4 9flTh3 • •••••• • :*';.•• • , • !••• • , ' !f2; • • .:City/State/Z1:::—....,, 0 Sevier Main ExtenilOn OPrivate, El P,ublic • , . Storm Drainage ; ' - • - N-Street Use : 0 Water Main Extension OPrivate 0 Public O Wafer Meter/ Exempt:- • Deduct,ID 'WaterOnly El •,'' O Wafer Meter /Permanent NO O Water Meter/ TeriiporarY:=-:Nol:'SiZeti: '' • :•;tc:E6timated quantity: ';'*;": . :• O Other: ,*'..:.Phone No.: •;' •• City/State/Zip: El onurch,-,.:::: O Hospital'' • ' Square footage o Square footage o ;Phone , city/state/zip: z, • • • • Prone ;•• .•• • .. • , • ,..• 1:1 Other: t • :. ' • • '1%.; • ' • 5E`�GT1ON (ta fli d I b� d�f�r l�afaerf uil a :. NAME OF DEVELOPMENT: I N F I N I T I O F SEATTLE DEVELOPMENT ADDRESS: 4 0 0 BAKER BL CASH ASSIGNMENT SHALL BE REFUNDED BY MAILING TO: (please print) CITY/STATE/ZIP T u k w i l a , WA DESCRIPTION OF ITEMS TO BE COMPLETED (REFERENCE PLANSIDOCUMENTS WHERE ITEMS A RE DESCRIBED): LANDSCAPING PER CITY APPROVED PLANS LANDSCAFE. PLANS DATED . 9 -18 -92 NC4d•'.�R?�C .:Mm':1N.wR SY! .:... ...... ............. ..... r! Mn+ '!.r!<O. ti.RMy!!, \iwwvNA� �wti�uvi / wM'•vv vwvwvicxx ••••• • ,•., As the owner, or authorized agent of the owner, I hereby submit cash or cash equivalent in the amountioV / 8 A $ 3, 0 0 0 ($150% of value to complete work described above) and attach suplaort? ! :0 9. documentation for value of work. I will have this work carried out and call for a final inspection by this data: CI O -4- ' ). (- 3 / 26 / 93 ), or risk having the City use these funds to carry out the work with their own contracf i in-house manpower. If I fail to carry out the work, I hereby authorize thQity to go onto the property to carry out � completion of the above deficiencies. I further agree to cornpleti3 Iltivo listed above prior to requesting inspection and release of these funds. SIGNED: S(�; ;.Chi's >: to f1 THIS FUND IS AUT DEPARTMENT HEAD: 0 BE ACCEPTED. < <vm «v.<:.- ,vo:<1u•;:i..:.. •.•.,M• <••,:• .9o,,:,y:t•.:<.>y ;:m�r..<.. w, a•r.<vw n».;o;c :a: «:awaaw.wctio•• oaw. w: cowcx4..•: x< a> wcLxuoa ..,^co»:.v>:<,w:;co.••»:<wx:a anaa: <x.•:aw;a :<,.;.r. SIGNED: Pi U AMOUNT: 3 , 0 0 0 CASH CASH EQUIVALENT CHECK DEPOSITED THIS DATE: 5--1 93 CRY RECEIPT NO. G-9� -o. ,''C.lo 31v VII ct � ia RECEIVED BY: is 1.-/Y1 ,3-19— 93 comple b , cltev icxper) ..: All work identified in Section 1 of this form has now been completed .....: .:......... 72 HOUR NOTIFICATION FOR and returned to department which authorized warranty. I hereby INSPECTION AND RELEASE OF FUNDS request inspection and release of my cash/cash equivalent. DEVELOPER'S REPRESENTATIVE: pret by! CHECKED BY: .0p NAME: INFINITI OF SEATTLE ADDRESS: 400 BAKER B L IY" Upon completion through Section 2, Finance personnel shall send copies to: — Developer — Finance Department — Permit Coordinator, DCD 7 City co Tukwila ��a � , DEVELOPER'S PF..JJECT WARRANTY REQUEST FORM TITLE: }--\ 98188 DATE: MARCH 19, 1993 PERMIT No.: B92 -0223 TEL. NO. DATE: I have reviewed the above work and found it acceptable and therefore authorize the release of the above cash assignment. AUTHORIZED BY: DEPARTMENT: 6 CASH EQUIVALENT— LETTER AUTHORIZING RELEASE RELEASED THIS DATE: 6, • / g' , FINANCE DEPT. RELEASED BY: C AMOUNT: 1• Upon completion of entire form, Finance personnel shall send copies to: — Developer — Finance Department — Permit Coordinator, DCD PERMIT NO. CONTACTED DATE READY DATE NOTIFIED BY: (init.) BY: (init.) BY: (init.) �_ PERMIT EXPIRES 2nd NOTIFICATION AMOUNT OWING 3RD NOTIFICATION _ c BUILDING( PERMIT APPLICATION TRACKING INSTRUCTIONS TO STAFF • Contacts with applicants or requests for information should be summarized in writing by staff so that any time the status of the project may be ascertained. • Plan corrections shall be completed and approved prior to sending on to the noxt department. • Any conditions or requirements for the permit shall be noted on the plans or summarized concisely in the form of a formal letter or memo, which will be attached to the permit. • Please fill out your section of the tracking chart completely. Where information requested is not applicable, so note by using "N /A ". BUILDING SQUARE FOOTAGE/OCCUPANCY INFORMATION (to be filled out by Plan Checker) SQUARE FEET OCC. LOAD SQUARE FEET OCC. LOAD SQUARE FEET 000. LOAD SQUARE FEET OCC. LOAD SQUARE FEET OCC. LOAD TOTAL SQUARE FEET DEPARTMENTAL REVIEW &A 6t *Doha (t `a°' 4 "X" in box indicates which departments need to review the project. PARTME tiit BUILDING - initial review (tFIRE PLANNING PUBLIC WORKS 0 OTHER BUILDING - final review PROJECT NAME SITE ADDRESS lA - 61 114•244 REVIEW COMPLETED (ROUTED) 071, FIRE PROTECTION: FIRE DEPT. LETTER DATED: INIT: Y— INIT: PRV 2// /93 INIT: ,. INIT: CONSULTANT: Date Sent - ZONING: REFERENCE FILE NOS.: WAD MINIMUM SETBACKS: N- UTILITY PERMITS REQUIRED? () Yes No PUBLIC WORKS LETTER DATED: 8 - TYPE OF CONSTRUCTION: INIT. UJREME SUITE N Date Approved K) Sprinklers Detectors rTN /A S- E- INSPECTOR: g' /Y 4 Co, c.e,►.m . o , RAc ;nth( Lerr ' )) ri-) /3 9z- BAR/ ND USE CONDITIONS? Yes No UBC EDITION (year): IVY w- TOTAL OCC LOAD PERMIT NO. CONTACTED � C DATE READY DATE NOTIFIED CI- ,q BY: 1 PERMIT EXPIRES 2nd NOTIFICATION BY: (initl___ AMOUNT OWING 1 ( %C1 3RD NOTIFICATION AlnIt. I FLAN CHECK NUMBER INSTRUCTIONS TO STAFF • Contacts with applicants or requests for information should be summarized in writing by staff so that any time the status of the project may be ascertained. • Plan corrections shall be completed and approved prior to sending on to the next department. • Any conditions or requirements for the permit shall be noted on the plans or summarized concisely in the form of a formal letter or memo, which will be attached to the permit. • Please fill out your section of the tracking chart completely. Where information requested is not applicable, so note by using "N /A ". BUILDING SQUARE FOOTAGE/OCCUPANCY INFORMATION (to be filled out by Plan Checker) SQUARE OCC. SQUARE OCC. SQUARE OCC. SQUARE OCC. FEET LOAD FEET LOAD FEET LOAD FEET LOAD SQUARE OCC. TOTAL FEET LOAD SQUARE FEET DEPARTMENTAL REVIEW "X" in box indicates which departments PAR 0 OTHER „BUILDING - final review INIT: INIT: UIREM NTS t COMMEt PROTECTION: Sprinklers CONSULTANT: Date Sent - — - , Date A•proved BUILDING - (f q 8 ID ?Z initial review (ROUTED e4 %I %z,Q• G1,I INIT_ AFIRE PLANNING relpo INIT: !t 7 PUBLIC 6 8/26 9r.. WORKS INIT: REVIEW COMPLETED BUILDING 'ERMIT APPLICATION`' TRACKING need to review the project. FIRE FIRE DEPT. LETTER DATED: ca » 3 TYPE OF CONSTRUCTION: TOTAL OCC. LOAD Detectors (1 N/A INSPECTOR: S /Z. ZONING: Q31\1\. IBAR/LAND USE CONDITIONS? Yes I No REFERENCE FILE NOS.: 3S Q roc gr4GZ MINIMUM SETBACKS: N- S- E- W- UTILITY PERMITS REQUIRED? ( Yes (1 No PUBLIC WORKS LETTER DATED: 7 / /9a. 6 PR,c g" ZQicco .matf an UBC EDITION (year): 1 91 1 SITE ADDRESS SUITE # rt: t' ,/ f : Fr�AY.. _ ( ?, .. f Q. , f 4 ';;,;, W.0 . . OF CONSTRUCTION - $ ,)Q, 9' PROJECT NAME/TENANT ASSESSOR ACCOUNT # (commercial) U Demolition (building) 0 Other TYPE OF Li New Building (J Addition tit Tenant Improvement WORK: 0 Rack Storage 0 Reroof 0 Remodel (residential) DESCRIBE WORK TO BE DONE: 'I:" 'I'.'""'' .r', 4. . 4g.:*-4 t`°«.. !....+- '> Li AA4A (G,- .('`tAA.,.-- f„- 4,:., .< . ti iotA„1.," t".. ill+ ttla BUILDING USE (office, warehouse, etc.) 1A-(26-#411/4 (..." VV-C1.._... i ":� 4 '_,._,t,t?,,,,,,:r. : ° "'�.. .-- 6' ie.ar..G(,G.. -.. NATURE OF BUSINESS: WILL THERE BE A CHANGE IN USE? 0 No ( Yes If Yes, new building requirements may need to be met. Please explain: ` .. K--t. k.S.t-�4(7 _ e.:5 .. 4 . _ i! -&..4 t-- SQUARE FOOTAGE - Building: ever. ‘ 1, 7 2. ) c, Tenant Space: (4 Area of Construction: 1 4pO WILL THERE BE STORAGE OR USE OF FLAMMABLE, COMBUSTIBLE OR HAZARDOUS MATERIALS IN THE BUILDING? 0 No 0 Yes IF YES, EXPLAIN: PROPERTY OWNER ` PHONE �3 g _ . n o� ADDRESS k o � ZIP a i � CONTRACTOR Ph u r Cwrpo PHONE (-� j,. Oc�� ADDRESS I I LI l 1-)1 k N g _ B M \12Au-e_ ZIP (1 0G� WA. ST. CONTRACTOR'S LICENSE # f � - =5 �7 EXP. DATE C� --1p� -- ARCHITECT ( Q. 4.4.l� , , e PHONE � � Alt. `- °.r.�( ) iw,1 ;,,,,. "'; 1- 'I 4. ., („x c+ . 7G ~, ZIP9 I mo' CITY OF TUKWILA Department of Community Development - Building Division 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Tukwila WA 98188 DESCRIPTION (206) 431 -3670 PLAN CHECK NUMBER I:. HEREBY CERTIFY THAT i HAVE READ .AND::;EXAMINEDTHIS APPLICATION B E TRUE .AND CORRECT, AND i1 AM :AUTHO ED?T.O APPLY :FOR THlfa. PER SIGNATURE BUILDING OWNER OR AUTHORIZED AGENT CONTACT PERSON DATE APPLICATION ACCEPTED oaa PRINT NAME gU i ° L►1�,4YX.� / BUILDING PERMIT FEE ADDRESS / 5 , dR N ,O LAG 0 (_,1•A2r,sG f-4).: BUILDIk. PERMIT APPLICATION DATE APPLICATION EXPIRES AMOUNT RCPT PHONE to s . E r.fa v ¢ DATE OTHER: TOTAL CITY/ZIP *44771..0. 424 PHONE t a,s ¢7 �f APPLICATION SUBMITTAL In order to ensure that your application is accepted for plan review, please make sure to fill out the application completely and follow the plan submittal checklist on the reverse side of this form. Handouts are available at the Building counter which provide more detailed information on application and plan submittal requirements. Application and plans must be complete in order to be accepted for plan review. VALUATION OF CONSTRUCTION Valuation for new construction and additions are calculated by the Department of Community Development prior to application submittal. Contact the Permit Coordinator at 431 -3670 prior to submitting application. In all cases, a valuation amount should be entered by the applicant. This figure will be reviewed and is subject to possible revision by the Building Division to comply with current fee schedules. BUILDING OWNER / AUTHORIZED AGENT if the applicant is other than the owner, registered architect/engineer, or contractor licensed by the State of Washington, a notarized letter from the property owner authorizing the agent to submit this permit application and obtain the permit will be required as part of this submittal. EXPIRATION OF PLAN REVIEW Applications for which no permit is issued within 180 days following the date of application shall expire by limitations. The building official may extend the time for action by the applicant for a period not exceeding 180 days upon written request by the applicant as defined in Section 304(d) of the Uniform Building Code (current edition). No application shall be extended more than once. ll you have any questions about our process or plan submittal requirements, please contact the Department of Community Development Building Division at 431 -3670. COMMERCIAL • ••■••■•■ .Legal description • SUBMITTAL CHECKLIST NEw:CoiviiiiepciAL:BUILDINGS/A011-100S..;.' . . . • CoMP • • • • • • • ••,-:•:•":•:•"•• leted building Permit apPlication (One . for each structuro) • • Assessor Account : Number • . • .. Two. seti:(2):91 the: following • Specifications •: • ''• •- • Struottiral calculations stamped bya.WaShingtOniState:lieensed [1 Sois repop stamped by a Washington State.liconsed englneer [1 Topographtcai Enegj:OalciiatienS stamped by aaStiingit'en:StatliOeniedi • enginei:ir • •• • •••• •••• •••• : ••:••• ...• • - • • • ••••• :• • • • • . s4 : Working •drawings . • stamped by a Washington State licensed 7 ••• architect i . which include: . • •:•„:::„•.• ••• S ito pian ••••••••••••• • :•• • :• . •'• ••;•••••••••: ,,V••••••ArChiteCtural drawings:: . • • drawings : :•• • Mechanical drawings . • .: V Eievations • • .. • . • ................................................................................ Completed :utility Perin it•applicatienr(One for tinbre: project) [7f Six (6) sets ot civil draw:ngs submittal JO tibia an tS; • : . . . • • ::•••••••••••••••.-,...•-•••••• • • • • . , . . •• • :•" .. . . „..."-:••••••••••.•.••••.••••• • . ••••'"••••••,'••••'••:::, • . • •• • . • •• • • ..: ••• ••• • - Completed Assessor ;■7teicauat . • . • . • . . . . 111• Building plan showing . . . • ••.::...'•:::::::•: : :.....: .... . . Tenant 1 Seace tioor . rack storago loyciut,•'dislek and :•:"..• • . •1. . • . • • " • ..... • • . • • ' '•" ••••• ••:.• •••:-. • ; . , , . (height, and lengtit aisles ),,, ano' exit wave op • StitiaturritcalcUlatiOnifstamped by a.pashington Statelicense • RESIDENTIAL ................... ...... ....... NEW SINGLE FAMILY DWELLINGS/ADDrnOt4S for'eOCh s tructure) „. • [J ujai [j Assessor Account Number : TsVO•;a01S:'(2)Of:WOrIcing:draWings;which':inelUde.:1::: • Sito f4ii;' Plait; Foundation .................. 1:• Floor plan v v! dth and Root plan • • I" Washington State f •• •• • .. . • J C permit application . . Li . . . . NOTE • .. . • Building' site plart:,artd may tie: conibjnod Soo utility po application and checklist • • rich tiohal, topographical and SailS;lialarthatiuri .iitayllie:reaiiirerf if unique '.. '' .." .. .. . , .. . . .... .. .'• . : ...... .., ... • -. ... ,. .....• .- • • . • • • ..'," „ '...:.•,;. • :: , ,..: • .....17 ..... ni n0 ,..:::,:,:,: ,.....,.,,..,...,,,..„:., .... ,,..:.,,.,..,., ,,.,.:,,;.,...,.....,,, s ,..,.,,...,.......,,...,,,,,,,,.:::.,....: • . ComApAsEsnecsioArt:IT9cEc9 t:1.A::;,..pIc.3M7::::,...C:0::::.p:caEt:17n.,..„..::::::.':..,...n:1:..t:r;p:4.,....:::::•::;. c:f; . .. . .. „,„.......„ ...:....:...,.:.: ..,....,.......-,.......:„..-........•••• "" .."•,• .... .... ..... . ,.....,•'.:..........Pf9?•:::•;:t Nu Two (2) sbti •,•••••:.....:::•'...1:-.....;:-1:.'::!::'..::::::::::•.:.'::::'..:.:';'-::,.:.:.:::::•.:.'....':':•••'''.....'".:''......]:•:::.',..:'......'.,..'':::.....:::'•:;A:::..ii•::::......... • ::•''''1"..:::'''''''''..":"....'1::-'ns.-...iiiiOii-Plaii.....!10.1.:IPF.:•:.:...'..:‘:::.".;:.:';'....;.::'..:':•.::- Site plao:,....,...ii....••::,:,i...?...„:'...::::„::: ,),,:•:::::::::.„...'....',..::%;;::.:::::::::::::::::::::-.i'i:.:::.::::::'Y:::'c''...:':::....,:A:::;L:. ... ::::-....,:.....":.LOOatiOri..'of.:19".PM• :"' ..: iikihg...:.....:.;..'..•..;.ii.,,.....:::!::,..-,....:,:•......:',:...;.....:•••..,i• ::: . :::::....„,;,:.::„...,..,,,,,...,:::.•;.::::,..,,.....,...pi, Landscape ...7n :e1 propo s ed 4ri. ! 1--:-.......9,:-.-.ra,,,•byilding:Oian.:, :. " ;....., ::::::: •'........ : • - • : ':1;:..:..:,....i...: ....., . .....:.:j...-.4'..,....1,•••...:-...!.....]...,:::-..-...........;:::1;:'....:. . .:: . .,..:.:.::::::;•• ..• • ...• .. „ .. . ....... ::........., .; Ten or square 11) .:.. . ,.. .... ' •••••••••••••. • .. :... ....•::::::.,....... .., ' Overall dimension of buildi ... Floor plan of propo ten nt s pa ce :•'•:''''.1 ''' '... : : : • •• ■. ' '... ': Exi Ii t dC:ior :.. -P : a '.. t;::: . n; Now wallS ;'''..:'•••"...•:'••::::':'::.::'•.'.:room .....:•:.:.......'.::•:•:::::'....::.::•....]:...:::;:'::-.:...:::::...-i..:........:1:.•::":-...:1...':::•1:.•••••'..'....:'::•::::'...i: ......::.....ii: 1 . :0i i E4. 1 with ese f.ea .., Cii .....: I ....: d • . 1a 7 lii ......... ..1.. : ::::• ,:existngwall;.and ■;v011i , ..i.:1), d e molish e d ...:',....:.':'•.:,:!'::::•.':..:' detaik .. „.: .„.• : : ;. H ..:...:.,,, 1.•: ................. . ...... : • ...,...:„„••:.....:..:..„. . .:... .. ..........,:.. :.....::: „....:::,....,..,....:;„.• .-.. ' 'Ci'di...:: : :: : .':: :: :'•: . : .1. ..: , . 1 Construction . • . : Cross sections showing wail construction • attachment for floor and Ceiling. : • Struotural calculations stampod by a Washington State .licensed englneer may be require if structurai w ork tO bi4 c/0/7E4 NOTE: ./f • • 0plicitlari • . •:•:•.••• .... ........ • • " •:... .• • • • ................ •,..:• ...,.., • Completed hUllOng pertnIt'aPpliCEition•(onef.ter..each ....• •:... ... • . . ... Assessor : Account Numbor . . . . . Narrative 'describing existing • roof removed and . . • NO A cart/ fiCa tiorr letteir:iq *tautred prior to finat inSOCtioh:'ardsig0 •:j • •: off of tha ••••'' • • ••...;. . . • ..... ... .. .............. .......... ANTENNAJSATELLITE DISHES Assessor Account Numbor . .. Two (2) sots oE pians which inciude tenna/eat Structurai calculations stamped by a Washington State licensed engineer may be requirod . . . Compiotod •:ASseaSer T Site ptan Foundation plan Ftoorplan Roof pfan BUildirig:010VatiOnS: (alt :Views) NOTE If any utIl#y . .. • ... and plans must be subm,ttod ••••.. CLEAR ACRYLIC COATING OVER 1 1 /2' RIGID INSUL OVER 5/8' GWB METAL ANGLE ANGLE 3' RAWLPIN 4` -0' VERT. / 32' HORIZ. 35' M.S. @ 16' O.C. 3' X 6' LEDGER (RIPPED 3' X 12') 3/4' PARABOLT EMBEDED 3' 4' —O' O.C. EXISTING BUILDING LDPituea SHUTLER ENGINEERS TEL No .2068698649 ' • 1- • AIM AIM MO MILER 1 111111111111.11.1CONSULTING ENGINEERS 14450 NA, 29th Place, Suite 1 T6 Bellevue, WA 9B007 (206) 885.4473 • t• - • (4) 5 1 /toe 1R (.* 34,) yp) • 44.1.SY COL S "n■ eq ReAr,ot A"rfi: .34L 7 lea ZerrIto vet> ... E.x.s77/44 x/4. 1 e e •••• " Cr yoo) VIP (4) sYi/g/9 " (rYA) Nov 1.7,92 1058 No .001 P.02 reotit 4011 ISHEET 140 .. P OF CALCULATED DV DATE CHECKED we DATE 8C • Renlooe (f) 7v)e z+ ( '4) SHOLER ENGINEEP2. TEL Ho .2068698649 11111111411111 SHU I LER 1111k11111111111111CONSULTING MP ME ENGINEERS 14450 N.E, 29th Pin, Suite 116 lielievue, WA 98007 (200 805-4473 1 k i p r L.. 1 ,6 i*A- 04 I . . . . . • • . . . 1 1 . • t.6 z (of/ ,VY-'i .). ,a-t-' 4'...ao.'/' . 1 . ! • w -• 6v-'144)/-"'"X.0.. e . ' # 0 b i Y ' i? ) ': . i , • 1 • : . . ■ , 7. iU)4 (n5,5LIIM t Pi / A.)i?ou.)5 of Alik 1 I I. •, S.- 'pa rr iiit. 1 1 ; /9 4 # ` - ' i •.. p./5 t 12 4 1 ; i A/ ... , : 2%04 P 7 1 04 Al. ! .....-'"" . 114"ii . 1 . 0 (k.. c2„ I 4/ rtgV, .• , I &TB" ;• J00 Pir/Aiiry SHEET NO. CALCULATED BY • CHEOKED BY SCALE Nov 17,92 10:58 No .001 P.03 OF DATE DATE rx Ptho Os ;e4±1 7j b 7 1,c),6 z/ A-1' 4 1y . ft) 49 JO e, •... .K.,: ./ ,/e ', • , i er 6A9 l . . I : 6. 1 !• ilv; bi 1 .'" • , . i ',v-7.1 ,PA I .:. . • ,. L reoct)0c1 ,.; <.• //1/0 x , 1 4: • /O 6 /04p ,.. '., ' ; • • !......r . • , • 0% ., , : ! KO ., 1. ' 4 ' E ' 0 /I i . " 7; 7 J/6 4 1 t >, i • : I . . 1 4 0 VA q I, I A ...111.•••••••■•■• SHU'TLER ENGINEERS MILER CONSULTING ENGINEERS 14450 N. E. 29th Piece Suite 116 HELLEVUE . WASHINGTON 986;7 (206) 865-4473 DESCRIPTION' ?i beam BEAM DATA TIMBER SECTION NEAM BEAM DEPTH LAMJNATION THICF:HE99 Fb - BENDING Fv - SHEAR Fc - BEARING ELASTIC MODULUS .BEAM DENSITY... SPAN DA1A CENTER: SPAN -• • LEFT CANTILEVER RIGHT CANTILEVER Ur>ifnrr, i Centers Dead = 360 plf Live = Flf F Left Cant: L Dead - plf Live = Olt Right Cart! Deed n 360 plf Live 7 Dead Live (ist, Dead Live Dist USING! Max. M +@ 13,4 ft Max. H -@ 27,0 ft Max @ Left Mar @ Right Max. Allow Moment = 81,4150 ft -k tb : na > :, Actual Fb : Allowable - Iv : Max. Actual = Fr : Allowable - I Max, Shear p Left 7.5099; k Mai. Shear @ Right = 10,018 h GENERAL 1IMBEF. BEAM C ALYS1B fw DESIGN Page .. #1., ..$2.. • 170 - = 1'180 . • 20 .X4 = 5.125x21,0 = 5.1' in • 21.00 in = 1,5 in • 2400 pti = 165 psi = 650 psi =1800000 psi • 33,p Title( Scope : • Ne7ber: Mist Dtngr . END CONGiTiONS F1iITY CODE 1= Fin /Pin, ? =Fix /F.0: 3 =Fi>: /Pin, 4 =Pir /Fsr. 5 :Fix /Free UNBRACED 27 ft ' Le : CENTER SPAN 'ft Le : LEFT CANT. 8 ft Les RIGHT CANT. APPLIED LOADS Use ' -' distances for lett cantilever ! Trapezoidal Dead # Left = 70 / plf a Right= 00 plf Live @ Left r 110 / p11 0 Right: 210 / , plf ...y -Left = ft / ,..X -Right = • 20' 35 " ft Concentrated ..N3. .. 14.. ,.05., ,, 6,. ..11 ..t8.. lbs it Applied Moments ..#1„ .,42,...,P3., .. #4„ ..15„ .. 16.. SUMMARY 5,125 1. 21.00u Beam, Bending = 62,42, Shear = 6.11 Reactions: = 50.4562 ft -1: - - 15.363 ft -1; ft-!: 1,607 pii 2,594 psi 125.4 psi 189.7 psi TEL No.2068698649 Nov 17,92 10 :58 No.001 P.04 DESIGN DATA LOAD DURATION FACTOR= 1,15 USE BEAM WEIGH) 1 H yin REDUCE SHR BY 'd' 1' yin Dead Max. Left =' 5.47 7.51 k Right - 10.68 15,32 k C N Deflections: lt-k Center, -0,61 -0 .91 in ...L /Deft.= 528 354 ...Dist. = 13.15 13,43 It Left = in Right = 0.42 0.71 in ,.,L /Deft.. 460 270 i: n .611(01.) 0ite :07 3U-47 LF!fGTHE 1 C 22.21 ft ft 8 ft •" C N0� g 9 1992 Si71UTLER ENGINEERS SHAITLER CON5ULIIN;, EN61l1EERS 144.011, E. 29th P1ac. Suite 116 BELLEV'UE , WASHINGTON 98:1:x? (2106) B85-4473 Mox, Center. Mom , , „Sx Req'd Max. Left Mom • ,,,Sr.x Req'd - Mar„ Right Mon ,,,,Ser. Req'd ..Ge5ign Shear @ Lett ..Area heq'd. Design Shear @ Right ,,,,Area Req'd - •- REHIRED Sxx & Area Brg Req'd @ Left Erg Req'd @ Right_ Camber @ left @ Center t Right- . TEL No .206 >8698649 Title Number: Nit Pengr : GENEFI TIMBER BEAN ANALYSIS 6 DESIGN : `O',5.ft -k • 73: in•3 ft-k • 21,6 ft-k • 9.9 kip,. • 51.9 in','' = 1.5 kips • 71.2 in*? 2,225 in 4.60 in in -0,92 in 0.63 in Center. Span Left Support = flight Support= Dist. Shear Moment= Defl AI.LOWARLE STRESSES DatelD7-Jun- ?2 Page Fb Fv 2.57 I' i 2.59 O,19 151 2.59 0,19 kt: GUEFY,VALUES -- .......... -- Left Center Right ft = 7.28 7.28 1:. .ft -t In Lire Load Location , q. LEFT CANT. 9 Y yin CENTER SPAN Y vin @ RIGHT CANT, ? Y y/n Nov 17,92. 10:58 No .001 P.05 tecoV C o N0 � : " ,to • .1, RS . N .2068698649 , I hwItJirr . • .. • 1;;;;.4 I 0 1: --I .' • .'4 ••• 1..... '1 : ...• ......;......1,; ::: , : ' 1 :1 '' • ii:::.;■,...: i',..1 11 1..; • . ';:.. 1:.:11::, • '...', • ■:;:i1::::.; , ;.....: - ■•••■•,:: ;:;:c'i . ii".■,[;:l ,. 1:::,; 1 ....; :....:-:•,..,..., :.::11:1 i...;:; ..; . • • '., 1;1 ;....; .. • ' i . ■:::,': . ,' : ••...=.:, .Ci !:": ::-.1 • . . t '2!7' ••• •••1:••••. ••"..:t t: I ■: C .• - 1 ..1 1.1 ' • 1.- 1.4 : ;...1 4,0 ' ' • . 1:4 • 1 .....■ i .".. 1 ; .. • 1.:i I . • . . t r") -1..•.i ! •I s" t . • 1 1 .: - •" " -; r:. . -- . t . .•,. • ... .,, 4 7; , ,,,e:,,.,'..1.: i. '.; i • . ,: ,(1;,-, 173 - I -1.,, .= ,...,....,.!.: 04 •. - ' I ... 1 . ' 1 ....i Yi'l: .., I :1 1 ,1 •..: , .. , ....•:; :jk ! :-.. .. .. • . . . , .. '• 1... P.*:ir!..'2...n. • r. . ...- .•.'.•: ,;'' 'ft:• ,. 1:2 • 11 • .• :...: .. • ,i .,,,—,,,, •.. ... .....,.. (-1..• :. '.1:i i..; ... • . . , 1".1 . i,..,:, 1 • . • ... ,"•.) „.... ':-'• .'.-, 0,17?-;:f..4..::,i'::•,,,',;;;,;' . ,I.I. p..) : ,•1 , i•s, 4.,..... • - '4 ; PI 1" T'0"1- 1. . : • s'• : C.!: - '11 ' 1. ,*:1 • . S. . • i;*; 1 1 r•i e • ' • , : • : 1 .;,1 . :, 1 , -,:!:. it „ /1 ;":• :1' t i .• ': • • . ....1c1 'J11' li • .:' , :r... ! •i ; !..;,..,.''...`....:.,,-, .,', '.' — ,. .! ?..:1'.'::: ' 1 • r • . ' ••,,'• .• ,‘ ...'.:.; .,' ,:;...: „ . • . %. l'..*.: J....! ..t.; . .i. . i: , . 1 • :g i;" ' •: .•.: ' i ;k1'1 . ..1' l ' l t" i;•:.: , Ir 1...i i:•,;1 • i;•• ;•••••! ;;.:? • i • • .1 Nov 17,92 10:58 No.001 P.06 (1:1: t...... ,..,.., .: ... 1: 0 5'. 'I, 1 if:1'J E ; 1,j 'F • i ..?..9..... i • ' • • • ; • ; • tql1V" DATE 1 L.-- 1,J ^92- PROJECT NAME 'r U L 4,c) ADDRESS CONTACT PERSON Nk( PHONE 2i'�� ARCHITECT OR ENGINEER C t c PLAN CHECK/PERMIT NUMBER 9 CZ TYPE OF REVISION: /4'4 (t' -fly, L -- - _ . SHEET NUMBER(S) CITY OF TUKWILA 6300 SOUTHCENTER BOULEVARD TUKWILA, WA 98188 I -VESMINI SUB 1',,1F ITT' L * * "Cloud" or highlight all areas of revisions and date revisions. SUBMIIThD TO: • 4 it 3/03 reward- C• , •t / ( f cgea i75 air RECEIVED CITY a TUKWILA NOV 1.9 1992 PERMIT CENTER • PROTECTION AT CEILING FOR 2 HR. WALL • WHEN NEW WALL IS PARALLEL TO STR. NTS C NOV 5 1992 POW awn NEW 2 LAYERS 5/8" GWB ( r. ' FASTENED TO UNDERSIDE OF ROOF STR. (2 X B TdcG DECKING) 5' -0 ". MIN. NEW 2 LAYERS 5/8" GWB WRAPPED AROUND SUPPORTING MEMBER NEW 2 LAYERS 5/8" GWB WRAPPED AROUND PURUN FROM NEW TWO HR. WALL TO SUPPORTING MEMBER. 2 HOUR WALL 2 LAYER GWB OVER 6" M.S. EQ. SIDE 0 16" O.C. SEE PLAN FOR ASSEMBLY . NEW 2 LAYERS 5/8" GWB WRAP AROUND EXISTING SUPPORTING COLUMN • &12E PROTECTION AT CEILING FOR • 2 HR. WALL WHEN NEW WALL IS PERPENDICULAR TO STR. NTS NEW 2 LAYERS 5/8' GWB WRAPPED OVER EXISTING PURLINS INSIDE 5•—d' MIN RANGE NEW 2 LAYERS 5/8" GWB FASTENED TO UNDERSIDE OF ROOF STR. (2 X 6 TdtG DECKING) 5' -0" MIN NEW R -30 BAT INSULATION W/ FS -25 NEW 2 LAYERS 5/8" GWB FROM NEW HR. WALL TO SUPPORTING MEMBER NEW 2 LAYERS .5/8" GWB WRAP AROUND EXISTING SUPPORTING COLUMN 2 HOUR WALL 2 LAYER GWB OVER. 6" M,S. EQ. SIDE @ 16" O.C. SEE PLAN FOR ASSEMBLY R -19. BAT INSULATION • NO S SUSP CEILING. NEW 5/8 GWB OVER 6 M.S • © 16" Q.C. W /R -11 BAT INSUL NEW M.S. PLATE W/ A.B. C 48" O.C. - EXISTING CONC. SLAB ON GRADE ADDRESS CITY OF TUKWILA 6300 SOUTHCENTER BOULEVARD TUKWILA, WA 98188 * REVISION SUB DATE 1,' L° PROJECT NAME T-1.- 1 Lrti CONTACT PERSON �'lII(.F baA4L —r ARCHITECT OR ENGINEER ( C 4csd,or{7A(L. PLAN CHECK/PERMIT NUMBER TYPE OF REVISION: cAsT SUBMITTED TO: z cF.� 1TTAL * * PHONE RECEIVED cnY OF TUKWILA A NOV 1 0 1992 PEiThff CENTER 6giti&mi, b SHEET NUMBER(S) "Cloud" or highlight all areas of revisions and date revisions. ADDRESS CITY OF TUKWILA 6300 SOUTHCENI'ER BOULEVARD TUKWILA, WA 98188 * REVISION SUE DATE 10 ^x PROJECT NAME(tr1 C(1, 1TTAL * * CONTACT PERSON * Mk- a- '- PHONE i � 4 ARCHITECT OR ENGINEER 21,1 C-AL.LA 4 (- PLAN CHECK/PERMIT NUMBER T>92- t727 -" TYPE OF REVISION >� _ - � ' , � r ' - RECEIVED CITY lc TI IKWII.A OCT 7 1992 SHEET NUMBER(S) "Cloud" or highlight all areas of revisions and date revisions. SUBMITTED TO: DATE '90 Z CITY OF TUKWILA 6300 SOUTHCENTER BOULEVARD TUKWILA, WA 98188 * * REVISION SUBMITTAL * * PROJECT NAME .W'L- t T ADDRESS 4 k CONTACT PERSON 1C (�(t—LA ARCHITECT OR ENGINEER PERMIT NUMBER (If previously issued) PLAN CHECK NUMBER ! 0: )-- TYPE OF REVISION: -- P6-4 2 SUBM1ITED TO: PHONE Q`63— l to 4 RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA k.r , h 10Q2 PERMIT CENTER SHEET NUMBER(S) "Cloud" or highlight all areas of revisions and date revisions. RECEIVED RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA CITY OF TUKWILA AUG 61992 AEI'; ing2 PERMIT CENTER PERMIT CENTER C HEAT,. LOSS STUDY FOR INFINITI OF SEATTLE. ALLOWABLE HEAT LOSS, WALL : 9,912 (.25)= 2,478 ROOF : 14,500 (.035)= 493 TOTAL ALLOWABLE HEAT LOSS IS 2,971 • ACTUAL HEAT LOSS WALL TYPE ONE: (.085) 6,072 = 516 WALL TYPE TWO: (.086) 1,464 = 126 WALL, TYPE THREE: (.034) 1,080 = 37 GLASS: (.50) 1,296 = 648 ROOF: (.032)14,500 = 464 TOTAL HEAT LOSS: 1,791 1,791 < 2,971 OK. WALL TYPE ONE AIR .17 GWB _.... .58 R -11 11.00 GWB .58 AIR .61 R =12.94 *,'(..91)= 11.71 u= .085 WALL TYPE TWO AIR .17 • CONC. .48 R -11 . 11.00 5/8 GWB .58 AIR' .61 R =12.84 * (.91) =11.68 u= .086 RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA JUN '1 9 1992 PERMIT CENTER WALL TYPE THREE AIR .17 RIGID INS 10.50 5/8 GWB .58 R -19 19.00 5/8 GWB .58 5/8 GWB .58 AIR .61 R =32.02 * (.91)= 29.13 u= .034 GLASS .50 RQOF AIR .17 ROOF'G .15 DECK'G 1.89 R -30 30.00 5/8 GWB .56 AIR .68 R =33.45 * (. 91) =30.43 u= .032 DATE L ''? * REVISION SUS' * PROJECT NAME ' ( t...1. k, CITY OF TUKWILA 6300 SOUTHCENTER BOULEVARD TUKWILA, WA 98188 ADDRESS 11,61i6.4_(2. CONTACT PERSON W ,_ ARCHITECT OR ENGINEER -L� ( (��1. �✓�( PLAN CHECK/PERMIT NUMBER TYPE OF REVISION: 5 l c t Pt* SHEET NUMBER(S) "Cloud" or highlight all areas of revisions and date revisions. SUBMITTED TO: OS i . PHONE L1Lr�N�.i�I� MY OF 1UKWILA FEB 2 3 1993 PERMIT CENTER BY Data BRACING PT. �--- IN HEIGHTS OVER 10' PROVIDE (2) 3.5" METAL STUDS FASTENED INTO A BOX SCREWED A 24" O.C. TYP SUSP CLG DETAIL NTS FILE COPY pang IVo C l2 - - 0223 I understarci {'' ( • :-o subject is c: ...:- , ~:1 , . �f piano does % • t uthorize the vioiatioa ci any adopted ordinance. Receipt of contractor's copy of/ ' . plans • 6 • god. / I NOTE: SUSP ACOUST TILE COMPRESSION STRUT AT LAT 12 GA VERT HANGER WIRE 4' -0" OC LATER FORCE BRACING © EA 12 GA VERT WIRE SECURED TO MAIN RUNNER WITHIN 2" OF CROSS TEE INTERSECTION AND SPLAYED 90 FROM EA OTHER © 12" OC IN BOTH DIRECTIONS W /FIRST POINT WITHIN 4' -0" OF EACH WALL. 1. INSTALL SUSP ACOUST CLG SYSTEM PER UBC STD #47 -18 2. SUPPLY ADDITONAL 12 GA WIRE FOR LIGHT FIXTURES INDEPENDENT OF GRID SYSTEM. 3. HANGERS SHALL BE ATTACHED TO BOTTOM OF WD JOISTS WITH APPROVED TYPE PER UBC STD #47 -18 'ELT Cif Y OF . 1 UKMLA FEB 2 3 1993 PERMIT CENTER roe : I f ; '„ 1 1 t '( pq, Type of Inspeton: p Address: 1 1 , 2( V d ' � rJ Date Called: _- � , Special Instructions: I ', Date Wanted: 3 - am. m Requester: �/ V Phone No.: CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit 431 -3670 Approved per applicable codes. ❑ Corrections required prior to approval. A rill //M MI fir" '. ❑ $30. 1 REINSPECTION FEE MIRED. Prior to reins ction, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule rein ction. Receipt No.: Date: MAR -23 -93 TUE 8 :47 CLEO " S POOPING. P. O i Poaldl'• brand Fax Transmittal Memo 7672 Tb Company Location Fax Commonte 12218 Vernon Ave. SW Tacoma, WA 98498 (206) 581-1055 To,opnono a March 23, 1993 From: G'lee's R;,cfing RE: Infiniti Dea lerhah .r • r,. ® No of Papa From Company 0 LOcAtion 1 /21. 11 r a C -,1 'Copt C Fax # / /495 '7 Te;ephon ..._- Oripiral []Oe$ ❑ AOturm Call for pickup O�SpOSI'IDn. Today's Dole Time The roofing d on the Infiniti Bldg. meets the class "B" UL rating, and is a class "A" up to 2" slope in 12 ". This is a . Ma1arkey NM4 spec3.ficatic,ri. The roofing done on the Lower decks and on the portions of roof that were stormed damaged meet the class "B" UL rating. This is a U.S. Intech specification E -SP- 4000 -N, Deck: C- 15 -32, Icline 1/4" -12 "eloper; Base Sheet; TypeG2, nailed, Membrane: Karnak Chemical Corp. No. "97" at lto2 gal- sq..Fully Adhe- ed.'lor.ch Down -Heat Fused System. Respectfully, . ;- Dexter'Holme::i, Estimates CLEO'S ! QQFJ N • • A Olet,,on of HarCO4 Inc. CL MSR -r4oeP COMMENTS: ' ("2G .t I ,' 'ham >. / « ‘,41/4 ype o nspedion: (:—.2z IL J _', .• c., 4 .wt /1 - . •'r, 'lei" es l5 n �7rie ,n,� 4 G cAr�e_�,.� 011 _ _ Ik .. - a .r // . .4 _ / - Ste/ ,n' - ,. .i J ,--, eoA. 1,0 3 --7..r -4_ - e mss.- -_ 6 4...e.. 0 .d . �..44a slructions: L.1, OD /9A-4 Date Wanted: ro ect: / " (`� ) i ype o nspedion: (:—.2z Addre t- >�� / �✓ Date Called: 3-1 �, 3 o ped slructions: L.1, OD /9A-4 Date Wanted: f �—� am p.m Requester Phone No.: INSPECTION RECORD C Retain a copy with permit CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 (206) 431 -3670 Approved per applicable codes. I Inspector: ❑ Corrections required prior to approval. ❑ $30.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to reinspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. Project: ..-- �1 ype o nspect m: Address:'L'� 1 -100A/ ) 71 1 _, Date Called: /7'10 Special Instructions: ' " " +- ! , —‘ % Date Wanted: ` r Requester: Phone No.: N e 4' I L' l- 7.7 h GnA _? r INSPECTION RECORD .,,. 1. Retain a copy with permit CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 rr . • RWT V . (206) 431 -3670 ❑ Approved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. ❑ $30.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to reinspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. F rcept No.: !late: 'ro ect:. f. ",-k /� f �� h ype of fnsp@r�on: i Date Called: : 3 ,4_ , - - yi Address: 411:9, ' Special Instructions: / ' Date Wanted:3 J �� l , / Cam Requester: Phone No.: CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 41-4proved per applicable codes. Recept No.: INSP 1 Retain a copy ECTION with permit RECORD ❑ Corrections required prior to approval. ❑ $30.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to reinspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. Date: (206) 431 -3670 COMMENTS: ype o nspect on _ � PJ ' • 1. 1 1 a m t N ey'1CL "V -e tk - eAv C-AL- " Date Called: - 1 Special Instructions: O ;?-1-Lo Requester: '' I 0 Je n a r t Rone No,: c I /r -- W-7 ? .e (i ('tit I QS-I' • C' . ' `. ' . `ac. Project: r J) �"— , 1 A .� , 't ype o nspect on _ � PJ ' • 1. 1 1 a m t N Address: ((-L Date Called: - 1 Special Instructions: Date Wanted:,_ 4 -1_ 93 am p.m, Requester: '' I 0 Je n a r t Rone No,: c I /r -- W-7 CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 �' Q �t Cove per appl icable g)des. specter: r INSPECTION RECORD ± Retain a copy with permit Date: PERMIT NO. (206) 431 -3670 Corrections required prior to approval. ❑ $30.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to reinspection, tee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. COMMENTS: ' Type of I io ` . f ) )A4NV 6-44 - MUK VG\ N1 L - a)-4 3 ► nWiTorG - To rt I.to . :1: eeox -i 1) r' -- Special Instructions: Date Wanted: ` - am ���e�� flpvm ) (F14 }9 - f d - , of '' hi , r,e ,v,.x=2 6j Mf'p�e — f Pro'ed: . 1 1 Type of I io ` . ATess: K0-- 1 I.to . :1: Special Instructions: Date Wanted: ` - am ���e�� No. 4 ?.2.' C371 al INSPECTION RECORD 0 Retain a copy with permit CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 (206) 431 -3670 ❑ Approved per applicable codes. �9 Corrections required prior to approval. e: ❑ $30.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to reinspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. ..."*.ast i.4kkgs.' 11t1t.. Siw. 474... F9na;‘,t CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 O Ap oved per applicable codes. COMMENTS: ' nspector: INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit L.I1j; A- fM4v,'0. (206) 431 -3670 ❑ Corrections required prior to approval. ❑ $30.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to reinspection, tee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. I Recut No.: Date: i Address: Date Called: Special Instructions: Date Wan ted $ ! . ,m. Requester: Requester. *7447. Phone t4o,: 5071: - 2 95 CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 O Ap oved per applicable codes. COMMENTS: ' nspector: INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit L.I1j; A- fM4v,'0. (206) 431 -3670 ❑ Corrections required prior to approval. ❑ $30.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to reinspection, tee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. I Recut No.: Date: i Project: / mow / r y Type of Insppeccttbin: Date Call Sew /Nv Addr ss Special nstruct ons: Date Wanted:_ / _ TS Requester. )4 Phone No.: � 1) 7 0 Approved per applicable codes. INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 0 Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: A140 5r .u.c - 7'u 44 . W►24 f 6 n1 AG to IRLA :STnd,. AGE nspector: Date ;=.2'a V—G3 O $30.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to reinspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule rainspection. COMMENTS: 0 4 74 /h S h e // c. 7 1-- 7 S Address: ` Ti � Date Called: _— z3 V '.fi► Special Instructions: 6 - • . _ (I __ am.e Requester: PltZ , U h /., M tlf�' a 4 `4t Phone No.: _ _ /-2. .40"`'z7 q v! -�l�G� f ~� .L'/f .LC, �'( �J�r,1? ,- 7 1--P: , -5 ,/ ��,, / ..f ' �� �L— _ .A a 7 'iv r Adtc.rpt, £ A; o ‘_ /i7 a// d -L /. er. . • — d 4.. 4 / 5 /44e G1 �. _.r. 7L Project: a 4 • Type of inspection: /—. r� Address: ` Ti � Date Called: _— z3 V '.fi► Special Instructions: Date Wanted: 2 3 93. am.e Requester: Phone No.: SPE • 0. INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 Approved per applicable codes. ,2 2. c22.. 2.3 ❑ Corrections required prior to approval. ❑ $30.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to reinspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. ate: • . : . ype o nspect • : — c Add re Date Called: Spedal Instructions: It. Date Wanted: -.., , — .Z. ---r 3 am. rt, F nequester: P.< Phone No.: eceiprrrT7r I Approved per applicable codes. COMMENTS: INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 0 Corrections required prior to approval. 0 $30.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to reinspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. Date: (206) 431-3670 rect -77-1------7 2_4-# rg 7 o s n: �', c,p». :::, Address: �/U!! � Asa �� �� DateCalle�' J.3 ✓ Special Instructions: Date Wanted: / — .- ! - ' 3 Cam., .m. Requester: / 0 /ex ,/, Phone No.: 4/3.:3-/ �, _._ J,1 INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 d (206) 431 -3670. 1, /• P- r� 5 p Pc . Approved per applicable codes. COMMENTS: . .G��� t�G ❑ Corrections required prior to approval. 4- 9a PERMIT NO. ❑ $30.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to reinspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Caddo schedule reinspection. Recept No:. I �e� COMMENTS: 0 - ZIG.I a • r10 Addre a) k *S ✓ + 6) u 4 Date alled: ,� a � Special Instructions: 00 2 f A /2') c y ci 5 to s J , 2, le_. .� Wan / / /G /G� r � ' ,25 _9363 p.m. Alf R. 4 n Plane No.; M _ .` ro G.:. a G 4e - Z4/.0# -c4- e r0 : h , �.� X' c c vG l /s I �: «an:. ype0 on) . )9 r Addre a) k *S ✓ + 6) u 4 Date alled: ,� a � Special Instructions: 00 2 f A /2') c y ci 5 to s J , 2, le_. .� Wan / / /G /G� r � ' ,25 _9363 p.m. Requester; - R. 4 n Plane No.; 1 .33 - 2 2l Y /6 I INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit INSPECTION NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 So c ter B #i 00 Tukw WA 98188 /9 .ni 7U S JfPA c_ Approved per applicable codes, (206) 431 -3670 ❑ Corrections required prior to approval. ❑ $30.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to reinspection, fee must be paid et 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. Protect..- ,pt,/C' / . ,/ c da /XS Type of Inspection& /e�c...4.. t Addr9s k Pte. ../62/ u � Date Called: / , 3 Special Instructions: — ,./' Da�,�yanted: Requester; /-5 Phone No,: s 3 _ cy 999 CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 So hce ter Blvd., #100, Tul�wila, WA 98188 / „ u � �. $1, Approved per applicable codes. COMMENTS: Inspector: INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit eceQt .: e: (206) 431 -3670 ❑ Corrections required prior to approval. G//3 4 Date: 1-2.5-9— ❑ $30.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to reinspection, tee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. Project: •.1 F, N` ype o nspect •n; NA t,,, >JG OU . (sq. --. ,Z5t,v 0, Date Called: I -- I (-( Special Instructions; Date Wanted: i 1-14-q3 'ru-ut eke am, iii) Requester; ! G`n- Phone No.: CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 COMMENTS: ' .5' C) vF ..DR -A 1 v I I NCLtAbS C, &I L.1 0 , / Ne ms , N i7 i6/'j'4 C*011% ✓� NYC C,51 i -. 11-43 t_)tM Approved per applicable codes. ❑ $30.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to reinspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. o INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit PERMIT NO. (206) 431 - 3670 ❑ Corrections required prior to approval. Proj = : • / • i e4 .n./ III _ l. Type of Inspect io 1 ,.__ i, , ,: a .:. I-- 193 al l nstru ons: ' Date Wanted' I r-- ( 9- am. ,m. Requester: Phase No.:( INSPECTION RECORDO J Retain a copy with permit CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 Approved per applicable codes. • _ _s .... ... - _,.,...._�.. . _ f -c3 ❑ Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: Cti Cam' 1 54- t�2.rl.� —�Drti Cr.�2.l,Gc.. !,r,4T -d 6I44r /_4_0.hed ❑ $30.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to reinspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. • ecept o.: i • . Project: -- ._.i_ N Fr N r Tf I ype of Inspection: f•- i`re — A - •vn + iu 7 Address: p .i — a--- 6L-44.0. Date Called: r z • 2 9 Special Instructions: Date Wanted; /). • ?a `q Z air P•m• Requester: r !` Plane No.: INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit S. E i 1 1 0. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 t Approved per applicable codes. COMMENTS; ❑ Corrections required prior to approval. O $30.00 REINSPECTIO FEE REQUIRED. Prior to reinspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. Rece+pt No.: Date: of II r r .,II L�jQ a t e oil ns��a r:_. yp t � . G�Y v. ,.•y� - Gate Called: ig- - ) 4 — .c4rD— eclat nstructions: Date Wanted 1 , -... / 1 aam, p .m. Requester: R Phone No.: COMMENTS: Inspector: t Rao* No.: INSPECTION RECORD r) Retain a copy with permit CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 OK Approved per applicable codes. cN .c 0 t-y . OL '7o Date: eta -aaa3 PERMIT NO. (206) 431 -3670 ❑ Corrections required prior to approval. /2 -(S - z-. ❑ $30.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to reinspection, tee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Callao schedule reinspection. �«rlaue•MA't._!t ;43[.... r.� �.,ri'•. ',. .,�st,'l te . ,. .. - — _ -' .......+..,..ia.....�.... - .I�Kn3 CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 COMMENTS: INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit Approved per applicable codes. Ce ❑ Corrections required prior to approval. a - ©�. PER No. (206) 431 -3670 ❑ $30.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to reinspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. . " ress1 I . •:te = T Spedal Instrucifans: Date Wan : I S -- 9,.- am. p.m. Requester: Phone ' : _ 4 • CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 COMMENTS: INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit Approved per applicable codes. Ce ❑ Corrections required prior to approval. a - ©�. PER No. (206) 431 -3670 ❑ $30.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to reinspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. roioq %....1:1N, - % A� ,t.:I - Type of Inspection (313 N(t( Q A A'( Ad oo 1 �v. e)( Date Called: f p t L ^ q a- Special Instructions: Date Wanted: � Requester Phone No.: L' '73 q INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit T SP - CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 ❑ Approved per applicable codes. L Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: ❑ $30.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED, Prior to reinspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd.; Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. • r = M: IA I , T ype of Inspecio i d Address: t� I Vj , Date Called: it — .7 Spedal Instructions: Date Wanted: Requester: n , , Phone No.: 4 ' 8 _ 1 _ INSP CRON NO. INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 '. Approved per applicable codes. COMMENTS: 450 In spector: 4 (206) 431 -3670 ❑ Corrections required prior to approval. ❑ $30.00 REINSPEC ON FEE REQUIRED. Prior to reinspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. COMMENTS: 3.e 4. � fti Type of Inspect n: i Ad r' t...i 1.1C. A NhO .3o./ 0 27 Nr, r * .6 S Special Instructions: v,,1 Gi vN j W r N rt N rr1 sr s06 6....r- 'i'1nr' e - 4 LA i.fi • y 5 0 0.1 9 (D L. -S SS Col-uo r,n OS • t Pro 3.e 4. � fti Type of Inspect n: i Ad r' Date Called: _ (340 Special Instructions: v,,1 Gi Date Want ed:/ / n /& Requester: Phone No.: t f .. 0. INSPECTION RECORD ,.- Retain a copy with permit CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 E .. Approved per applicable codes. Recept No.: Date: (206) 431 -3670 D Corrections required prior to approval. I Inspector: Date:. fir D $30.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to reinspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. COMMENTS: ,ham _s .„th-c or sz-Y.f of 66.33 rm6 IS 0 r S 1 . .3= b1 Sco w 134 rt'r" `r4`c /.�3r? L C- c rt.t •14-r NI_ Rs 2- T bt 1 S a........--F-Al r..> > rJ C7 w . Hf--O s t- r P `J wNitz- I Rcr- rn i.)C, pa rc - S OF TbkE wYt-i.L., t.JA ' C " ei Q LAC . S / NI CET 2 .. -1 t,� pc.ii l A R /M 0% r • C i W A14. I S C4--0 CA t. I P 14* al rv17 r 1 x<►l` e_A , -A-C ) s N Lk 2.. .t G I r +-$ AN ►^ p T14 W \& Q rl - r wrt-V■ en (n) 7'bt E-1 it o e:Stc; NJ • 'Tv1w CAI r•-mefi\\ Q.... 17stct c o' - i - rr Trt'l T1) iL d-S /1 f i ' . ' t, OS P '.-" IL.. IS rn N . -v9, a roi N, 1 , ,'� S ' � ` /( ype o nsp r1t art.„ Q. Addres 'b41.-Q4/ f D ate Called: Special Instru ons: , '2 Date Want -v9, a Requester: � ,� Phone No.: l g -79 9 INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 PERMIT 0 Approved per applicable codes. t4 Corrections required prior to approval. (206) 431 -3670 Date: it_ 5 O $30.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to reinspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. 6; P 4/ Cl 0 P st 4� r rype of Inspection: /V / / 'ft Addr' -� ' ' 1 1S1-- b bate Called 10 _„ 087,..., , Sp: • . nstnrctions: D Requester: ! Phone No.: 4 j d 00 O. CITY OF TiKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 Approved per applicable codes. 2 4- 1 .e( 467 e 2..4 k5 e� ! L ei.� eie COMMENTS: X INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit (206) 431 -3670 0 Corrections required prior to approval. 4-Le c,/ o . 7441 / er‘ fi Gae-e-.&47,2 O $30.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to reinspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. . act: o Ali /. 1 ype o nspection' 1 i L__t liPlairliff . te . /0 ."' & `- Special Instructions: - . 3t ,F pf Date Want: . • •— — ��--• am. .m. "`--- ---��� h Requester: 411x h Phone No.: Inspector: ❑ Approved per applicable codes. INSPECTIO RECORD Retain a copy with permit CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 COMMENTS: 6-1_,e / 4 / Date: PERMIT N0. (206) 431-K70 ❑ Corrections required prior to approval. ❑ $30.00 REINSPECT! ' N FEE REQUIRED. Prior to reinspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. I Receipt No.: Date: COMMENTS: -ICA.. n / 41J 1W- inL t=AG; (1 P c::::. FAR- WA-u -- S VA A, tJ 0 ( C- et— d r- fv It . ‘s �-4-1-ta J d ...) t o 1____::___a___,5‘ Special Instructions: Date Wanted: --. (� --� / — � T am6. Requester: �; �...../ Phone No.: / Proj - : n / Type of inspection: l j/4 Addr : ss: i g40412) 0I . �' ,.� a ! Ls Date Called: , . ,,,, it - " / �� Special Instructions: Date Wanted: --. (� --� / — � T am6. Requester: �; �...../ Phone No.: / INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 Approved per applicable codes. efie-oa? (206) 431 -3670 ❑ Corrections required prior to approval. I Inspector : /' J Date:/0 ❑ $30.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to reinspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. p raceOt No.: Date: Prof !� ty pe o nspecttiory) f � Oate e ali edn �' A r itta 4 / • f -- C ! - ecia Instructi� • Date Wanted: O -- 1 (0 _. 9 am p.m. Requester: Phone No : / �� _ Con n (O INSPECTION RECORD `- Retain a copy with permit CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 PERMIT . (206) 431-3670 Approved per applicable codes. COMMENTS: Inspector: tl� ❑ Corrections required prior to approval. Ise: /0-16 - 92 ---'.. CJ 530.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to reinspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. — R e eceept Ro,: Date: ro ect: -tnk i n !k' i )k 5�J� Q yae o nspedw . N as k 1 nC� Address: 400 kRY 5 `� Date Called: I (,),...\ `t Special Instructions: E .Og ` _ Date Wanted: Q �� " am. P.M. Requester: tr Phone No ;: ,D© O O INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 pproved per applicable codes. Bci -c5 PERMIT N O $30.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to reinspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. (206) 433670 O Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS:, t "' L ICI daLA.st_ o . - �.o- -� s F . Inspector: Date: ; ( S , 9 'z-- I eceipt No.: Dale: N � I ' Ja �J , / Ype o nspecl �L.../ A" :51 _ 61 V,I to I . Special Instructions: Date Wanted: — p; a p.m. Requester: Phone No.: 0 �j – lJ �- ; 0)-9 INSPECTION ` ECORD Retain a copy with permit CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 Approved pe yapplicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: reef L-e ' e �� /? (17 ,s1/.0 - bee./ A L.14 AI nspector: A � 611110t id . Receipt No,: Date: "Date: (206) 431 -3670 Q $30.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to reinspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. COMMENTS: Type of lnspect . 4 H2- . fills-31 Ito 1,1 uJmtL- -- A `,. ti Ui C{.'- 'CI(_... t.., (CA H—C-1k rT T"" E=r) a— 11-P i1 Wes- - Special Instructions: OD _ , y � q 1�' VOSS: 0 F> Date Wanted: 1 •- � , LE . C C. P A- A rJ CAit rL 63 ITS AT Requester: _ qr o.c • OF Ao cx NSQztt r~rQD (.....F :..) (71.-t �z i2 Pr-it. pr : , of S ATi 'E Type of lnspect . A `,. ti Ui `Date Called; 9 —AP ,9. Special Instructions: OD _ , y � q 1�' VOSS: 0 F> Date Wanted: 1 •- � , am p.m. Requester: Phone No.: SP I Recept No.: 0. O INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit• CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 K Approved per applicable codes. (206) 431 -3670 ❑ Corrections required prior to approval. nspector: ❑ $30.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to reinspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. Date: Project: . Type of Inspection: 't ress: te .:�: Special Instructions: Date Wanted: / —) —q3 am. p.m. Requester: Phone No.: . • . 1 , • f INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 4 , Approved per applicable codes. COMMENTS: " 0 Corrections required prior to approval. (inspector: — Dade: O $30.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to reinspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. I ReoeOt No.: �. JAL. .. Date: FINALAPP.FRM Authorized gnature Sprinklers: Fire Alarm: N Hood & Duct: Halon: Monitor: /VA T' 4(/11/2 t) Pre -Fire: Permits: TUKWILA FIRE DEPARTMENT FINAL APPROVAL FORM Retain current inspection schedule K Needs shift inspection Approved without correction notice X Approved with correction notice issued City of Tukwila FIRE DEPARTMENT 444 Andover Park East Tukwila, Washington 98188 -7661 (206) 575 -4404 Gary L. VanDusen, Mayor Control No. 6,!,2,23 Permit No. Project Name 2A 7 `7 Or S e i t /I Address Suite P 1 L Suite # .:2,// Date T.F.D. Form F.P. 85 7777177,7,77.7.,7,77777,777-7- BUSINESS NAME: 7:/1,//" /A// T� ADDRESS: ACTION REQUIRED: TUKWILA FIRE DEPARTMENT FIRE PREVENTION BUREAU (206) 575 -4407 CORRECTION NOTICE /REINSPECTION FEE P,,eoth P& 47 5 k(,J/1 / M% n 6 ?drn kJ/1 gcrWaa Ste`" /V e.44 TU t ,7 o' $& DATE: � � f// BLDG: SUITE: APT: TYPE OF INSPECTION: 727;0W INSPECTOR: 5,7 BLDG. PERMIT #:51 CONTACT PERSON: /-64, /2 vj 4_64' PHONE: Y� 9'? A /7 ,. ,cr i/t) A T . . 6 e/* 7/ /c27,-7 Geri v ( acv/2 Pe aii2 7 -Ito 5u) .,/ hv 0r 6- r4 ,553) 7/ /r? I, 1 C i,P L,(,)/1/13 For CORRECTION OF THE ABOVE ITEMS ARE REQUIRED BY: 3/ A $40.00 Reinspection Fee is required and must be received by the Tukwila Fire Department, 444 Andover Park East, Tukwila, Wa. 98188 prior to reinspection. Make checks payable to the City of Tukwila and provide the YELLOW copy of this notice with payment. FAILURE TO PAY the reinspection fee within seven 7 days may result in the issuance of a citation for Failure to Comply. Office Use Only: Date Paid: Receipt #: File Code: WP:CORREFEE.FRM W- Finance Y -File P- Contractor T.F.D. Form F.P. 100 Account Code 000/345.830 000/342400 - ,rr+.yr.% r."'.r-•n+n... -r, . , :" ^v rr : a Y �' ='► c Total Fees: Total All Payments: pa1ance: Description PLAN CHECK - UTILITY INSP FEE - UTILITY. Total .(This Payment): 25.00 25.00 .00 Paid 10.00 15.00 25.00 • ******* *** ** ** *kk * **** **k****** * * ******k***** ITY OF TUKWILA, WA TRANSMIT ********************************* * * * *** * * * * * * * *•k *** *k *k * * * * * *** TRANSMIT Number: 92000931 Amount: 25.00 09/04/92 13 :21 Permit No:.PWS2 -0182 Type: PW- -CCAS CURB CUT /ACCESS /SIDE Parcel No: 022310 -0075 Site Address: 400 BAKER BL Location: 400 BAKER BLVD Payment Method: CHECK Notation: ACURA OF SEATTLE Init DLM ********************************** .r, * * ** * * * * * ** * * * * ** * * ** * * ** * ** -5(Lff Joe b ** * *'h *h** ** eft•*********** * **** **** **** * * ** **k* * * ****k** *fit ** * * ** ** :ITV OF TUKWILA, WA • TRANSMIT 4*****.****• k: 4* k *. *. * * *** * * * ** **• * * ** * * * ** * * ** *kit * * * * ** *k** ** ****, ** *k TRANSMIT Nimber: Permit No: Parcel No: t .Sait'e Address: Locat.i on: payment Method: k lt****************** A****•* A**********• *A*•* ** * * * *1%.* * * ** **A**A *** Account Code 00/345.830 :::.000/342.400 Total 7 " .- r""'7C'!t "t""7 } 1), .,7,7 17tr' 1`. 7 ,l: 7r' : •mot . { ., • 92000932 Amount: PW` 2-01G3 Type: PW-HAUL HAULING 022310-0075 400 (BAKER BL 400 BAKER BLVD CHECK Notation: ACURA OF SEATTLE Init: DLM Description FLAN CHECK - UTILITY INSP FEE * UTILITY Total' (This Payment): Total Fees: Ail Payme u t Oulamce 23.00 4' 4 4 0 0 .00 0 25.00 09/04/92 13 :21 Paid 10.00 13.00 25.00 t .. , n,; , r*********** kk*******'** *'* ** **** ** * * ** * ** * * * ** * * * ***** *huh *k** *fit ** TRANSMIT k** k***** k***** fi********** * * * *** * * * * * *** ** * * *e4 * * * * * * * *fit *fit * ** * ** TRANSMIT Number: 92000934 Amount: 25:00 09/04/92 19.22 Permit No PW92 .-0186 Type.: PW -LI LANDSCAPEIRRIOATIOW Parcel Not 022310 -0075 Site address: 400. BAKER BL Location: 400 BAKER BLVD Payment Method: CHECK Notation: ACURA OF. SEATTLE Init. DLM k * ** ** * * ** *k * * * ** * ** *1 *****'*********** ** ***** *'* *****.A * * * * **'* * *** Account Code Description Paid 00 PLAN CHECK - UTILITY 10.00 401/312.400 INS' FEE - FLH/LI/WME 15. Total. (This Payment): 25.00 ;IT-Y OF TUKW•ILA, WA ' }fie' ^r ^,:nnc+n,"!• Total Fees: Total All Payments: Balance: :,'?• T. n°' rw«�a�:.,:j�'�....a , ,1T •.T'e.,,'}'ixa'ir *4yttf„ ,[+5 • 25.00 25.00 .00 7 r ,IT tr-.7" "77-; .,. .. ,.. �v- 7. 7 : U'77.",...1"7r^7:tt77, ,'ITTA r,,fif e • f'f r r Account Code 000/345.830 412/342.400 *k* * * *k * * ** irk* h********* kk** k** * *****h* ****************kkir*k* CITY OF ' TUKWILA, WA TRAN$M) ** k***************** k************** * * ** *k *k * * * * * * * *** * * * *** * *k* TRANSMIT Number: 92000935 Amount: 25.00 09/04/92 13:23 Permit No: PW32 --0185 Type: PW -SD STORM DRAINAOE Parcel No: 022310 --0075 Site Address: 400 BAKER BL Location: 400 BAKER BLVD Payment Method: CHECK Notation: ACURA OF SEATTLE. Init: DLM k **k* *** * * ** ilk ***** * ** ** * **•k* chic****** h*** **'*k ****** * *** * ***k **k* Total Fees: Total All Payments: Balance: Description PLAN CHECK UTILITY INSP FEE -- STORM DRAIN Total (This Payment); 25.00. 25.00 .00 Paid 10.00 15.00 25.00 Total fees: Total All Payments: Balance: 97.50 97.50 .00 *********** k**** k*** *** ****** ********* ************* CITY OF.TUKW]:LA, WA TRANSMIT * * * * * ** kick*********************** k ** *k *k * * *k ** * *k* *kk * * * * *k ** * ** 1RAN$Mx'f'• 'Number: 92000933 Amount: 97.50 09/09/92 13 :22 Permit No; PW92-0181 Type: PW -LA CA ND ALTERING, PERMIT Parcel Na. 022310--0075 Site Address: 400 BAKER BL. Location: 400 BAKER 13 Payment Method: CHECK Notation: ACURA OF SEATTLE /nit: DLM * k** ic** k* * * * ** **A********* *k ** * * ** * ** irk ******* *** * ***** *** *k**** Account Code Description Paid 000/322.100 BUILDING - NONRES 75.00 000/345.530 PLAN. CHECK - NONRES Total (This Payment): P/OW1h2 97.50 GENERA GENERA GENERA GENERA GENERA GENERA .GENERA :GENERA GENERA .GENERA TOTAL CHECK CHANGE 314BA000 75.00 22.50 10.00. 15.00 10.00 15.00 10.00 15.00 10.00 15.00 197.50 197.50 0.00 10:27 4* *** * * ** ** * * ** * ** * * * *A k*** k* **** ** *** * **kk*** *h*k********** ** :ITV OF TUKWILA, WA TRANSMI1' 4******* h************* k***k kk*** kk * ***** ** * *** *kk * ** * **k *k *** * ** TRANSMIT Number: 92000597 Amount: J 06119192 11:48 Permit Not B92 -0223 Type: B -BUILD BUILDING PERM�/2792 Parcel Na: 022310-0075 . Site Address; 400 BAKER BL Payment Method CHECK Notation: ACURA OF SEATTLE In i t: SLE3 k** ** * * *** ** *** * * * * ** ** * * ** * *k * ** * ** * *** * **** **** * * * * * ***k * * **k -Account Code 000/022.100 Total Fees: Total All. Payments: Balance: Description BUILDING - NONRES Total (This Payment): 2 1,1.02.68 1,689.50 Paid., 1,1O2.68 1,102/.68 GENERA 1102.68 TOTAL . 1102.68 CHECK 1102.68 CHANGE 0.00 0912A000 10 :44 Total Fees: Total All .Payments: Balance: Description 'BUILDING .- NONRES PLAN CHECK -• NONRES STATE BUILDING SURCHARGE Total .(This Payment): 2,792.18 2,792.18 .00 ****A*****A** kk** k* kk kk*** AA***** A ****kkk*kk* *kk* * ***A*** * CITY OF TUKWI : LA,.WA TRANSMIT Jr****** k hk************* k*********** ***kk *k ** *********** TRANSMIT Number: 92001011 Amount: / 09/22/92 03 :08 Permit No: 892 -0223 Type: U- BUILD BUILDING PERMIT Parcel No: 022310 -0075 Site Address. 400 BAKER PL 09/23/92 Payment Method: CHECK Notation: ACUF(aA OF SEATTLE, T.riit: 5L *• k**** k****** kk******* k******** k** *********** ***** r* Account Code 000/322.100 000/345.830 000/386.904 ''aid 586.132 1,098.1 4.50 1,689.50 N GENERA ' GENERA GENERA TOTAL CHECK ,CHANGE. 586.82 1098.18 4.50 1689.50 1689.50 0.00 3617A000 09:11 Total .Fees:. -2 Total All Payments: 2,822'.18. Balance: .00 ***• k*********k kkk******* *lr ** ****k **k"kk*•** **k * *k * ***k *irk * •. 1 • ** * *** ITV OF TUKWILA, WA TRANSMIT l r lhkk*** k********* ** **h * * * **k *k * * *k *l4 * * * *ak *k* *fir * *h* ***h* *A **k*k TRANSMIT Number:. 92001113 Amount: 30.00 10/12/92 12:51 Permit No: B92•-0223 Type: B--BUILD BUILDING PERMIT ,� Parcel Na: 022310 -0075 ;1.0/12/92 Site Address: 400 BAKER BL Payment Method: CHECK Notation: CW PHARR Init: DLM r******************* k************ *** * *k*h*kk****** * **** * * * * *k* *k Account Code Description Paid 000/322.100 BUILDING NONRES 30.00 Total (This Payment): 30.00 GENERA TOTAL CHECK CHANGE 4226A000 30.00 30.00 30.00 0.00 14 :49 *+****��**+�**�*****+*+***++*********k**************+****+**+*+* CITY ' OF TUKW%LA WA TRANSMIT *******+*************+w*****+***+*+*+**+***+**********+********* TRANSMIT Number: 93O0O35O Amount: 3,00O.00 O3/19/ 59 Permit No 892-0223 Type: B~BUILD BUILDING PERMIT -' Parcel No: 0323 Site Address: 400 BA R BL Payment .Meth. ��` ��C� ��tin: NFINITI oI OF `g In1t: DLM � ******+ ,� /u t w * * ****� *+*****+�*� **� �* �* *****���**+�*+�+*��*+��*�+*� Account Code Description Paid � 000/38e~908 '` ` BUILDING BOND/DEPOSIT 3 Total (This Payment): 3,O00.00 Total Fees: 5,822.18 Total All Payments: 5 Balance: .00 GENERA 30O0.0O TOTAL 3000.00 CHECK 3000.00 CHANGE 0°08 9124A000 17:22 ' * * * * ** ** **r4A*** **** Ark********•* AA** *• ***k******** ** * ******h*** **** CITY OF TUKWILA, WA TRANSMIT * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * ** ********* k* * * * * * * * * * * ** * * * * * * * *•* * * * * * * * ** TRANSMIT Number: 93000346 Amount: 20.00 03/19/007+101 Permit No: PW93' -0047 Type: IOW -SSS SANITARY SID 11WI R Payment Method: CHECK Notation: ROCKY PHARR Init: ILM ******** k****A***********.*********: 4 * *** * * * * * ** * * ** * *A **** * * ** *A•* Account Cade Description Paid INSP FEE - SME /SSS 20.00 Total (this Payment): 20.00 402/342.400 Total Fe.a.s-: 20.00 Total A1.` Payments: 20.00 t, Balance:. .00 GENERA TOTAL CHECK CHANGE 9003A000 20.00 20.00 1+0.00 0.00 16 :56 ,-- e • ( CITY OF TUKWILA i Address: 400 BAKER BL Permit No: 692-0223 Tenant: INFINITI OF SEATTLE Status: ISSUED Type: 6-BUILD Applied: 06/19/1992 Parcel #: 022310-0075 Issued: 09/22/1992 *****k**********k*********k****kk*******k***********k****k***************k* Permit Conditions: 1. No changes will be made to the plans unless approved by the Architect and the Tukwila Building Division. 2. Plumbing permit shall be obtained through the Seattle-King County Department of Public Health. , plumbing will be inspected by that agency, Including ell'gas-piping (296-4722). 3. Electrical permit shall be obtained through the 'Washington State Division,,bf)Labor and Industries and all electrical work will be nsipected by that agencY (248-6657). 4. All mechanical work shall be under separate 'Permit through the CityofHTukwila. 5. All permits, inspection records, and approved plans shall be maintained available at the job site prior to the start of , any construction. Thesei;docu'ments'are to be maintained available Until final inSpec•ion approval is granted. 6. WheniiYecial, inspection is required either the owner,,, ' • architect 'or engineer'Shall notify the Tukwila Building Divtslonof appointment of the inspection agencies prior to thefiirst'building inspection. Copies of all special Division in a manher. ', ReOdrtsshall,contain address, inspection reports shall 'subpitted to the Building prdlect 'permit number • and tYpe being - performed. ' : , ' ', • 7. Thei:peC`141 inspeCtor'shall,'submit i‘final report, ' stating whether the work requiripg,/special inspection was, to tile 60,tof inspectors knoWledge,/in conformance with 4 0 , 0 appromedo and specifications and ', appl work- manship provisions of the UBC. ' \; , 8. All it'nucbui-e) welding shall be One by .W.AA:. certified weldend special,inspected (Seo:. 3 UBC) . ,,,„•; 9. All high-strength , bolting shall specla14 306 (a) 7 .641BC). . 4 -,. •4 , . ,'.'''',, ,• 10. Bolts insa concrete. shall be special inspected (Sec. 306 (a) 2.0130. - , , ,. .„„,t, . 11. Any new ceiling grid and light fixture.installation required to Ili'eet braeii'dOi rements for. Seismic fig Zone 3. . ,/) -,;.c- ts 4 *:, 12. Partition walls attached to ceiling grid must braced if over eight '( ,0& 13. Readily accessible access t'6:46ofmounted equipment is required. 14. Any exposed insulations backing material shall have a Flame Spread Rating of 25 or less, and material shall bear identi- fication showing the fire performance rating thereof. 15. Subgrade preparation including drainage, excavation, compaction, and fill requirement shall conform strictly with recommendations given in the soils report. 16. A statement from the roofing contractor verifying fire retardant class of roof will be required prior to final inspection. A minimum Class "C" roof covering is required for this occupancy. 17. All construction to be done in conformance with approved plans and requirements of the Uniform Building Code (1991 Edition) as amended by the Washington State Building Code, Uniform Mechanical Code (1991 Edition), and Washington State 8'. Validity of Fermi. The issuance of a permit r approval of plans, specificat )s and computations shall t be con - , 1 strued to be a permit for, or an approval of, arny violation of any of the provisions of this code or of any other ordinance of the jurisdiction. No permit presumidg to give authority or violate or cancel the provisions of this code shall be valid. 19. There shall be no occupancy of the building(s) until the final inspection has been completed by the Tukwila Building Inspector. 20. A CERTIFICATE OF OCCUPANCY WILL BE REQUIRED FOR THIS PERMIT. Re: Infinity of Seattle - 400 Baker Blvd. Dear Sir: City cif Tukwila FIRE DEPARTMENT 444 Andover Park East Tukwila, Washington 98188 -7661 (206) 575 -4404 Fire Department Review Control #892 -0223 (512) August 13, 1992 John W. Rants, Mayor The attached set of building plans have been reviewed by The Fire Prevention Bureau and are acceptable with the following concerns: 1. No point in a sprinklered building may be more than 200 feet from an exit, measured along the path of travel. (UBC 3303(d)) Exit doors shall swing in the direction of exit travel when serving any hazardous area or when serving an occupant load of 50 or more. (UBC 3304(b)) Exit doors shall be openable from the inside without the use of a key or any special knowledge or effort. Exit doors shall not be locked, chained, bolted, barred, latched or otherwise rendered unusable. All locking devices shall be of an approved type. (UFC 12.106(c)) Obstructions, including storage, shall not be placed in the required width of an exit, except projections as permitted by the Building, Code. Exits shall not be obstructed in any manner and shall remain free of any material or matter where its presence would obstruct or render the exit hazardous. (UFC 12.104(a)) Dead bolts are not allowed on auxiliary exit doors unless the dead bolt is automatically retracted when the door handle is engaged from inside the tenant space. Storage under exterior or interior stairwells shall City of Tukwila FIRE DEPARTMENT 444 Andover Park East Tukwila, Washington 98188 -7661 (206) 575 -4404 Page number 2 John W. Rants, Mayor not be permitted unless such space is protected on the enclosed side by one hour fire- resistive construction and sprinklered where required. (UFC 12.106(c)) Exit hardware and marking shall meet the requirements of the Uniform Fire Code. (UFC 12.106 - 12.111) When two or more exits from a story are required, exit signs shall be installed at the required exits and where otherwise necessary to clearly indicate the direction of egress. (UBC 3314(A)) 2. All new sprinkler systems and all modifications to existing sprinkler systems shall have fire department review and approval of drawings prior to installation or modification. New sprinkler systems and all modifications to sprinkler systems involving more than 25 heads shall have the written approval of the W.S.R.B., Factory Mutual, Industrial Risk Insurers, Kemper or any other representative designated and /or recognized by The City of Tukwila, prior to submittal to the Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau. No sprinkler work shall commence without approved drawings. (City Ordinance #1528) Contact The Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau to witness all required inspections and tests. (UFC 10.503) 3. Required fire resistive construction, including occupancy separations, area separation walls, exterior walls due to location on property, fire resistive requirements based on type of construction, draft stop partitions and roof coverings shall be maintained as specified in the Building Code and Fire Code and shall be properly repaired, restored or replaced when damaged, altered, breached, penetrated, removed or improperly installed. (UFC 10.601) This review limited to speculative tenant space only - special fire permits may be necessary depending on detailed description of intended use. Page number Yours truly, City of Tukwila FIRE DEPARTMENT 444 Andover Park East Tukwila, Washington 98188 -7661 (206) 575 -4404 • John W. Rants, Mayor Any overlooked hazardous condition and /or violation of the adopted Fire or Building Codes does not imply approval of such condition or violation. The Tukwila Fire revention Bureau cc: T.F.D. file ncd TO: FROM: DATE: SUBJECT: 14: Infiniti City of Tukwila Department of Public Works M E M O R A N D U M NOTIFICATION OF UTILITY PERMIT ACTION PERMIT CENTER PUBLIC WORKS ENGINEERING DIVISION July 1, 1992 UTILITY PERMIT AVAILABILITY /REQUIREMENTS Infiniti of Seattle 400 Baker Boulevard Project No. B92 -0223 Contact Person: Ed Linardic Telephone No.: (206) 283 -4764 THE FOLLOWING PUBLIC WORKS PERMITS ARE AVAILABLE FOR ISSUANCE ACCORDING TO THE SITE PLAN APPROVED ON July 1, 1992: Land Altering Curb Cut /Access /Sidewalk Hauling Landscape Irrigation Storm Drainage Permit Fee $97.50 $25.00 $25.00 $25.00 $25.00 John W. Rants, Mayor Ross A. Earnst, P. E., Director The Developer is referred to other City agencies, including the Building and Planning Divisions, for other requirements which may affect this work. Because the Land Altering identifies in excess of 500 cubic yards, the Planning Division will require an Environmental Checklist. A copy of the confirmed Utility Permit Application Form and two (2) sets of site plans will be inserted into the permit file. cf: City Utilities Inspector (w /copy of plans /application) Development File (w /copy of plans /application) Read File 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 • Tukwila, Washington 98188 • Phone: (206) 433-0179 • Fax (206) 431-3665 fealEe AC; 6hter6 . A-O, A - IA ,-z 4-3 A-6 A -8 .. )1 1.04:7W / /4te. oifeU /Ec&E 4fD App Gv ? R "' fStoNs 7 . X A 1 f ah7a9 q glue MORE() 7116 R 72 6hiEte73 /i Cont/ 7r#E . C2& /4 /4'6G.. E 4id/� J ).W5) 'b.6 Erk, 6E ' #4a5 Wig awroicrale &e'ii /w 77/EFth4. ) 6E7; Cale ... �f / OOPE ON.P /4 er 41 /P X224 ' Z64? " 1.07; / e .. 7wReei 2 # aryl t a, -- ,nef ' 4, 11446 AlEa)4/ L'ils /-°h 650. ob off -e�cCB 01 MEMORANDUM FROM: RSB DATE: 80CT92 TO: INFINITY OF SEATTLE FILE BUILDING PERMIT B92 -0223 SUBJECT: REVISIONS TO APPROVED PLANS DATED 60CT92 BACKGROUND: APPROVED PLANS CALLED FOR A 4 -HOUR AREA SEPARATION WALL TO PROVIDE THE ALLOWABLE AREAS ON EACH SIDE OF WALL AND COMPLY WITH THE PROVISIONS OF CHAPTER 5, U.B.C. PROPOSED REVISIONS INVOLVE RECLASSIFICATION OF THE TYPE OF CONSTRUCTION TO TYPE V -N CONSTRUCTION. THIS WILL REQUIRE THAT AREA SEPARATION WALLS WILL BE REQUIRED TO BE 2HR FIRE RESISTIVE CONSTRUCTION. NOTE: THE REQUIREMENT FOR PROTECTION OF THE COMBUSTIBLE ROOF FOR FIVE FEET ON EACH SIDE OF THE WALL, IS REQUIRED AT THE AREA SEPARATION WALL ONLY. THE OCCUPANCY SEPARATION WALLS NEED ONLY EXTEND TO THE UNDER SIDE OF THE ROOF SHEATHING. Address: Permit No: Type: Location: Parcel #: B92 -0223 B -BUILD 400 BAKER BL 022310 -0075 CITY TUKWILA COMMENTS ACOM REVISION SUBMITTED 8 -06 -92 BY ED LINARDIC. SLB TWO SETS OF PLANS AND ONE SPECIFICATION. CONTACTED APPLICANT TO SUBMIT ONE MORE SPECIFICATION 8 -06 -92 COMMENTS ON RESUBMITTAL ARE NOTED IN FILE. CONSTRUCTION DETAIL OF PARAPET AT AREA SEPARATION WALL MUST BE REVISED TO MEET CODE REQMT FOR A CONTINUOUS F.R. WALL. ADD NOTE TO PERMIT CONDITIONS REGARDING LOCATION OF RETAIN- ING WALL ALONG PROPERTY LINE. NOTE TO PLANS. COMPLIANCE WITH TUKWILA SIGN CODE /SIGN PERMIT REQUIRED ROCKY CALLED REFERENCE M & D APPROVAL OF STRUCTURAL. WE DO NOT HAVE APPROVAL AS OF THIS DATE. WE FORWARDED CORRECTIONS TO M & D (BOB) FOR REVIEW AND APPROVAL OF PROJECT. REVISION SUBMITTED BY MIKE BAILY 10- 07 -92. SLB 60CT92, LDG SUBMITTED REVISIONS TO APPROVED PLANS TO RESOLVE THE ISSUE OF THE AREA SEPARATION WALL CONSTRUCTION. THE BUILDING HAS NOW BEEN RECLASSIFIED AS A TYPE V -N CONST- TION. AND THEREFORE THE AREA SEPARATION WALLS MAY BE OF 2HR FIRE RESISTIVE CONSTRUCTION, WITH PROTECTION OF OPENINGS REQUIRED TO BE 1 -1/2 HR. FIRE RESISTIVE ASSEMBLIES. IN ADDITION THE BUILDING HAS BEEN DIVIDED INTO 3 AREAS OF 24,000 SF EACH. MINOR INTERIOR CHANGES IN THE OFFICE LAY- OUT HAS BEEN MADE. EXITING REMAINS O.K. Status: ISSUED Applied: 06/19/1992 Issued: 09/22/1992 ******************************************** * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * ** Permit Comments: 20109 192nd kvenoe NE Woodinville WA .. 10072 q . ti ! . %i7 : ., . .;; F.:" .•�•w 5 • / �•rieZ- C'..cti. A'.1.. - „r: . ::x::' ..k:...:C:' : ?�'u..'i�', OASES TO CERTIFY THAT THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE: LISTED MCAT ED. NOT WTT NST ANDPAG ANY RENT. T ERrE OR CONDIT CERTACATE MAY BE ISSUED OR ibAAY PERTAIN. THE INSURANCE EXCLUSIONS AP C CONCYTCNS OK S.0 i POLICES, LP TS SHOWNMAY Terr D P E . i ; ' '°r�":o �� ` � ;V�y �,1. t ip g V �s. '' nf: �t'! .` 8�� .'������w '�..'�' t :k'G:i����ik��'`,; iG :34°i.��a.�6 BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE NSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD ION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUviENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH T RS AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TEPMS. HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAMS. rouoT Nw� K1L c rmwo rrr l►AT+c (MM/t7l/YY) P ATE O ft/CO v GATE (�v00�vY1 uMrY; 000mouroa.sr. T77064$7Si4 8/01/81 10/01/82 BENEAAL ASBRTGAtE UIIIIIIrrrrffll Co EIDAE. SE>M. LIAkITY PRgOUCJS- Cd4P/DPAGO. DAiiS M E El CCCVIL PERSONAL & Apo. INJURY GeM[rz a CONTAAttoa'S PVT. I EACH OCCURRENCE . /IRE (AMA (A one tire) _ II I . I — MED. EPPENSE iA vac ' r $ 0 Wfleirealig 1.AMisu■ COMBINED MIME t Ar A/To • i AaT03 110011Y IN.IUR1' (Pt► Ntoni 4 r >I a IT 11 BODILY INJURY (Per +eddenU $ 101 -Cole AIMS w1�gE (tAI UY MME PROPERTY OAMISE I dmasuinsar■ EACH OCCURRENCE S MI *tut row AG6RE6ATE owl »MAI IMPIE1LA IOW ` iiiii itiitiiiiiii 'IiiiiMiiiiiiii'.iii'.iii' i iii!iiiiiii!iiiiiiiiii!i( !11111! m1101011 OOI ti. MD aasfflarWOR M StA1U10AY LLATS i iii ?ii1111 ii;iiiiiitiii!iiiii! EAD1 ACCIDENT $ DISEASE -RXICY MT $ DISEASE -EACH EMPLOYEE • r � « ASH of Washington, inc. 3131 Elliott Avenel*, Soite 600 Seattle, WA $8121 - 1047 201 -201 -4500 - ate .. -- n Servie. Evripment, lne. apiewnro IV a'dt& M tivrotA . IrIMI Evidence of Insurance Pharr Caaapu'y *TM; 140.0 thirr 114 - 101 Av4nu. ►IC 141100, WA 00900 COAPARY C LEITER d SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE THE EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF. TI-E ISSUING COMPANY WILL ENDEAVOR TO MAC, g0 DAY$ WRiTTENNOTCETO ECERTiFiCATEHOLDERNAMEDTOTHE LEFT. BUT FAILURE TO MAN. SUCH NOTICE SHALL iMPOSE NO OBLIGATION OR UAW! 'Y0:ANYY,hO UPON TI -ECOMR ANY. ITSA - " N 111 1y0�0y0y�01` e '�:: x� ' t4 " IA, � 1.R , fl'.a;Yi Kti enui V'�14! p�'rel`P vung !pr.' • tooq i1woluil 104,4 . da. �l /�d�!Y! II•10 14441 „H st 141, 1 1 ,0 ,• 1 , 4 I Iu+•p1� ` YN' Ib ulat io W u l l"4 4 h : i r 0 1 11 4, , : 1 1 191�, l , AMERICAN BANKERS INSURANCE GROUP 11222 Quail Roost Drive, Miami, Florida 33157 LICENSE OR PERMIT BOND KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: Bond No LPM 0181312 That we, PHARR CO . , as Principal, and American Bankers Insurance Company of Florida incorporated under the laws of the State of Florida, principal office in Miami, as Surety, are held and firmly bound unto CITY OF TUKWILA as Obligee, in penal sum of TWO— THOUSAND Dollars, lawful money of the United States, for which payment, well and truly to be made, we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly, by these presents. WHEREAS, the above bounded Principal has obtained or is about to obtain from the said Obligee a license or permit for HAULING PERMIT /INFI OF SEATTLE ;and the term of said license or permit is as indicated below: Beginning the 4TH day of SEPTEMBER 19 , and • ending the 4TH day of SEPTEMBER 19 93 WHEREAS, the Principal is required by law to file with CITY OF TUKWILA a bond for the above indicated term and conditioned as hereinafter set forth. PHARR CO. NOW, THEREFORE, THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH, that if the above bounded Principal as such licensee or permittee shall indemnify said Obligee against all loss, costs, expenses or damage to it caused by said Principal's non - compliance with or breach of any laws, statutes, ordinances, rules or regulations pertaining to such license or permit issued to the Principal, which said breach or non- compliance shall occur during the term of this bond, then this obligation shall be void, otherwise, to remain in full force and effect. PROVIDED, that if this bond is for a fixed term, it may be continued by Certificate executed by the Surety hereon; and PROVIDED FURTHER, that regardless of the number of years this bond shall continue or be contin- ued in force and of the number of premiums that shall be payable or paid, the Surety shall not be liable hereunder for a larger amount, in the aggregate, than the amount of this bond, and PROVIDED FURTHER, this bond may be cancelled by the Surety as to subsequent liability by giving thirty (30) days notice in writing to said Obligee. Signed, sealed and dated the 4TH day of SEPTEMBER 19 92 AMERICAN BANKERS INSURANCE COMPANY OF FLORIDA B m gteeZ( /$/Z B By / Attorney -in -Fact By By: NOTARY PUBLIC STATE OF FLORIDA MY COMMISSION EXP. FEB. 21, 1995 BONDED THRU GENERAL INS, UND, 78520292 .riICAN BAKERS INSURANCE COMPANY = FLORIDA ?l, 11222 Quail Roost Drive, Miami, FL 33157 - 115011 �SEMOR ICE PRESiOENT Sworn to before me this 23rd day of May, 1991. POWER OF ATTORNEY .4 BY THESE PRESENTS: .v1ERICAN BANKERS INSURANCE COMPANY OF FLORIDA. a corporation of the State of Florida, does hereby make, constitute and • Johanis R. Sinon, Margaret K. Robbins, Debbie Awa/Williams true and lawful attorneyin•fact, with full power and authority for and on behalf of the Company as surety, to execute and deliver and affix the seal of the Company thereto, if a seal is required, on bonds, undertakings, recognizances, consents of surety or other written obligations in the nature thereof, as follows: ANY AND Alt. li<1NUS AND t 1 NI)tltf'AKlNea THE LIABILITY OF THE COMPANY SHALL NOT EXCEED 75,000 and to bind AMERICAN BANKERS INSURANCE COMPANY OF FLORIDA, a certified copy of which is hereto annexed and made a part of this Power of Attorney IN WITNESS WHEREOF, AMERICAN BANKERS INSURANCE COMPANY OF FLORIDA has caused these presents to be signed and scaled by facsimile by its duly authorized officers and its corporate seal to be hereunto affixed this 23rd day of MAY, 1991. AMERICAN BANKERS INSURANCE COMPANY OF FLORIDA � JOCK( Q.!/I . Attest' NOTARY PUBLIC Before me personally appeared Jason J. Israel and Sanford Neuharth, to me wellknown. and known to me to be the individuals described in and who executed the foregoing instrument as Senior Vice President and Secretary of the ahove•named AMERICAN HANKERS INSURANCE COMPANY OF FLORIDA, a corporation, and severally acknowledged to and before me that they executed such instrument as such Senior Tice President and Secretary, respectively, of said corporation, and that the seal affixed to the foregoing instrument is the corporate seal of said corporation and that it was affixed to said instrument by due and regular corporate authority, and that said instrument is the free act and deed of said corporation. 111 / �f�►OIM y � SECRETARY RESOLUTION OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS OF: AMERICAN BANKERS INSURANCE COMPANY OF FLORI \VIIEREAS, it is necessary for the effectual transaction of hustnes.s that this Compan oppesnl authority to act for it and In Its name in the slates ,n)d territurlts of the United Males andisVsti.:tsptit RESOIVED, that this Company do and II herehy dims authtxite-arldetttpenerir:fti Presidents in conlunctlon with Its secretary rn.t _of,$1a DetES RdS $ ni Wttiltif` tF' act as Its true and lawful attorrneyIn•faet, iti / viv,any oltirK of public or private trust, guaranteeing the performances of Contracts other ,thatt',I,niort t ii undertakings, required or permitted in all actions or proceedings, or by later• alinwedi and h' FURTHER RESOLVED, that the signature of any officer authorized by Resolutions of this lfhatd anil;tli facsimile to any power of attorney or special power of attorney or certification of either given for the Mean {On U recognizance or other written obligation in the nature thereof: such signature and seal, when so used being herdty 'a4optCdb as the original signature of such officer and the original seal of the Company, to be valid and binding upon Inc C ompanywith the and effect as though manually affixed. . . , . I certify the above is a true copy of a Resolution adopted at the meeting of the Board of Directors of AMERICAN BANKERS INSURAN COMPANY OF FLORIDA, on May 22, 1991. State of Florida County of Dade SECRETARY I hereby certify that the above Power of Attorney remains in full force and effect: and furthermore, that the Resolution of the Board of Directors of AMERICAN BANKERS INSURANCE COMP NY OF FLORIDA, dated May 22, 1991, remains in full force and effect as of this ti k day of SE , 19 9`z M 111, ' BOND NO. LPM 0181312 SECRETARY Any Instrument issued in excess of the penalty amount stated above is totally void without any validity. SOT ACCEPTABLE IF PHOTOCOPIED. CITY OF TUKWILA t PRE- APPLICATON PROCESS MEETING ATTENDANCE RECORD DATE CHECKLIST MAILED: 5 - - 9 2 STAFF PRESENT Others Name Present Company/Title Street Address Name Company/Title Street Address Name Company/Title Street Address Name Company/Title Street Address Name Company/Title Street Address CITY OF TUKWILA Department of Community Development - Building Division Phone: (206) 431 -3670 MEETING DATE: 5 - 1 4 - 9 2 TIME: 2 : 3 0 SITE ADDRESS: 400 BAKER B L PRE - APPLICATION FILE NO PRE 9 2- 014 PROJECT: I N F I N I T I O F SEATTLE NAMES / TITLES ® Building (431 -3670) Duane Griffin /Building Official ® Fire (575 -4404) David Ray/Fire P r e v e n t i o n ® Planning (431 -3680) Darren Wi 1 son /Assistant Planner �1 PublicWorks (433 -0179) Phil Fraser /Senior Development Engineer ❑ Parks & Rec (433 -1843) ® Police • (433 -1804) Tom Ki 1 berg /Crime Prevention Officer 1 Permit Center (431 -3670) Denise Millard /Permit Coordinator ® Other: ( - ) Rick Beeler /Chairman APPLICANT / REPRESENTATIVES PRESENT City /State /Zip City /State /Zip 6300 Southcenter Boulevard — #100 Tukwila Washington 98188 BY: DLM Contact Name ED LINARDIC Phone 206 283 -4764 Person Company/Title L.D.G. Architechts /Architecht Street Address 1319 Dexter AV N- I/2 6 0 City /State /Zip Seattle , WA 9 810 9 Phone Phone City /State /Zip Phone City /State /Zip Phone City /State /Zip Phone C,l Y CiF TUKWILA DEPARTMENT OF COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT BUILDING DIVISION — PERMIT CENTER El n 20. Checklist prepared by (staff): � ARE- ARPLICAVDN CHECKLIST • Building Permit • Mechanical Permit • Other: tw 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Tukwila, WA 98188 Telephone: (206) 431 -3670 E- A PPLiCATIOWFILE NOf . i{i'G . `I. •. O f: BUILDING DIVISION IVoT E The, I911 UVC, umC, ,F Oro& will 1. Comply with the Uniform Building Code, 1988 Edition. be (Lrl' n +a e. ker_k: U Tu. 1 I C1'1a, Cr,�j S n At'a1 8.4- q+° - 'i-1- e, Pllca 1 2. Comply with the Uniform Mechanical Code, 1988 Edition. I i s �2c c z P+ erg 4• W t. i t 1 3. Comply with the Washington State Energy Code, • Provide energy calculations stamped by a Washington State licensed architect or engineer (see attached format). 4. Comply with Washington State Barrier Free Code, 1990 Edition. 5. Apply for and obtain the following Building Division permits and approvals through the Permit Center: • Rack Storage • Demolition (building) 6, Ail applications and plan submittals must be complete in order to be accepted by the Permit Center for plan review. Use the Plan Submittal Checklist provided on the reverse of the application forms to verify that all the necessary materials and information has been supplied. 7. Construction drawings must be stamped by a Washington State licensed architect. 8. Structural drawings and calculations must be stamped by a Washington Stated licensed structural engineer. n 9. A boundary survey prepared by a Washington State Registered Land Surveyor must be submitted as part of the Building Permit application. 10. Temporary erosion control measures shall be included on plans. Normally, no site work will be allowed until erosion control measures are in place. n 11. Rockeries are not permitted over 4' In height. Retaining structures over 4' in height must be engineered re- taining walls, and require a permit. 12. All rack storage requires a permit and rack storage over 8' high must be designed for Seismic Zone 3. A Washington State structural engineers stamp will be required on plans and structural calculations submitted for rack storage over 8' high. 13. Construction documents shall include special Inspection requirements as specified In Sections 302(c) and 306 of the Uniform Building Code, Notify the Building Official of testing lab hired by architect or owner prior to permit issuance date. The contractor may not hire the testing lab. 14. Construction documents shall contain soils classification information specified in Table 29 -B of the Uniform Building Code, stamped and signed b9 Washington State licensed architect or engineer in responsible charge of the structural design work. 15. Demolition permits are required for removal of any existing buildings or structures. 16. Comply with UBC Appendix Chapter 35, Sound Transmission Control (R -1 occupancy group). 17. Obtain approvals and permits from outside agencies: f ELECTRICAL PERMIT /INSPECTIONS are obtained through the Department of Labor and Industries (277- 7272). jz PLUMBING PERMIT /INSPECTIONS are obtained through King County Health Department (Inspec- tions: 296 -4767; Permits: 296 - 4727). n KING COUNTY HEALTH DEPARTMENT must approve and stamp plans for public pools /spas and food service facilities prior to submittal to the Tukwila Building Division (296-4787). FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS plans are reviewed through the Tukwila Fire Department (575 - 4404). 18. , Under the State Water Conservation Performance standards, handsinks to be used by the general public must hake metered fauc e. ets. If those handsinks are in food service, minimum is 15 second$, 10 in schools. las Cal* reC.� ;Y 'c act4c�wtc�ar�c. f,'lr� x &i.in�tuir'1ni4t s:.Vsfewls S'lic.I{ he. u 7»/ 1•�� 19. a-.3 4-pa} ()4` - tH buitct 5 Perzvti't &p9f;e 1'611 V;1 su1114,I'i'f•aI Pac.c s a.9 e . Date. INFINITY OF SEATTLE ? S 1. WHERE IS LOCKER ROOMS, OFFICES AND STORAGE ROOM LOCATED ON THE SECOND FLOOR (AS NOTED ON PROJECT SUMMARY)? 2. LOOK CLOSELY AT THE 1 —HOUR OCCUPANCY SEPARATION. THERE SEEMS TO BE DIRECT COMMUNICATION BETWEEN THE PARTS ROOM, THE B -1 GARAGE AREA AND THE B -2, OFFICE. HOW WILL SEPARATION BE ACCOMPLISHED AT THIS LOCATION. 3. IF SECOND FLOOR USES ARE ABOVE THE B-1 GARAGE AREA, A HORIZONTAL OCCUPANCY SEPARATION WILL ALSO BE REQUIRED. fib 4. IF APPLICANT WISHES'ELIMINATE A DELAY IN THE PLAN REVIEW HE (OR SHE) SHOULD SUBMIT A MECHANICAL DESIGN WITH THE BUILDING PERMIT APPLICATION. THE DESIGN SHOULD CLEARLY SHOW COMPLIANCE WITH THE VENTILATION REQUIREMENTS OF U.B.0 SEC 705. AND VIAQ CODE CHP. 51. -13 WAC. IF CONFLICTS BETWEEN' .� THESE REQUIREMENTS OCCUR THE VIAQ SHALL GOVERN. NOTE: IF APPLICANT DOES NOT SUBMIT MECH. WE WILL ASK FOR IT IN PLAN REVIEW. 5.. APPLICATION SHOULD BE VERY SPECIFIC IN REGARDS TO DETAILING THE BARRIER FREE REQUIREMENTS. 6. PLANS SUBMITTED WITH APPLICATION SHOULD CLEARLY INDICATE THAT ALL EXITING FOR THE REMAINING WAREHOUSE SPACE REMAINS CODE COMPLYING AFTER THE DEVELOPMENT OF THE NEW DEALERSHIP. 7. NOTE THAT AISLE FOR CAR DRIVE IN IS CONSIDERED B -1 OCCUPANCY. LOOK AT SEPARATION AT OFFICES CiTY OF TUKWILA DEPARTMENT OF COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT BUILDING DIVISION — PERMIT CENTER E AP.P.LICATION ETINGD ..:. .......... . E;ADPF E . ✓I FIRE DEPARTMENT - Construction Information 1. The City of Tukwila has adopted the 1988 Uniform Fire Code. This and other nationally recognized standards will be used during construction and operation of this project. (TMC 16.16.120) n 2. Fire hydrants will be required. (City Ord. #729) E✓ 18. Checklist prepared by (staff): PRA- APPLICACION CHECKLIST 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Tukwila, WA 98188 Telephone: (206) 431 -3670 3. Required fire hydrants shall be approved for location by the, Fire Department, approved for purity by the Water Department, and fully in service prior to start of construction. A fire hydrant must be no further than 150 feet from a structure; and no portion of a structure to be over 300 feet from fire hydrant. (UFC 10.301 and City Ord. #729) 4. Automatic fire sprinklers are required for this project. Sprinkler systems to comply with N.F.P.A. #13. Sprinkler plans shall be submitted to Washington State Surveying and Rating Bureau, Factory Mutual or Industrial Risk Insurers for approval prior to being submitted to Tukwila Fire Marshal for approval. Sub- mit three (3) sets of sprinkler drawings. This includes one for our file, one for company file, and one for •the job site. (City Ord. #1528) n 5. Maximum grade is 15% for all projects. 6. Hose stations are required. (City Ord. #1528) 7. A fire alarm system is required for this project. (City Ord. #1528) Plans shall be submittdd to the Tukwila Fire Marshal for approval, prior to commencing any alarm system work. Submit three (3) sets of com- plete drawings. This includes one for our file, one for company file, and one for the job site. Special installations of fixed extinguisher systems, fire alarm systems, dust collectors, fuel storage, etc. require separate plans and permits. Plans to be submitted to the Fire Marshal prior to start of installa- tion. (UFC 10.301) 9. Portable fire extinguishers will be required in finished buildings per N.F.P.A. #10. (Minimum rating 2A, 10 BC) n 10. Buildings utilizing storage of high piled combustible stock will require mechanical smoke removal per Section 81 of the 1988 UFC. n 11. During construction, an all- weather access will be required to within 150 feet of the building. (UFC 10.207) "12. No building will be occupied, by people or merchandise, prior to approval and inspection by Fire and Building Departments. �✓ 13. Adequate addressing is required. Number size will be determined by setback of building from roadway. Four inch numbers are minimum. Numbers will be in color which contrasts to background. (UFC 10.208) �✓ 14. Designated fire lanes may be required for fire and emergency access. This requirement may be estab- lished at the time of occupancy and /or after the facility is in operation. (UFC 10.207 as amended) �✓ 15. Special Fire Department permits are required for such things as: storage of compressed gas, cryogens, dry cleaning plans, repair garages, places of assembly, storage of hazardous materials, flammable or combustible liquids or solids, LPG, welding and cutting operations, spray painting, etc. (UFC 4.101) �✓ 16. Fire Department vehicle access is required to within 150' of any portion of an exterior wall of the first story. Fire Department access roads in excess of 150' require a turn around. Fire Department access roads shall be not less than 20' wide with an unobstructed vertical clearance of 13'6 ". 17. Adequate fire flow availability will need to be demonstrated for this project. Date S` /2-92-- CITY OF TUKWILA DEPARTMENT OF COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT BUILDING DIVISION — PERMIT CENTER FIRE DEPARTMENT - inspections n 1. Underground fire line from vault to riser a. Thrust block and rodding e. Hydrostatic test b. Type of pipe f. Fire Dept. approved plans c. Depth of cover g. Materials and test certificate d. Flush [2 (2. Overhead sprinkler piping a. Hydrostatic test b. Trip test c. Alarm system monitoring test d. Fire Dept. approved plans e. Sprinkler head location and spacing /r 10. 3. Underground tank a. Location b. Distance between tanks c. Distance to property line d. Depth of cover 5. Fire alarm a. Acceptance test b. Fire Dept. approved plans 6. Hood and duct inspections a. Installation b. Trip test 7. Spray Booth a. Location b. Fire protection c. Ventilation d. Permit 12. Other: a. Flammable liquid room a. Location b. Fire protection c. Permit Checklist prepared by (staff): 1 Aiii e LPRE-APPLICAIRON CHECKLIST Fire doors and fire dampers a. Installation b. Drop testing Rack storage a. Permit b. Mechanical smoke removal c. Rack sprinklers d. Aisle width 1 - 2 --- 11. Fire final e. Fire protection systems: a. Fire Dept. access (1) Halon systems b. Building egress and occupancy load (2) Standpipes c. Hydrants (3) Hose Stations d. Building address (4) Fire Doors (5) Fire Dampers (6) Fire Extinguishers b. 0. c. f d. g t 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Tukwila, WA 96188 Telephone: (206) 431 -3670 e. Vent piping, swing Joints, fill piping, discharge piping f. Anchoring g. Hydrostatic test h. Separate Fire Dept. approved plans Date* x"`/2,12 'CITY OF TUKWILA DEPARTMENT OF COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT BUILDING DIVISION — PERMIT CENTER UIE PLANNING DIVISION -- Land Use Information n 1. Comply with Tukwila Municipal Code (zoning, land use, sign regulations, etc.) 2. Obtain the following land use permits /approvals: n n n n n C � PRE- APPLICAON CHECKLIST E") Boundary Line Adjustment n Building Site Improvement Plan Comprehensive Plan Amendment ( ) n Conditional Use Permit O Design Review 0 Design Review - Interurban () Environmental (SEPA) C Planned Mixed Use Development 0 Planned Residential Development ( 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Tukwila, WA 98188 Telephone: (206) 431 -3670 Rezone (� Shoreline Management Permit • 0 Shoreline Management Permit Rev. ( ) Short Subdivision ign(s) 0 Subdivision ( ) Unclassified Use () Variance C Other: al Zoning designation: Site located in sensitive area? n Yes [o CC n? DA': Minimum setback requirements: Front: Side: Side: Rear: LA-- Maximum Building Height Height exception area? Yes No F 6. Minimum parking stalls required: Handicap stalls required: �7. No more than 30% of required parking stalls may be compact. No landscape overhangs into compact stalls are permitted, although no wheel stops prior to hitting the curb will be required. 514.. am" . Minimum landscaping required: Front: Side: Side: Rear Landscape plans must be stamped by a Washington State licensed landscape architect. All landscape areas require a landscape irrigation system (Utility Permit Required). 10. Roof -top mechanical units, satellite dishes and similar structures must be properly screened. Provide elevations and construction details as part of building permit application submittal. n 11. Trash enclosures and storage areas must be screened to a minimum of 8' in height. Provide elevations and construction details as part of building permit application submittal. 12. Building permit plans which deviate from that already approved by the Board of Architectural Review may require re- application for design review approval. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17 18. 19. 20. Checklist prepared by (staff)• Oef...,e4z Date• 4 117/___________ N fPr PRE- APPLICATICie CHECKLIST r.- CITY OF TUKWILA k o. QEPARTMENT OF COMAiUNITY DEVELOPMENT 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Tukwila, WA 98188 'BUILDING DIVISION- PERMIT CENTER Vi AN 0 7 1:;19,?. Telephone: (206) 431-3670 T,EADDR. E_ ETING'D'A PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT n 1. Apply for and obtain the following permits /approvals through the City's Permit Center: • Channelization /Striping /Signing U Sewer Main Extension (private) O Curb Cut/Access /Sidewalk 0 Sewer Main Extension (public) () Excavation (public) C ) Storm Drainage CD Fire loop /Hydrant (main to vault) 0 Water Main Extension (private) n Flood Zone Control 0 Water Main Extension (public) CD Hauling (2.000 Bond. Cert. Ins.) n Water Meter (exempt) (? l Landscape irrigation U Water Meter (permanent) (-) Moving an. Oversized Load 0 Water Meter (temporary) Sanitary Side Sewer n Other: LAt�u fit. -..1 ) N( � 1F O jrstoL' r �pca R'rnUlll�?t3 , zY� 5q cy of: tzar l n l 2. Hauling Permit required prior to start of any hauling of material on public right -of -way ($2,000 bond, $1,000,000 certificate of insurance, route map and $25.00 permit fee required). 3. All applications and plan submittals must be complete in order to be accepted by the Permit Center for plan review. Use the Plan Submittal Checklist provided on the reverse of the appli- catioh forms to verify that all the necessary materials and information has been supplied. 4. Water and sewer assessments may apply and will be determined during the utUity plan review process. (Lio Z •F'rL L .TLA.J L.Io • "3 FLA_ I n l 5. Provide sidewalks per Ordinance #1158, #1217 and #1233, or obtain waiver. E 6. Provide Hydrological - Geotechnical analysis. LAN o A � - 'rtfvr.. C 7. Provide erosion control plan as part of g-r ldi- neyfill• permit application. • 8. Identify building elevation above 100 year flood elevation per FIRM maps (use NGVD datum and recognized benchmarks). A, 7T .0 = `cpnrlot••r) RCt iL.\..1 - T L Crt:.NERFctiow p Is -- FQA FINAL. S - PtL' OF worLtc:•• :40) 4-T 4 3 9. Provide traffic analysis /trip generation study for: ruati -�an'� Ea I--"„ , c- �,1•,� , � •\ G CoN•tAcr 'PAT T;R,- cp■-.'s (.N33 -c. c ' vN J� n 10. Provide developers agreement for r��� 1✓� . _ 1. �► • • � C v ►,r, , Pt.n -1.) t 4 U tikV e . \ 1 - L - +t: - 1 \ - M rrI c.�-A t v, t''rz,,I rte; �t,1 �� r Fr C .5114 Ix l 11. Provide the following easements and maintenance agreements' •r�ru -,∎, I 0 r: / Uri •• l.t`'\{;' � F sTIt 1 INFfLAS r(LU r i (l CO u ('- 1t�o�(�cs zpo h1z7 Stk4w t -lac t�,ocksCTh ■vl,.twnr ri - TO CITS Tv nAT) ,z 12. Provide water /sewer availability letters or cert from districts serving your development. C Y.41 ?AT rzt` - Furl: CurY.pvP>..Kr-J RE,e 'M s I As v C 13. Obtain Metro Waste Discharge permit or approval (684- 2300). • 14. Complete Industrial Waste Survey and return to Metro (self addressed and stamp provided). E 15. Review the following City Studies when designing your project and preparing your plan submittal: G HECIL w ITµ PIT T o Diha)5ENton,s r= rt,/wAr A. E.NkrL,(y33 • X � Fora. \MHTE •co m.P•? t..liN,izz at,ltcu:.mi st's , .ecrj'l1 �1,•C.T 1�z.4ss r~u: : N -. 1 71 l 16. t . I ?,-:, -- cam ► . (L e - I t P R ev r. rr •. 1 (t. - -0 • 17. F u-run. MOti"•wraw V ) 1 b r'Nll lu • n N 'Ow W 11 I Nor SP! • F 18. - 11-‘12-0tUT . �t 7ht4 ' Vr= LUPIi}r 11' 7-EQl51.4 • ACC.c,(LOtn4 To I 19. II C.rt - SNICr I Na f-.:v.A..' Co v--) c.c.ttlfltfi W' •Pu3 t.1 e.... 434Y-S. 'Dti1(.C1" (Al... � Te.p, QUt 1 'Cst 0 FI L- X441 I pr- 1 'C3t•: t N c u-t 0 �� IN 'S((('�'F f4'Le. •. 4 E, 20 - S 1r STZM ( s (,t .:- ? / �' Checklist prepared by (staff): .�..- e V( ti.7 64.---------.6%* Date: •• bITY OF TUKWILA DEPARTMENT OF COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT BUILDING DIVISION - PERMIT CENTER PRE- APPLICAlION CHECKLIST MEETING' `...... POLICE DEPARTMENT 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Tukwila, WA 98188 Telephone: (206) 431 -3670 1. Identity: A system for identifying the location of each separate portion of the building upon entering the site shoOld be established. Site development which does not properly identify buildings will delay emergency responses by police, fire, and aid units. The system should be easy to understand and obvious to the newcomer. 2. Doors: Doors should have quality locking mechanisms with minimum one inch deadbolt locks. All exit doors shall be operable from the interior without the use of a key or any special knowledge or effort. The Crime Prevention Unit should be contacted for information regarding correct hardware usage (433- 1823). 3. Windows: Consideration should be given to providing hardened coverings for ground level windows where glass breakage would allow for access to building interiors by burglars. 4. Orientation of Windows: Windows should be located so that areas vulnerable to crime can be easily surveyed by employees. 5. Landscaping: Plant materials should be placed and maintained so to provide visibility and prohibit hiding places for unauthorized people around ground level door and window areas. Sticker shrubs may discourage crime activities. Low shrubs and umbrella trees (where the canopy is maintained above five (5) feet from the ground) will allow surveillance opportunities, hence reducing the potential for criminal behavior. 6. Lighting: Energy efficient security lighting is a relatively low -cost, yet extremely effective way to protect your building. A well- designed system will: Illuminate a security target. Burglars and vandals simply don't like light, preferring the cover of darkness their dirty work. Create a psychological barrier. Alarms can frighten would -be intruders away once they've reached your building. Security lighting discourages them from even coming near in the first place. Provide people with a legitimate sense of security. Lighting protects not only you, but staff and visitors. Help security people and police identify and capture criminals. Well- designed security lighting will help you meet these basic security objectives along with those that may be unique to the cultural center. 7. Security System: The mere fact that an alarm system exists is often a sufficient deterrent to discourage a burglar even before he tries to force an entry. Please feel free to contact the Crime Prevention Unit at 433 -1823 for more information regarding alarm systems. It is usually easier and less expensive to install an alarm system during construction of the building than to go back an do it later. Checklist prepared by T. Kilburg 433 -1823 5/14/92 .•ARC•H.IT.EC`f S LINARDIC DESIGN GROUP _1319 DEXTER AVE, N. A SUITE 260 A SEATTLE, WA 98109 TELEPHONE A 206 - 283 -4764 FAX A 206 - 283 -1293 October 6,1992 Mr. Robert Benedicto City of Tukwila 6200 Southcenter Boulevard Tukwila, Wash 98188 RE: Plan Review No. B92 -0223 Infiniti of Seattle 400 Baker Blvd. Dear Mr. Benedicto We are respectively submitting revisions per the owners request. Along with the revised drawings, this letter will explain each revision individually so the plan review may commence in a orderly manner. Item Sheet no. 1 Sheet A -0 shows that the building is now a type V -N sprinklered 2 A -1A shows the new 2 hour separation walls denoting each areas square footage ( max allowable is 24,000 sq. ft. with no separation (8,000sq. ft. base * 3 for sprinklers = 24,000 sq. ft.)) 3 A -2 The interior office walls, driveway and showroom entrance have shifted location,but all occupancy separation walls are still in the same general area. 4 A -3 reflects new elevation for showroom entrance. 5 A -6 Section A, New 2 hour wall separation as noted on sheet A -1 A. 6 A -7 new doors added, in general office and in new separated area ( one and one half hour rated). If there are any questions please do not hesitate to call. Sincerely, L Mike Bally MB:Is sign Group /Architects F2L:CEIVED CITY TI OCT 71992 Mahan &DeSalva CONSULTING ENGINEERS September 18, 1992 Duane Griffin City of Tukwila 6300 Southcenter Blvd, Suite 100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Regarding: 92 -T -08 (Infinity of Seattle) Dear Mr. Griffin, We have received information on the proposed project and have reviewed it for compliance with the structural portions of the 1988 Edition of the Uniform Building Code. We have no additional comments. Enclosed are drawings and calculations for our use. Sincerely, r� stal L. Kolke GAO CLK:3 cc: LDG Architects 1319 Dexter Avenue North Seattle, Washington 98109 1200.5th Avenue, Suite 1910 Seattle, Washington 98101 FAX (206) 8248151 (206) 6224$150 RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA SEP 1 8 1992, PERMIT CENTER 4 1 )1111 Mahan &DeSa vo CONSULTING ENGINEERS September 10, 1992 RECEIVED SEP 1 11992 Duane Griffin City of Tukwila 6300 Southcenter Blvd, Suite 100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Regarding: 92 -T -08 (Infinity of Seattle) e5ca-• a ^�. DEVELOPMENT 1200.5th Avenue, Suite 1910 Seattle, Washington 98101 FAX (206) 6248151 (206) 6248150 Dear Mr. Griffin, We have received information on the proposed project and have reviewed it for compliance with the structural portions of the 1988 Edition of the Uniform Building Code. Our comments follow. Structural 1. Remove the "DO NOT USE FOR CONSTRUCTION" note from all the drawings. 2. Section E -5; provide calculations showing adequacy of the 1/4" cap plate for bending once drag forces are applied. Please have the applicant respond to the above comments in itemized letter form and resubmit two copies of revised drawings and one copy of revised calculations, as required. All status inquires are to be directed to our receptionist. Sincerely, olk y al L. e CLK:2 cc: LDG Architects 1319 Dexter Avenue North Seattle, Washington 98109 March 19, 1993 Regards, CO r ::'A �� = * CIALTIES / '� ,/ ar +Clemens Atoka** Manegiar CONTRACTORS SPECIALTIES 2068725788 P.01 City of Tukwila 6300 Southcenter Blvd. Tukwila, WA Attn: Dave Larson Re: Infinity of Seattle; Pharr Company Dear Mr. Larson: C 21824 76th Avenue South Kent, Washington 96032 USA (266) 673-0488 Fax 872-6788 The only door I could find on this project which requires a certificate is the 18' -0 "x 12' -0" coiling door. See the attached certificate. Please let me know if you need more. W r NIW G\ 6 i an imdependent,itot-for-pmit ° nizat n test testi7tgfor public safety The doors fisted below are avertbe size limits established forStandaid Fire protection for this type ofdoor construction maid so are not eligible to bear a regular label of Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc- This manufacturer is, therefore, authorized to issue this certificate fe rthe indicated doors as its representation that they have begin ma tufactutrd4n compliance, except for sze, totherequirentersfordoorsoft hiisdassandtypewbicitaseniormal l7erated .Ifr -1 ). Oversize deoasare not dasssified as to temperature tr ansmi s'an- Ngte-7 bia svfate dcnnot imdicateproperapplicaionorisatailarioaeEthedaanand rsnotapptytoothadooss - w iehnizybeusedattheractian specified. Date of Irsuanor of Cer,ihtatc 1(} -17 -93 Date Maietiaf Supplied 10-29-93 Statement by Manufacturer The nralerial described herein was manufactured by us as represented above_ Date Signed UNDERWRUERS LABORATORIES INC. NORTHHROOK, IL SANTA BRA. CA MEtVI LE. NY RESEARCH TRIANGLE PARK, NC Wa ne-t aI tan Car No. of Doors SvM UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES Inc- Name of Building lnfinlity Of Seattle 400 Baker Ave.. Nd Tukwila, Wa. g8033 a+r sc. CERTIFICATE F- 34 Rd N 1759WINA. Nate Type Single or Pairs Six of Opening ti1141rH 1 rolling Single Steel 16' O "xi2' 0 TI March 15, 1993 Cert No. 9210 -77 CASCADE TESTING LABORATORY, INC. TESTING & INSPECTION / ENGINEERS / GEOLOGISTS 129113 N.E., 120TH PLACE KIRKLAND: (206( 823 -9800 KIRKLAND, WASHINOTON 13SD34 FAX: (20BJ 823 -2203 City of Tukwila Building Department 6230 Southcenter Boulevard Tukwila, Washington 98188 Attention: Dave Larson Reference: Infinity of Seattle 400 Baker Boulevard Permit No. B92 -0223 Dennis H. Stack President DHS:lal SEATTLE: 12081 526 -0700 EVERETT: (20E4 25S-01317 Dear Mr. Larson: This is to advise you that special inspections are completed for the above referenced project. Special inspections were performed for the following activities and copies of reports have been sent to you. 1. Reinforced concrete for footings, walls and slab -on -grade 2. Structural steel welding and bolting on columns and beams All work inspected conformed to Tukwila Building and Land Development approved plans, specifications Director's Rules, SBC and related codes and /or verbal or written instructions from the Engineer of Record. Our last report is dated 12 -15 -92 and is number 76647. Respectfully, CASCAr TESTING LABORAT INC. ` b- 6 C... • A R-C •H 1.T E T S: -• LINARDIC DESIGN GROUP .1319 DEXTER AVE, N. A SUITE 260 • SEATTLE, WA 98109 TELEPHONE • 206.283.4764 FAX A 206.283.1203 January 28, 1993 RE: T H U Mr. Dave Larsen City of Tukwila 6200 Southcenter Boulevard Tukwila, Wash 98188 Plan Review No. B92 -0223 Infiniti of Seattle 400 Baker Blvd. Dear Mr. Larsen 1 E. : 1 4 LDIG Far c.h i # eat s P . 02 RECEIVED JAN 2 81993 COiMMIJN!T ,• DEVELOPMENT I have recently visited the site and Inspected the Installation procedure of the new exterior furring. I find this to be a acceptable solution In order to hold the new surface up from the earth grade. The construction consisting of a 3 x 6 ledger with parabolts © 4' - 0" o.0. in conjunction with the metal studs fastened to the existing wall ( 4' -0" o.o, vertically and 32" o.o. horizontally will more then accommodate the weight of the new furring, If there are any questions please do not hesitate to call. Sincere) , Li .dl Mike Bally MB:Ib sign Group /Architects .t •' -:. C ' WA 4i;I c rc'ti ,.it __ ..M-.. '•••.4r.w, LL. • "Lin I te r. ) :� t ' i. Ay 1 " • t : i. ' tt • i ' • i i I INFINITI® AT SO 400 Baker Boulevard Seattle, Washington 98188 206 433-8700 Fax 206 433 -8799 1- 800 -7- LUXURY FEBRUARY 19, 1993 AS PER BUILDING INSPECTOR DAVE LARSON AND FIRE MARSHALL, ALL CORRECTIONS NOTED WILL BE CORRECTED BY 3/26/93. YOUR TIME IS GREATLY APPRECIATED. MIKE BRUNS MAR-2Z—c4' I IJE 9:47 MISIMPT - CLASS "A" --- Up to 2" slope CLASS "C" 2" to 6" BUILT -UP ROOFING SPECIFICATIONS NAILABLE DECK PREMIUM 1 FIBERGLASS SOS BASE SHEET NO. 501 2 " 36" a 3 ROOFING ASPHALT .� - 18 ".....∎ 1 3G" CLECI E PREMIUM 1 FIBERGLASS PLY SHEET NO, 500 4.01 APPLICATION /INSTALLATION A. Fleshings: Gesleru1 1, Shall be applied as per manufacturer's speciti• cat; ms. 2 . Ex; •oofing membrane 2 inches or more above 3. Ac 11 surfaces shall be canted. ,q deck. B, Verti . .- slbings: 1. Shag oe minimum of 8 inches above roof mem- brane. (See SMACNA detail #113). 2 , Provide for nailing to the top surfaces of all curbs. 3, Install or mechanically fasten nailing surfaces (treated wood /nailer strips) flush with surface. C. Cants: 1. Shall be installed at all vertical root intersections. 2 , Shall be approximately 4 inches in horizontal and 4 inches in vertical dimension. 3. The face of the cant shall have an incline of not more than 45° with the roof, 4 install on top of roof deck with nails or screws, D. ProjectIons/Extenslona: 1, Install all projections and extensions through the roof deck prior to installation of roof system. 2. Projections shall be constructed not less than 18 inches from the intersection of the cant and roof deck. $4" ROOFING l FIBERGLASS PREMIUM CAP SHEET NO. 502 NM4 ALL * NES Materials Rosin Sheathing (if required) 1 ply 5 lbs, Premium 1 Fiberglass SOS Base No, 501 1 pry 30 lbs. Premium 1 Fiberglass Ply Sheet No, 500 2 plies 18 lbs. Fiberglass Premium Cap Sheet No. 502 1 ply 78 lbs, Asphalt 75 lbs. General requirements and specifications are applicable as part of this specification. Malarkey recommends the use of its High Performance Premium Polyglass Cap Sheet No. 601 as a base flashing material. Malarkey recommends the use of its SOS Mineral Walkboard No. 916 for all traffic areas. Malarkey approves No. 506 Ply Sheet to be substituted for No. 500 Ply Sheet. 4.03 ROOF INSULATION Not Applicable to this system, P. ✓=+2 12" e in 12" Per 100 Square Feet E. Metal Flanges /Gravel Stops /gave Strips: 1. Prime both sides of all metal flanges to receive roofing with one gallon of asphaltic primer per 10Q square feet of roof area and allow to dry thoroughly. 2 . Set meta/ in mastic and nail 4 inches on center to wood nailers or insulation stops. 3. All stacks shall have an 8 inch minimum height metal flashing sleeve. 4.02 PREPARATION & USE OF MATERIALS & EQUIPMENT A. Asphalt Temperatures: 1. The asphalt shall be heated in accordance with EVT (Equiviscous Temperature) standards and applied within the temperature range (EVT t 25 °9, 2 , If using MalarkeySEBS asphalt it shall not be ap• plied at temperatures below 450 °F at point of application. 3. At air temperatures below 38°F, It is required that supply lines be insulated minimizing temperature drop from the kettle or tanker to the pointof appli- cation. 4.04 EXPANSION JOINTS A. Contact Malarkey for specific application details. New Roofing 6 r CSC.... NO INSULATION NAILABLE DE CK� 1 -PLY SY SPECIFIC,XTION NO,: B -SP- 4000 -N TY 1, The ht. wood p,. • poured and k• . Procedure: Application: Material Description: 1. BRAT membrane consists of a tough, non -woven polyester fabric impregnated on both sides with BRAT modified bitumen, 2. Bast The base sh'. • phalt saturated or poly. rnco . a sheet. The base sheet rr - 1 t :n : °c ached or fully adhered Intec Ba_ ,,, or Into . Modified Base is rec- n is to be plywood, ..... Ovation concrete, metal or 1, The General Requirements on Pages 5-7 are a part of this specification and mu , ,lhered to where appli- cable. DANGER FOR YOUR OWN SAFETY Application of modified bitumen products manufactured and distributed by U.S. Intec, Inc, requires the use of an open flame, and/or an electrical heating device, 13,4PROPER USE OF BRAT PRODUCTS AND THESE APPLICATION DEVICES CAN RESULT IN SEVERE BURNS, ELECTRI- CAL SHOCK ANDIOR OTHER PHYSICAL INJURY, AS r NAILABLE ROOF DECK 2" r BASE SHEET MECHANICALLY F rENED BRAI MEMBRANE 3" COATING OR BALLAST WELL AS DAMAGE 'ID PROPERTY. In order to insure your safety and the safe use of these products and application devices, your application procedures must conform to the safety precautions and procedural safeguards outlined on Page 46 of this specification manual. Do not begin applica- ; tion of these products until you have read and fully under - stand all procedures and precautions set forth on Page 46. 1. Over the surface of the roof deck install one ply of base sheet. The base sheet must be mechanically fas- tened as per the fastening specifications on Pages 19- 21 of this book, Lap each base sheet three inches (3 "). 2, Install BRAI membrane over entire surface of base sheet. The BRAT membrane must be applied perpen- dicular to the roof slope and heat welded in place as per the General Requirements. Coating /Ballast A. Coating 1, A roof coating must be applied as per coating mane• fachuer specifications. B. Ballast 1, A cold applied emulsion installed as per the manu- facturer specifications must be used to install the bal- last. 2. The ballast must be round, smooth river botto '.!r , � ?' ;I�! gravel applied in the wet emulsion at a rate of 400 lbs per 100 sq. ft. (see General Requirements). 3. See General Requirements for other types of villas/ and application, 0 -- '1 3 EllINIMIEMMICEMBEEMIn LINARDIC DESIGN GROUP —1319 DEXTER AVE, N, • SUITE 260 • SEATTLE, WA 98100 TELEPHONE A 206.283.4764 FAX • 206.283 -1293 January 8, 1993 Mr. Dave Larsen City of Tukwila 6200 Southcenter Boulevard Tukwila, Wash 98188 RE: Plan Review No. B92 -0223 Infiniti of Seattle 400 Baker Blvd. Dear Mr. Larsen F R I 1 0 : 5 . L D G A r c h i t t P. 0 2 In regards to the gypboard suspended ceiling In the drive area, please be assured that the existing roof structure is capable of carrying the extra weight. The Structural Engineer of record Joe Shutter of Shutter Consulting Engineers has done the calculations necessary to alleviate the question at hand. The only addition to the assembly of the suspended ceiling will be a series of extra expansion Joints. This is to reduce the potential of cracking due to differential deflection which Is a Inherent element in a roof of this construction. If there are any questions please do not hesitate to call. Sincerely, d Dgsign Group /Architects Mike Bally MB:Ib AMMO= SHUTLER 4111k11 CONSULTING IMMOPIOINN ENGINEERS July 27, 1992 Mr. Duane Griffin City of Tukwila 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100 Tukwila, WA 98188 Re: 92 -T -08 (Infiniti of Seattle) Dear Mr. Griffin, Sincerely, ,S),Lti(A- 14450 N.E. 29th Place, Suite 116, Bellevue, WA 98007 • (206) 885 -4473 I am in receipt of the plan review comment letter by Mahan & DeSalvo Consulting Engineers dated July 22, 1992. The following drawing changes and /or clarifications are submitted in response to the comments. 1) Connections and shear panels have been added to the drawings to use the new beam line on grid A as a drag strut to transmit diaphragm shear to the concrete wall to the south. See revised section L -4 and new sections L -5 and M -5. The calculations and structural notes on sheet S -1 of the drawings reflect the new design values for DF #2 framing lumber as published by the Western Wood Products Association (copy attached). 3) I believe the callout for the modulus of elasticity for the glu- laminated beams is in conformance with UBC table 25 -C -1. 4) The callout for the roof beam on grid 4 has been corrected. Please contact me if we can be of further assistance regarding this matter. Jo epli J. ' Shutler, P.E. JS:bs cc: LDG Architects RECEIVED Attachment CITY OF TUKWILA Aud 7 1992 PERMIT CENTER Framing Lumber BASE VALUES FOR WESTERN DIMENSION LUMBER* Sizes: 2" to 4" thick by 2" and wider USE WITH APPROPRIATE ADJUSTMENTS IN TABLES A THROU`1H 0 Grades Described In Western lumber Gradin. Rules '91, Sections 40.00, 41.00, 42.00 & 62.00 Species or Group Douglas Flee Larch Douglas Fir Western Larch 6 Douglas Fir- South Douglas Fir South Hem -Fir Western Hemlock Noble Fir California Red Fir Grand Fir Pacific Silver Fir White Fir Spruce- Plne -FIr (South) Western Species: Engelman Spruce Sitka Spruce Lodgepole Pine Western Cedars Western Red Cedar Incense Cedar Port Orford Cedar Alaska Cedar Western Woods Any of the species in the first lour species groups above plus any or all 01 the following: Idaho White Pine Ponderosa Pine Sugar Pine Alpine Fir Mountain Hemlock Grade Select Structural No. 1 & Btr. No. 1 No, 2 No, 3 Construction Standard Utility Stud Select Structural No. 1 No. 2 No. 3 Construction Standard Utility • Stud Select Structural No. 1 & Btr. No. 1 No. 2 No. 3 Construction Standard Utility Stud Select Structural No. 1 No. 2 No. 3 Construction • Standard Utility Stud Select Structural No. 1 No. 2 No. 3 Construction Standard Utility Stud Select Structural No. 1 No. 2 No. 3 Construction Standard Utility Stud Extreme Fiber Stress in Bending "Fb" Single Tension Parallel to Grain "Ft" Horizontal Shear „ Also Stress Rated Boards, Compression Perpen- Parallel dlcular to Grain „ Fc 1" BASE VALUES Table See Section 30.60 Modulus of Elasticity 1450 1000 95 625 1700 1,900,000 1150 775 95 625 1500 1,800,000 1000 675 95 625 1450 1,700,000 875 575 95 625 1300 1,600,000 500 325 95 625 750 1,400,000 1000 650 95 625 1600 1,500,000 550 375 95 625 1350 1,400,000 275 175 95 625 875 1,300,000 675 450 95 625 825 1,400,000 1300 875 90 520 1550 1,400,000 900 600 90 520 1400 1,300,000 825 525 90 520 1300 1,200,000 475 300 90 520 750 1,100,000 925 600 90 520 1550 1,200,000 525 350 90 520 1300 1,100,000 250 150 90 520 875 1,000,000 650 425 90 520 825 1,100,000 1400 900 75 405 1500 1,600,000 1050 700 75 405 1350 1,500,000 950 600 75 405 1300 1,500,000 850 500 75 405 1250 1,300,000 500 300 75 405 725 1,200,000 975 575 75 405 1500 1,300,000 550 325 75 405 1300 1,200,000 250 150 75 405 850 1,100,000 675 400 75 405 800 1,200,000 1300 575 70 335 1200 1,300,000 850 400 70 335 1050 1,200,000 750 325 70 335 975 1,100,000 425 200 70 335 550 1,000,000 850 375 70 335 1200 1,000,000 475 225 70 335 1000 900,000 225 100 70 , 335 650 900,000 576 250 70 335 600 1,000,000 1000 600 75 425 1000 1,100,000 725 425 76 425 825 1,000,000 700 425 75 425 650 1,000,000 400 250 75 425 375 900,000 800 475 75 425 850 900,000 450 275 75 425 650 800,000 225 125 75 425 425 800,000 550 325 75 425 400 900,000 875 400 70 335 1050 1,200,000 650 300 70 335 925 1,100,000 650 275 70 335 875 1,000,000 375 175 70 335 500 900,000 725 325 70 335 1050 1,000,000 400 175 70 335 '900 900,000 200 75 70 335 600 800,000 500 225 70 335 550 900,000 'Design values in pounds per square inch. See Sections 100,00 through 170.00 In the Western Lumber Grading Rules '91 for additional information on these values. tilOP Framing Lumber ADJUSTMENT FACTORS FOR BASE VALUES SIZE FACTORS (Ctr ) Apply to Dimension Lumber Base Values Grades Select Structural, Na 1 & Btr., No. 1,Na2 &Na3 Construction & Standard Utility Stud F c i Nominal Width (depth) 2 ",3' &4" 5' 6" 8" 10" 12" 14" & wider 1b 1.4 13 1.2 1.1 1.0 0.9 Fb 2" & 3" 4" thick thick nominal nominal 2 ", 3' &4" 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 2"& 3' 0.4 - a4 0.6 1.0 4" 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 2 ",3 " &4" 1.1 1.1 5"8,6" 1A 1,0 REPETITIVE MEMBER FACTOR (Cr) Table B Apply to Size- adjusted F Where 2" to 4" thick lumber is used repetitively, REPETITIVE such as for joists, studs, rafters and decking, the MEMBER USE pieces side by side share the load and the strength of the entire assembly is enhanced. Therefore, whore three or more members are ad- jacent or are not more than 24" apart and are joined by floor, roof or other load distributing elements, the Fb value can be increased 1.15 for repetitive member usa B ALLUES X ADJUSTMENT FACTORS Repetitive Duration Size X Member X of Load X Shear X CF Cr CD Fb ❑ ❑ ❑ Ft ❑ ❑ Fv ❑ 0 Page 7 1.5 1.4 13 13 1.2 1.1 1.0 Ft F Other Prop - erties 1.5 1.4 13 1.2 1.1 1.0 0,9 Table A 1.15 1.1 1.1 1.05 1.0 1.0 0.9 CH to 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.1 1.05 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 Fbx 1.15 x tt W° = BASE VALUES Table C' DURATION OF LOAD ADJUSTMENT ( CD Apply to Slns.adjustsd Velum Wood has the property of carrying substantially greater maximum loads for short durations than for long durations of loading. Tabulated design values apply to nor- mal load duration. (Factors do not apply to MOE or Fc l )• LOAD DURATION Permanent Ten Years (Normal Load) Two Months (Snow Load) Seven Day One Day Ten Minutes (Wind and Earthquake Loads) Impact Confirm load requirements with local codes. Refer to Model Building Codes or the National Design Specification for high-temperature or fire-retardant treated ad• • justment factors HORIZONTAL SHEAR ADJUSTMENT ( CH ) Apply to Fv Values Horizontal shear values published In Tables 1, 3, 4 & 6 are based upon the maximum degree of shake, check or split that might develop In a piece. When the actual size of these characteristics Is known, the following adjustments may be taken. 2" THICK LUMBER For convenience, the table below may be used to determine horizontal shear values for any grade of 2 " thick lumber In any species when the length of split or check is known and any Increase in them is not anticipated: When length of split on wide face Is: No split 1/2 of wide face 3/4 of wide face 1 of wide face 1 of wide face or more Multiply Tabulated Fv value by: 2,00 1.67 1.50 133 1.00 ADJUSTMENTS FOR DIMENSION LUMBER Refer to page 8 for Information on using the BASE VALUES !nibble 1, The boxes In the checklist below Indicate when and how to apply adjustments (Tables A-0) to the BASE VALUES In Tabea 1. FACTOR 0.9 1.0 1.15 1.25 133 1.6 2.0 Table D 3' and THICK SR LUMBER Horizontal shear values for 3" and thicker lumber also are established as if a piece were split full length. When spe- cific lengths of splits are known and any Increase In them Is not anticipated, the following adjustments may be applied. When length of split on wide face Is: No split 1/2 of narrow face 1 of narrow face 1Vx of narrow or more Multiply Tabulated Fv value by: 2.00 1.67 133 1.00 ;fiecklist 1� Fiat Use Cfu 0 SPECIAL USE FACTORS Compression Other: Wet Use Perpendicular X Temperature C j . Fire-Retardant CM, Ct, CR Page 9 and the National Design Specification (NDS) DESIGN VALUES Design Value ❑ F 'b Bending ❑ F't Tension ❑ F' Shear (See Table F) ❑ F C 1, Compression Perpendicular F0 ❑ ❑ ❑ F 'b 1 Compression Parallel E 0 E' Stiffness Table 1 I Table A Tabu B Table C Table D I I Tubb E Table F Table G & NOS 7 1 - • ! - - - • i , • - 1 I 1 1 I — 0111111 1111111 SHUTLER 111111k 1111 111111111111 c( SULTING imp %ma ____ ENGINEERS 14450 N.E. 29th Place, Suite 116 Betlevue, WA 98007 (206) 885-4473 ' JOB SHEET NO. L -4/ Yt - OF CALCULATED BY CHECKED BY SCALE I j 464 _ I pa. ,•,- ... i 1 1 : 1 i • I -1 4 -- --, -; 1 t : t °Lc', 4 I ■ , i 1 I 1 ;'lel 1 a 1 44foi 0 -.: ,,..)ii # 6.1.4 r 1 1 ! , . , , - 1 i I . i 1 VII 0 4 Or P , 1 SX/01 I4 Do SX re; 1 ■ , 1 I , I I ■ 1 ': / ; 4: - 74/ .11 t• /4 E.1 a Z)69. 4- e , ' )`-• 4 : , A iv z , „ . 0 t,. 7 m 6 t i .... .... 1 , , - -' - - • i- - I- i , .1 X 9 6 c v i ! i _ • 1 ! . 1 1 : I ..1 .1_ „, , i 11 Hi-- ' , i i g r a no:r i 8*/ , -1• 4 A . i94. _44 DATE or/is a4- rc p gi? ii/z7 sighe "osz. G. .0e Za CO 0 1:f 4/4e DATE 4. 1.41 6 %t 14i - • • • - f 0 i 4 4'm 4,Ji '.(v. 004.7 (7.-//40 rev drzios) _541741--4.- 6 asz . at7:5 f4 tri.skt MIMI OM 11111111 SHUTLER 1 411.11111111.11.1C SUITING ENGINEERS 14450 N.E. 29th Place, Suite 116 Bellevue, WA 98007 (206) 885-4473 I ; Po i 6 ,4 P L. rc44,1 A10A_ If 1 , — 'A -. 611 14 .4 43 ; pc.r - )(( .3. 3)( 44 ? -6.7 S -1 ,/ 4 Of 1 ---- I --- ', i ..• i , - 1 e ' 1 1 ' H r • - -.1 r ; 1 • i ' 1 - '1 - 1 . 1 1 , , i . . ..i. ...]......... ,L .., .,..... V. ....;. 1 , t, , • I , ' . — • 1 • - ,•• 1 - - 1 . - ' - - • - 1 - I 1 1 • 1 ''''-`,,-.. • - • ' --- 1 .---- j ----1 , --- ' -----...---1 , ---- 1 -- 71 --- • .. . , - - .1. • - 1 --- - I - ;-.-- - -- • .1- . 1 •1 • ... ; I 1 / a. JOB SHEET HO OF CALCULATED BY ' 41. 5. DATE 7-2.3• 9£. CHECKED BY DATE SCALE -■ =O. --GJo deo ■•••00.• 1 r - .--' — - - - 44.8' /A p/gli , 1 , -- 1 f..., c5g- 7 ; -- a `, - •Tr*/# ... ! ---- - i - I • I : , 1- - •I 1, • r. 1 S,47 4 ) 1 1 -1 . - - • — 1 - . 0... - - -- ' 1 - ......* / ij. 1 - i ' - 1 1- p04. I'S 40541 .y Ape....irS 44/41 , 1 l . 1 i I, • H " r SQurl W'firg,f4... -....., .,_. ... I . .. 34 RI . A. R 'C •H I T E. C T S LINARDIC DESIGN GROUP _1319 DEXTER AVE. N. ♦ SUITE 260 ♦ SEATTLE, WA 98109 TELEPHONE A 206 - 283 -4764 FAX ♦ 206 - 283 -1293 July 29, 1992 Mr. Robert Benedicto City of Tukwila 6200 Southcenter Boulevard Tukwila, Wash 98188 RE: Plan Review No. B92 -0223 Infiniti of Seattle 400 Baker Blvd. Dear Mr. Benedicto CITY OFTUKWIL0. . 7 1992 PERMIT CENTER We have respectively corrected the needed items per your letter dated July 7, 1992. Along with the revised drawings, this letter will answer each question individually so the plan review may commence in a orderly manner. Item Sheet no. 1 A -0 cover sheet, which shows the building is now type ✓III -N sprinklered which gives each area a maximum of 36,000 sq. ft., A -1A Building floor plan, shows the new 4 hour area separation wall needed for type III -N construction and there respective assembly. 2 A -2 A new 3' -0" x 7' -0" with a new set of stairs to provide needed exit way. 3 A -6 A 5.5 M.S. will be used in place of a 3.5 M.S. 4 A -6 A suspended drywall ceiling will be used in place of drywall over metal studs 5 A -6 Section E, General notes covers all interior framing to have steel post reinforcements inside wall. 6 A -7 noted respectively on the schedule along with note on door 21. also one hour rated note on re -lite is on A -2. 7 Sincerely, Mike Bally MB:is A -Al a existing 3' -0" x 7' -0" exit is now shown and should satisfy the requirements. A -2 The rest room in the service area is handicap accessible. A -7 Service area restroom elevation. A -4, A -5, A -6 R -19 bat insulation is now shown as R -30 bat insulation. If there are any questions please do not hesitate to call. Deb' can Group /Architects July 22, 1992 Duane Griffin City of Tukwila 6300 Southcenter Blvd, Suite 100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Regarding: 92 -T -08 (Infinity of Seattle) Dear Mr. Griffin, We have received information on the proposed project and have reviewed it for compliance with the structural portions of the 1988 Edition of the Uniform Building Code. Our comments follow. Structural 1. The existing 3x10 ledger along grid A between grids 3 and 5 must transmit diaphragm shear into the concrete wall to the south. Verify that the connections are adequate to transmit the forces into the wall. 2. In the General Notes, the base value for framing lumber appears incorrect. The calculations are based on modulus of elasticity of 1600 ksi (page R -3 for joist J -1). Please verify design values for the species of lumber to be used for roof joists. 3. The modulus of elasticity for glued laminated beams does not correspond to values shown in Table 25 -C -1. Please clarify. 4. Correct the call out for the roof beam on grid 4. Please have the applicant respond to the above comments in itemized letter form and resubmit two copies of revised drawings . and one copy of revised calculations, as required. All status inquires are to be directed to our receptionist. Sin ere Mahan &DeSaivo CONSULTING ENGINEERS Richard E. Wyble REW:1 cc: LDG Architects 1319 Dexter Avenue North Seattle, Washington 98109 1200.5th Avenue, Suite 1910 Seattle, Washington 98101 FAX (208) 6248151 (208) 6248150 RECEIVED JUL 2 31992 DEVELOPMENT HEAT LOSS STUDY FOR INFINITI OF SEATTLE ALLOWABLE HEAT LOSS WALL : 9,912 (.25)= 2,478 ROOF : 14,500 (.035)= 493 TOTAL ALLOWABLE HEAT LOSS IS 2,971 ACTUAL HEAT LOSS WALL TYPE ONE: (.085) 6,072 = 516 WALL TYPE TWO: (.086) 1,464 = 126 WALL TYPE THREE: (.034) 1,080 = 37 GLASS: (.50) 1,296 = 648 ROOF: (.032)14,500 = 464 TOTAL HEAT LOSS: 1,791 1,791 < 2,971 OK. WALL- TYPE ONE AIR .17 GWB .58 R -11 11.00 GWB .58 AIR .61 R =12.94 *, (.91) =11.71 u= .085 WALL-TYPE TWO AIR .17 CONC. .48 R -11 11.00 5/8 GWB .58 AIR .61 C R =12.84 * (.91) =11.68 u= .086 RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA JUN 1 9 1992 PERMIT CENTER . •14 WALL TYPE THREE AIR .17 RIGID INS 10.50 5/8 GWB .58 R -19 19.00 5/8 GWB .58 5/8 GWB .58 AIR .61 R =32.02 * (.91) =29.13 u= .034 GLASS .50 ROOF AIR .17 ROOF'G .15 DECK'G 1.89 R -30 30.00 5/8 GWB .56 AIR .68 R =33.45 * (.91) =30.43 u= .032 PROJECT: INFINITY OF SEATTLE ADDRESS: 400 BAKER BLVD. DATE: 7/7/92 CITY OF TUKWILA D.C.D. BUILDING DIVISION PLAN REVIEW NO. B92 -0223 CONTACT: ED LINARDIC THE FOLLOWING CORRECTIONS AND /OR CLARIFICATION ARE NECESSARY TO COMPLETE THE PLAN REVIEW BY BUILDING DIVISION. PLEASE RESPOND IN ITEMIZED LETTER FORM AND SUBMIT TWO COPIES OF ALL REVISED PLANS OR NEW INFORMATION DEVELOPED. 1. CODE INFORMATION ON PLANS INDICATES THAT THE EXISTING BUILDING IS A TYPE V -N CONSTRUCTION WITH AUTOMATIC FIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEM. THE EXISTING YARDS INDICATE THAT THE FLOOR AREA TO THE EAST OF THE AREA SEPARATION WALL EXCEEDS THE ALLOWABLE AREA FOR A "B" OCCUPANCY IN A TYPE V -N BUILDING. PROVIDE ADDITIONAL INFORMATION INCLUDING CALCULATIONS IF NECESSARY TO SHOW THAT THIS AREA EAST OF THE AREA SEPARATION WALL IS WITHIN ALLOWABLE AREA LIMITS AS DEFINED IN THE U.B.C. NOTE: ADDITIONAL FLOOR AREA CANNOT BE ADDED TO AN EXISTING BUILDING THAT EXCEEDS THE ALLOWABLE AREA LIMITATIONS. 2. EXITING FROM "SERVICE AREA" MUST BE REVISED. THE PROPOSED EGRESS FOR THIS AREA INVOLVES EXITING INTO THE DRIVE WAY AREA THEN INTO AN ADJACENT OFFICE THEN INTO A CORRIDOR SYSTEM OF THE OFFICE /SALES AREAS. THIS REQUIRES EGRESS THROUGH MORE THAN ONE ADJOINING ROOM WITH A CUMULATIVE OCCUPANT OF > 10. IN ADDITION, IT WILL PROVIDE FOR AN ADDITIONAL OCCUPANT LOAD TO THE CORRIDOR SYSTEM WHICH IN TURN WILL REQUIRE THAT THE CORRIDORS MEET THE FIRE RATING AND PROTECTION OF OPENINGS AS PROVIDED FOR IN U.B.C. SEC. 3305,(g) AND 3305 (h). 3. WALL DETAIL G /A -6 IS REQUIRED TO PROVIDE A ONE HOUR OCCUPANCY SEPARATION. DESIGNATE ON PLAN OR DETAIL AN APPROVED LISTED ASSEMBLY FOR THIS WALL. ALSO, PROVIDE ADDITIONAL INFORMATION TO QUALIFY (STRUCTURALLY) THE 3 -5/8" STUD HEIGHT OF 24 FEET. 4. WALL DETAIL G /A -6 CALLS FOR CEILING FRAMING MEMBERS OF 3 -5/8" METAL STUDS SPANNING 20 FEET. PROVIDE ADDITIONAL INFORMATION TO QUALIFY (STRUCTURALLY) THE CEILING MEMBERS. 7/7/92 PLAN REVIEW B92 -0223 PAGE 2 5. PROVIDE ADDITIONAL "KEYED" REFERENCES TO DESCRIBE TYPE OF CONSTRUCTION PROPOSED FOR THE VARIOUS INTERIOR WALL FRAMING. NOTE OR DETAIL METHOD OF PROVIDING LATERAL BRACING FOR BOTH METAL FRAMING AND WINDOW WALL PARTITIONS. ALSO, INDICATE METHOD OF SECURING FLOOR CHANNELS TO SLAB. 6. DOORS 18,19,20, & 21 ARE REQUIRED TO PROVIDE ONE HOUR FIRE RESISTIVE PROTECTION OF OPENINGS. NOTE SAME ON DOOR SCHEDULE. RELIGHT TO OFFICE 115 MUST BE ONE HOUR FIRE RATED GLAZING ASSEMBLY, NOTE ON PLANS. NOTE: APPROVED LISTING FOR DOOR 21 WILL BE REQUIRED TO BE ON JOB SITE AND AVAILABLE TO BUILDING INSPECTOR PRIOR TO ACCEPTANCE AT FINAL INSPECTION. 7. REFER SHEET A -1A: THE RESULTING WAREHOUSE PLAN INDICATES THAT THERE ARE TWO EXIT DOORS WHICH WILL REMAIN TO SERVE THIS SPACE UPON COMPLETION OF THE INFINITY DEALERSHIP. THE MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE DISTANCE OF TRAVEL FOR THIS WAREHOUSE SPACE IS EXCEEDED. PROVIDE FOR ADDITIONAL EXITING TO ELIMINATE THIS SITUATION. 8. ALL NEW TOILET FACILITIES MUST PROVIDE FOR BARRIER FREE ACCESS. SHOW REQUIRED DIMENSIONS OF SPACES ON PLANS. NOTE: A 48" WIDE ACCESS TO BARRIER FREE TOILET STALLS IS REQUIRED IN ADDITION TO THE REQUIRED INTERIOR DIMENSIONS. 9. W.S.E.C. HEAT LOSS STUDY FOR ENERGY CODE COMPLIANCE IS BASED UPON AN INSTALLED ROOF INSULATION OF R =30. REVISE BUILDING DETAILS TO NOTE THIS INSULATION. YOU HAVE ANY QUESTIONS, OR NEED CLARIFICATION TO THE COMMENTS, YOU MAY CALL THE PERMIT CENTER AT 206/431 -3670 WEEKDAYS FROM 8:30 AM TO 5:00 PM. S NCE' .eA4444 ROBERT BENEDICTO, SR. PLANS EXAMINER City of Tukwila July 7, 1992 OCCbP Shellie L. Bates Permit Technician Phone: (200 433.1800 6200 Southcenter Boulevard • Tukwila, Washington 98188 John W. Rants, Mayor Mahan & DeSalvo, Inc. Consulting Engineers 1200 Fifth Avenue, Suite 1910 Seattle, WA 98101 Regarding: 92 -T -08: Infinity of Seattle (B92 -0223) Please do structural review per U.B.C., 1988 Edition. Sincerely, City Hall Fax (206) 433.1833 MEMORANDUM 7/6/92 TO: PLAN REVIEW FILE: B92 -0223 FROM: RSB SUBJECT: CODE REVIEW OF EXISTING BUILDING. A REVIEW OF BUILDING STATISTICS NOTED ON SITE PLAN, SHEET A -1, INDICATES THAT THE BUILDING MAY HAVE BEEN CLASSIFIED INCORRECTLY. A V -N, SPRINKLERED BUILDING, GIVEN THE EXISTING YARDS WILL BE OVER THE ALLOWABLE AREA. CONVERSATIONS WITH ED LINARDIC INDICATES THAT THERE IS AN AREA SEPARATION WALL BETWEEN ACURA OF SEATTLE AND THE REMAINDER OF THE BUILDING. GIVEN THIS SITUATION, THE AREAS ON EACH SIDE OF THE WALL CAN BE CALCULATED AS FOLLOWS: CLASSIFY BUILDING AS TYPE III -N CONSTRUCTION W/ AUTO SPRINKLER SYSTEM THROUGHOUT. BASIC ALLOWABLE AREA: SEP.TWO SIDES: (57- 20)(1.25 %) = 46.25% = SUBTOTAL INCREASE FOR AUTO SPRINKLER SYSTEM TOTAL ALLOWABLE AREA (EAST PORTION) BASIC ALLOWABLE AREA: SEP.3 SIDES: (35- 20)(2.25) = 33.75% = SUBTOTAL INCREASE FOR AUTO SPRINKLER SYSTEM TOTAL ALLOWABLE AREA (WEST PORTION) 12,000 SF 5,550 SF 17,550 SF X 3 52,650 SF 12,000 SF 4,050 SF 16,050 SF X 3 48,150 SF ACTUAL PROPOSED AREAS : EAST PORTION (EXISTING) 34,733 SF WEST PORTION 46,950 SF PROPOSED INFINITY DEALERSHIP WILL BE SITUATED IN 14,500 SF OF THE WEST PORTION OF THE BUILDING, WITH THE REMAINDER OF THE WEST PORTION BEING CAR STORAGE (EXISTING). BOTH USES WILL BE CLASSIFIED AS "B" OCCUPANCIES, B -1 FOR THE AUTOMOBILE GARAGE AREA, AND B -2 FOR THE SALES AND SUPPORT OFFICE AREAS. A ONE HOUR OCCUPANCY SEPARATION WILL BE REQUIRED BETWEEN THE B -1 AND THE B -2 USES. OPENINGS THROUGH THE OCCUPANCY SEPARATION SHALL BE PROTECTED BY A FIRE ASSEMBLY HAVING A ONE HOUR FIRE PROTECTION RATING. FOR THE PURPOSES OF ESTABLISHING THE LIMITS OF THE B -1 AND B -2 AREAS IN THE NEW DEALERSHIP AREAS, THE APPLICANT HAS PROPOSED TO LIMIT THE B -1 CLASSIFIED USE TO THE AREA LABLED "SERVICE AREA ". MEMORANDUM PLAN REVIEW B92 -0223 7/6/92 PAGE 2 THE DRIVE IN LANE AND RELATED OFFICES WILL BE INCLUDED AS A B -2 OCCUPANCY SINCE CARS WILL NOT BE STORED IN THIS AREA. THE EXISTING WAREHOUSE AREA IS CONSIDERED A B -1 USE SINCE CARS ARE BEING STORED AT THIS TIME (PHONE CONY. ED LINARDIC) THEREFORE THE WALL BETWEEN THE ENTRANCE DRIVE AND THE WAREHOUSE AREA MUST PROVIDE ONE HOUR FIRE RESISTIVE CONSTRUCTION. WILL VERIFY. CHAPTER 33, EXITING REQUIREMENTS: DEALERSHIP PLAN IS DIVIDED INTO VARIOUS FUNCTIONS AND THEREFORE EXITING REQUIREMENTS IS AS FOLLOWS: ROOM 101, "SHOWROOM" SERVES A CALCULATED OCCUPANT LOAD OF 24, ONE EXIT WOULD BE REQUIRED TO SERVE THIS AREA, TWO MEANS OF EGRESS ARE PROVIDED. (ONE DIRECTLY TO EXTERIOR AND ONE THROUGH THE ENTRY LOBBY 101). THE PARTS STORAGE ROOM, OFFICES, CONFERENCE ROOM AND MINOR RELATED USES SUPPORT A CALCULATED OCCUPANT LOAD OF 27, ONE EXIT IS REQUIRED TO SERVE THESE AREAS. THE CORRIDORS DEVELOPED ARE NOT REQUIRED TO PROVIDE ONE HOUR FIRE RESISTIVE PROTECTION. EXITING IS AVAILABLE THROUGH "ENTRY" 100 OR THROUGH SHOWROOM 101. SEPARATION OF EXITS O.K. SERVICE 116, HAS A CALC'D OCCUPANT LOAD OF 42 (NOT CONSIDERING THE LUNCH ROOM) THE ONE EXIT PROVIDED FOR THIS SPACE REQUIRES OCCUPANTS TO EGRESS THROUGH THE DRIVE WAY AND INTO THE OFFICE AREA CORRIDOR SYSTEM. THIS REQUIRES EGRESS THROUGH MORE THAN ONE ADJOINING ROOM WITH A CUMULATIVE OCCUPANT LOAD OF > 10., OR . . . INTO A CORRIDOR SYSTEM THAT WILL REQUIRE A ONE HOUR CORRIDOR SYSTEM. NEED REVISION TO PLAN! CONTACT APPLICANT. FOLLOWING CODE RELATED ITEMS.NEED COMMENTS: 1. EXITING FROM THE SERVICE AREA NEEDS TO BE REVISED. 2. WALL DETAIL G /A6 IS A ONE HOUR OCCUPANCY SEPARATION WALL. APPLICANT TO DESIGNATE ON PLAN A LISTED ASSEMBLY FOR THIS WALL. ALSO APPLICANT TO PROVIDE ADDITIONAL INFORMATION TO QUALIFY THE 3 -5/8 " STUD HEIGHT OF 24 FEET.(UNBRACED) B92 -0223 PLAN REVIEW PAGE 3 c 3. RE: DETAIL G /A6, PROVIDE ADDITIONAL INFORMATION TO QUALIFY THE PROPOSED METAL FRAMING MEMBERS FOR THE SUSPENDED GWB CEILING. DETAIL CALLS FOR 3 -5/8" METAL STUD FRAMING SPANNING 20 FEET ? 4. PROVIDE MORE "KEYED" REFERENCE TO INDICATE TYPE OF CONSTRUCTION INTENDED ON THE INTERIOR WALL FRAMING. ALSO INCLUDE METHOD OF PROVIDING BRACING FOR ALL INTERIOR WALLS, BOTH METAL FRAMED OR WINDOW WALLS. 5. DOORS 18, 19, 20, & 21 ARE REQUIRED TO PROVIDE ONE HOUR FIRE RESISTIVE PROTECTION OF OPENINGS. NOTE SAME ON DOOR SCHEDULE. ALSO RELIGHT TO OFFICE 115 MUST BE ONE HOUR FIRE RATED GLAZING ASSEMBLY. NOTE: PROVIDE MANUFACTURERS NAME AND APPROVED LISTING FOR DOOR 21. 6. RE: SHEET A -1A THE RESULTING WAREHOUSE PLAN INDICATES THAT THERE ARE TWO EXIT DOORS WHICH WILL REMAIN TO SERVE THIS SPACE UPON COMPLETION OF THE INFINITY DEALERSHIP. THE MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE DISTANCE OF TRAVEL FOR THIS WAREHOUSE SPACE IS EXCEEDED. PROVIDE FOR ADDITIONAL EXIT DOOR TO ELIMINATE THIS SITUATION. 7. ALL NEW TOILET. ROOMS MUST. PROVIDE FOR BARRIER FREE ACCESS. SHOW REQUIRED. DIMENSIONS•OFSPACES ON.PLAN.. ��ACE CONSULTING 500Tf! ,v3RD. AVENUE SEATTLE. WA FULL COMMERCIAL HVAC LOADS PROGRAM BUILDING MASTER DATA AND DESIGN PARAMETERS: DESIGN MONTH JANUARY MARCH JULY WINTER ROOF ASHRAE TYPE ROOF # 1. 2. OUTDOOR DRY BULB 5 PART PART TYPE U-FAC 1. 0.052 WALL ASHRAE TYPE GROUP , 0.560 0.560 "" 61 82 22 ROOF U-FAC 0.035 ' WALL U-FAC G 0.052 GLASS SUMMER WINTER U-FAC. U FA NO. C. _ C. 0.490 0.490 G 98134 OUTDOOR WET BULB ROOF SUSP COLOR CLG. DARK COOL HEAT T-D T-D 35 WALL COLOR _ DARK GENERAL PROJECT INFORMATION: 47 49 66 0 0.820 0.820 YES INDOOR REL.HUM 47% 47% 47% 50% GLASS INTERIOR SHD.COEF SHADING NO NO PROJECT FILE NAME: PROJECT LOCATION: BAROMETRIC PRESSURE: ALTITUDE: NORTH LATITUDE: MEAN DAILY TEMPERATURE RANGE: ATMOSPHERIC CLEARNESS FACTOR: GROUND REFLECTANCE: STARTING TIME FOR HVAC LOAD CALCULATIONS: ENDING TIME FOR HVAC LOAD CALCULATIONS: FLOOR HEAT LOSS COEFFICIENT: NUMBER OF UNIQUE ZONES IN THIS PROJECT: PROJECT: CLIENT: DATE: ~~ DESIGNER: INDOOR DRY BULB INTERIOR SHD.COEF 0.000 0.00 78 78 78 70 GRAINS DIFF. -24.28 -34.82 2.82 0.00 C:INFINITY SEATTLE WA. 29.900 IN.HG 19 FEET 47 DEGREES 22 DEG.F 1.00 20 PERCENT 8 AM 8 PM 0.81 BTUH/FT-F 10 7HFINI-Y 06/16/2 IN/OUTDOOR CORRECTION -46 -35 -14 • ROOM GLASS GLASS CONST WIDTH HEIGHT MEDIUM • 18.00 14.00 MEDIUM •9.00 1.00 REC[K/ D CITY FTl/ KW( LA ���� � � � ��� ~_`~ » � ,w� PaRmrr CENTER **+ FULL COMMERCIAL HVAC D3 PROGRAM 70( ELITE SOFT E DEVELOPMENT INC '1.** PACE CONSULTING GROW', � �^ SEATTLE. WA 9813 � INFINITY 06/�6/92 PAGE 2 ********************* GENERAL PROJECT DATA (CONTINUED) *****+************** BUILDING DEFAULT VALUES: CALCULATIONS PERFORMED: BOTH HEATING AND COOLING LOADS LIGHTING REQUIREMENTS: 1.70 WATTS PER SQUARE FOOT EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS: 0.80 WATTS PER SOUPRE FOOT PEOPLE SENSIBLE LOAD MULTIPLIER: 240 BTUHS PER PERSON PEOPLE LATENT LOAD MULTIPLIER: 230 BTUHS PER PERSON PEOPLE OCCUPANCY BASIS: 1 PERSON PER 100 SQ.FT ZONE SENSIBLE SAFETY FACTOR: 10% ZONE LATENT SAFETY FACTOR: 0% ZONE HEATING SAFETY FACTOR: 20% PEOPLE DIVERSITY FACTOR: 100% LIGHTING PROFILE NUMBER: 1 EQUIPMENT PROFILE NUMBER: 1 PEOPLE PROFILE NUMBER: 1 BUILDING DEFAULT |LG. HEIGHT: 9.00 FEET BUILDING DEFAULT WALL HEIGHT: 15.00 FEET INTERNAL OPERATING LOAD PROFILES (C=100): REF HR HR HR HR HR HR HR HR HR HR HR HR HR HR HR HR HR HR HR HR HR HR HR HR NO. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 1. C CC C C C C C C C C C C CC C C C C C C C CC 2° C CC C C CC CC C C C C C C C C C C C C CC 3 . C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C CC 4. C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C' C C C C C C CC C C C C C C C C C C C C C C CC CC C CC 6. C C CC C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C CC 7. C C C C C O C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C 8. C C C C C O C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C 9. C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C 10. C C C C O C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C O C C . `ALL DESIGN DATA TAKEN FROM THE 1989 ASHRAE HANDBOOK OF FUNDAMENTALS• *• f+': FULL COMMERCIAL HVAC ItADS PROGRAM ElY ELITE SOFTI.Ji" 'E: DEVELORnEi lT I NC **. PACE C4JNSULT 7: NFJ GROUP k SEATTLE. WA 98194 c INFINITY 06/16/92 PAGE 3 * * ** **•w*** **** AIR SYSTEM # 1 (SHOWRM/ CONSTANT) ZONE SUMMARY *** **• ** *** *** * CN . ZONE -- DESCRIPTION FLOOR HTG .LOSS SEN.GAIN LAT . C3A I N HTG .CFM CLG.CFM NO. PEAK TIME u: MONTH AREA O.A. CFM O.A. CFM EXH. CFM CFM/SF. CFM /SF. 1 SHOWRM 2650 127.5f 2 103,407 2.30o 2,364 r+ , 460 4 PM JULY 800 200 0 0 , 89 1.68 ZONE F'EAK TOTALS 2,650 127 , 582 103,407 2,300 2 , 364 4,460 TOTAL ZONES: 1 2OO 200 C) 0.89 1 .68 *** FULL COMMERCIAL HVAC DS PROGRAM BY ELITE SOFTW DEVELOP9EMT INC *** PACE CONSULTING GROUP � qL � SEATTLE. WA 98134 � INFINITY 06/16/92 PAGE 4 *********** AIR SYSTEM # 1 (SHOWRM/ CONSTANT) TOTAL LOAD SUMMARY *********** AIR HANDLER DESC: SHCWRM/ CONSTANT WITH CV (SUM OF PEAKS) TERMINALS SUPPLY AIR FAN: DRAW-THRU WITH PROGRAM ESTIMATED HORSEPOWER OF 1.75 HP, FAN INPUT: 60% COMBINED FAN AND MOTOR EFF, WITH 1.50 IN WATER ACROSS THE FAN SENSIBLE HEAT RATIO: 0.98 --~-- THIS SYSTEM OCCURS 1 TIME(S) IN THE BUILDING AIR SYSTEM PEAK TIME 4 PM IN JULY OUTDOOR CONDITIONS; 81 DB, 66 WB, 71.64 GRAINS INSIDE: 78 DB, 47% RH SUMMER: VENT CONTROLS OUTSIDE AIR ----- WINTER: VENT CONTROLS OUTSIDE AIR ZONE SPACE INFILTRATION OUTSIDE AIR SUPPLY DUCT RETURN DUCT TOTAL SYSTEM SEN.LOSS: SEN.LOSS: SEN.LOSS: SEN.LOSS: SEN.LOSS: SEN.LOSS: 53,419 BTUH 74,163 BTUH ( 10,361 BTUH ( 0 BTUH 0 BTUH ZONE SPACE SEN.GAIN: 103,407 BTUH INFILTRATION SEN.GAIN: 0 BTUH DRAW-THRU FAN SEN.GAIN: 4,449 BTUH SUPPLY DUCT SEN.GAIN: 0 BTUH TOTAL SEN.GAIN ON SUPPLY SIDE OF COIL: RETURN DUCT SEN.GAIN: 0 RETURN PLENUM SEN.GAIN: 0 OUTSIDE AIR SEN.GAIN: 660 BLOW-THRU FAN SEN.GAIN: 0 TOTAL SEN.GAIN ON RETURN SIDE OF COIL: TOTAL SEN.GAIN ON AIR HANDLING SYSTEM: ZONE SPACE LAT.GAIN: 2,300 INFILTRATION LAT.GAIN: 0 OUTSIDE AIR LAT.GAIN: 602 TOTAL LAT.GAIN ON AIR HANDLING SYSTEM: TOTAL SYSTEM SENSIBLE AND LATENT GAIN: TOTAL TONNAGE REQUIRED WITH OUTSIDE AIR: BTUH BTUH ( BTUH ( 1,193 CFM) 200 CFM) SUPPLY AIR:127,582 / (0.999 X 1.08 X 50) = ( 2,364 CFM) WINTER VENT OUTSIDE AIR (8.45% OF SUPPLY): ( 200 CFM) ( 0 CFM) SUPPLY AIR:107,856 / (0.999 X 1.10 X 22) = ( 4,460 CFM) SUMMER VENT OUTSIDE AIR (4.48% OF SUPPLY): ( 200 CFM) BTUH BTUH BTUH ( 200 CFM) BTUH 0 CFM) 200 CFM) 137,943 BTUH 107,856 BTUH 660 BTUH 108,516 BTUH 2,902 BTUH 111,418 BTUH 9.28 TONS . ** FUI."I". COMMERCIAL F• iv r I..' !Ds PROGRAM BY ELITE SOFT1•.!n 'F DEVELJf= OE NT :NC *** �- S ., .S! ';J(i 9 .3 r' 4 PACE CONSULTING Plf;� CaFtC)!.JI•�• _• � • • INFINITY 06/16/92 PAGE `; *• *****•*** **** AIR SYSTEM 4t 2 (OFFICES /CONSTANT) 2ONE SUMMARY ************** ZN . ONE --• Dk SCR :(PT :CON FLOOR HTG . LOSS SEN .GAIN LAT . CA:C N HTG . CFM CLO . C!= M NO. PEAL: TIME u: MONTH AREA 0.A. CEM 0.A. CEM EXH. CFM CFM /SF . CFM/SF. 2 OFFICE 384 6,5"8 5 , 053 460 122 208 5 F'M JULY 40 40 i 0.32 0.54 4 OFF /INT /PARTS 1900 22,884 22,547 1,380 424 928 6 PM JULY 120 120 0 0.22 0.49 ENTRY 234 10,624 7 , 384 460 197 304 3 PM JULY 40 40 0 0.84 1.30 CONF 145 1,661 3,714 1,840 31 153 6 PM JULY 160 160 0 0.21 1.06 OFFICES /WAITING 400 6,049 5,733 1,150 112 236 6 PM JULY 100 100 0 0.28 0.59 7 LUNCH 3 PM JULY 260 7,411 5,704 920 137 235 80 80 00 0.53 0.90 ZONE PEAT :: TOTALS 3,323 55 , 207 50,135 6,210 1 , 023 2,064 540 540 0 0.3i 0.62 TOTAL :ONES: 6 ' *** FULL COMMERCIAL MAC c 'MDS PR[6RAM BY ELITE SOFTW DEYELOPMENT INC **+ PACE CONSULTING GROUP ��. � SEATTLE. WA 98�L INFINITY 06/16/92 PAGE 6 *********** AIR SYSTEM # 2 (OFFICES/CONSTANT) TOTAL LOAD SUMMARY *********** AIR HANDLER DESC: OFFICES/CONSTANT WITH CV (SUM OF PEAKS) TERMINALS SUPPLY AIR FAN: DRAW-THRU WITH PROGRAM ESTIMATED HORSEPOWER OF 0.81 HP. FAN INPUT: 60% COMBINED FAN AND MOTOR EFF. WITH 1.E0 IN WATER ACROSS THE FAN SENSIBLE HEAT RATIO: 0.89 ----- THIS SYSTEM OCCURS 1 TIME(S) IN THE BUILDING AIR SYSTEM PEAK TIME: 5 PM IN JULY OUTDOOR CONDITIONS: 80 DB, 66 WB, 73.24 GRAINS INSIDE: 78 DB, 47% RH SUMMER: VENT CONTROLS OUTSIDE AIR WINTER: VENT CONTROLS OUTSIDE AIR ZONE SPACE INFILTRATION OUTSIDE AIR SUPPLY DUCT RETURN DUCT TOTAL SYSTEM SEN.LOSS: SEN.LOSS: SEN.LOSS: SEN.LOSS: SEN.LOSS: SEN.LOSS: 23,440 BTUH 31,767 BTUH ( 27,974 BTUH ( O BTUH O BTUH SUPPLY AIR: 55,207 / (0.999 X 1.08 X 50) = WINTER VENT OUTSIDE AIR (52,8% OF SUPPLY): ZONE SPACE SEN.GAIN: INFILTRATION SEN.GAIN: DRAW-THRU FAN SEN.GAIN: SUPPLY DUCT SEN.GAIN: RESERVE SEN.GAIN: TOTAL SEN.GAIN ON SUPPLY 49,674 BTUH O BTUH 2 BTUH O BTUH 438 BTUH SIDE OF COIL: - SUPPLY AIR: 52,170 / (0.999 % 1.10 X 23) = SUMMER VENT OUTSIDE AIR (26.2% OF SUPPLY): RETURN DUCT SEN.GAIN: 0 BTUH RETURN PLENUM SEN.GAIN: 0 BTUH OUTSIDE AIR SEN.GAIN: 1,188 BTUH BLOW-THRU FAN SEN.GAIN: 0 BTUH TOTAL SEN.GAIN ON RETURN SIDE OF COIL: TOTAL SEN.GAIN ON AIR HANDLING SYSTEM: TOTAL SYSTEM SENSIBLE AND LATENT GAIN: TOTAL TONNAGE REQUIRED WITH OUTSIDE AIR: ( ( ZONE SPACE LAT.GAIN: ' 6,210 BTUH INFILTRATION LAT.GAIN: 0 BTUH ( OUTSIDE AIR LAT.GAIN: 2,214 BTUH ( TOTAL LAT.GAIN ON AIR HANDLING SYSTEM: 511 CFM) 540 CFM) 1,023 CFM) 540 CFM) 0 CFM) 2,063 CFM) 540 CFM) ( 540 OEM) 0 CFM) 540 CFM) 83081 BTUH 52,170 BTUH 1,188 STUH 53,358 BTUH 8,424 BTUH 61,782 BTUH 5.15 TONS *** FULL COMMERCIAL HVAC DS PROGRAM BY ELITE S2FT� DEVELOP;lEUT INC **+ PACE CONSULl3NG GROUP � � ��� SEATTLE, �� q81.4 INFIMITY 06/16/92 '- PAGE 7 ************ AIR SYSTEM # 3 (PARTS/STORAGE/HEATER) ZONE SUMMARY ************ ZN. ZONE - DESCRIPTION FLOOR HTG.LOSS SEN.GAIN LAT.GAIN HTG.CFM CLG.CFM NO. PEAK TIME & MONTH AREA O.A. CFM O.A. CFM EXH. CFM CFM/SF. CFM/SF. 8 PARTS/STORAGE 1183 36,673 0 0 680 0 8 AM JANUARY 20 0 0 0.57 0.00 _______ _______ ZONE PEAK TOTALS 1,183 36,678 0 0 680 0 TOTAL ZONES: 1 20 0 0 0.57 0.00 ' *** FULL COMMERCIAL HVAC DT PROGRAM BV ELITE SOFTWr DEVELOPMENT INC + PACE CONSULTING GPOUP \ ���� SEATTLE, WA 98134 INFINITY 06/16/92 PAGE 8 ********* AIR SYSTEM # 3 (PARTS/STORAGE/HEATER) TOTAL LOAD SUMMARY ********* AIR HANDLER DESC: PARTS/STORAGE/HEATER WITH CV (SUM OF PEAKS) TERMINALS SUPPLY AIR FAN: DRAW-THRU WITH PROGRAM ESTIMATED HORSEPOWER OF 0.00 HP. FAN INPUT: 60% COMBINED FAN AND MOTOR EFF. WITH 0.25 IN WATER ACROSS THE FAN SENSIBLE HEAT RATIO: 0.00 ----- THIS SYSTEM OCCURS 1 TIME(S) IN THE BUILDING AIR SYSTEM PEAK TIME: 12 AM IN JULY OUTDOOR CONDITIONS: 64 DB, 61 WB, 73.24 GRAINS INSIDE: 78 DB, 47% RH SUMMER: NONE CONTROLS OUTSIDE AIR WINTER: VENT CONTROLS OUTSIDE AIR ZONE SPACE INFILTRATION OUTSIDE AIR SUPPLY DUCT RETURN DUCT TOTAL SYSTEM SBN.LOSS: SEN.LOSS: GEN.LOSS: SEN.LOSS: SEN.LOSS: SEN.LOSS: 6,031 BTUH 30,647 BTUH ( 1,036 BTUH ( O BTUH O BTUH SUPPLY AIR: 36,678 / (0.999 X 1.08 X 50) = ( WINTER VENT OUTSIDE AIR (2.94% OF SUPPLY): ( ZONE SPACE SEN.GAIN: 0 BTUH INFILTRATION SEN.GAIN: 0 BTUH DRAW-THRU FAN SEN.GAIN: 0 BTUH SUPPLY DUCT SEN.GAIN: 0 BTUH TOTAL SEN.GAIN ON SUPPLY SIDE OF COIL: SUPPLY AIR: 0 / (0.999 X'1.10 X 0) = < 0 CFM) SUMMER VENT OUTSIDE AIR (0.% OF SUPPLY): ( 0 CFM) RETURN DUCT SEN.GAIN: RETURN PLENUM SEN.GAIN: OUTSIDE AIR SEN.GAIN: BLOW-THRU FAN SEN.GAIN: TOTAL SEN.GAIN ON RETURN SIDE OF COIL: C) 0 0 TOTAL SEN.GAIN ON AIR HANDLING SYSTEM: ZONE SPACE LAT.GA%N: 0 BTUH INFILTRATION LAT.GAIN: 0 BTUH ( OUTSIDE AIR LAT.GAIN: 0 BTUH ( TOTAL LAT.GAIN ON AIR HANDLING SYSTEM: TOTAL SYSTEM SENSIBLE AND LATENT GAIN: TOTAL TONNAGE REQUIRED WITH OUTSIDE AIR: 493 CFM) 20 CFM) 680 CFM) 20 CFM) ( 0 CFM) BTUH BTUH BTUH ( 'O CFM) BTUH O CFM) O CFM) 37,714 BTUH 0 BTUH ` 0 BTUH 0 BTUH O BTUH O BTUH 0.00 TONS *** FULL COMMERCIAL HVAC LOWS PROGRAM �Y ELITE SOFTWA DEYELDPMENT INC 4** PACE CO�1SULTING GROUP �- �- SE�TTLE, WA 98�34 ` n � : INFINITY 06/16/92 PAGE 9 **1.********** AIR SYSTEM It 4 (SERVICE/MAKEUP-AIR) :ONE SUMMARY ************* ZN. ZONE - DESCRIPTION FLOOR HTG.LOSS SEN.GAIN LAT.8AIN HTG.CFM CLG.CFM NO. PEAK TIME & MONTH AREA O.A. CFM O.A. CFM EXH. CFM CFM/SF. CFM/SF. _______ 9 SERVICE 3752 116,638 0 0 2,161 0 8 AM JANUARY 140 0 0 0.58 0.00 ZONE PEAK TOTALS 3,752 116,638 0 0 2,161 0 TOTAL ZONES: 1 140 0 0 0.58 0.00 *** FULL COMMERCIAL HVAC DS PROGRAM BY ELITE SOFTW DEVELOP' NT INC *** PACE WHSULTING GROUP \ �� SEATTLE, WA 98134 INFINITY 06/16/92 PAGE 10 ********** AIR SYSTEM # 4 (SERVICE/MAKEUP-AIR) TOTAL LOAD SUMMARY ********** AIR HANDLER DESC: SERVICE/MAKEUP-AIR WITH CV (SUM OF PEAKS) TERMINALS SUPPLY AIR FAN: DRAW-THRU WITH PROGRAM ESTIMATED HORSEPOWER OF 0.00 HP. FAN INPUT: 60% COMBINED FAN AND MOTOR EFF. WITH 1.00 IN WATER ACROSS THE FAN SENSIBLE HEAT RATIO: 0.00 ----- THIS SYSTEM OCCURS 1 TIME(S) IN THE BUILDING AIR SYSTEM PEAK TIME: 12 AM IN JULY OUTDOOR CONDITIONS: 64 DB, 61 WE', 73.24 GRAINS INSIDE: 78 DB, 47% RH SUMMER: NONE CONTROLS OUTSIDE AIR WINTER: VENT CONTROLS OUTSIDE AIR ZONE SPACE INFILTRATION OUTSIDE AIR SUPPLY DUCT RETURN DUCT TOTAL SYSTEM SEN.LO9S: SEN.LOSS: SEN.LOSS: SEN.LOSS: SEN.LOSS: SEN.LOSS: 19,474 BTUH 97,164 BTUH ( 7,253 BTUH ( O BTUH O BTUH SUPPLY AIR:116,638 / (0.999 X 1.08 X 50) = ( 2,161 CFM) WINTER VENT OUTSIDE AIR (6.47% OF SUPPLY): ( 140 CFM) =ONE SPACE SEN.GAIN: 0 BTUH INFILTRATION SEN.GAIN: 0 BTUH ( DRAW-THRU FAN SEN.GAIN: 0 BTUH SUPPLY DUCT SEN.GAIN: 0 BTUH TOTAL SEN.GAIN ON SUPPLY SIDE OF COIL: SUPPLY AIR: 0 / <0.999 X 1,10 X 0) = ( SUMMER VENT OUTSIDE AIR (0.00% OF SUPPLY): ( RETURN DUCT SEN.GAIN: RETURN PLENUM SEN.GAIN: OUTSIDE AIR SEN.GAIN: BLOW-THRU FAN SEN.GAIN: TOTAL SEN.GAIN ON RETURN SIDE OF COIL: TOTAL SEN.GAIN ON AIR HANDLING SYSTEM: ZONE SPACE LAT.GAIN: 0 BTUH INFILTRATION LAT.GAIN: 0 BTUH OUTSIDE AIR LAT.GAIN: 0 BTUH TOTAL LAT.GAIN ON AIR HANDLING SYSTEM: TOTAL SYSTEM SENSIBLE AND LATENT GAIN: TOTAL TONNAGE REQUIRED WITH OUTSIDE AIR: O BTUH O BTUH O BTUH ( O BTUH ( ( 1,563 CFM) 140 CFM) O CFM) O CFM) O CFM) O CFM) • 0 CFM) O CFM) 123,891 BTUH O BTUH O BTUH O BTUH O BTUH O BTUH 0.00 TONS *** FULL COMMERCIAL HYAC LpAps PROGRAM BY ELITE PACE CONSULTING GROUP INFINITY 06/16/92 ************** AIR SYSTEM # 5 (DRIVEWAY/HEATER) ZN. ZONE - DESCRIPTION FLOOR HTG.LOSS SEN.GAlN LAT.GAIN HTG.CFM CLG.CFM NO. PEAK TIME & MONTH AREA O.A. CFM O.A. CFM EXH. CFM CFM/SF. CFM/SF. 10 DRIVEWAY 8 AM JANUARY ZONE PEAK TOTALS TOTAL ZONES: 1 3223 60,971 0 60,971 0 3,223 0 0 SOFTWpF DEVEiOPHENT IMC *** k SEATTLE, WA 99134 PAGE 11 ZONE SUMMARY *************** 0 0 0 0 1,130 0.35 0.00 1,130 0 0.35 0.00 *** FULL COMMERCIAL HVA[ DS PROGRAM BY ELITE SOFTW DEVELOPMENT INC *** PACE CONSULTING GROUP l � SEATTLE, WA 98134 INFINITY 06/16/92 PAGE 12 **4-********* AIR SYSTEM # 5 (DRIVEWAY/HEATER) TOTAL LOAD SUMMARY *********** AIR HANDLER DESC: DRIVEWAY/HEATER WITH CV (SUM OF PEAKS) TERMINALS SUPPLY AIR FAN: DRAW-THRU WITH PROGRAM ESTIMATED HORSEPOWER OF 0.00 HP. FAN INPUT: 60% COMBINED FAN AND MOTOR EFF. WITH 0.25 IN WATER ACROSS THE FAN SENSIBLE HEAT RATIO: 0.00 ----- THIS SYSTEM OCCURS 1 TIME(S) IN THE BUILDING AIR SYSTEM PEAK TIME: 12 AM IN JULY OUTDOOR CONDITIONS: 64 DB, 61 WB, 73.24 GRAINS INSIDE: 78 DB, 47% RH SUMMER: NONE CONTROLS OUTSIDE AIR ----- WINTER: NONE CONTROLS OUTSIDE AIR ZONE SPACE INFILTRATION OUTSIDE AIR SUPPLY DUCT RETURN DUCT TOTAL SYSTEM SEN.LOSS: SEN.LOSS: SEN.LOSS: SEN.LOSS: SEN.LOSS: SEN.LOSS: SUPPLY AIR: 60,971 / (0.999 X 1.08 X 50) = ( 1,130 CFM) WINTER VENT OUTSIDE AIR (0.00% OF SUPPLY): ( 0 CFM) ZONE SPACE SEN.GAIN: 0 BTUH INFILTRATION SEN.GAIN: 0 BTUH ( DRAW-THRU FAN SEN.GAIN: 0 BTUH SUPPLY DUCT SEN.GAIN: 0 BTUH TOTAL SEN.GAIN ON SUPPLY SIDE OF COIL: SUPPLY AIR: 0 / X 1,10 X 0) = ( SUMMER VENT OUTSIDE AIR (0.00% OF SUPPLY): ( RETURN DUCT SEN.GAIN: RETURN PLENUM SEN.GAIN: OUTSIDE AIR SEN.GAIN: BLOW-THRU FAN SEN.GAIN: TOTAL SEN.GAIN ON RETURN SIDE OF COIL: TOTAL SEN.GAIN ON AIR HANDLING SYSTEM: 20,874 BTUH 40,097 BTUH ( O BTUH ( O BTUH O BTUH O BTUH O BTUH O BTUH ( O BTUH ZONE SPACE LAT.GAIN: 0 BTUH INFILTRATION LAT.GAIN: 0 BTUH ( OUTSIDE AIR LAT.GAIN: 0 BTUH ( TOTAL LAT.GAIN ON AIR HANDLING SYSTEM: TOTAL SYSTEM SENSIBLE AND LATENT GAIN: TOTAL TONNAGE REQUIRED WITH OUTSIDE AIR: 645 CFM) O CFM) O CFM) O CFM) O CFM) O CFM) O CFM) O CFM) 60,971 BTUH O BTUH O BTUH O BTUH O BTUH O BTUH 0.00 TONS *** FULL COMMERCIAL HVAC .DS PROGRAM BY ELITE S['FT -: DEYEiOP INC *** PACE CONSULTING GROUP \. ks SEATTLE. WA 99.i�� INF.INITY 06/16/92 PAGE 13 **\+********************* TOTAL BUILDING LOAD SUMMARY *********************** BUILDING PEAKS IN JULY AT 5 PM BLDG. LOAD AREA SEN, %TOT LAT. DESCRIPTIONS QUAN LOSS LOSS GAIN ROOF 14,131 28,487 6.42 0 WALL 6,413 19,211 4.33 0 GLASS 1,427 40,276 9.08 0 FLOOR SLAB 504 23,513 5.30 0 SKIN LOADS 21,971 111,487 25.13 0 LIGHTING EQUIPMENT PEOPLE PARTITION VENT 900 INFL 4,405 DRAW-THRU FAN BLOW-THRU FAN SUPPLY DUCT RETURN DUCT RESERVE CAPACITY BUILDING TOTALS 443,698 100.00 11,546 BUILDING SUMMARY LOAD DESCRIPTIONS VENTILATION INFILTRATION ZONE LOADS PLENUM LOADS FAN & DUCT LOADS BUILDING TOTALS 14,250 0 0.00 0 2,763 0 0.00 0 37 0 0.00 8,510 5,380 11,749 2.65 0 740 46,624 10.51 3,036 0 273,838 61.72 0 O 0.00 0 O 0.00 0 O 0.00 0 O 0.00 O 0.00 0 ' SEN. %TOT LOSS LOSS 46,624 10.51 273,838 61.72 123,236 27.77 O 0.00 O 0.00 TOTAL BUILDING SUPPLY AIR (BASED ON A 0 TD): TOTAL BUILDING VENT AIR (11.33% OF SUPPLY): TOTAL CONDITIONED AIR SPACE: SUPPLY AIR CFM/SQ.FT. OF CONDITIONED SPACE: SQ.FT OF CONDITIONED AIR SPACE PER TON: TONNAGE PER SQ.FT OF CONDITIONED AIR SPACE: TOTAL HEATING REQUIRED WITH OUTSIDE AIR: TOTAL TONNAGE REQUIRED WITH OUTSIDE AIR: LAT. + GAIN 3,036 0 8,510 0 0 443,698 100.00 11,546 + SEN. = TOTAL %TOT GAIN GAIN GAIN 9,888 3,570 65,979 0 79,437 79,437 45.88 53,452 10,365 9,768 0 1,627 0 6,507 0 0 0 438 161,594 173,140 100.00 SEN. = TOTAL %TOT GAIN GAIN GAIN 1,627 0 153,460 0 6,507 161,594 173,140 100.00 6,523 CFM 740 CFM 14,131 SQ.FT 0.4616 CFM/SQ.FT 979.3924 SQ.FT/TON 0.0010 TONS/SQ.FT 443.70 MBH 14.43 TONS 9,888 5.71 3,570 2.06 65,979 38.11 O 0.00 53,452 30.87 10,365 5.99 18,278 10.56 O 0.00 4,663 2.69 O 0.00 6,507 3.76 O 0.00 O 0.00 O 0.00 438 0.25 4,663 2.69 O 0.00 161,970 93.55 O 0.00 6,507 3.76 SHUTLER ® CONSULTING IMP ®NEM ENGINEERS 14450 N.E. 29th Place, Suite 118 Bellevue. Washington 98007 (208) 885 -4473 FAX; (206) 889 -8649 STRUCTURAL CALCULATIONS FOR: INFINITI OF SEATTLE REMODEL Andover Park West 84 Baker Boulevard Tukwila, Washington ARCHITECT: LINARDIC DESIGN GROUP 1319 Dexter Avenue North, #260 Seattle, Washington 98109 (206) 283-4764 JOB SHEET NO CALCULATED BY CHECKED BY SCALE INFINITI OF SEATTLE REMODEL COVER 1 of JS DATE 6 -17 -92 DATE JUL 07 1992 MAHAN & DESNLVO, INC. DESIGN CRITERIA: CODE UNIFORM BUILDING CODE, 1988 e ROOF LIVE LOAD 25 PSF SNOW LOAD • WIND LOAD 80 MPH ZONE, EXPOSURE " B" . SEISMIC ZONE III, Z =O.3, Rw =6 FOUNDATION DESIGN BASED ON A SOIL BEARING CAPACITY OF 2000 PSF IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE ORIGINAL BUILDING DRAWINGS. CITY CI= TUI;tAILJ\ JUN 19199: PERMIT CENTER Mai Ma NNW SHUTLE R 1i MIME CONSULTING NM ENGINEERS 14450 N.E. 29th Place, Suite 116 Bellevue, WA 98007 (206) 885-4473 I' .■ 5 A4 (1* 3 /40) (r y.) 6(■57- Co s. • ' • Ao,srle,4 t : Z6 ZdrnoVii, .. .. ; i ' • A m 1 ......_±._.4 1 .....i. 1 , 1 . ; • , . .'•-• 1. • 1 --- --.--- 1 ----- it ---.1 - ---- - •-- , , ; .. , . • L. • ryi JOB SHEET OF DATE CALCULATED BY SCALE t CHECKED BY DATE • 4 tP " Ex/S77,14 6' X OP Perel4,0$ di) it 7" OA. 7.1p I „ it (),s/o/liz (rYfr) i mmlism~0,. . • " N I I - • RaMOOde a - (6 0•Y vo 943 6' V CrY•t*,) • r. .exis rm.) 4 : k • - t 1 ', 4 Ili 1 i •-i-- I I • 4-1 • , i 1 b1v --,'''' " 4 ' 1 --',- • --• - - -i, -- i ,- •i,- ;„ - . - i • ; , -- , , , , ■ - i , • : - • - - i - .4 a A44 pout 44, tt - - 1- .1 • 401 t T iV i ! 1 •-• , • i - i - ! , , ,,, 3, , ......::--,, , . ,514' Art- A 1 43.0.2 4165,4. ... , , • ' ' ' i . , 1 . • : , , , "1"alc" '3 • 643-- • - 4111111 AINIM MEI SHUTLER III Ma= CONSULTING NW MOM ENGINEERS " ! • ! j ! ! - i 14450 N.E. 29th Place, Suite 116 Bellevue, WA 98007 (206) 885•4473 I. .. .. I • #1 , , i I . . :P. .( . 1 j• 3 r.. - ...- - ..- --- - • • • - • • .1- • • • - .1 ez-z- I t • t • r • • t • I I t , I ! . • • - t ; • .• - •. ; • t • . • i 5 j i j j j ,t•'" j-j. jj .5'114:01 i 1 4,42 - r .(/, 7 /4- ,r..., , , • , 1 -, .-- i- , 4 rtt, JOB SHEET NO 2. CALCULATED BY /1/Z CHECKED BY SCALE OF DATE 6-'6 DATE I I t - t ri. ''' -'. ' - r ' - — • • .. --- --- --- i t I .. , J•,. - ; - t 1 -1 1 VS : • i t, t .. — F ‘a■ • MI MEI SHUTLER MIS El MEE CONSULTING MEP MEI ENGINEERS 14450 N.E. 29th Place, Suite 116 Bellevue, WA 98007 (206) 885-4473 JOB SHEET NO g CALCULATED BY 16 ! I 1._ i , ..;_. , 1 1. -1 • . i t • .- i I '-- .1---.1—H---- i! - --i -- ---1- --1 --I---1 4'......s.r ai i_ a ,,....... kl.. ' ..... ___ 2 .. ___ .-..- -. L.. - e i ,e i 4 ,Z, e /p& "'Ye__ • .. ;, ig • ..., ,, , _ ..- i., ,, .--...i-- . - , _.i. ...1 .1.... 1 , i , 1 i. --11 :. , ? 4 •• . -< .= e! I P! ay ; I , . • ' ! " , 1 ■ 1 - - .'•..--- 4 ,44 ! / C'(. 4 ....i. ' I no..." ") 140 C X41c2 •4 • "/ ; •Lec;' a ! I ! ; I "-;J9' ! • ; i ' . . , • 1 - 4./ ' I - - i I ! I , I1% ' as" I • ; ! -- i -- ; ; 1 ES-1 ; i , • ! i 1 ; I I 1 la I . i ■ I • i , 1 ! 1 1 t ■ " ; ! -1- I I 1 if!, r ! • • ! I ; t • " : i t i ■ I . 1 1 , I . : _+....._ _kti • I.— ' 1 ....,____..i.._._. .___.• i ...._. ....... , ..... : 11 1 1 ! te. - It- i 1 1 t• 1 i ; i.... ! ! I i I • J gi ; , !, I ■ . ! ; . i. . .1- ..p'''......;le.....''..7:771 ; , I . i i 1 . I 1 - • I • i . • 1 1 , I . ■ ■ i . ....^ ; 1 ! • /..,' 9.0.,..4-' ... ., ' • , i 1 ' l• • ' 1 • ! ! I /(' . '/t, ' i • , ...........„L....... 97 /.,; 31. .. • ' ' ' -i -,. - • ••..i,.••-1•• , /- - . • , .• • • 4 ••••••, •• • e -i 1 .., 1 I - I , 1 ' , 1 0.er . „ ..7 „,,i._......_ 0 . ....._ i -3-44A/ I - 1 . ..•• -1-.1 ' ' • : ,t 0 ! r ?. 1 2 I ' •• • ' .-- 4 --- 4 : r 1 " As "XI $ ?" 1 ! •!' !'• - 6 ' e 5 2 g,/7 .1 ..; -I . i • ; I I i . 1 ' . ! . ' I ! I ! ! ' -- -1— .i. — ! " - e g .c - • ' I t I - 1 ' 4 ' A i.S 444.: o, 7514, . '," ' I • i ' i ! . . .... 'ev,4 •-•• 1 ,z•i!•0 1 .• - e4 26 i, - • t • , - , . , .• , .. :.' '4. ' . , . , ,, i - - • ' -' I,. • • '• • • ' • ••"•-• - •i • - '•-• • ' , • --i --r ; 1 1 ' ..... I. yn :....... 1 ! 1 1 r . .. .• 12 1. :.. ,, e 1 it ' .. .g,j i I , , ... - 1 OF DATE CHECKED BY DATE SCALE MI Mil MIN SHUTLER Milli NI MIMI CONSULTING 111111, ENGINEERS 14450 N.E. 29th Place, Suite 116 Bellevue, WA 98007 (206) 885•4473 F 1 i - ---i. I i i i t I ; 1 ' I' ' 1 ■ ! I i , • 1 T , I I, .... ., .1 , . . - - 1 •i i •1 • ----- , 1 , .. . . . . I 1 - -I• — . * / - .. .1 / I i ' i • 1 i i i I 1 ! I i • t • i • I ' I • ■ ; • •I , . , I I , JOB F-) F rrr SHEET NO.-g P CALCULATED BY DATE CHECKED BY SCALE - ,'• - - I • i - • I - • - , -- , i•-- 1.-. --- 1 ---.,----- 1 ---- 1 ----- 1 .-- - I --- ,,iCik-64 E l . /_o rbii I) 3icio Api - - - - 1 - -- i - , ---- 1 -------- "i ,--- • - 1 . ' - — - ------- •-- ... . 1 1 „; ..._ . I__ ...... — ---- - --- --- - Ler I- •i----- --- -i- - ----- - 'i.--- i'' 1- • , , - --- ----- - i - • • •-,- ' ...3se,0 ..... . ; . . ; .. .. ; . . i , ' . -- -.•-• [ I ----- ........ • I.• - r - --- -- - 1 I ...y/27...3..br'.!!: i ___.... .1........ ......4.1';..-/?---1.5. I- re•o!---- ' --•-• ----- - - — - --- .--- -- • ,I. . ..,. .. . .... 4 • . ./.6 .''. ■.. _44 I 4 - I • • !' -.' i !.. - I ;.._..1.. - , 1 --•':' ... 1 .4... ... I._ ___... _. , i 1 . , ■ L I i , i. 1 i • I • i • - i - 1 ---- • -- -- -- 1 - --- - I --- • , , .1 -,. -1-• ;. • . I -- - - „ 1 , • , • • , I.. -;- 1.- ---t-- -- -., ,,,• .- -I , - ,, . „:,_ OF DATE - SHUTLER CONSULTING ENGINEERS 14450 N. E. 29th Place Suite 116 BELLEVUE , WASHINGTON 98007 (206) 885 -4473 STEEL BEAM DESIGN & ANALYSIS IMax Values: ..Actual..Allow,. I Moment = 269.0!•, -ft 1 Stress = 14.25 16.44 ksi 1 Shear = 34.1 153.8 k I Stress = 3.19 14.40 ksi 1 Deflection = -0.683 in �-- 1 M- @ Center = 1 @ Left = —)1 @ Right = 1Shears @ Left = 11.0 @ Right = 34.1 1Def1 @ Center _ -0.68 1 @ Left = I @ Right = 1 @ 28 f t = Itl.,,.i;m.. G I„44. _ 11 A Title Scope : Number: Misc . Dsngr : fb / Iv / Max. Max. 5.3 11.0 5.3 13.9 34.1 13.9 -0.29 -0.68 -0.29 c q : 5 /g- -0.21. -0.51 -0.21 Q 2 11 A G 7 Folirr a �ry Fb : % max Fv : Y max DL Defl Ratio TL Defl Ratio DESCRIPTION »New Bean $111 B - 1 tttt BEAM DATA MEMBER DATA AISC SECTION (F8] ---» W21x101' Fy 36 ksi CENTER SPAN LENGTH = 36 ft ✓ LOAD DURATION FACTOR = 1.00 LEFT " = ft MINOR AXIS ? N yin RIGHT " = It Graphics: (1,2,3,4) : 3 UNBRACED LENGTH = 28 ft' ' END CONDITIONS INCLUDE BEAM WT ? Y y/n FIXITY CODE » 1 1 ,! INCLUDE LL w/ ST ? N y/n 1 :P /P,2:F /F,3 :F /P,4:P /F,5 :F /Free APPLIED LOADS - --» All distances refer to left support, use '-' for left cantilever POINT @1.. ..112.. .. 13.. ..14.. .. 15.. ..#6.. ..If7.. ..118.. Dead = 15.56 k Live = 25.94 1/#6 Short= k Dist.= 28 ft DISTRIBUTED Dead = Live = Short= X Lft= XRt= MOMENTS ..-' Dead= Live = Short= Dist.= TRAPEZOIDAL.... Dead Live Short Load @ Left = klf " @ Right= klf Load @ Left = klf " @ Right= klf SUMMARY I USE : W21X101, Max Stress Ratio = 0.87, Max Dell Ratio = 632,121 X Left X Right X Left X Right Date :06 - Jun -92 Page klf klf klf ft k -ft k -f t k -ft ft Location • ft • It • ft • ft = 0.87 OY. = 0.22 OK • 1491 • 632 I Dead Load + I TABULAR SUMMARY OF Placed DL I LL LL+ST I LOAD COMBINATIONS... for Max Only I @Cntr @Cntr 1 1 1 1 1 IMowents..M+ @ Center = 269.0 108.0 269.0 108.0 Skip Loadings : LL LL+STI @Cants @Cants: k -f t l k •ft1 k -ftl k -ftl kips) kips! in I in 1 in 1 in I OM AIM IMMI SHUTLER INS III =MN CONSULTING NEPP ENGINEERS 14450 N.E. 29th Place, Suite 116 Bellevue, WA 98007 (206) 885-4473 . i • , 1 , i: pit ozc. ' 26.‘i fsz la 1 , I . 1 1 -- T I I..... — .-.___ ....—_._ I- I 1 __.........—..U. 1- .....t../P - . 2_11... _.....i i _. 1_... ' __I.__ _.. _i_.. .....F.G._... ..i _.:_._ ' IP 1 Ici i 1 1 . ; • ; i I ..,......,.....,-.---,....,...,:.... .,--.,...........--...doo--.,,r......r..-...-..:,.--..... ......m.-. • ..._ . I , I --- - ..,, • -.-- 4 k.. 1 1 i 1 -7.-1 / 0- - -• ' - - --I- - - -!--- ---- ---- 1 1 i I ' 1 I t . 1, .-. .-.S, ' d-1 •1- i 1 g- 1 ....+ „.T.._..A_..1 - 8,4_......_...._._.........1—........_.... —...1--- -1..i. 1 • 1 - -, - 1 i-- 1 , 1 1 i 1 -1 ' l i, . 4.4 $8;. .,L ( . 4ci)e ... / 0)'........ 1.._......1...... ;....... . -1- i ...27he . c ,.. ,..-- ---..;. , , , 3 0.9, 1 i - f - I }. r _ 1 Z. 42-4;11 — —,...............--... LT /6", ....J._ .., ( • ) v It• 8 94' 1, I ; ; ; " ... ' ; 1 ' 1 ' ; . JOB itif/ SHEET NO CALCULATED BY CHECKED BY DATE SCALE t • l• ' . ,... • / .1 , 8 / 1 1,' I 1••• - r- •F" i 1 1 r i - ----- i , • ."-I• , ■ i .. F . , 11 ..,/, /0. ... /)1 . / _,.,....4 3 (,,... • • 'I-- - • - -• t • 1- , - b - .. 1.. ,1 i.• , - . , .„, , ...... , •, • ..•• •,.. ,...• .. _.. • ._ i ■ ! i ', •r / I 1 '1. i 1 1 I l _ . ■ 1 r i • • . . Mo...r. A / es. Aj , I i , ; ■ I i 1 .1 ' 6 / : — ; . at A , 1 --- is ; I •I - 1 i I - 1 -tqc--1 -; -1-- - - -; ; '''• - -I - • •;- - , - • , • ; ; - - -;;; ; . ; 1 ; ' - , . • t 1 t , t i 1 ; r I " • " • - ' i t'''' • t - I - ; - -- - • -- i • ! , • ; , I . I - .. . . i i .... { ... -. — I 1 ! - -- ; . i. I 1 -- I '1, • ., i I 1 1 , 1 , 1 , ,, I -- ' t • OF DATE (0 - It / i '5 4— DESCRIPTION » Beam B - 2, Revised BEAM DATA TIMBER SECTION BEAM WIDTH = 8.75 in BEAM DEPTH = 36 in LAMINATION THICKNESS = 1.5 in Fb - BENDING = 2400 psi Fv - SHEAR = 165 psi Fc - BEARING = 650 psi ELASTIC MODULUS = 1800000 psi BEAM DENSITY = 33 pcf SPAN DATA CENTER SPAN = 48 ft LEFT CANTILEVER = ft RIGHT CANTILEVER = 7 ft SHUTLER CONSULTING ENGINEERS 14450 N. E. 29th Place Suite 116 BELLEVUE , WASHINGTON 98007 (206) 885 -4473 Uniform @ Center: Dead = 150 plf Live = plf @ Left Cant: —/ Dead = plf Live = plf @ Right Cant: Dead = 150 plf Live = plf J Dead Live Dist. Dead Live Dist ..111.. = 14030 = 23370 = 28 ..11.. ..12.. fb : Max. Actual = 2,657 Fb : Allowable = 2,443 fv : Max. Actual = 180.9 Fv : Allowable = 189.7 Max. Shear @ Left = 17.0607 Max. Shear @ Right = 38.4171 Sxx - Supplied = 1890.0 Area Supplied = 315.00 Dead @ Left = @ Right= Live @ Left = @ Right= ...X -Left = ...X-Right = SUMMARY Max. M+@ 28.0 ft = 418.428 ft -k Max. M -@ 48.0 ft = - 101.88 ft -k Max @ Left = ft -k Max @ Right = - 265.47 ft -k Max. Allow Moment = 384.747 ft -k psi psi psi psi k inA3 inA2 Title : Scope : Number: Misc : Dsngr GENERAL TIMBER BEAM ANALYSIS & DESIGN ..12....13.. ..14.. ..15.. 14030 23370 55 0/P,4, 7 Date ;13 - Jun -92 Page DESIGN DATA LOAD DURATION FACTOR= 1.15 USE BEAM WEIGHT ? N yin REDUCE SHR BY 'd' ? Y y/n END CONDITIONS FIXITY CODE » 1 (( 1= Pin /Pin, 2= Fix /Fix 3 =Fix /Pin, 4 =Pin /Fix 5= Fix /Free UNBRACED LENGTHS Le : CENTER SPAN = 28 ft Le : LEFT CANT. = ft Le : RIGHT CANT. = 7 ft APPLIED LOADS Use ' -' distances for left cantilever ! Trapezoidal Applied Moments ..13.. ..14.. ..15.. ..16.. ..17.. ..18 plf plf plf plf ft ft Concentrated ..16.. ..17.. ..18., lbs lbs ft ...L /Deft.= _,,-•i Right = 0.17 0.84 in 1 ...L /Deft.= 976 201 1 Ck = .811(E /Fb)^.5= 22.21 1 Cs = (LeD /B ^2) ^.5 = 13,32 Cf = (12 /d) ^.111 = 0.89 1 in -1 in -1 USING: 8.750° x 36.00' Beam, Bending = 108.87; Shear = 95.34'/ Reactions: Dead Max. Left = 7.32 17.06 k I Right = 28.99 69.40 k I Deflections: 1__, Center. _ -0.75,,_-2.22 in I ...L /Def 1.= 763ib6 --- ...Dist. = 23.78 24.66 ft I Left in 1 if OK. t. /./ ti o ,J 09 - t : <" SHUTLER CONSULTING ENGINEERS 14450 N. E. 29th Place Suite 116 BELLEVUE , WASHINGTON 98007 (206) 885 -4473 REQUIRED Sxx & Area Max. Center Mom - 418.4 ....Sxx Req'd = 2055.4 Max. Left Mon ....Sxx Req'd Max. Right Mom = 265.5 ....Sxx Req'd = 1304.1 Design Shear @ Left = 24.9 ....Area Req'd = 131.2 Design Shear @ Right = 57.0 ....Area Req'd = 300.3 Brg Req'd @ Left Brg Req'd @ Right Camber @ Left @ Center @ Right • 3.00 in = 12.20 in in • -1.13 in = 0.26 in ft -k inA3 ft -k in "3 ft -k in .. 3 kips inA2 kips inA2 Title Scope : Number: Misc : Dsngr P- GENERAL TIMBER BEAM ANALYSIS & DESIGN Date :13 - Jun -92 Page ALLOWABLE STRESSES Fb Fv Center Span = 2.44 ksi Left Support = 2.44 0.19 ksi Right Support= 2.44 0.19 ksi QUERY VALUES Left Center Right Dist. = ft Shear = 13.65 13.65 k Moment= ft -k Defl = in Live Load Location @ LEFT CANT. @ CENTER SPAN @ RIGHT CANT. ? Y y/n ? Y y/n ? Y y/n I NPit 417 1 p-G6 4 r- I'"- SHUTLER CONSULTING ENGINEERS 14450 N. E. 29th Place Suite 116 BELLEVUE , WASHINGTON 98007 (206) 885 -4473 DESCRIPTION »Bean B - 2, Revised BEAM DATA / MEMBER DATA AISC SECTION [F8] - -- »W24x117 Fy = 36 ksi CENTER SPAN LENGTH = 48 ft LEFT " " ft RIGHT " " : 7 ft BRACED LENGTH - 28 ft INCLUDE BEAM WT ? V y/n INCLUDE LL w/ ST ? N y/n --->) All distances POINT Dead = Live = Short= Dist.= 28 55 • DISTRIBUTED Dead = Live = Short= X Lft: X Rt = MOMENTS L i Dead : Live = Short= Dist,= TRAPEZOIDAL..,, Load @ Left = @ Right= Load @ Lett = " @ Right= STEEL BEAM DESIGN & ANALYSIS ( I USE : W24X117, Title : Scope : Number: Misc : Dsngr : LOAD DURATION FACTOR = 1.00 MINOR AXIS ? N y/n Graphics: (1,2,3,4) : 3 END CONDITIONS FIXITY CODE » 1 « 1:P /P,2:F /F,3:F /P,4:P /F,5 :F /Free APPLIED LOADS refer to left support, use ' -' for left cantilever I11.. ,.12.. ..43.. ..14.. ..15,. ..f16.. ..17.. .. @8.. 14,03 14.03 '/ k 23,37 23.37 `/ k Dead Live Short klf X Left klf X Right klf X Left klf X Right SUMMARY Max Stress Ratio = 1,05, Max Defl Ratio = 447.99B (Max Values: ..Actual..Allow., I Moment = 409.6 389.5 k -ft I Stress = 16.84 16,02 ksi I Shear = 38.2 192.1 k I Stress = 2.86 14.40 ksi I Deflection = -1.286 in I I Dead Load t Skip Loadings I I TABULAR SUMMARY OF Placed DL I LL LL +ST LL LL+ST( I LOAD COMBINATIONS,., for Max Only ( @Cntr @Cntr @Cants @Cantsl I I I ( ( I IMoments,.M+ @ Center = 409.6 137.3 409.6 137.3 - 42 137.3 k -ft( -101.1 -101.1' -101.' 26 4. -101.1 k -ft( @ Left = k -ftt ( @ Right : -101.1 -101.1 -101,1 -264.7 -101.1 k -ft( J IShears...@ Left = 16.3 6.5 16.3 6.5 3.1 6.5 kips( @ Right = 38.2 14.8 26,7 14.8 38.2 14.8 kips! IDefl @ Center = -1�2 . -041 -1 29 -0,41 0,10 -0.41 in I I @ Left = ia-- ( @ Right = 0.52 0.09 0.52 0.09 -0,27 0.09 in I ft : in I I M- @ Center = fb fv / Max. Max. Iaif#.J t Fb : % max Fv : % max DL Defl Ratio TL Defl Ratio I L 7 L c 1 L ? t c 7 Date:13- Jun -92 Page k ft klf klf klf ft k -ft k -ft k -ft ft Location • ft • ft • ft • It = 1.05 G! = 0.20 OK = 1783 • 448 Asa° aI .) p.10 0 . u") D$) dorri 6 6-4 t. I. = 11: 1 - • I. = C] • 11.11.1.1 ,r7 f II :: J .,./ ., 0 ., C ii I 0) I I I I .4::' I :::' I 0:1 II AM dm SHUTLER 111111111111 CONSU LTI NG Mr MEM ENGINEERS 14450 N.E. 29th Place, Suite 116 Bellevue, WA 98007 (206) 885-4473 73'3/ AIM= ; 11. r r efis- Jos V ".. " 4. / 00 1 e r SHEET NO. Je"" CALCULATED BY CHECKED BY DATE SCALE .5-1 , „ • I , , 7 I "f- • • • • • • • -• 1-•• " • . L yv ; 6t- › -17 7 / ;' 1 , 6 7 /V I /VAGY. 1 • t, 7 • ••- --- .°57. 30 7... . .1 i , ,, • - 1. - 1 .. - '. - - - - - : - - - - - 1 - - - -- - - ;„ - - i - - - -- - i - - - '. - - • •; - - -• - - - - -- - t.--- --f- i- ' -- .--s - 'i• ' . , 44.79 .f ",1-0.-ye■.... ,_. • • 1 , es'e 4- = ,2.0ii - .:•.- •----" 4o- r — I ' I. '' ' . 1 . •1 • , • . . ........ i R .c„, ,. • t 1 ..... 4. .s.?,- • Tor t :. 14 7 147 '.• I ' r • '. . ..... " ee •%. , (0 el . .1 . , , . , i . # i . ; : , I 1 ! , , , I ' //c. ft i- - i 1 OF DATE ! ; 11 ; I - I ; ; I • , : i i , - : : 36 40 ,44.44... ___,......_. r . . , --, I- 1 ' ; .. i --.1--.. -6- ' 4 7 , 7i ir.% -'' '''' ' '' ' , . • • , --- "I 1;;;; ---- , , ; . , . . ....I , • Ca , o •L '6 41 )c/or" 34. 16 ' r".› - --.. • '-!- -' • . : ---- . 1 , "1". 1 (. /75 ,' :, (./ ! ; , m -) ,/. I ( 6 IP. • i : 1 . .34 '1% ; ' '; fi • 4a1g/,' ' ' C4i. p ' '1)4 iv . .S - L1, , 0A):e•••1•2114.74-9 44stre 1 1 , 1 1 •i .. .., . ........... 1._ 1... , ... • , 1 1 ! i i i i 1 I i SHUTLER CONSULTING ENGINEERS 14450 N. E. 29th Place Suite 116 BELLEVUE , WASHINGTON 98007 (206) 885 -4473 DESCRIPTION » Beam Mt B - 3 MI )> BEAM DATA TIMBER SECTION BEAM WIDTH BEAM DEPTH LAMINATION THICKNESS Fb - BENDING Fv - SHEAR Fc - BEARING ELASTIC MODULUS BEAM DENSITY SPAN DATA CENTER SPAN LEFT CANTILEVER RIGHT CANTILEVER Uniform @ Center: Dead = 190 plf Live = 110 plf @ Left Cant: Dead = plf Live = plf @ Right Cant: Dead = plf Live = plf Dead Live Dist. Dead Live Dist ..81.. ..ez.. = 4390 • 7310 • 27 = 5.125 in = 30 in = 1.5 in • 2400 psi • 165 psi = 650 psi = 1800000 psi = 33 pcf • 34 ft It ▪ ft Applied Moments SUMMARY fb : Max. Actual = 1,593 psi Fb : Allowable = ,493 fv : Max. Actual = 14 .4 psi Fv : Allowable = 189.7 psi Max. Shear @ Left = 8.72450 k Max. Shear @ Right = 15.1754 k Sxx - Supplied = 768.8 in "3 Area Supplied = 153.75 in "2 Title : Scope : Number: Misc : Dsngr 1 - __ lj ►pJ ► ry GENERAL TIMBER BEAM ANALYSIS & DESIGN Page DESIGN DATA LOAD DURATION FACTOR= 1.15 USE BEAM WEIGHT ? N y/n REDUCE SHR BY 'd' ? Y y/n Trapezoidal END CONDITIONS Date:06- Jun -42 FIXITY CODE )> 1 (( 1= Pin /Pin, 2 =Fix /Fix 3= Fix /Pin, 4= Pin /fix 5= Fir. /free UNBRACED LENGTHS Le : CENTER SPAN - Le : LEFT CANT. Le : RIGHT CANT. APPLIED LOADS Use ' -' distances for left cantilever ! Dead @ Left = plf @ Right= 75 plf Live @ Left = plf @ Right= 125 plf ...X -Left = ft ...X-Right = 20 ft Concentrated ..113.. ..M4.. ..15.. ..16.. ..#7.. ..N8.. lbs lbs ft ..111.. ..112.. ..113.. ..If4.. ..#5.. ..Iti6.. ..17.. ..118.. in-11 in -# ft USING: 5.125" x 30.00" Beam, Bending = 63.9%, Shear = 74.25% Reactions: Dead Max. Max. M +@ 22.4 ft = 102.031 ft -k Left = 4.59 8.72 k Max. M -@ 34.0 ft = - 0.0002 ft -k Right = 7.01 15.18 k Max @ Left = ft -k Deflections: Max @ Right = ft -k Center. _ -0.49 Max. Allow Moment = 159.697 ft -k ...L /Deft.= 826 ...Dist. = 17.68 Left = ...L /Deft.= Right = ...L /Deft.= ft ft ft -1.02 in 400 17.95 ft in Ck = .811(E /Fb) ".5= 22.21 Cs = (LeD /B"2) ".5 = Cf = (12/d) ".111 = 0.90 in . d-- 6,; )(.4/9)-= _/a I ( 4 i 5 21/99 SHUTLER CONSULTING ENGINEERS Title : 14450 N. E. 29th Place Scope : Suite 116 Number: BELLEVUE , WASHINGTON 98007 Misc : (206) 885 -4473 Dsngr : 4 F' ri- g- 0 Date:06- Jun -92 GENERAL TIMBER BEAM ANALYSIS & DESIGN Page REQUIRED Sxx & Area ALLOWABLE STRESSES Max. Center Mom a 102.0 ft-k Fb Fv ....Sxx Req'd = 491.2 in ^3 Center Span = 2.49 ksi Max. Left Mom = ft-k Left Support = 2.49 0.19 ksi ....Sxx Req'd - in ^3 Right Support= 2.49 0.19 ksi Max. Right Mom = 0.0 ft -k ...,Sxx Req'd = 0.0 in ^3 QUERY VALUES Design Shear @ Left = 11.9 kips Left Center Right ....Area Req'd = 62.9 in ^2 Dist. = ft Design Shear @ Right = 21.7 kips Shear = 8.72 k ....Area Req'd = 114.2 in'2 Mdment= ft -k Defl = in Brg Req'd @ Left = 2.62 in Live Load Location Brg Req'd @ Right = 4.56 in @ LEFT CANT. ? Y y/n Camber @ Left = in @ CENTER SPAN ? Y y/n @ Center = -0.74 in @ RIGHT CANT. ? Y y/n @ Right = in C ! • ! ! • ! ! • ! ! • ! I • ! 0' ' • ! ! • ! ! • ! ! • ! ! • ! ! • ! ! • ! ! • ! ! • ! ! • ! ! • ! ! • ! ! • ! ! • ! ! • ! ! • I ! • ! ! • ' ! • ! ! • ! I • ! ol1.111101111 t ior-1(o tv IZ-g) tt* � 4111111 1111111 SHUTLER 111 1111111111 CONSU ow %ism ENGINEERS 14450 N.E. 29th Place, Suite 116 Bellevue, WA 98007 (206) 885-4473 I � I r(4 ' V )4 ) I 15t P ;77. —' -- 9 4 ,'0 "l r9r. 4 4-/ 3. JO ° ar e - - SHEET NO 4 CALCULATED BY 41' OF DATE ' 4 ` CHECKED BY DATE SCALE 7'/ .. ,.,.• -.•ter .Art0 ■,.., SHUTLER CONSULTING ENGINEERS 14450 N. E. 29th Place Suite 116 BELLEVUE , WASHINGTON 98007 (206) B85 -4473 DESCRIPTION » Beam Mitt B - 4 tttt BEAM DATA TIMBER SECTION BEAM WIDTH = B.75 in BEAM DEPTH = 48.00 in LAMINATION THICKNESS = 1.5 in Fb - BENDING = 2400 psi Fv - SHEAR = 165 psi Fc - BEARING = 650 psi ELASTIC MODULUS = 1800000 psi BEAM DENSITY = 33 pcf SPAN DATA CENTER SPAN LEFT CANTILEVER RIGHT CANTILEVER Uniform @ Center: Dead = 200 plf Live = plf @ Left Cant: J Dead = plf Live = plf @ Right Cant: Dead = plf Live = plf Dead = Live = Dist = GENERAL TIMBER BEAM ANALYSIS & DESIGN Page 50 ft ft ft Title Scope Number: Misc Dsngr APPLIED LOADS Dead @ Left = 380 @ Right= 380 Live @ Left = 300 @ Right= 300 ...X -Left = ...X -Right = SUMMARY USING: 8.750" x 48.00" Beam, Bending = 68.77, Reactions: Max. M +@ 26.4 ft = 455.363 ft -k Max. M -@ ft = ft -k Max @ Left = ft -k Max @ Right = ft -k Max. Allow Moment = 662.478 ft -k fb : Max. Actual = 1,626 psi Fb : Allowable = 2,366 psi fv : Max. Actual = 114.9 psi Fv : Allowable = 189.7 psi Max. Shear @ Left = 27.8196 k Max. Shear @ Right = 33.1803 k 1 Sxx - Supplied = 3360.0 inA3 I Area Supplied = 420.00 in "2 INFiitry Date:06- Jun-92 DESIGN DATA LOAD DURATION FACTOR= 1.15 USE BEAM WEIGHT ? N y/n REDUCE SHR BY 'd' ? Y y/n END CONDITIONS FIXITY CODE » 1 (( 1 =Pin /Pin, 2=Fix/Fix 3 =Fix /Pin, 4 =Pin /Fix 5=Fix/Free UNBRACED LENGTHS Le : CENTER SPAN = 8.77 ft Le : LEFT CANT. = ft Le : RIGHT CANT. = ft Use '-' distances for left cantilever ! Trapezoidal 25 25 50 plf plf plf plf ft ft Concentrated ..11.. .. #2.. ..M3.. ..14.. ..$5.. ..M6.. .. 17.. Live = 2960 2960 2960 9400 296Dead = 1780 1780 1780 5640 1780 • 1 0 'T Dist. = 8.77 17.54 26.31 35.08 43.67 Applied Moments .. #1.. .. #2.. ..13.. ..M4.. ..15.. .. #8.. lbs lbs ft ..16., .,17.. ..MB., in -M in -M ft Shear = 60.54X Dead Max. Left = 15.13 27.82 k Right = 17.13 33. ► , Deflections: Center. _ -0.72 -1.39 in ) ...L /Deft.= 834 432 ...Dist. = 25.40 25.40 It Left = ..,L /Defl.= Right = in ...L /Defl.= Ck = .811(E /Fb) ",5= Cs = (LeD /8 "2) ^.5 = Cf = (12/d) ".111 = 22.21 11.52 0.86 in SHUTLER CONSULTING ENGINEERS Fro ii-r 14450 N. E. 29th Place 116 BELLEVUE , WASHINGTON 98007 (206) 885 -4473 Date:06-Jun -92 GENERAL TIMBER BEAM ANALYSIS & DESIGN Page REQUIRED Sxx & Area Max. Center Mom = 455.4 ft -k ....Sxx Req'd = 2309.5 in ^3 Max. Left Mom ....Sxx Req'd Max. Right Mom ..,.Sxx Req'd = Design Shear @ Left = ....Area Req'd = Design Shear @ Right = ....Area Req'd Brg Req'd @ Left Brg Req'd @ Right Camber @ Left @ Center @ Right 0.0 0.0 40.2 211.9 48.2 254.3 • 4.89 • 5.83 • -1.08 ft -k in ^3 ft -k in ^3 kips in`'2 kips in ^2 in in in in in Title Scope : Number: Misc . Dsngr : ALLOWABLE STRESSES Fb Fv Center Span = 2.37 ksi Left Support = 2.37 0.19 ksi Right Support= 2,37 0.19 ksi QUERY VALUES Left Center Right Dist. = ft Shear = 27.82 k Moment= ft -k Dell = in Live Load Location @ LEFT CANT. ? Y y/n @ CENTER SPAN ? Y y/n @ RIGHT CANT. ? Y y/n •••:••• • fai CZI ii :,, ■:.:. :i ■:.:. 1 , •: i , ; ; i i • i I . . I. = — I 0 1:i, 1 ■:....; ....1 •i i:".i i•i •• i:".4 ;. 1.2 . 1 .. i r •Ii .: :: . ..i .. 1 1 ::. , , :: : : .. : . 1 .: !".i 1 :'', i••• :.' •••i i;•:, 1••• II CC :7.$ 4 eQ SHUTLER CONSULTING ENGINEERS 14450 N. E. 29th Place Suite 116 BELLEVUE , WASHINGTON 98007 (206) 885 -4473 Title : Scope : Number: Misc Dsngr : STEEL BEAM DESIGN & ANALYSIS Page DESCRIPTION » BEAM tttt B - 4 tilt BEAM DATA AISC SECTION [F8)--- »W30x108 CENTER SPAN LENGTH = 50 ft LEFT " N = ft RIGHT " = ft UNBRACED LENGTH = 8.77 ft INCLUDE BEAM WT ? N y/n INCLUDE LL w/ ST ? N y/n ---)) All distances refer APPLIED LOADS POINT 111.. .12.. .. 03.. Dead = 1.78 1.78 1.18 Live = 2.96 2.96 2.96 Short= Dist.= 8.77 17.54 26.31 35.08 43,67 DISTRIBUTED Dead = 0.2 Live = Short= X lit= X Rt = 50 MOMENTS Dead = Live = Short= Dist.= TRAPEZOIDAL.... Dead Live Short Load @ Left = klf " @ Right= 0.38 0.3 klf Load @ Left = 0.38 0.3 klf " @ Right= klf 1 SUMMARY 1 USE : W3OX108, Max Stress Ratio = 0.77, Max Defl Ratio = 385.992 Fb : '/. max Fv : '/. max DL Defl Ratio TL Dell Ratio !Max Values: ..Actual..Allow.. 1 Moment. = 455.4 593.4 k -ft 1 Stress = 18.23 23.76 ksi 1 Shear = 33.2 234.1 k 1 Stress = 2.04 14.40 ksi 1 Deflection = -1.554 in .- 1 TABULAR SUMMARY OF Placed DL 1 LOAD COMBINATIONS.., for Max Only IMoments M+ @ Center = 455.4 235.7 M- @ Center = @ Left = @ Right I . , " shears @ Left I @ Right :Deft @ Center 1 @ Left 1 @ Right 1 ft (Reaction.@ Left to left support, use ' -' for left cantilever ..14.. ..Y5.. ..16.. ..17.. 5.64 1.78 9.4 2.96 fb / fv / Max. Max. X X X X Left Right Left Right = 27.8 15.1 27.8 15.1 33.2 17.1 33.2 17.1 _ -1.55 -0.81 -1.55 -0.81 L 27.8 15.1 27.8 15.1 I& /Nlry Date :06- Jun-92 MEMBER DATA Fy = 36 ksi LOAD DURATION FACTOR = 1.00 MINOR AXIS ? N y/n Graphic (1,2,3,4) : 3 END CONDITIONS FIXITY CODE » 1 {� 1 :P /P,2 :F /F,3 :F /P,4:P /F,5:F /Free klf klf klf ft k -ft k-ft k -ft ft Location ft • 25 ft. • 25 ft • 50 ft = 0.77 OK = 0.14 OK = 745 = 386 1 Dead Load + Skip Loadings 1 1 LL LL +ST LL LL +STI I 1 @Cntr @Cntr @Cants @Cants: I 1 1 1 1 1 I 455.4 235.7 k -ftl k-ft1 k -ft1 k -ftI kips) kips) in I in G 11 = I�// ' in in I kiosI SHUTLER CONSULTING ENGINEERS 14450 N. E. 29th Place Suite 116 BELLEVUE , WASHINGTON 98007 (206) 885-4473 @ Right DEPTH WEB THICKNESS FLANGE WIDTH FLANGE THICKNESS SECTION'AREA SECTION WEIGHT Title : Scope : Number: Misc . Dsngr : STEEL BEAM DESIGN & ANALYSIS = 33.2 17.1 33.2 17.1 STEEL SECTION DATA 29.83 in Ixx = 0.545 in Iyy = 10.475 in Sxx = 0.760 in Syy = 31.70 in ^2 rxx = 107.63 f; /ft ryy rT, y NOTES FROM ALLOWABLE STRESS DETERMINATION Fa calc'd per 1.5 -1, KML /r ( Cc I Beam Passes 1.5.1.4.1, Para 1, 2, 4, & 5, Fb = 0,66 Fy , & ii.) I R —lc Date:06- Jun -92 Page kips = 4470 inA4 = 146 inA4 = 299.69 inA3 = 27.88 inA3 = 11.875 in = 2.146 in = 2.610 F'b : Allowable = 23.76 ksi C 1.1.•4 •- o n 1 1..:11•••4 - el • ME all SHUTLER 1111 MN= CONSULTING SW MEM ENGINEERS 14450 N.E. 29th Place, Suite 116 Bellevue, WA 98007 (206) 885-4473 5 4z-6 ; I • G a • Se? " '., { 1 g M P 0 1 41) . ..,•6444.4 - .i.• „i - ' ', ----- ----- ft !- '-'- 1 • • - 7 - ' ‘t) i i iti" 1 1 • ■ A- ', .- ' , 1 // I ; , ■ . ! JOB SHEET NO CALCULATED BY 4/3 CHECKED BY DATE SCALE t. i • • •• • • 1 - - - - - - 1- ."." ". • s 4 7I i I." / I )6 • - `,-•?• 1----• 1 - I 4,610 1 • #11 A . : L...I ...,4op, . , . ... , . , ; -- ----,- i • ! , - , , : --,, t 1 ,„ , , • 1 --- 1 • - 1 _... ; _..........,. j „,,,....,,....., ,._....„. ......,...._[ i _ , . . , '69 47 /a Y/4 ........ ..._...!. 1 , t 1 1 . , - ti - i • I -t- .. ••• •'; I • I 1_ - • - •i • •-•-; 7, • ° 1 - "/ • D . ) • ; .• ' l'• - I," .: : ,, , , 4. . : ; . . • i ---- 1 --- -i--- -1.---. .2 0. a. $3 ; • ! 1 , • • .- • . • •- • • , - •ca- 4 ..,. . .o.p.,•"; ...g. / i...S : '' - —; , !•' ' • , A A We . • . . ir) -1, ..F ?PI V . •i" 1 .1 r 5/43.1. /B , : ! , , ! // • ; 47 4.10:..i.,... ....i..._...L - , 4..I (.4) r . /4 • - .vf, = /09 1.. ; v . . ' A -.• 0. .1,14 1 ; ; ; . ; j - • i ';„../:.,•° i .-gg, ..; . !.. tS. 1 ' .. t ' ' -.1. - - -- ZSi . 1 -•••••• -; - 70/ 3 a• - ( - 1 : - -1• - 1 --1--• I 1 1 _ , t . , , , , , I --t• r , • 1 .-- 1 3 , - "(01.1 , git., - 1 , • • • ; .. / , i . ---■-• -- 1 i , i . ' -. ,. .. . , 1 1 .. i cre,te-i, 4 Poe ; ; 1-• • '. - - • t-- • 1 ' - ,-- • - *0 ,1 W're glint ine)"? 2.9-*D .1. - . ; - - ; I- t-t t I I I OF DATE , . 4E6 t - C j 1 1 it I I ; - i 9 0 j I I • I I .1.. 1 .1 . 1. ..... ; j 1 . • V4 . ??.?t4 '7 - — - ; 1 1.1 Ci _1 -04 4)porA.) / i i ' t i • 1 1 • t - -1 , - , --,,,- i ‘. 4 ,....,,, 5 4.1 ......... , , ! ■ s o_ 1 I # j 1 i 1 i J I AM IMMO SHUTLER glib III IMMO CONSULTING _____ENGINEERS 14450 N.E. 29th Place, Suite 116 Bellevue, WA 98007 (206) 885-4473 t lJIT -± ir 6 T- 1 77— or- . • 34 - • Asti - ! 1-• • • JOB Prno 77' SHEET NO.___Li - 2/21/1 OF DATE CHECKED BY DATE SCALE CALCULATED BY • 1 1- • • T . jrzkw . __It .... / . 67w 0 1 ......... . , , 1 I I y, 1 i 1 , 1 ! • I ;1...4.,..s.i .- ( 7, 9 1 ! , --- • --' rzr •-• • • ! • • 1 • • ..■ ... -;,.... : ,_ ■ I _ • L !. - . - .9 '!)( 61.14‘): /k' - . ,..,. j ., _ :. ..., , . , . , . .... . . „ . . „ ...I ... .. _ , / 4 / 1 1 ; • i 1! 1 • - I 1 •• - - 1 H • I• I -- l• • -- • • -1-•• •i ---- g i: -- 1 - --- 4 4 i v : F ; 1 f , , . ; _, • 1 ....i................ .. L .. ... 1 . 1 , ,, • 1 ...,.„ 1 .....,.,., V. 1 ¶7.../, pi 1 — -- .1 - - 4 I • ..,.. . • i.... I. . - ;- --- . ..---i • • .- -- - .1.. - R . - 6 •? . •-i - <,• ., r .. . ,... ...,........ ._... .. ...1......... . . , la. ' I i it i ,, 1 , oi L 4) . C.. 1 0 /? 7 i,., 4CO t • I I! , i ! ! I' , - - 1 - • A - •••• • -I - • • ----1••••••• i• • •i• ; ••••; • • ;•• , •••••1 • I.., • - , 1 , , I , i 1 1 , , -•-t- t • •- ---.4 -- --1- 11 ---- - ; ; 1 , , • ; I . , , . I ; ; 1 ; ; 1 1 I • ... 1 1 i ; : ; • 1 C SHUTLER CONSULTING ENGINEERS 14450 N. E. 29th Place Suite 116. BELLEVUE , WASHINGTON 98007 (206) 885-4473 DESCRIPTION » Beam BEAM DATA TIMBER SECTION = 5.125x21.0 BEAM WIDTH - 5.13 in BEAM DEPTH = 21.00 in LAMINATION THICKNESS = 1.5 in Fb - BENDING = 2400 psi Fv - SHEAR = 165 psi Fc - BEARING = 650 psi ELASTIC MODULUS = 1800000 psi BEAM DENSITY = 33 pcf SPAN DATA CENTER SPAN LEFT CANTILEVER RIGHT CANTILEVER Uniform @ Center: Dead = 360 plf Live = plf Dead @ Left = @ Left Cant: @ Right= ..J Dead = plf Live @ Left = Live = plf @ Right= @ Right Cant: ...X-Left = Dead = 360 plf O ...X -Right = Live = plf Dead Live Dist. Dead = Live - Dist = Max. M +@ 13.4 ft Max. M -@ 27.0 ft Max @ Left Max @ Right Max. Allow Moment - 5C6 USING: USING: 5.125" x 21.00" Concentrated = 50.4582 ft -k _ - 15.363 ft -k = ft-k _ - 21.571 ft -k = 81.4150 ft -k fb : Max. Actual = 1,607 psi Fb : Allowable = 2,594 psi fv : Max. Actual = 125.4 psi Fv : Allowable - 189.7 psi Max. Shear @ Left = 7.50893 k Max. Shear @ Right = 10.0318 k Sxx - Supplied = 376,7 in ^3 Area Supplied = 107.63 inA2 Title Scope : Number: Misc Dsngr : h f /F /f fr Date:07- Jun -92 GENERAL TIMBER BEAM ANALYSIS & DESIGN Page DESIGN DATA LOAD DURATION FACTOR= 1.15 USE BEAM WEIGHT ? N y/n REDUCE SHR BY 'd' ? Y y/n END CONDITIONS FIXITY CODE » 1 << 1= Pin /Pin, 2= Fix /Fix 3= Fix /Pin, 4= Pin /Fix S= Fix /Free UNDRACED LENGTHS 27 It " Le : CENTER SPAN - ft / Le : LEFT CANT. - 8 ft Le : RIGHT CANT. ft ft 8 ft ✓' APPLIED LOADS Use ' -' distances for left cantilever ! Trapezoidal 70 / plf 130 " plf 130 / plf 210 1 plf It 20' 35 f ft ..111.. ..12.. ..ii3.. .. @4.. ..M5.. ..i6.. ..17.. .. @8.. = 770 = 1280 = 20 Ck = .811(E /Fb►^.5= Cs = (LeD /B ^2) ^.5 = Cf = (12/d) ^.111 = 22.21 10.39 0.94 lbs lbs ft Applied Moments ..Y1.. ..12.. ..M3.. ..114.. ..115.. •'.1f6....1i7., ..118.. in -# in -11 ft SUMMARY Beam, Bending = 62.0X, Shear = 06.11% Reactions: Dead Max. Left = 5.47 7.51 k Right = 10.88 15.32 k Deflections: ...L /Def1.= 528 354 r • ...Dist. = 13.15 13.43 ft Left = in ...L /Def1.= Right = 0.42 0.71 in ...L /Defl.= 460 270 Center. = -0.61 -0.91 in SHUTLER CONSULTING ENGINEERS 14450 N. E. 29th Place Suite 116 BELLEVUE , WASHINGTON 98007 (206) 885 -4473 Title : Scope : Number: Misc Dsngr : ,NF /N %7 Date:07- Jun -92 GENERAL TIMBER BEAM ANALYSIS & DESIGN Page REQUIRED Sxx & Area ALLOWABLE STRESSES Fb Fv ....Sxx Req'd - 233.5 in "3 Center Span = 2.59 ksi Max. Left Mom = ft -k Left Support = 2.59 0.19 ksi ....Sxx Req'd = in "3 Right Support= 2,59 0.19 ksi Max. Right Mom = 21.6 ft -k .,..Sxx Req'd = 99,8 in "3 QUERY VALUES Design Shear @ Left = 9.9 kips Left Center Right ....Area Req'd = 51.9 in "2 Dist. = ft Design Shear @ Right = 13.5 kips Shear = 7.28 7.28 k .,..Area Req'd = 71.2 in "2 Moment= ft-k Dell = in Brg Req'd @ Left = 2.25 in Live Load Location Brg Req'd @ Right = 4.60 in @ LEFT CANT. ? Y , y /n Camber @ left = in @ CENTER SPAN ? Y y/n @ Center = -0.92 in @ RIGHT CANT. ? Y y/n Max. Center Mom = 50.5 ft -k @ Right = 0.63 in „or/fairy ;al c4 0 N ......101...1.•■■•••■•••■••••■••••■■••••••••••*111.......W. noon.. ri • • • NMI AIM SHUTLER Mall" Mai= CONSULTING III1ENGINEERS 14450 N.E. 29th Place, Suite 116 Bellevue, WA 98007 (206) 885-4473 SCALE 37 if z7 JOB r SHEET NO. Z /9 CALCULATED BY CHECKED BY 1 -.1 1 1 ,--/ ' - - 1 1 , 1 , 4 --- ?•62)4)..4.,(7 )(oy' 43)0, 1) , I/6 i 1 -, 1 i r 0 , _. ri ..... . Vt 1 -1- ...._,_ _19 2 f..Ceoit,P..4 ...f.e...I ..q' :„.g.4 ../. .... ... • I 1 ! A ! I ! ! ! ' ' ,./7/ 1 ' ,,• • e )0 ' • - - • ! • ' - Ili . - , y "I / 0, ..‘ I , 1 , , } .1 1 .1,. I.; /,..s 6" A./ , I. 1 b I - I i -1 ............ - -------1.----i---- ------.4.-=1 ,ie."--.1,e..--i.----'0.a'r.-- -16./f) • if 'i 1. 1 , , .... r_...._ , . 1 . . , i 1 , 1 , • I ! , I 1 1- i , , 1-1 , I -i.... .4 -- I- - -1, ---L t 1 , 1 r i ',-. 1 .1 ....._,. ...... ._......__.....4_ ,_.,_4.,/iL.....______.1......_),.._1...4._ . , , , 1--Y",4!••)(,•pa , i i , , • I . 1' ',1' I, t • 4- - !. .. . 1 -• -1. -.. • - - 1 . , . ! i l ' :1 ... i . ' . -•-- - - i , .. — :,.....jt, .f,...9/4 p 6 :. - -, ....4.9-44) i —..._ i ! 1 ___;...........±. ....... t _ , ____.. _...... i ._....._.i._.i...._.... 7 (......._„ . , ..._,L......i......._ r 1. 1 _............. H . t .. 1 _.... h Li Ise i ivy - 2 I „ " ! • ' (Vi) 4. I i 36 2.14- / I ! eX°144 ; ! • • 4 1 --- ••••• 41s/ !. va-z FO'c- Zero; o 0 /j,v4r0/ • t - • 1 t • ; , ; 0 r .K !Nei OF DATE - 9 Z DATE :••••••••• /01 • ! f!(T Ac'( at. = ,74 lohdo 411111111111111 SHUTLER 41111111111 MIMI CONSULTING MEP gill ENGINEERS 14450 N.E. 29th Place, Suite 116 Bellevue, WA 98007 (206) 885.4473 44 ._. L.... I .......1,___ ! __. _ 1 . - • 1 1 i , r • , i , • 1 ■ 1 I i i I i : 1 1 _ , H. ' I i 1 1 r, r .' 1 i_ 1,. -1- .- • - 1 • •.• i „e. 5-h.p.pf) a ' ' , 0 .7 !).1-(0)1:00, I 1 1 I I . I , i . i , ! I4 • ! ..... 9 • . 1 4 , ! 1 I 1 . • 1 i I I 1 r - - - . i .... 1 • , • P. 1 1 ; , • , , ! , . • .._ !-- 1 - 1 , , 1 . • , , I ! i --±-- ---t- ■ i 1 r k 1 . iivri ._. ‘F ! /5.; ...1 $.!.4 pk-flo ! ! 1 • I • JOB %/AI SHEET NO g CALCULATED BY Jig -4- P1 ' • I - ' • ... 1 - . ._ I. ... .. I i • - --- I''' sig- I 1 7. , : l pi (A7 s y6,17)66 4 / )4.0,77)6,04),,. • N • '... n ! g 3K. , i- --.+ •• ... 1 . ..... . / SS= 1 ! • 1 I D , h viS,7P1 - ' ) , -1 1 ' ' ", i • ; ; 0,q) . (9. . seXto,./ ) r $ 4 O ! ' I t ' I " I - -! • • . , t kilo, .... • ! . ! ; i • 1 .• . i... . . , . , , . , , . I ;• . .1... i...., .,i,.. .. „, r .., ; .1 .i. 1. , .' - 1 ! . i 1 1 •-l- : '. ; . , 1 , i 1 1 ,, , 1 i • t -,• i• ---t- • •1; ,• CHECKED BY DATE SCALE I - • • • 'Pl"11 T • 0. a v OF DATE - 4 • 9-2 ? orFL -77 .R.a.a.0/45 IlL . -.. i ..-"! / 1 a - 44. • r AIM inn SIM SHUTLER TI M CONSULTING NW MIMI ENGINEERS 14450 N.E. 29th Place, Suite 116 Bellevue, WA 98007 (206) 885-4473 . r I 1 ; 1 i : . 1 oc./ - t ! i .I 11.. 7 /Or F._ 1 , 4 - t I • ••• 5 K. • g r. ! .f..9pi ..kor „. _..,?7. ,........ .... sr • , ; 7 .• 349$ 1 .... ,...._ ......_ . i 1 JOB rr SHEET NO /2 / CALCULATED BY .1 CHECKED BY SCALE 1 7- 84 9 • • : , -, , -I • I --- -t- . t - - i t - ' - 1 --- "i - . '' i , .. , ... ... , „ I I — 1 - •-• I - --!--- - 1 - - 1 - - -- --;-' - --• - --. - ----'4 - - v ....-1----- b • 5 : i .. 1, ! , i ■ ' . ... .. . . ._. ... 44 7 ' -.. 1 .- - - ' I • - r -4- 1 .- , . ..•.'.,- ' '..• --- --- , I x -',. - f-it • ; 446249)- • - , - . - . - • , _. c .!_t,z.laMe_z.)f2:7)...?_ _. 4....4.f, / sG Ais b 7 /7rd. 1 , r : • I I - • 3 • 4/ X 3 ""i'lz .-1 . ..' 1 * '' -1- -- - i '. - 7 ' t ; " ' .•'' -- -, --..• • --- (e;ga)(3 - ", - 1 , 4- , 1 • 1 , , ....; .....1...._. . .4. '. ...;...........;.__.,....... _..i ..._cs.,t74 . , OF DATE DATE SHUTLER CONSULTING ENGINEERS 14450 N. E. 29th Place Suite 116 BELLEVUE , WASHINGTON 98007 (206) 885 -4473 DESCRIPTION )>BEAM ON GRID 5 BEAM DATA AISC SECTION (F8]- -- )>W18x97 CENTER SPAN LENGTH = LEFT N N RIGHT " " UNBRACED LENGTH INCLUDE BEAM WT INCLUDE LL w/ ST 37 ft ft ft • 27 ft ? Y y/n ? N y/n STEEL BEAM DESIGN & ANALYSIS APPLIED LOADS - - -» All distances refer to left support, use ' -' for left cantilever POINT111.. ..k2.. ..D3.. ..114.. ..45.. ..116.. ..117.. 14.12 14.4 23.53 24 Dead = Live = Short= Dist.= 2 29 DISTRIBUTED Dead = Live = Short= X Lft= XRt= MOMENTS .„/Dead= Live = Short= Dist. - TRAPEZOIDAL..,. Load @ Left = " @ Right= Load @ Left = " @ Right= ! USE : W18197, Dead Live Short klf klf klf klf SUMMARY Max Stress Ratio = 0.88, Max Deft Ratio IMax Values; ..Actual..Allow.. I Moment = 268.0 303.1 k -ft I Stress = 17.08 19.32 ksi I Shear - 45.7 143.2 k I Stress = 4.60 14.40 ksi I Deflection = -1.144 in I TABULAR SUMMARY OF Placed DL I LOAD COMBINATIONS.., for Max Only !Moments-Mi. @ Center = 1 M- @ Center = @Left = l @ Right 1 Shears., @ Left = @ Right IDefl @ Center @ Left @ Right I @ ft 268.0 107.5 45.7 33,9 -1.14 Title : t /l1 p/N /TY Scope ; Number; . 4 Misc Dsngr MEMBER DATA Fy = 36 ksi LOAD DURATION FACTOR = 1.00 MINOR AXIS ? N y/n Graphics: (1,2,3,4) ; 3 END CONDITIONS FIXITY CODE >) 1 (( 1 :P /P,2 :F /F,3:F /P,4 :P /F,5 :F /Free X X X X Left Right Left Right fb / Fb : '/. max fv / Fv : 7, max Max. DL Defl Ratio Max. TL Defl Ratio 18.3 45.7 18.3 13.8 33.9 13.8 -0.48 -1.14 -0.48 IReaction.@ Left = 45,7 18.3 45.7 18.3 Date:06- Jun -92 Page ..1IB.. k k k ft kif klf klf ft k -ft k -ft k -ft ft Location ft • ft ft ft = 388.114 = 0.88 OK • 0.32 OK = 927 • 388 I Dead Load + Skip Loadings I I LL LL +ST LL LL+STI I @Cntr @Cntr @Cants @Cants! I I I I I 268.0 107.5 k -ftl k-ftl. k -ftl k -ftl kips) kips) in I in I in I in I kips! 1.064* li NM MIN SHUTLER 1111 IF CONSULTING ME WM ENGINEERS 14450 N.E. 29th Place, Suite 116 Bellevue, WA 98007 (206) 885-4473 JOB /J/P/)/ /7y ,9 4P, 774..4 SHEET NO. OF CALCULATED BY DATE CHECKED BY DATE SCALE I 1.411q ___..M 26; fktiil • I i ! ' 1 • 71 P I f s • 1 ; .• ; i .a7 . . --7-r pi 01. migagroonAgiwittlrinir • ; griallffig 4 ' 11.- 111111= . -4 -r--- -t- i&l. 1 '9 1 - , -+- 1 -4 . - - - - • .4- -1- , •1-- - j/L...t_ .. i I 1 i I 1121 • 1 ... 1____.1— 1 ■ I I I ' l' .‘ f "45.44 4 / FFer I - - -1 • ' V V 4 ''': - --- . - • V 4-- ! - ' • A0 -9-11.4) ...A., , 0 ;lb' ,,49 9. 1 ' ' 1 t 1 - ill - - 11 -- 1 1 ! '1 Jr 1 ... - t. 13,9 q I 1 1 i 1 -- j• i ........... .1.... . _1 - I , i T 1 4-- - 4- ■ • ---e .i .. ... .... .. _ 1 ..1 . ....i. ...... .._! , 1 ' 1 i 1 -4- r'-- -1' 1 , . 1 I -1, I 'I ' I 1 - • i - i - - • 1 • - • - • • •• 1.• t... ._ A i 13 .. i 1 , 1 -4 4 .----- ,.. .e:*...,.1...../.... ilialri.-41144 . 1 0.... - - - i --- - - 1 - - - - -i - N .., vi.:/4- .,... ;.. ... A mx.r.a.i.te , ..._..._.. . , , . . .. p L....H ..! , .. . . , , , . . . . - .._......._..._ 9 ; . ..; :?vi,- 4.4-4 ; . • .; . , : t -, - 1 . ,, . • , -.:, i -- ' ..,1 , 1 4 eir7i 34 ?---4.+-----10. - . A76, ' ' 1 1 -1. - -. !•- - " -- ' A . r "• -/"..i A. ,..... ; . i.. ..;,_.. _. I— C I 1: . i i 1 I . 1 1 , i , , i 1 • 4 • 1 1 ." - , ; , . 4 1 , , 1 .. ; 1 1 1 , t SHUTLER CONSULTING ENGINEERS 14450 N. E. 29th Place Suite 116 BELLEVUE , WASHINGTON 98007 (206) 885 -4473 GENERAL TIMBER BEAM ANALYSIS & DESIGN DESCRIPTION » Beam -- 6A -- >) BEAM DATA TIMBER SECTION = BEAM WIDTH BEAM DEPTH LAMINATION THICKNESS = in Fb - BENDING = 2400 psi Fv - SHEAR = 165 psi Fc - BEARING = 650 psi ELASTIC MODULUS = 1800000 psi BEAM DENSITY = 33 pcf SPAN DATA CENTER SPAN = 27 ft LEFT CANTILEVER = 14 ft RIGHT CANTILEVER = 8 ft Uniform @ Center: Dead = 360 plf Live = plf @ Left Cant: Dead = 390 plf Live = plf @ Right Cant: Dead = 360 plf Live = plf fb : Max. Actual = 1,357 psi Fb : Allowable = 2,493 psi fv : Max. Actual = 90.8 psi I Fv : Allowable = 189.7 psi Max. Shear @ Left = 10.7289 k Max. Shear @ Right = 7.23702 k I Sxx - Supplied = 768.8 inA3 Area Supplied = 153.75 in ^2 Title : Scope : Number: Misc : Dsngr : Date :17 - Jun -92 Page DESIGN DATA LOAD DURATION FACTOR= 1.15 USE BEAM WEIGHT ? N y/n REDUCE SHR BY 'd' ? Y y/n END CONDITIONS FIXITY CODE » 1 (( 1= Pin /Pin, 2= Fix /Fir, 3= Fix /Pin, 4= Pin /Fir. 5= Fix /free UNDRACED LENGTHS Le : CENTER SPAN = ft Le': LEFT CANT. = 14 ft Le : RIGHT CANT. = 8 ft APPLIED LOADS Use ' -' distances for left cantilever ! Dead @ Left = @ Right= Live @ Left = @ Right= ...X -Left = ...X -Right = Trapezoidal 70 plf 130 plf 130 plf 210 plf It 20 35 It Concentrated ..111.. ..112.. ..113.. ..14.. ..15.. ..116.. ..li7.. ..118.. Dead = 2660 770 lbs Live = 820 1280 lbs Dist. _ -14 20 ft Applied Moments ..11.. ..112....13.. ..114.. ..115.. ..lib.. ..111.. ..118.. Dead = in -N Live = in -Y Dist = ft SUMMARY USING: 5.125' x 30.00' Beam, Bending = 54 Shear 47.8�4.%s� • Reactions: De ad _ Mar,. I Max. Mt@ 18.4 ft = 19.6284 ft-k Left = 16.38 19.67 k' Max. M-@ ft = -75.46 ft -k ' Right = 8.08 12.53 k I I Max @ Left - -86.94 ft-k ✓Deflections: Max @ Right = - 21.571 ft -k ►/ Center. = 0.10 in I Max. Allow Moment = 159.697 ft -k ...L /Defl.= 3306 7365 ...Dist. = 7.83 "ft 1 Left = -0.79 -1.0 '— ...L /Deft.= 42B 336 I Right = -0.08 -0.16 in 1 ...L /Deft.= 2496 1238 I Ck = .811(E /Fb) ^.5= 22.21 Cs = (LeD /B 4 2) ^.5 = 15.83 I Cf = (12 /d) ^.111 = 0.90 I 66 j ) r '71 x / /,/?" o,O cdti-. SHUTLER CONSULTING ENGINEERS 14450 N. E. 29th Place Suite 116 BELLEVUE $ WASHINGTON 98007 (206) 885 -4473 REQUIRED Sxx & Area Max. Center Mom = 75.5 ft-k ..,.Sxx Req'd = 363.2 inA3 Max. Left Mom = 86.9 ft -k ....Sxx Req'd = 418.5 inA3 Max. Right Moo = 21.6 ft -k .,,.Sxx Req'd = 103.8 in ^3 Design Shear @ Left = 14.0 kips ...,Area Req'd = 73.6 in ^2 Design Shear @ Right = 8.5 kips ....Area Req'd - 44.9 inA2 Brg Req'd @ Left Brg Req'd @ Right Camber @ Left @ Center @ Right GENERAL TIMBER BEAM ANALYSIS & DESIGN • 5.90 in = 3.76 in _ -1.18 in • 0.15 in _ -0.12 in Title : Scope Number: Misc : Dsngr Date:17- Jun -92 Page ALLOWABLE STRESSES Fb Fv Center Span = 2.49 ksi Left Support = 2.49 0.19 ksi Right Support= 2.49 0.19 ksi QUERY VALUES Left Center Right Dist. = ft Shear = 10.50 10.50 10.50 k Moment = -86.94 -86.94 -86.94 ft -k Defl = in Live Load Location @ LEFT CANT. ? Y y/n @ CENTER SPAN ? Y y/n @ RIGHT CANT. ? Y y/n `f ' . ' _= DWf 1 11 21 =t =:ww11 ,j ,} p r ! sl = 4 • -- _._ • ._. - = : ______ _ __ r }� i: } p t ! • lri ss _ _ }ice! .11444r •1••• • MI NIX ONO SHUTLER INOSSNI CONSULTING IOW VW ilIMR1 ENGINEERS 14450 N.E. 29th Place, Suite 116 Bellevue, WA 98007 (206) 8854473 411111 PriAlo 7)/ SOS SHEET NO, FD/J CALCULATED BY 46 CHECKED BY SCALE OF DATE DATE TI 1 4 11 110111111 I •••••••••• • I ! ,. I 1 1 t t ' V )•••."1 O. t*, t... .. ... 1... • , . : . I "...• . I • . . / • . • •/.. • •L•••• ! • • • e t . a i I . . l i . • t.i :....1.. ..1.. ::.. .i , . • 1..:40qv 1-4- - !•,• • fr x . 1 i ; . : — 1 c I J._ 1... i .. ; . 4 tt ? I , i 1 i • . . I : 1" • ; - 7 • • . 0 • - .- • 4 - - - &iv 1, • _, • •• • • . • ; • • . I ,, .,-/ ir tv . . 'V • • ' ....„3 O 2, o. N. 6 al, — „,,, ot t i 47P, pc- it G b , 56 • • vr, . . .1 V 4 — Jr.4": < ......:. .., . ... .. i gg 11 -• '. _ 1,51 1 Li Ue. 4/ , • .. •••••••••404 I ll •••••••••••••• • ....••• _ .... !.......i... F Li Po • -"/a. - - ft 3 .. 4/ e ..,.,),, 'P I I i i 7' i ••••••••t■ 4 • 6 7 0 4. • . : • • A' Si 13 *3 4 64- • . ; • •• •••••••44. • 1' .4••■■■• '\; SHUTLER CONSULTING ENGINEERS Structural Engineers 14450 N.E. 29th Place, Suite 116 Bellevue, Washington 98007 (206) 885 -4473 SHARE SPREAD FOOTING DESIGN Job INFINITY OF SEATTLE Sheet no. fON - Calculated by .a' S Checked by Date 06/06/92 Allowable soil bearing - 2000.00 psf Yield stress of reinforcing steel = 60.00 ksi Compressive stress of concrete = 2.50 ksi Combined ultimate factor (D.L. F L.L.) = 1.60 Cover to bottom of bottom bar = 3.00 in US Allowable load is allowable applied load. III (Allow. Load = Ftg area I allow. soil bearing - ftg weight.) Footing ( Thick- Size ( ness ( F- 3.00 ( 10.00 ( F- 3.50 1 10.00 F- 4.00 1 11.00 F- 4.50 1 12.00 \.•f- 5,00 1 14.00 \--. ( F- 5.50 ( 14.00 (F- 6.00 (.15.00 ( F- 6.50 ( 16,00 ( F- 7.00 i 18.00 ( F- 7.50 1 18.00 ( F- 8.00 ( 20.00 ( F- B.50 ( 20.00 ( F- 9.00 ( 21.00 ( F- 9.50 ( 22.00 1 F -10.00 ( 24.00 FOOTING SCHEDULE 1 Required 1 Bar size options ( Area of steel 1 No. 1 Size 1 (No. ( Size 1 1 1 1 0.65 inA2 0.76 inA2 0.95 in"2 1.17 in "2. 1.51 in "2 1.66 in "2 1.94 inA2 2.25 in "2 2.72 in "2 2.92 in "2, 3.46 in "2 3.67 in "2 4.08 inA2 4.51 in "2 5.18 inA2 3 4 5 ( ( 2 3 # 5 1.1 2 # 4 # 5 1 ( 3 I) 4 # 5 1 1 3 I) 5# 5 1 1 4* 6# 5 1 1 4* 5# 6 1 1 4# 6 I 1 ( 4 #. 7 # 1 1.5 # 7 # 6 1 5 # 8# 6 1 6 1 9 # 6 1 7 # 10 1 6 1 7 # B II 7 1 6 # 9 1 7 1 7 Il 6 6 6 6 6 6 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 8 8 Allow. Load 16.88 k 22.97 k 29,80 k 37.46 k 45.63 k 55.21 k 65.25.k 76.05 k 86.97 k 99.84 k 112.00 k 126.44 k 140.74 k 155.68 k 170.00 k SHUTLER CONSULTING ENGINEERS Structural Engineers 14450 N.E. 29th Place, Suite 116 Bellevue, Washington 98007 (206) 885 -4473 FOOTING SHEAR Footing 1 Thick -1 d 1 Beam Shear Size 1 ness 1 (in.) 1 Vu 1 Phi Vc F- 3,00 1 10.00 1 5.50 F- 3.50 1 10.00 1 5.50 F- 4.00 1 11.00 1 6.50 F- 4,50 1 12.00 1 7.50 F- 5.00 1 14.00 1 9.50 F- 5.50 1 14.00 1 9.50 F- 6.00 1 15.00 1 10.50 F- 6.50 1 16.00 1 11.50 F- 7.00 1 18.00 1 13.50 F- 7,50 1 18.00 1 13.50 F- 8.00 1 20.00 1 15.50 F- 8.50 1 20.00 1 15.50 F- 9.00 1 21.00 1 16.50 F- 9.50 ( 22.00 1 17.50 F -10.00 1 24.00 1 19.50 Footing 1 Thick -1 d Size 1 ness 1 (in.) 1 F- 3.00 1 10.00 F- 3.50 1 10.00 1 F- 4.00 1 11.00 F- 4,50 ( 12.00 1 F- 5.00 1 14.00 1 F- 5.50 1 14.00 F- 6.00 ( 15.00 1 F- 6,50 1 16.00 ( F- 7.00 1 10.00 1 F- 7.50 1 18.00 1 F- B.00 1 20.00 i F- 8.50 1 20.00 1 F- 9.00 1 21.00 1 F- 9.50 1 22.00 1 F-10.00 ( 24.00 5.50 5,50 6.50 7.50 9,50 9.50 10.50 11.50 13.50 13,50 15.50 15.50 16.50 17.50 19.50 7.20 11.20 14.93 19.20 22.67 29.33 35.20 41.60 46.67 56.00 61.87 72.53 81.60 91.20 98.67 16.83 19.64 26.52 34.43 48.45 53.30 64.26 76.25 96.39 103,28 126.48 134.39 151.47 169.58 198.90 FOOTING STEEL Design Steel Mu 1 As 2.34 1 0.29 3.40 1 0.50 4.67 1 0.66 6.14 0.84 7.80 0.93 9.67 1.28 11.74 1.53 14.00 1.81 16.47 1.94 19.14 2.43 22.00 2.59 25.07 3.14 28.34 3.53 31.80 3.95 35.47 4.15 Job INFINITY OF SEATTLE Sheet no. FP/J- :s Calculated by z3 Checked by Date 06/06/92 Punching Shear Bo Vu 1 Phi Vc (in.) 25.33 1 46.75 50.00 35.73 1 46.75 50.00 47.15 1 59.67 54.00 60.13 1 73.95 58.00 73.95 106.59 66.00 90.75 1 106.59 66.00 108.39 1 124.95 70.00 127.59 1 144.67 74.00 147.46 1 188.19 82.00 170.66 1 188.19 82.00 193.55 1 237.15 90.00 219.95 1 237.15 90.00 246.93 ! 263.67 94.00 275.46 1 291.55 98.00 304.39 1 351.39 106.00 Minimum Steel 1 As 1 (Temp steel) !Provided! 0.65 0.76 0.95 1.17 1.51 1.66 1,94 2.25 2.72 2.92 3.46 3.67 4.08 4.51 5.18 in. ^2 in. ^2 in. ^2 in. ^2 in. ^2 in. ^2 in. ^2 in. ^2 in, "2 in. ^2 in. ^2 in. ^2 in. ^2 in, ^2 in. ^2 0.65 0.76 0.95 1.17 1.51 1,66 1.94 2.25 2,72 2.92 3.46 3.67 4.08 4.51 5.18 C MN I MI 1 I I i MIN SHUTLER • 111=111 CONSU LTI NG Mir WM ENGINEERS 14450 N.E. 29th Place, Suite 116 Bellevue, WA 98007 (206) 885-4473 JOB SHEET NO ... . I 1 (P.) • ' C . . . .... I A/ -0 r ...• ... ______ _ _____...... . . Co - 1 ' ' ' " - ''';' - - - - T - .. - 1...-. - 1-.•• 1 • ,.. - i ----. - -t. 1 -1. 1-te.- 6 f ge. I I . H 1 — 1 - - 1 I ! 'i '1 . i , • , - ! -1 '• ---'' ---1 F ---- 1-- t_..4.rn_.4.._. _.... _ZP e.....P. I I__ 1. ....._. ...F_Cp0,7/..4.1. • ..... 1. _ ...I ............_4..........g.ti".!9._r _ ....._1....._ , it . e - . f f rifi•; . ; . Oei 6...r., A:w ." 7±4.";04 /z,c,'.'.. 7...i. &Mt__ _ ____ .... . a 9/2.,.. p.5 I- - --- ..c..1,75. ............ 510(ef`... 4 g 4 . ) = ,.-(. : x /..40 ." . 'sir '(.. e• (4.1.. ._ if. : -,. 41 / ' of t # . e - , 4..i)o f oo i l i C 4 $ 1 . 47)!.0,..'; •?-4../45-f y, trzi...... .4. - .?. f(? ...... ... /17s14' (,..... e.- '- s b9.,Y.P5, ' -4 ie. k 1- G 0 4- , !- 4/. , S '.'4 4 ..• • /6. e... ( f... • ,,_ 1 . ••••• .• •i - • • -••- • -- - ., • ,,,.. .. 4 ., 4 , li i 4 _I . i . ,I. 1 • i - -1 • i • 1 . ....._'..._,_, ......_.i_............H.......L. I i I i I I I i 4 • i • I 1 • --I .41 - • • .. i I, I . • CALCULATED BY CHECKED BY DATE SCALE \ 3 r. 4 ti Co' 1 I I (.01iYa) • I I i ! I • 2 . . , 1 " I . ' I 1 frkt r 16 3 44s)(s - ..; - - boS '•..V. • . . . .. 01 i . . i , 1 1 .1 ..... I.. .. , 1 ..i .. • i ! . "! ';-' ' . — " Hi ' ; i I ..1 .. I ..I - I- , _. .,— ..2 . ' - - Cot.. ; r . ! : i• " r - 1 . --- , ' ii.o ; '' I • 17 i , 1‘ • -- I' - l' - .• • i ./.. - I 1 0 9 *•)T,.•z , 01 :.• /7/ .1 i 1 - I 4/6 . . . . 1....._ I, .. 4... ...... ' ,... ,. . ' ..._ ; ___ ......, ...._ ..„. f ,- -t--- L c , i . 1 - • 4 „ „,,/ . 4 • .... ,.... 0 02 /..4e . 9 ./ ir 9 I 6 4' • ! • , OF DATE L - 1 .4- ------ - I, — -I P b. . 44 ',- - - - 1 -- -- , - 1 - -- 1 -- .-- 1 ti... ...144.H 1 I i __L_ 4_ i-- 1 I- ' . . , r/H ____ ---i•-• 1 1-• 4 -1- 4-• 1 i t L "-. "1- 1 1 ; 46_140. I 1 - f - H -- .1 1 -, * ; 1 ; • ' ) ' :.18.1"22) 101601 1 p ir - ' p#1) ILO - 1 i ' ' • ', y i . q . —. i / a i . . 0 -...; ' - - . - ..! - • -- _,... . 1 ... _ . 4 '. . ...... .........---- :. 1 , . .... . /. ..... . ' I' — ■ .. (i) 2r- - -- ! - - • ''' -! — _ . i •• ; - i • ! , 1 1 t 1 i • -i - (4 • 1 ,...• • t I 1 fili)1444 A .!.. 4.._...1 .... . , I 1 p. 244/ t . I .... . .1 ,.' 1 •L . 1 , ?o• . . . [ 1 .. , 1 , , - -, - .-.-- • • I I i • ... .1. I 1 ! _ .. _ , .. , I .., i , PiNift, •:-. O 1 59,3 /c * I I I I 1 A ' I I ! , ■ i 1 f i ■ I 7 =-- 2.,,=0 ( A 4.5 f-, . • 1 - 1 ' • 1 ■ ! - I , 1 A 9 oi • ' f r r r ac-T. --"- -7 + - 1- :-- — !.- ,1 —,-. , 1 , .••;.._ _, ,. ,.. i. .. 1 . ........ ..,... i I, , 1 i .i , , i ' '' ...1 .. ....... .... . ...._.„.._T........... i. . !. * 'I ■ 1 i i I - ■ ■ ; ! 1 .1 t••• ---t-•-••• .-i--- • - , , , i , • t , ; , , .t. ..i.. I ; ; 1" i - 1 -- "-- • ' - I - 1 • - 1 - - - 1 1 - , i I , I , 1 ■ -1 . .1 . .t. 1 i 1, I t 2 I AIM SHUTLER Mak CONSULTING NW NMI 1111111 ENGINEERS I 14450 N.E. 29th Mace, Suite 116 Bellevue, WA 98007 (206) 8854473 I i 104..0 SHEET NO r. DA-) — CALCULATED BY JOB CHECKED BY SCALE OF DATE DATE I 4'xiar, C. t/ � MEM SHUTLER CONSULTING ® ENGINEERS 14450 N.E. 29th Place, Suite 116 Bellevue, WA 98007 (206) 885 -4473 to. )6c1 3 6) • ; A10-647 M b 9 " 4A, JOB SHEET NO _..i _. .♦ _ y,. 1 OF DATE CHECKED BY DATE SCALE CALCULATED BY 4 , 1 a s • 1 . , 7 �- Pt..N? -... Fo Goc. . Z.. i rti 6e. I if it 1 ` o?. 9b 4 ' /,.i pi, /..// roiv- 1 41111111 INS SHUTLE R ME CONSULTING NW MEI ENGINEERS 14450 N.E. 29th Place, Suite 116 Bellevue, WA 98007 (206) 885-4473 ; i , • 4 1 !I - •••• • i_ ,..,... ___..,._ , i e 1 .- _..Ta1. _ r ! 1 1 L... 1 , • I : JOB SHEET NO /iFin/Iry v/-/ OF CALCULATED BY DATE CHECKED BY DATE SCALE . . ... ..... ! , -I- , ,, .4.,.• i...•p.- . 16.. i , I o i , tv i li I • / .• . : ! - i 4' • i i t - • , 1 ._, ,...L. _',.. irbox I i ' - 1 - • 1 i .......... -- /PA, 01 . a i i i. ......04,. 1 1 1 -1- ‘ i i --i-, /44a Ir a /, 7e, -f, , , . • 1.- -t• -1. L ;---_,i .....i, 1 1 • ..-Kli,?6)0(3. -- ,.1-. 9:2 451... i. i -1- 1 :4--: - i,____.• „ ! ..,..1...',.. !. . (..) ‘ , .1 ,.. i 7fr. .H / . 4 1 .. 3 r -- -----!--- ... . . • • ' - - - '49 ; I , ‘7 2 ; 41 1 1 1 ■ , I , , ■ . . i „ , ... .,...... „ ! ,., ! ! ; /4 X 457 •1 •-i •. .. :...... _...1..........!...„„ .!.... , 1 .. , i , „ _ i __ i ! . 1 , 41 1 - • 1 • 1 , 1 I - i• :. •••• 1- -; . , . 1 .1 . L..... ...., - - [ 19 • 4446:K I S--i 1 - - l 4/7 frAt4P94 . .. - f 0t06 .. - I ;.- I • - - ! - I I' I ; • — ! ; -- - ! * 6 7- -7 a?- . !, ! 6/6. ....... 1 I , t ! ; • !!!• •-• !•• • ••• - - • !I ; . / /4 i tooc.4, . ; ......1 . , .;.„ . , . , , ' 1 ' ! 1 ! - W41* • -.... /1 Pr .X., 4 40 0 /5 ... 4.1 . • , . -! , .-• ••••••,,• • • 4 , . 4 4 - ,rci,g..,'• - 0 /44.p -71 16 • i ' 1 t - . ,... • , 1 I ......0 • -6` - s w• i 7 • , , , , ! !! )70! , I 1 • I H------L-1.-- ....._ _ I i 4.... 1 . a....,f, - )t._ 1 • f 6le --41-5: ' P '..- .--- •-•/4,-A, ..4 xt 9 . "- --- 6 if I. 1 1-(4 - 'I- ._ T _ ------ air6Xte-4- 14450 N.E. 29th Place, Suite 116 Bellevue, WA 98007 (206) 885 -4473 IBM OM . SHUTLER 11M1111111111111CONSULTING IMP NOM ENGINEERS JOB j4Jf /,/ / TY SHEET NO. w ^2 CALCULATED BY ■:"' OF DATE CHECKED BY DATE SCALE ! i j I , , 1 '{7. 4.5 !.6.4/___ 6_. &... d;-- 1 1 .5n... f riez7 1 ..)1.474....,i .. P..g(4.; / Og I coAp-r_. . L' . - . A , y7. •C 4. )c 1 � -- s (- _ _ - --- .__ __ _ 1-- ,, 1: :I I I . i t 1... . c- ff ! AIM MI — SHUTLE R Ink ----' CONSULTING Mil ENGINEERS 14450 N.E. 29th Place, Suite 116 Bellevue, WA 98007 (206) 885-4473 -- • -- - I - -- 1 --- - 1 -- 1 • - 1 1 1.- 1 /- fd4,____.7-__. 1714.?.Eeo_., 1 I f ,' t .---- i- - i -1-- ---!---- .-- 1 ---- --- -- 1 I . I 1 i P • 1 , a , 7 9 77.1 I tt 1-L r /::1 JOB /A/Pidi SHEET NO L 3 OF s CALCULATED BY ---I DATE CHECKED BY DATE SCALE 17 -t 2 b 4 I I 1 I e/le. .- 1 I ..1 . e . I are 4_11.0/ 4. - I • i 1 , IfibtAS ■ 6 . 4 - 0111 - 4,te d- ---NT —L27L-44) *-fr /0,47 44). 2. .1 . • ), diall r4 SHUTLER 1111 11111111111 - CONSULTING - ENGINEERS 14450 N.E. 29th Place, Suite 116 Bellevue, WA 98007 (206) 885-4473 ; i n • 1 I ' JOB i 7 7 1 SHEET NO. ( 41-) CALCULATED BY — ,st OF - DATE CHECKED BY DATE SCALE In' t:. , , .16 412 i • I I - 1 i , '; • •.• • .• 4. = I • & - .- - 43 (.. , - • • 1 • . ... . t • i ... I I 1 ! 1 i; F7Z ! 47/ fAlD • : I i .; " - . • - • ...— 1.• -. • - -- - . • ;, — I • t L 1 /' Stl -- eirT Mo?.02 ; ` n I ; tLA (./if 24'1;774 ; att-i ALII now202g... ^ 7 gii, f 3 ; f r- r? i ., ...., . 1 'S. f.a> ; 1 • ,111 ; Ot■r 4 4 , r i, ; : 1 . 1 ' 1. xrce ..$.4 ..,PA.H x:f (-, ; .--- , ...----,1 , -- ; , AC V i i7 i. ! ,..A _ , „ po.o.v.... or 0 0 iy r ps _ .. "se POP' 1 . 1 0 l koi x -1 x b -It tAvie .2! • ...;. _.; . _. 1 _ _ .... _ ___ 4.0,7.7 7 t#,/41'407:P.a. ._ --'" r 0 ...._ . ..._ ... ....... . _ft:111710g 4 brc, - - 1 — t t P : , I tcf.1..4.!.___ 1 i 1 1 1 , -- 1' - I -1-. • — - ..-i--11-1. i -I; r1 , ,L,., ,L......z......L., . . . 1... i . ..I , / ■ i 1 1 • : --,- 51; z i - 4 - —. __ ...g.z;... 4.. —./.67.94 . ..... _ .. _... ......_. ...._. . _ .___:. 105,14 - ..--,-----r - 2 . .. .„.. I.. .. I.. Mil AM SHUTLER 11 11M111 MEM CONSULTING IMF MIMI ENGINEERS 14450 N.E. 29th Place, Suite 116 Bellevue, WA 98007 (206) 8854473 " 1 1 JOB / ik) P7/4 / SHEET NO egooloy CALCULATED BY OF DATE CHECKED BY DATE 8CALE ' 1 ........ ' • ,• 1 t• t 1 It.... 1 I - CP • / 1•....' 0(6 ' -- -:. -- - -. • - — ' •• - • - -- 1' '- • • I 41%. (DIA ' , ' . .i ' ' -.1 ......---1. 1 ' : n P t r er ... ( _,.......M.li■NIN l : 1 . ! r! Ql. °1' r )(14 Yr ' 1,* • • - - 1 • ----4 )( 33 ! -1 ,... -1 : — ,T7 - 1 • I 44)Z V I ; t 1/9.06 *- •1 - tie.." X i I tt• I i • I . .1' • all MINI SHUTLER CONSULTING ENGINEERS 14450 N.E. 29th Place, Suite 116 Bellevue, WA 98007 (206) 885-4473 1 I 1 --------- ,a/.1)(.... ....,510. .__.1...43o...... _ : _ . .._ ... . .... _.... I .... ......__ __. ,_ 1 • t. I ''' • ' t-- i- .-.1 .,-i V6/4 I./ ./ GA 2P,./'$c if.V.4 ) .f)•?/4.- / : /■/-1.-. I ' ! I-- 1— i i i i 1 . . • -. ! , 1 • t - • ! -' . i 1 - , .•_ , ...11 ■ i ': i i i 1 1 1 1 I - I --. 1-- -'..---- ---- ' ---. i - --4* — ___i.....___ I ..; Ja,c, 1 9, 9 •Lai I ,. -4 - 1 - - - ---.- -- . I.- .. ... . ...... . .. ..... . i _ . .. .._.... JOB .../ALEIALLEr big" 7174.. SHEET NO ___eabjp_eY Z . CALCULATED BY •-. I F i 4 e 1, ..T 7. (Ifo„?),64)6■7)(/, d ) 7 .7 ,7 i . , i s • r ! t o .: 6,-7e,39- , 1 , 1 , , I . I .7" . , , _.,,, , ! 1 , . 1 1 , , 1, -- 1 , ; ; r. -, , _ , , ,-, .,,, 3 4:> ,. /6-.76-) f -, i _ _. .; I - -- ; 1 ; ; ' ii. 6)t. 0 ll 1 ...2 ' 4 a c 6 ; . , i 1 -- P , „ , _ (sli u „,...„... 1. __, r ) 4/1 ! ! 4f i i 1 , ' . 1 ' n =IV .,/)( 1 - 3 ) .7) /../.80 t ' , . 1 , . ( ' ., 1 3 i j ■ !, 4 ors, ofryer,t I / . .__ . L . 1 ,t... - 69 i f r )1i = 7: ACI ?* / 4 r CHECKED BY DATE SCALE / OF DATE o - ic Mil Mai SHUTLER 11111111111.111MCONSULTING ENGINEERS 14450 N.E. 29th Place, Suite 116 Bellevue, WA 98007 (206) 885-4473 // 4. 1.._. ! I i - • - - - r /- 1,/ .. I .--- i -..- - - • — ,Ycor,.. . eV4.7.44? . .el o 1 p An oev. , . 1 ! 1 1 • I 1 ? / 0 i - i • 1 - t -i- •-, ..-- ) .... _..._.. ..___.. /4.e.acio i, X" - - ,,,,,...... „.......-......... . . .. .. ..._ 1 . / i ..2 '4. I • ( 1444 0 , ,P4/ eirT,. 4. ir)(411);7,- = i IS') 'I ! .i... lo.. IIA ,C 4 ; 4 6/() .r. # 7.0", it— , S ; . I i r 4 : , ... . [ ........ I . 1 1 . . ! A-- i - .;. ii./ec, ; 4-; .6erv-04• ././i3(.i, Oa.) -- i /6/7 -• - 7.-- , .!, . t ' /1/ - /ict I ' ; r r 4: , ,....,/ i 1,044 e , ) 1 , ---- ; /e....; • : ' --. • • -•-• - • -• ---- -1-- • ••1•-•••• • - •—• - •••-._•17. 16 ....__ ......... . •, • - . •• .i i 1 Z 70- . e.''l ‘' •/b . 4' 1 . . .... ... ...,.... ......_.........._ 1 ' ! i ! • /9 024 r 3t X 17,- ' • • ' - - - ': - ' --- • • • • • i " , s 1 ' , • , . • , , • .; i , '0210 ;D/ 3e2/607 t''', - ■ H t• , ' 2 li ‘)e,/0 i 7 a: x ";' ' 1 ' ' , . _. . I ; , i / 7G, o /,). 1 . i ; .................■...... , . .41i. 1..Lts 1 ..._ , 4.... ' #1 A— Ziai..44 1 4q-i4 'l-' A•leY --- M .. -- 'r -- ,', - ' 1 "-"*.• - - 1' "" i • ---. ' ' 4 • „ ■ r 7 ! ,„.., - - - • r a 410-- • , --- • "-- ! JOB SHEET NO 4 - CALCULATED BY / CHECKED BY DATE SCALE ry le, 0 OF DATE AMU ilia MIN SHUTLER lift IN EN= CONSULTING IOW MINIM ENGINEERS 14450 N.E. 29th Place, Suite 116 Bellevue, WA 98007 (206) 885-4473 JOB SHEET NO. Z. CALCULATED BY SCALE i — - • - - - i - - - , ! ! I i ....L(N.7-0/4...'....)......1-....? t _ , 0 •-•,;;; i .. - f - ' ! 1 --'' --* -- -- ' - ' - ' a 5 ; - ' /t9, 4 .,( 4 1 --- i -- " ---- - ---- • ,.., I I. t 1 i 1 4....., 1 . i or 1 , 1 1 -1- • i 1 i I i ,L'Iil --.--"--i.-1' A L 4 d f q d"t ' r" : 1 ' i 1 .---• - - — .i - • - .--..... I. .. ,;., - . . t , . - • --... .;-......-. 1., ... ...I .. - .-.i.. ... i ....-i. ...A _..._1.. _4... re ,ohr t6-.0•/‘ # /be , //_' A-, ; 1 I ,,- — '.7 , --t,----i- --f --- ilt.t... .' ' • ' ; 1 ' . / • , •.i __... ... i ............J...._..:424. '. i, ) . 7. 1 -- i,..; 1.. I 4 i T i 1 i .._......! s.1......,_....A4? A..''' t 1 ; ' ' ' , ,. 1 ' , , 1 r 4 e (eidto / /•) 4- e, T.; rep T' — . -F ../sL e. *•-- 4//.9 . / / 0. t - • - - • - • - • I... ! ... ... i .1. 1 ...;... . . .; r . ..t. -:• .1 1... " 1 1. 4 ..: — • I . ' i e.. 0,46,toeg. ' 76y , ,j, H Ir . . ■ 1 °A • '49 ; , . ......___ , , .• " .; . . ;7 4 . ;Am. • • . ' ., 0.1 ' r. ' '7 9 c Z.s. d = / 2 3 Z-, - : 1 • / ., : , 1 ' i •iel , i , . .1 ! , .. , k...• --•---- • ,- .1 - - f . - • - . . • I. - - - ..: / 4 1• //t$,r- :50,1 b , ; ,.... I .... l• 1 ..•.■ . -, - .., - t ... -.I . .. 1 . - . k ... i 6 ' f 1 z. a' 4nro: e.,9): , • - 4.1 - f CHECKED BY DATE t 4 OF DATE 6 - 1 404- 9 ,2 • 44i a 3 4 ArA ••i 1, Pr • t f #vrir. Zot9PINgy- 0 .226 . ee z ft/41-3 t 1 •-• 4111111 • SHUTLER Mal 11.1111 CONSULTING MEW 111111111111111111111ENGINEE RS ea4.) -e-..te 347 ; t ti 14450 N.E. 29th Place, Suite 116 Bellevue, WA 98007 (206) 885-4473 .•1 _• H C p14.00 • Pt Aeento tradZpswww.., . I t •1 - -- I- • — . 1 JOEI Se/tO/th SHEET NO CALCULATED SY 19.413 CHECKED BY SCALE 1 : , I • i — ' l•—• • ' , 1 .• ' i-- , • ' • ' 1 • •1 I 1 I— - ;••••• • . ' „ • OF --- ! I I I ...,. I i r T . • I_ i _... .._ '1 _. . ,'... I__ 1 ,. .j . iv !. i . .i , ....!. j _... .. . 4 _ .. .. ......._ . .._......_...,..__.. ! . 0 24/ f.•:•••,- - ..-.t 6_1. .7 ......?!.9..8_. 4 i . , . ---. ---- ---1--• ••,.••-- ••-.i-,-.•,,,,i,e-,,. I , i 1 ; , ■ I I , 1, i i 1 1 -- -' •I- ' ; •• 1 - -I- i I, I i i i x • . aer) e _ .4,..4 'el/ . 7 - 7017 Ar 0/4 . " . 1 • I . A ! • r ; ; I 4 4 s4 e I • — , . ...„ , !.... S•Ai „on o•C47,774rW. ...1.kerer ! " 1 1- 1 '''s j• .*/ I DATE r-Pi•/ 2 - DATE Prepared by: LINARDIC DESIGN GROUP /ARCHITECTS 1319 Dexter Ave. North, suite 260 Seattle, WA 98109 (206)283 -4764 (206)283 -1293 fax July, 1992 SPECIFICATION INFINITI OF SOUTH SEATTLE TUKWILA, WASHINGTON FOR INFINITI OF SOUTH SEATTLE By FILE COPY I understand that the Plan Check approvals are subject to errors and omissions and approval of plans does not authorize the violation of any adopted code or ordinance. Receipt of contractor's copy of approyc plans nowiedged. Date. Permit No -' O� CERTIFICATE OF GUARANTEE �.. GENERAL CONDITIONS PREAMBLE 00710 MODIFICATION TO GENERAL CONDITIONS 00810 ADDENDA AND MODIFICATIONS 00900 DIVISION 1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS ADMINISTRATIVE PROVISIONS 01005 PROJECT MEETINGS 01200 SUBMITTALS 01300 QUALITY CONTROL 01400 CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES AND TEMPORARY CONTROLS 01500 MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT 01600 CONTRACT CLOSEOUT 01700 • SECTION NAME SECTION NO. DIVISION 2 SITE WORK MINOR DEMOLITION FOR REMODELING 02072 SITE CLEARING 02110 ROUGH GRADING 02211 LANDSCAPE GRADING ' 02218 EXCAVATION 02222 BACKFILLING 02223 TRENCHING 02225 ASPHALTIC CONCRETE PAVING 02513 PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVING 02514 LANDSCAPE IRRIGATION 02811 SODDING 02938 TREES, PLANTS, AND GROUND COVER 02950 DIVISION 3 CONCRETE CONCRETE FORMWORK CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE CONCRETE FLOOR FINISHING SELF- LEVELLING UNDERLAYMENT • CONCRETE CURING TABLE OF CONTENTS 1 CITY OF TUKWILA AIM 7 1yg2 PERMIT CENTER 03100 03200 03300 03346 03347 03370 DIVISION 4 MASONRY - NONE DIVISION 5 METALS STRUCTURAL STEEL 05120 METAL FABRICATION 05500 PIPE AND TUBE RAILING 05521 DIVISION 6 WOOD AND PLASTIC CARPENTRY WORK 06001 GLUE - LAMINATED STRUCTURAL UNITS 06181 DIVISION 7 THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION BITUMINOUS DAMPPROOFING 07160 BOARD INSULATION 07212 BAT!' AND BLANKET INSULATION 07213 EXTERIOR INSULATION AND FINISH SYSTEM 07240 BUILT -UP ASPHALT BITUMINOUS ROOFING 07514 SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM 07620 ROOF HATCHES 07724 JOINT SEALERS 07900 DIVISION 8 DOORS AND WINDOWS STANDARD STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES 08111 WOOD DOORS 08210 ACCESS DOORS 08305 OVERHEAD COILING DOORS 08331 ALUMINUM ENTRANCE AND STOREFRONTS 08410 DOOR HARDWARE 08712 GLAZING 08800 DIVISION 9 FINISHES METAL STUD FRAMING SYSTEM 09111 GYPSUM BOARD 09260 CERAMIC TILE FLOOR FINISH 09311 SUSPENDED ACOUSTICAL CEILING 09511 RESILIENT FLOORING 09650 CARPETING WITH CUSHION 09686 PAINTING 09900 i I Vt:'J'. ! I ti,,,:} ri'S'' 2 DIVISION 10 SPECIALTIES PLASTIC LAMINATE TOILET COMPARTMENTS 10165 PLASTIC SIGNS 10441 FIRE EXTINGUISHER, CABINETS, AND ACCESSORIES 10522 TOILET AND BATH ACCESSORIES 10800 DIVISION 11 EQUIPMENT - NONE DIVISION 12 FURNISHING - NONE DIVISION 13 SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION - NONE DIVISION 14 CONVEYING SYSTEMS - NONE DIVISION 15 MECHANICAL PIPE AND PIPEFITTING 15060 INSULATION 15180 INSULATION 15180 FIRE PROTECTION SPRINKLER SYSTEM 15300 PLUMBING FIXTURES 15450 ROOF, FLOOR DRAINS AND MISCELLANEOUS IN SLAB FIXTURES 15452 PACKAGED HEATING, COOLING AND VENTILATION 15770 CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTATIONS 15900 DIVISION 16 ELECTRICAL BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS 16000 BASIC MATERIAL 16100 DISTRIBUTION EQUIPMENT 16400. LIGHTING 16500 We, (Name of company of contractor), agree to maintain the roofing and flashing on the below mentioned building for period indicated. This agreement is to render the roof and flashing waterproof, subject to conditions outlined below. Owner of building: Location of building: City: State: Number of square feet in roof: CERTIFICATE OF GUARANTEE This GUARANTEE Is effective this day of 19 . For the term of two years from this date. provided any defects result from defective material or workmanship and are not caused by other mechanics, fire, accidents, or by Acts of Providence over which we have no control. It is understood and agreed that we will not be responsible for leaks in the roofing or flashing due to excessive winds, distortion or the foundation on which the roofing or flashing rests, excessive hall storms or any other conditions over which we have no control. Signed By r r f 1.1 STANDARD FORM SECTION 00710 GENERAL CONDITIONS PREAMBLE "The General Conditions of the Contract for Construction, AIA Document A -201, Fourteenth Edition, 1987, articles 1 thru 14 inclusive, may or may not be bound Immediately following. They are, however, included as part of the Contract. The Contractor and all subcontractor shall read and be governed by them. 1.2 AVAILABILITY Additional copies may be obtained from American Institute of Architects, 1735 New York Avenue N.W., Washington, D.C. 20006, from AIA Chapter offices and stationery stores. 1.3 CONFLICTS In event of conflict between referenced General Conditions and other parts of Project Manual and Drawings: See Article 4 of General Conditions. Contact Architect. END OF SECTION 00710 - 1 1. DESCRIPTION SECTION 00810 MODIFICATIONS TO GENERAL CONDITIONS A. The following supplements modify, change, delete from, or add to the "General Conditions of the Contract for Construction," AIA Document A201, 14th Edition, 1987. Where any Article of the General Conditions is modified or any paragraph , Subparagraph, or Clause, is modified or deleted by Section 00810, the unaltered provisions of that Article, Paragraph, Subparagraph, or Clause remains In effect. i . B. Reference to Specifications /Division 1: 1. Where General 'Conditions provisions relate generally to work of Contractor and Subcontractor as project administrative requirements, procedural requirements, temporary facilities, and the like, those paragraphs may be amplified by Specifications /Division 1, "General Requirements." Division 1 provisions take precedence over less stringent General Conditions requirements. 111 a. References to those paragraph numbers elsewhere in Contract i . Documents shall read as referring to amplified Sections /Division 1. ARTICLE 1 - CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 1.1 DEFINITIONS: Add New Subparagraph -- 1.1.8 MISCELLANEOUS: 1.1.8 MISCELLANEOUS A. "Approved" means "approved by Architect." B. "For Approval" means "for Architect's approval." C. "Selected" means "selected by Architect." D. "As directed" means "as directed by Architect." E. "Provide" means "pay for, furnish, and Install complete, in place, ready for operation, and use." F. Where "or approved" is used, Architect is sole judge of quality and suitability of proposed substitution. 00810 - 1 G. "Indicated" means "where reasonably implied and necessary in conformance with the work shown or required for proper completion." H. "Specialist" means "an individual or firm of established reputation and three years experience in the business (or, i.e., newly organized, whose personnel have previously established a reputation in the same field)." This individual or firm must be regularly engaged in and maintain a regular force of workmen skilled in (as applicable): manufacturing, fabricating, or otherwise performing required work. Either the Manufacturer, or an individual or firm who will perform the work under Manufacturer's direct supervision, is the implication. "Contractor" refers, as applicable, to the General Prime Contractor (as mentioned In Form of Agreement), thus differentiated from a subcontractor, even though "Contractor" may be used in a Specification with respect to a sub- contractor's work. J. "Contractor" or "You" Referenced in Imperative: Where imperative mood is used; General, Prime Contractor is the one who shall perform or is responsible for the performance of others. K. "Manufacturer's Recommendations ": 1. Unless otherwise noted or directed, install all work in accordance with each Manufacturer's recommendations for best results. a. Not one preparatory step or installation procedure may be omitted unless specifically modified or exempted by these documents. L. "(Manufacturers) (Manufacturer's) Directions and Recommendations ": 1. Where Contractor is required to follow Manufacturer's directions, recommendations, instructions, or the like, but more than one Manufacturer is involved in the work, or its component parts, Contractor must follow all Manufacturers' directions and recommendations. a. In the event of conflict between Manufacturer's directions and recommendations, Contractor shall submit discrepancy or conflict to Architect for resolutions and instructions. M. "Install in Accordance with Manufacturer's or Manufacturers' Directions ": Throughout the Documents, although it may not be specifically stated, Contractor is to install all work in accordance with Manufacturer's or Manufacturers' directions. 1. Conflict between Manufacturer's Recommendations and these Documents: a. Should any provision of these documents be in conflict with Manufacturer's or Manufacturers' recommendations, Immediately notify Architect. 00810 - 2 I 2. Do not proceed until written authorization is received. r r I i r N. "Product" as used in these Contract Documents refers to materials, systems and equipment provided by Contractor. O. "Project Manual" as used in these Contract Documents includes certain negotiated bidding requirements, Conditions of the Contract, Specifications, and the like. P. "General" and "General Requirement ": These terms as used In Conditions of the Contract and this Specification apply to the balance of Specification Divisions, Section of a Division, Article, or parts of a Section." 1.2 EXECUTION CORRELATION AND INTENT: 1.2.1 RE: Signing Contract Documents: ADD: "Signing of Agreement is same as signing Contract Documents." 1.2.3.1 ADD New Subparagraph 1.2.3.1: '1.2.3.1 MISCELLANEOUS /EXPLANATIONS /INTENT: 1. NUMBER OF SPECIFIED ITEMS REQUIRED Wherever in these Specifications an article, device, or piece of equipment is referred to in the singular number, the reference applied to as many such articles as are shown on the drawings or required to complete the installation. 2. WORDING OF THESE SPECIFICATIONS These Specifications are of the abbreviated or "streamlined" type and frequently include incomplete sentences. a. Words such as "shall," "the Contractor shall," "shall be," and similar mandatory phrases, shall be supplied by inference in the same manner as they are in a note on the Drawings. b. The Contractor shall provide all items, articles, materials, and operations listed, including all labor, materials, equipment, and incidentals required for their completion. 3. TENSE, GENDER, SINGULAR, PLURAL Present -tense words include future tense. Words in masculine gender include feminine and neuter genders. Words in the singular include plural. Plural words include singular. 00810 - 3 ARTICLE 2 -- OWNER 4. ALL, ENTIRE, PER, AND THE LIKE For brevity throughout the documents, these words may be omitted. Read their implications into all work. In general way, following parenthetical insertion exemplifies: "Balance and adjust (all) dampers." 5. SPECIFICATION BY REFERENCE Any material specified by reference to number, symbol or title of a specific standard, such as a commercial standard, Federal Specification trade association standards, or the like shall comply with the latest requirements thereof, and any amendment or supplement thereto, in effect on date of Project Manual, except as modified. 6. DIMENSIONS AND MEASUREMENTS /DRAWINGS Dimensions govern. Do not scale. Contractor Is to check all dimensions in the field and verify them with respect to adjacent or incorporated work. Large scale drawings take precedence over small scale. In general, detail drawings take precedence over plans, elevations, and cross sections. 7. FASTENINGS AND CONNECTIONS Furnish all fastenings and connections necessary and adequate to assemble work, whether indicated or not. Function: a. Contractor is responsible for proper assemblage of all components and assemblies; all bonds to bond properly, all fastenings to fasten properly, and the like. b. Where deemed necessary to establish conformance with these requirements, inspection and testing by an independent testing laboratory may be required /referenced General Conditions, Paragraph 7.7. 8. OVERTIME No additional amount will be paid for overtime above Contract Sum unless authorized in writing by the Owner. 2.2.5 RE: Number of Sets: ADD: "General Building Contractor receives 10 sets of drawings and 5 sets of specifications at no cost. Additional sets provided at cost." 00810 -4 r r ARTICLE 3 -- CONTRACTOR 3.3.2.1 '3.3.2.1 ADD New Subparagraph 3.3.2.1: SUBCONTRACTOR INSTRUCTIONS Notify subcontractors to become familiar with Bidding requirements, Contract Documents /Conditions requirements, Division 1 requirements, and the work of Sections related to their own work. Instruct them that as required /Article 5.3.1, these conditions and requirements apply to their work in each Section." 3.4 LABOR AND MATERIALS: See 01600 - MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT for augmented requirements. 3.5 WARRANTY: See 01600 - MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT for augmented requirements. 3.7.1 PERMITS, FEES AND NOTICES: Modify to read: "Except for building permit (Owner secured and paid for), unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall secure and pay for all other permits, fees, developer charges, and bonds necessary to complete the work. 3.7.2 ADD following subparagraph 3.7.2.1: '4.7.2.1 Compliance requirements include, but are not limited to following: 1. Uniform Building Code, 1991 Edition. a. Building Type: III- N b. Occupancy: B -2, B -1 2. Washington State Rules and Regulations for Barrier Free Design. 3. State of Washington Rules and Regulations for the State Board of Health. 4. Tukwila Building and Fire Departments. 5. Department of Labor and Industries regulations. 6. Mechanical Work: a. Uniform Mechanical Code. b. Uniform Plumbing Code. c. National Fire Protection Association Codes. 7. Electrical Work: a. NFPA No. 70, National Electric Code (NEC) as adopted for Washington State Electrical Code. b. State of Washington Electrical Code. 00810 - 5 the 8. Environmental Requirements: All work to be performed in compliance with relevant statutes and regulations dealing with prevention of environmental pollution and preservation of public natural resources. 9. Washington State Energy Code. 3.7.2.2 SPECIFICATION OF HIGHER STANDARDS Drawings and Specifications govern whenever Drawings and Specifications require higher standards than are required by referenced codes or regulations. 3.7.2.3 CONTRACTOR'S OPERATIONS Meet requirements of State law and all safety regulations as set forth in "Safety Standards for Construction: and "General Safety Standards," published and in effect on date of Agreement /Owner and Contractor. These requirements may be obtained from Department of Labor and Industries, Olympia, Washington. 3.10 PROGRESS SCHEDULE: Section /01300. 3.11 DOCUMENTS AND SAMPLES AT THE SITE In accordance with 01700 /Project Record Documents. 3.12 SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA AND SAMPLES In accordance with 01300. 3.12.5 See 01600 - MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT for augmented requirements. 3.14 CUTTING AND PATCHING In accordance with 01005. 4.15 CLEANING -UP In accordance with 01700. 00810 -6 1 ARTICLE 5 -- SUBCONTRACTORS: 5.2.1 ADD: "Approval of subcontractor or subcontractors does not imply approval of product or products other than Indicated." ARTICLE 7 -- CHANGES IN THE WORK 7.1.5 ADD New Clause 7.1.5: '7.1.5 In no case shall sum of allowances for overhead and profit in cost of additional work exceed combined amount of 15% for any prime contractor and subcontractor performing work under the General Contract." l.. 7.1.6 ADD New Clause 7.1.6:CHANGES IN THE WORK �,•F "7.1.6 Field Order Directives and Change Orders. 1. The Contractor shall act on field orders, directives, and change orders given by the Architect, and the Owner. Work done directed by others will be at the Contractor's risk." ARTICLE 9 -- PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION: 9.2 SCHEDULE OF VALUES ff In accordance with 01300. 9.3 APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT In accordance with 01005. 9.6 PROGRESS PAYMENTS In accordance with 01005. 00810 - 7 ARTICLE 11 -- INSURANCE: ADD Following provisions /new Subparagraph 11.5 . 11.5 ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS 11.5.1 CONTRACTOR'S PUBLIC LIABILITY AND PROPERTY DAMAGE INSURANCE The Contractor shall not commence work under this Contract until he has furnished certified copies of policy or policies ( in duplicate copy ) of insurance required hereunder, and such insurance has been approved by the Owner's attorney; not shall the Contractor allow any subcontractor to commence work on his subcontract until certified copies of policy or policies (in duplicate copy ) of similar insurance be furnished by the subcontractor and approved by the Owner's attorney. Approval of the insurance by the Owner's attorney shall not relieve or decrease the liability of the Contractor thereby. The Contractor shall maintain during the life of this Contract a comprehensive liability policy which shall provide blanket bodily injury liability and property damage liability insurance, and automobile bodily injury liability and property damage liability insurance. This insurance shall provide coverage to the Contractor and to the Owner, as an additional named insured, for liability arising out of the work performed under this Contract, and this insurance shall also provide coverage to the Contractor and to the Owner, as an additional named insured, for their legal liability for the acts of any subcontractor. Insurance limits shall be as follows: Bodily Injury Liability insurance for limits of not less than $1,000,000 for bodily injury, sickness or disease, including death resulting therefrom, for each person and each occurrence. Property Damage Liability insurance (automobile) for limits of not less than $1,000,000 for each accident for damage to or destruction of property of others (including loss of use thereof), caused by accident or occurrence. Property Damage liability insurance (other than automobile) for limits of not less than $1,000,000 for each accident for damage to or destruction of property of other (including loss of use thereof), caused by accident or occurrence. Property damage liability Insurance (other than automobile) shall include legal liability coverage for damage to or destruction of property of others (Including loss of use of property damaged or destroyed and all other indirect and consequential damage for which legal liability exists in connection with such damage to or destruction of property of others) which is in the care, custody or control of the insured, or as to which the insured for any purpose is exercising physical control. The purpose of acquiring the insurance specified above is to fund the agreement that the Contractor shall protect, indemnify, and save the Owner harmless from and against any damage, cost or liability for injury or death to persons or to damage or destruction of property arising out of the work performed under the Contract. The limits of liability insurance are minimum only and do not in any way limit the Contractor's obligation to hold the Owner harmless. 00810 -8 n f r r r r All insurance policies written by private insurance carriers shall be endorsed to provide that the policy shall not be cancelled or reduced in coverage until after fifteen (15) days prior written notice, as evidenced by return receipt of registered letter, has been given to the Owner. 11.5.3 COMPENSATION AND EMPLOYER'S LIABILITY INSURANCE The Contractor shall maintain Workmen's Compensation Insurance as required by State statute for all of his employees to be engaged in work on the project under this Contract and, in case any such work is sublet, the Contractor shall require the subcontractor similarly to provide Workmen's Compensation Insurance for all of the latter's employees to be engaged In such work. The Contractor's Labor and Industries account number shall be noted in the proposal in the space provided. In the event any class of employees engaged in work under this Contract at the site of the project is not covered under the Workmen's Compensation Insurance as required by the State statute, the Contractor shall provide and shall cause each subcontractor to provide Employer's Liability insurance with a private insurance company in an amount equivalent to that provided by the Workmen's Compensation statute for the protection of his employees not otherwise protected." ARTICLE 12 -- UNCOVERING AND CORRECTION OF WORK: 12.2.2 DELETE: "the date of substantial completion of the work or designated portion thereof or within one year after." ADD: "The. Contractor shall guarantee for a period of one year after final completion of all work that all equipment. and systems shall completely and satisfactorily perform or operate for purpose(s),and intended manner in the full use of the building, utilities, and • the like." END OF SECTION 00810 - 9 1 SECTION 00900 ADDENDA AND MODIFICATIONS 1.1 This Section includes and provides binding -in or listing location for modifications, deletions, and additions to the Contract, as they occur. A. Such items are incorporated into the Contract by: 1. Addenda issued before execution of the Agreement. 2. Change orders issued after execution of the Agreement. B. Actual binding -in of these documents is optional, but may be found convenient for ready reference. END OF SECTION 00900 - 1 SECTION 01005 ADMINISTRATIVE PROVISIONS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED A. Title of Work, and type of Contract. B. Work Sequence. C. Contractor Use of Premises. D. Owner Occupancy. E. Owner - furnished Products. F. Alternates. G. Applications for Payment. H. Change order procedures. I. Coordination. J. Cutting and patching. K. Field Engineering. L. Reference Standards. 1.02 WORK COVERED BY CONTRACT DOCUMENTS A. Work of this Contract comprises of general construction located at 400 Baker Blvd., for Infiniti of South Seattle. Work includes, but is not limited to the following: 1. Site work Including earthwork, paving, utilities, Including electrical and mechanical and grading. 2. Demo as shown on drawings. 3. Construction system Includes concrete foundation work, structural steel, glue laminated structural units and exterior insulation and finish system. 3. Interior surfaces and finishes. 4. Mechanical systems except for following: a. Sprinkler system will be bidder designed. b. HVAC system per drawings and specs. c. Electrical systems will be bidder designed. Construction type: Ill - N 01005 - 1 Construction type: Ill - N 1.03 CONTRACT METHOD A. Construct the Work under a single lump sum contract. 1.05 CONTRACTOR USE OF PREMISES A. Limit use of premises for Work and for construction operations, to allow for Owner occupancy, and Work by other Contractors. 1.06 OWNER FURNISHED PRODUCTS A. Products furnished and paid for by Owner: See drawings B. Owner's Responsibilities: 1. Arrange for and deliver shop drawings, product data, and samples, to Contractor. 2. Arrange and pay for product delivery to site. 3. On delivery, inspect products jointly with Contractor. 4. Submit claims for transportation damage. 5. Arrange for replacement of damaged, defective, or missing Items. 6. Arrange for manufacturers' warranties, inspections, and service. C. Contractor's Responsibilities: 1. Review shop drawings, product data, and samples. 2. Receive and unload products at site; inspect for completeness, for damage, jointly with Owner. 3. Handle, store, install and finish products. 4. Repair or replace items damaged by Work of this Contract. 1.07 ALTERNATES A. Alternates quoted on Bid Forms will be exercised as Owner option. Accepted alternates will be listed in Owner- Contractor Agreement. B. Coordinate related work and modify surrounding work affected by accepted alternates as required to complete the Work. 1.08 APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT A. Submit two copies of each application under procedures of Section 01300 on AIA G702 - Application and Certificate for Payment. B. Content and Format: That specified for Schedule of Values in Section 01300. 01005 - 2 t; " 1 1.09 CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES A. Submit name of the individual authorized to accept changes and to be responsible for informing others in Contractor's employ of changes in the Work. B. Change Order forms: AIA G701. C. Maintain detailed records of work done on a time and material basis. Provide full information required for evaluation of proposed changes and to substantiate costs of changes in the Work. D. Architect will issue an architectural supplemental instruction. E. Contractor will price each item and then initiate a change by submittal of a request to Architect describing the add /deduct for each item listed on the architectural supplemental Instruction. F. Contractor will issue Change Orders for signatures of parties as provided in Conditions of the Contract. G. Promptly revise Schedule of Values and Application for Payment forms to record each authorized Change Order as a separate line item and adjust the Contract Sum as shown on Change Order. H. Promptly revise Progress Schedule to reflect any changes in Contract Time, revise subschedules to adjust times for other items of work affected by the changes and resubmit. 1.10 COORDINATION A. Coordinate work of the various Sections of Specifications to assure efficient and orderly sequence of installation of construction elements, with provisions for accommodating items installed later. B. Verify characteristics of elements of interrelated operating equipment are compatible; coordinate work of various Sections having interdependent responsibilities for installing, connecting to, and placing in service, such equipment. C. Coordinate space requirements and installation of mechanical and electrical work which are indicated diagrammatically on Drawings. Follow routing shown for pipes, ducts, and conduits, as closely as practicable; make runs parallel with lines of building. Utilize spaces efficiently to maximize accessibility for other installations, for maintenance, and for repairs. D. In finished areas except as otherwise shown, conceal pipes, ducts, and wiring in the construction. Coordinate locations of fixtures and outlets with finish elements. E. Execute cutting and patching to integrate elements of Work, uncover ill- timed, defective, and non - conforming work, provide openings for penetrations of existing surfaces, and provide samples for testing. Seal penetrations through floors, walls, and ceilings. 1.11 CUTTING AND PATCHING 01005 -3 A. Submit written request in advance of cutting or alternation which affects; 1. Structural integrity of any elements of Project. 2. Integrity of weather - exposed or moisture- resistant element. 3. Efficiency, maintenance or safety of any operational elements. 4. Visual qualities of sight- exposed elements. 5. Work of Owner or separate contractor. B. Include in request: 1. Identification of Project. 2. Location and description of affected work. 3. Necessity for cutting or alteration. 4. Description of proposed work and products to be used. 5. Alternatives to cutting and patching. 6. Effect on work of Owner or separate contractor. 7. Written permission of affected separate contractor. 8. Date and time work will be executed. C. Inspect existing conditions, Including elements subject to damage or movement during cutting and patching. D. After uncovering, inspect conditions affecting performance of work. E. Beginning of cutting or patching means acceptance of existing conditions. F. Provide supports to assure structural integrity of surroundings. G. Provide protection from elements for areas which may be exposed by uncovering work; maintain excavation free of water. H. Execute work by methods to avoid damage to other work. I. Employ qualified installer to perform cutting and patching for weather - exposed and moisture - resistant elements and sight- exposed surfaces. J. Cut rigid materials using masonry saw or core drill. K. Fit work airtight to pipes, sleeves, ducts, conduit and other penetrations through surfaces. L. At penetrations of fire -wall, ceiling or floor construction, completely seal voids with fire - rated material, full thickness of the construction elements. M. Refinish surfaces to match adjacent finishes. For continuous surfaces, refinish to nearest intersection; for an assembly, refinish entire unit. 1.12 FIELD ENGINEERING A. Provide field engineering services; establish grades, lines, and levels, by use of recognized engineering survey practices. B. Control datum for survey is that shown on Drawings. Locate and protect control and reference points. 01005 -4 1.12 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. For products specified by association or trade standards, comply with requirements of the standard, except when more rigid requirements are specified or are required by applicable codes. B. The date of the standard Is that in effect as of the Bid date, or date of Owner- Contractor Agreement when there are no bids, except when a specific date is specified. C. Obtain copies of standards when required by Contract Documents. Maintain copy at;ob site during progress of the specific work. PART 2 PRODUCTS Not Used PART 3 EXECUTION Not Used END OF SECTION 01005 -5 PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED SECTION 01200 PROJECT MEETINGS A. Contractor participation in preconstruction conferences. B. Contractor administration of progress meetings and pre - installation conferences. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 01005 - Administrative Provisions: Coordination of Work. B. Section 01300 - Submittals: Progress Schedules. C. Section 01300 - Submittals: Shop drawings, product data, and samples. D. Section 01400 - Quality Control. F. Section 01700 - Contract Closeout: Project record documents. G. Section 01700 - Contract Closeout: Operation and maintenance data. 1.03 PRECONSTRUCTION CONFERENCES. A. Architect /Engineer will administer preconstruction conference for execution of Owner- Contractor Agreement and exchange of preliminary submittals. B. Architect /Engineer will administer site mobilization conference at Project site for clarification of Owner and Contractor responsibilities in use of site and for review of administrative procedures. 1.04 PROGRESS MEETINGS A. Schedule and administer Project meetings throughout progress of the Work at maximum bi- monthly intervals, called meetings, and preinstallation conferences. B. Make physical arrangements for meetings, prepare agenda with copies for participants, preside at meetings, record minutes, and distribute copies within two days to Architect /Engineer, participants, and those affected by decisions made at meetings. C. Attendance: Job superintendent, major subcontractors and suppliers; Architect /Engineer as appropriate to agenda topics for each meeting. 01200 - 1 D. Suggested Agenda: Review of Work progress, status of progress schedule and adjustments thereto, delivery schedules, submittals, maintenance of quality standards, pending changes and substitutions, and other items affecting progress of Work. 1.05 PREINSTALLATION CONFERENCES A. When required in individual specification Section, convene a preinstallation conference prior to commencing work of the Section. B. Require attendance of entities directly affecting, or affected by, work of the Section. C. Review conditions of installation, preparation and installation procedures, and coordination with related work. PART 2 PRODUCTS Not Used PART 3 EXECUTION Not Used END OF SECTION 01200 - 2 PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED A. Procedures. B. Construction Progress Schedules. C. Schedule of Values. D. Shop Drawings. E. Product Data. F. Samples. G. Manufacturer's Instructions. H. Manufacturers' Certificates. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 01005 - Administrative Provisions: Project:Work sequence. Owner- furnished Products. B. Section 01005 - C. Section 01400 - D. Section 01400 - E. Section 01600 F. Section 01700 1.03 PROCEDURES • • SECTION 01300 SUBMITTALS Administrative Provisions: Applications for Payment. Quality Control: Laboratory Services Quality Control:Manufacturers' field service reports. - Material and Equipment: Contractor's list of Products. - Contract Closeout: Closeout submittals. A. Deliver submittals to Architect /Engineer at address listed on cover of Project Manual. B. Transmit each item under Architect /Engineer- accepted form. identify Project, Contractor, subcontractor, major supplier; identify pertinent Drawing sheet and detail number, and Specification Section number, as appropriate. Identify deviations from Contract Documents. Provide space for Contractor and Architect /Engineer review stamps. C. Submit initial progress schedules and schedule of values in duplicate within 15 days after date of Owner- Contractor Agreement. After review by Architect /Engineer revise and resubmit as required. Submit revised schedules with each Application for Payment, reflecting changes since previous submittal. D. Comply with progress schedule for submittals related to Work progress. Coordinate submittal of related items. E. After Architect /Engineer review of submittal, revise and resubmit as required, identifying changes made since previous submittal. F. Distribute copies of reviewed submittals to concerned persons. Instruct recipients to promptly report any inability to comply with provisions. 1.04 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULES A. Submit network analysis system using the critical path method, generally as outlined in Associated General Contractors of America (AGC) publication "The Use of CPM in Construction - A Manual for General Contractors ". B. Show complete sequence of construction by activity, identifying work of separate stages and other logically grouped activities. Show projected percentage of completion for each item of Work as of time of each Application for Progress Payment. C. Show submittal dates required for shop drawings, product data, and samples, and product delivery dates, Including those furnished by Owner and those under Allowances. 1.05 SCHEDULE OF VALUES A. Submit typed schedule on 8-1/2 x 11 inch (216 x 279 mm) paper; Contractor's standard form or media - driven printout will be considered on request. B. Format: Table of Contents of this Project Manual. Identify each line item with number and title of the major Specification Sections. C. Include in each line item a directly proportional amount of Contractor's overhead and profit. D. Provide a subscheduie for each separate stage of Work specified in Section 01005. E. Revise schedule to list change orders, for each application for payment. 01300 - 2 1.06 SHOP DRAWINGS A. Submit in the form of one reproducible transparency and one opaque reproduction. After review, reproduce and distribute in accordance with requirements in Article on Procedures, above. 1.07 PRODUCT DATA A. Mark each copy to identify applicable products, models, options, and other data; supplement manufacturers' standard data to provide information unique to the Work. B. Submit the number of copies which Contractor requires, plus one copy which will be retained by Architect /Engineer. 1.08 MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS A. When required in individual Specification Section, submit manufacturer's printed Instructions for delivery, storage, assembly, installation, start -up, adjusting, and finishing, in quantities specified for product data. 1.09 SAMPLES A. Submit full range of manufacturers' standard colors, textures, and patterns for Architect /Engineer's selection. Submit samples for selection of finishes within 30 days after date of Contract. B. Submit samples to illustrate functional characteristics of the product, with integral parts and attachment devices. Coordinate submittal of different categories for interfacing work. C. Include identification on each sample, giving full information. D. Submit the number specified in respective Specification section; one will be retained by Architect /Engineer. Reviewed samples which may be used in the Work are indicated in the Specification Section. 1.10 FIELD SAMPLES A. Provide field samples of finishes at Project as required by individual Specifications section. Install sample complete and finished. Acceptable samples in place may be retained in completed Work. PART 2 PRODUCTS Not Used 01300 - 3 PART 3 EXECUTION Not Used END OF SECTION P ya A7 PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED A. General Quality Control. B. Workmanship. C. Manufacturer's Instructions. D. Manufacturer's Certificates. E. Mockups. F. Manufacturers' Field Services. G. Testing Laboratory Services. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS SECTION 01400 QUALITY CONTROL A. Document 00700 - General Conditions: Inspection and testing required by governing authorities. B. Section 01005 - Administrative Provisions: Applicability of specified reference standards. C. Section 01005 - Administrative Provisions: Allowances for Testing Laboratory Services. D. Section 01300 - Submittals: Submittal of Manufacturer's instructions. 1.03 QUALITY CONTROL, GENERAL A. Maintain quality control over suppliers, manufacturers, products, services, site conditions, and workmanship, to produce work of specified quality. 1.04 WORKMANSHIP A. Comply with industry standards except when more restrictive tolerances or specified requirements indicate more rigid standards or more precise workmanship. B. Perform work by persons qualified to produce workmanship of specified quality. 01400 -1 C. Secure products in place with positive anchorage devices designed and sized to withstand stresses, vibration, and racking. 1.05 MANUFACTURERS' INSTRUCTIONS A. Comply with instructions in full detail, including each step In sequence. Should instructions conflict with Contract Documents, request clarification from Architect /Engineer before proceeding. 1.06 MANUFACTURERS' CERTIFICATES A. When required by individual Specifications Section, submit manufacturer's certificate, in duplicate, that products meet or exceed specified requirements. 1.07 MOCKUPS A. When required by individual Specifications Section, erect complete, full -scale mockup of assembly at Project site. 1.08 MANUFACTURERS' FIELD SERVICES A. When specified in respective Specification Sections, require manufacturer to provide qualified personnel to observe field conditions, conditions of surfaces and installation, quality of workmanship, start -up of equipment, test, adjust and balance of equipment as applicable, and to make appropriate recommendations. B. Representative shall submit written report to Architect /Engineer listing observations and recommendations. 1.09 TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES A. Contractor shall pay for services of an Independent Testing Laboratory to perform inspections, tests, and other services required by individual Specification Sections. B. Services will be performed in accordance with requirements of governing authorities and with specified standards. C. Reports will be submitted to Architect /Engineer giving observations and results of tests, indicating compliance or non - compliance with specified standards and with Contract Documents. D. Contractor shall cooperate with Testing Laboratory personnel; furnish tools, samples of materials, design mix, equipment, storage and assistance as requested. 1. Notify Architect /Engineer and Testing Laboratory 24 hours prior to expected time for operations requiring testing services. 01400 - 2 PART 2 PRODUCTS Not Used PART 3 EXECUTION 2. Make arrangements with Testing Laboratory and pay for additional samples and tests for Contractor's convenience. Not Used END OF SECTION 01400 - 3 SECTION 01500 CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES AND TEMPORARY CONTROLS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED A. Electricity, Lighting. B. Heat, Ventilation. C. Telephone Service. D. Water. E. Sanitary Facilities. F. Barriers. G. Enclosures. H. Protection of Installed Work. I. Water Control. J. Cleaning During Construction. K. Project Identification. L. Field Offices and Sheds. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 01005 - Administrative Provisions:Contractor use of premises. B. Section 01700 - Contract Closeout: Final cleaning. 1.03 ELECTRICITY, LIGHTING A. Provide service required for construction operations, with branch wiring and distribution boxes located to allow service and lighting by means of construction -type power cords. B. Provide lighting for construction operations. C. Permanent lighting may be used during construction. Maintain lighting and make routine repairs. 01500 - 1 1.04 HEAT, VENTILATION A. Provide as required to maintain specified conditions for construction operations, to protect materials and finishes from damage due to temperature or humidity. B. Prior to operation of permanent facilities for temporary purposes, verify that installation Is approved for operation, and that filters are in place. Provide and pay for operation, maintenance, and utilities. D. Provide ventilation of enclosed areas to cure materials, to disperse humidity, and to prevent accumulations of dust, fumes, vapors, or gases. 1.05 TELEPHONE AND FAX SERVICE A. Provide telephone and fax service to field office. 1.06 WATER A. Provide service required for construction operations. Extend branch piping with outlets located so that water Is available by use of hoses. 1.07 SANITARY FACILITIES A. Provide and maintain required facilities and enclosures. 1.08 BARRIERS A. Provide as required to prevent public entry to construction areas and to protect existing facilities and adjacent properties from damage from construction operations. B. Provide barriers around trees and plants designated to remain. Protect against vehicular traffic, stored materials, dumping, chemically injurious materials, and puddling or continuous running water. 1.09 ENCLOSURES A. Provide temporary weather -tight closures of openings in exterior surfaces to provide acceptable working conditions and protection for materials, to allow for temporary heating, and to prevent entry of unauthorized persons. Provide doors with self - closing hardware and locks. 1.10 PROTECTION OF INSTALLED WORK A. Provide temporary protection for installed products. Control traffic in immediate area to minimize damage. 01500 - 2 i B. Provide protective coverings at walls, projections, jambs, sills, and soffits of openings. Protect finished floors and stairs from traffic, movement of heavy objects, and storage. C. Prohibit traffic and storage on waterproofed and roofed surfaces, on lawn and landscaped areas. 1.12 WATER CONTROL A. Grade site to drain. Maintain excavations free of water. Provide and operate pumping equipment. 1.13 CLEANING DURING CONSTRUCTION A. Control accumulation of waste materials and rubbish; periodically dispose of off -site. B. Clean Interior areas prior to start of finish work, maintain areas free of dust and other contaminants during finishing operations. 1.14 PROJECT IDENTIFICATION A. Provide 8 x 4 foot Project identification sign of wood frame and exterior grade plywood construction, painted, with exhibit lettering by professional sign painter, to Architect /Engineer's design and colors. List title of Project, names of Owner, Architect /Englneer,professional consultants, Contractor. B. Erect on site at location established by Architect /Engineer. C. Allow no other signs to be displayed. 1.15 FIELD OFFICES AND SHEDS A. Office: Weather- tight, with lighting, electrical outlets, heating, cooling, and ventilating equipment, and equipped with furniture. Provide, in addition, space for Project meetings, with table and chairs to accommodate 6 persons. B. Storage Sheds for Tools, Materials, and Equipment: Weather- tight, with adequate space for organized storage and access, and lighting for inspection of stored materials. 1.16 REMOVAL A. Remove temporary materials, equipment, services, and construction prior to Substantial Completion inspection. PART 2 PRODUCTS Not Used 01500 - 3 PART 3 EXECUTION Not Used END OF SECTION 01500,- 4 PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED A. Products. B. Transportation and Handling. C. Storage and Protection. D. Product Options. E. Products List. F. Substitutions. G. Systems Demonstration. SECTION 01600 MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 01005 - Administrative Provisions: Summary of Project. B. Section 01005 - Administrative Provisions: Reference standards. C. Section 01400 - Quality Control: Submittal of manufacturers' certificates. D. Section 01600 - Materials and Equipment: Systems demonstration. E. Section 01700 - Contract Closeout: Operation and maintenance data. F. Section 01005 - Administrative Provisions: Warranties and bonds. G. Section 01005 - Administrative Provisions: Spare parts and maintenance materials. 1.03 PRODUCTS A. Products include material, equipment, and systems. B. Comply with Specifications and referenced standards as minimum requirements. C. Components required to be supplied in quantity within a Specification section shall be the same, and shall be interchangeable. 01600 - 1 D. Do not use materials and equipment removed from existing structure, except as specifically required, or allowed, by Contract Documents. 1.04 TRANSPORTATION AND HANDLING A. Transport products by methods to avoid product damage; deliver in undamaged condition in manufacturer's unopened containers or packaging, dry. B. Provide equipment and personnel to handle products by methods to prevent soiling or damage. C. Promptly inspect shipments to assure that products comply with requirements, quantities are correct, and products are undamaged. 1.05 STORAGE AND PROTECTION A. Store products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, with seals and labels intact and legible. Store sensitive products in weather -tight enclosures; maintain within temperature and humidity ranges required by manufacturer's instructions. B. For exterior storage of fabricated products, place on sloped supports above ground. Cover products subject to deterioration with impervious sheet covering; provide ventilation to avoid condensation. C. Store loose granular materials on solid surfaces in a well- drained area; prevent mixing with foreign matter. D. Arrange storage to provide access for inspection. Periodically Inspect to assure products are undamaged, and are maintained under required conditions. 1.06 PRODUCT OPTIONS A. Products Specified by Reference Standards or by Description Only: Any product meeting those standards. B. Products Specified by Naming One or More Manufacturers with a Provision for Substitutions: Submit a request for substitution for any manufacturer not specifically named. C. Products Specified by Naming Several Manufacturers: Products of named manufacturers meeting specifications: No options, no substitutions allowed. D. Products Specified by Naming Only One Manufacturer: No options, no substitutions allowed. 01600 -2 1.07 PRODUCTS LIST A. Within 15 days after date of Owner - Contractor Agreement, submit complete list of major products proposed for use, with name of manufacturer, trade name, and model number of each product. 1.08 SUBSTITUTIONS A. Only within 15 days after date of Owner- Contractor Agreement will Architect /Engineer consider requests from Contractor for substitutions. Subsequently, substitutions will be considered only when a product becomes unavailable due to no fault of Contractor. B. Document each request with complete data substantiating compliance of proposed substitution with Contract Documents. C. Request constitutes a representation that Contractor: 1. Has investigated proposed product and determined that it meets or exceeds, in all respects, specified product. 2. Will provide the same warranty for substitution as for specified product. 3. Will coordinate installation and make other changes which may be required for Work to be complete in all respects. 4. Waives claims for additional costs which may subsequently become apparent. D. Substitutions will not be considered when they are indicated or implied on shop drawing or product data submittals without separate written request, or when acceptance will require substantial revision of Contract Documents. E. Architect /Engineer will determine acceptability of proposed substitution, and will notify Contractor of acceptance or rejection in writing within a reasonable time. i product. Only one request for substitution will be considered for each p oduc t. When substitution is not accepted, provide specified product. 1.09 SYSTEMS DEMONSTRATION A. Prior to final inspection, demonstrate operation of each system to Architect /Engineer and Owner. B. Instruct Owner's personnel in operation, adjustment, and maintenance of equipment and systems, using the operation and maintenance data as the basis of instruction. PART 2 PRODUCTS Not Used 01600 -3 i Not Used END OF SECTION 01600 4 f PART 3 EXECUTION i 13 !1 I SECTION 01700 CONTRACT CLOSEOUT PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED 1 . A. Closeout Procedures. f B. Final Cleaning. C. Project Record Documents. I D. Operation and Maintenance Data. E. • Warranties and Bonds. 1 F. Spare Parts and Maintenance Materials. 1 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Document 00700 - General Conditions: Fiscal provisions, legal submittals, and other administrative requirements. B. Section 01005 - Administrative Provisions: Partial Owner Occupancy. C. Section 01500 - Construction Facilities and Temporary Controls: Cleaning during construction. 1.03 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES A. Comply with procedures stated in General Conditions of the Contract for Issuance of Certificate of Substantial Completion. B. Tenant will occupy designated portion of Project for the purpose of installation of equipment, under provision stated in Certificate of Substantial Completion. C. When Contractor considers Work has reached final completion, submit written certification that Contract Documents have been reviewed (submit copy of contractor's "Punch List"), Work has been inspected, and that Work Is complete in accordance with Contract Documents and ready for Architect /Engineer's Inspection. 1 D. In addition to submittals required by the conditions of the Contract, provide submittals required by governing authorities, and submit a final statement of accounting giving total adjusted Contract Sum, previous payments, and sum remaining due. 01700 -1 i E. Architect /Engineer will issue a final Change Order reflecting approved adjustments to Contract Sum not previously made by Change Order. 1.04 FINAL CLEANING A. Execute prior to final inspection. B. Clean interior and exterior surfaces exposed to view; remove temporary labels, stains and foreign substances, polish transparent and glossy surfaces, vacuum carpeted and soft surfaces. Clean equipment and fixtures to a sanitary condition, clean or replace filters of mechanical equipment. Clean roofs, gutters, downspouts, and drainage systems. C. Clean site; sweep paved areas, rake clean other surfaces. D. Remove waste and surplus materials, rubbish, and construction facilities from the Project and from the site. 1.05 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS A. Store documents separate from those used for construction. B. Keep documents current; do not permanently conceal any work until required information has been recorded. C. At Contract closeout, submit documents with transmittal letter containing date, Project title, Contractor's name and address, list of documents, and signature of Contractor. 1.06 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA A. Provide data for: 1. Mechanical equipment and controls - Division 15. 2. Electrical equipment and controls - Division 16. B. Submit two sets prior to final inspection, bound in 8 -1/2 x 11 Inch (216 x 279 mm) three -ring side binders with durable plastic covers. C. Provide a separate volume for each system, with a table of contents and index tabs for each volume. D. Part 1: Directory, listing names, addresses, and telephone numbers of: Architect /Engineer and Contractor. Part 2: Operation and maintenance instructions, arranged by Specification Dlvision.For each Specification Division, system, give names, addresses, and telephone numbers of subcontractors and suppliers. List: 1. Appropriate design criteria. 2. List of equipment. 01700 -2 r •7 3. Parts list. 4. Operating instructions. 5. Maintenance instructions, equipment. 6. Maintenance instructions, finishes. 7. Shop drawings and product data. 8. Warranties. 1.07 WARRANTIES AND BONDS A. Provide duplicate, notarized copies. Execute Contractor's submittals and assemble documents executed by subcontractors, suppliers, and manufacturers. Provide table of contents and assemble in binder with durable plastic cover. B. Submit material prior to final application for payment. For equipment put into use with. Owner's permission during construction, submit within 10 days after first operation. For items of Work delayed materially beyond Date of Substantial Completion, provide updated submittal within ten days after acceptance, listing date of acceptance as start of warranty period. 1.08 SPARE PARTS AND MAINTENANCE MATERIALS A. Provide products, spare parts, and maintenance materials in quantities specified in each Section, In addition to that used for construction of Work. Coordinate with Owner, deliver to Project site and obtain receipt prior to final payment. PART 2 PRODUCTS Not Used PART 3 EXECUTION Not Used END OF SECTION 01700 - 3. SECTION 02072 MINOR DEMOLITION FOR REMODELING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Remove designated building equipment and fixtures. B. Remove designated partitions and components. C. Cap and identify utilities. D. Temporary partitions to allow building occupancy. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Section 01005 - Administrative Provisions: Work sequence, Owner occupancy. B. Section 01500 - Construction Facilities and Temporary Controls: Temporary barriers and enclosures. C. Section 01500 - Construction Facilities and Temporary Controls: Security. D. Section 01500 - Construction Facilities and Temporary Controls: Cleaning during construction. E. Section 01700 - Contract Closeout: Project record documents. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submit demolition and removal procedures and schedule under provisions of Section 01300. B. Submit record drawings under provisions of Section 01700. 1.04 EXISTING CONDITIONS A. Conduct demolition to minimize interference with adjacent building areas. Maintain protected egress and access at all times. B. Provide, erect, and maintain temporary barriers and security devices. 02072 - 1 PART 2 PRODUCTS Not Used. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Erect and maintain weatherproof closures for exterior openings. B. Erect and maintain temporary partitions to prevent spread of dust, fumes, noise, and smoke to provide for Owner occupancy as specified in Section 01005. C. Protect existing items which are not indicated to be altered. D. Disconnect, remove, and cap designated utility services within demolition areas. E. Mark location of disconnected utilities. Identify and indicate capping locations on Project Record Documents. 3.02 EXECUTION A. Demolish in an orderly and careful manner. Protect existing foundation and supporting structural members. B. Except where noted otherwise, immediately remove demolished materials from site. C. Relics, antiques, and similar objects remain the property of the Owner. Notify Architect /Engineer prior to removal and obtain acceptance regarding method of removal. D. Remove materials to be re- installed or retained in manner to prevent damage. Store and protect under provisions of Section 01600. E. Remove and promptly dispose of contaminated, vermin infested, or dangerous materials encountered. F. Do not burn or bury materials on site. G. Remove demolished materials from site as work progresses. Upon completion of work, leave areas of work in clean condition. END OF SECTION 02072 - 2 PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Clear site of plant life and grass. B. Remove trees and shrubs. C. Remove root system of trees and shrubs. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 02222: Excavation. 1.03 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Conform to applicable code for disposal of debris. B. Coordinate clearing Work with utility companies. PART 2 PRODUCTS not used PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION SECTION 02110 SITE CLEARING A. Verify that existing plant life and features designated to remain are tagged or identified. 3.02 PROTECTION A. Protect utilities that remain, from damage. B. Protect trees, plant growth, and features designated to remain as final landscaping. C. Protect bench marks from damage or displacement. 02110 - 1 3.03 CLEARING A. Clear areas required for access to site and execution of Work. B. Remove trees and shrubs indicated. Remove stumps, main root ball, and surface rock. Clear undergrowth and deadwood without disturbing subsoil. 3.04 REMOVAL A. Remove debris, rock, and extracted plant life from site. END OF SECTION 02110 2 PART 1 GENERAL 1.02 RELATED WORK 1.03 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 1.04 PROTECTION SECTION 02211 ROUGH GRADING 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Remove topsoil and stockpile for later reuse. B. Excavate subsoil and remove excess from site. C. Grade and rough contour site. A. Document 00220 - Geotechnical Data: Bore hole locations and findings of soil and subsurface report. B. Section 01005 - Field Engineering: Establishing lines and levels. C. Section 02218 - Landscape Grading: Finish grading with topsoil to contours. E. Section 02222 - Excavation: Building excavation. F. Section 02223 - Backfilling: Building and site backfilling. G. Section 02225 - Trenching: Trenching and backfilling for utilities. A. Submit documents under provisions of Section 01700. B. Accurately record location of utilities remaining, rerouted utilities, new utilities by horizontal dimensions, elevations or inverts, and slope gradients. A. Protect trees, shrubs, lawns, and other features remaining as portion of final landscaping. B. Protect bench marks and sidewalks. C. Protect above or below grade utilities which are to remain. D. Repair damage. 02211 -1 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Topsoil: Excavated material, graded free of roots, rocks larger than one inch, subsoil, debris, and large weeds. B. Subsoil: Excavated material, graded free of lumps larger than 6 inches, rocks larger than 3 inches, and debris. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Identify required lines, levels, contours, and datum. Coordinate with Section 01005. B. Identify known below grade utilities. Stake and flag locations. C. Identify and flag above grade utilities. D. Maintain and protect existing utilities remaining which pass through work area. E. Notify utility company to remove and relocate utilities. F. Upon discovery of unknown utility or concealed conditions, discontinue affected work; notify Architect /Engineer. 3.02 TOPSOIL EXCAVATION A. Excavate topsoil from areas to be further excavated, relandscaped, or regraded and stockpile in area designated on site. B. Do not excavate wet topsoil. C. Stockpile topsoil to depth not exceeding 8 feet.Cover to protect from erosion. 3.03 SUBSOIL EXCAVATION A. Excavate subsoil from areas to be relandscaped or regraded and remove excess subsoil not being reused from site. B. Do not excavate wet subsoil. D. When excavation through roots is necessary, perform work by hand and cut roots with a sharp axe. 02211 -2 3.04 TOLERANCES A. Top Surface of Subgrade: Plus or minus one Inch. END OF SECTION 02211 - 3 PART 1 GENERAL 1.02 RELATED WORK 1.03 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 1.04 PROTECTION SECTION 02211 ROUGH GRADING 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Remove topsoil and stockpile for later reuse. B. Excavate subsoil and remove excess from site. C. Grade and rough contour site. A. Document 00220 - Geotechnical Data: Bore hole locations and findings of soil and subsurface report. B. Section 01005 - Field Engineering: Establishing lines and levels. C. Section 02218 - Landscape Grading: Finish grading with topsoil to contours. E. Section 02222 - Excavation: Building excavation. F. Section 02223 - Backfilling: Building and site backfilling. G. Section 02225 - Trenching: Trenching and backfilling for utilities. A. Submit documents under provisions of Section 01700. B. Accurately record location of utilities remaining, rerouted utilities, new utilities by horizontal dimensions, elevations or Inverts, and slope gradients. A. Protect trees, shrubs, lawns, and other features remaining as portion of final landscaping. B. Protect bench marks and sidewalks. C. Protect above or below grade utilities which are to remain. D. Repair damage. 02211 - 1 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Topsoil: Excavated material, graded free of roots, rocks larger than one inch, subsoil, debris, and large weeds. B. Subsoil: Excavated material, graded free of lumps larger than 6 inches, rocks larger than 3 inches, and debris. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Identify required lines, levels, contours, and datum. Coordinate with Section 01005. B. Identify known below grade utilities. Stake and flag locations. C. Identify and flag above grade utilities. D. Maintain and protect existing utilities remaining which pass through work area. E. Notify utility company to remove and relocate utilities. F. Upon discovery of unknown utility or concealed conditions, discontinue affected work; notify Architect /Engineer. 3.02 TOPSOIL EXCAVATION A. Excavate topsoil from areas to be further excavated, relandscaped, or regraded and stockpile In area designated on site. B. Do not excavate wet topsoil. C. Stockpile topsoil to depth not exceeding 8 feet.Cover to protect from erosion. 3.03 SUBSOIL EXCAVATION A. Excavate subsoil from areas to be reiandscaped or regraded and remove excess subsoil not being reused from site. B. Do not excavate wet subsoil. D. When excavation through roots is necessary, perform work by hand and cut roots with a sharp axe. 02211 - 2 3.04 TOLERANCES A. Top Surface of Subgrade: Plus or minus one inch. END OF SECTION PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Finish grade subsoil and proof roll. B. Place, level, and compact topsoil. 1.03 SAMPLES PART 2 PRODUCTS SECTION 02218 LANDSCAPE GRADING 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Section 01400 - Quality Control: Testing Laboratory Services: Compaction requirements of backfill. B. Section 02211 - Rough Grading: Subsoil contouring. C. Section 02223 - Backfilling: Backfilling and compacting fill. D. Section 02225 - Trenching: Excavation, backfill, and compacting fill in trenches. E. Section 02936 - Seeding: finish ground cover. F. Section 02938 - Sodding: finish ground cover. G. Section 02950 - Trees, Plants, and Ground Cover: Topsoil fill for trees, plants, and ground cover. A. Submit samples under provisions of Section 01400. 1.04 PROTECTION A. Protect landscaping and other features remaining as final work. B. Protect sidewalks, paving, and curbs. 02218 -1 2.01 MATERIALS A. Topsoil: imported, friable loam; free of subsoil, roots, grass, excessive amount of weeds, stone, and foreign matter; acidity range (pH) of 5.5 to 7.5; containing a minimum of 4 percent and a maximum of 25 percent organic matter. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION A. Verify site conditions and note irregularities affecting work of this Section. B. Beginning work of this Section means acceptance of existing conditions. 3.02 SUBSOIL PREPARATION A. Eliminate uneven areas and low spots. Remove debris, roots, branches, stones, in excess of 1/2 inch (13 mm) in size. Remove subsoil contaminated with petroleum products. B. Scarify subgrade to depth of 3 inches (75 mm) where topsoil is scheduled. Scarify in areas where equipment used for hauling and spreading topsoil has compacted subsoil. 3.03 PLACING TOPSOIL A. Place topsoil In areas where seeding, sodding and planting is scheduled. B. Use topsoil in relatively dry state. Place during dry weather. C. Fine grade topsoil eliminating rough or low areas. Maintain levels, profiles, and contours of subgrade. D. Remove stone, roots, grass, weeds, debris, and foreign material while spreading. E. Manually spread topsoil around trees,and plants to prevent damage. F. Roll placed topsoil. G. Remove surplus subsoil and topsoil from site. H. Leave stockpile area and site clean and raked, ready to receive landscaping. 02218 - 2 ''1 3.04 TOLERANCES A. Top of Topsoil: Pius or minus 1/2 inch (13 mm). 3.05 SCHEDULE OF LOCATIONS A. The following paragraphs identify compacted topsoil thicknesses for various locations. B. Sod: 4 inches (100 mm). C. Shrub Beds: 18 Inches (450 mm). D. Flower Beds: 12 inches (300 mm). E. Planter Boxes: To within 3 inches (75 mm) of box rim. END OF SECTION PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Building excavation. SECTION 02222 EXCAVATION 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Section 01400 - Quality Control: Inspection of bearing surfaces. B. Section 02211 - Rough Grading: Topsoil and subsoil removal from site surface. C. Section 02223 - Backfiliing. D. Section 02225 - Trenching: Trenching for utilities. 1.03 PROTECTION A. Protect trees, shrubs, lawns, and other features remaining as a portion of final landscaping. B. Protect bench marks, sidewalks, paving, and curbs from equipment and vehicular traffic. C. Protect above and below grade utilities which are to remain. D. Protect excavations by shoring, bracing, sheet piling, underpinning, or other methods required to prevent cave -in or loose soil from falling into excavation. E. Underpin adjacent structures which may be damaged by excavation work, including service utilities and pipe chases. F. Notify Architect /Engineer of unexpected subsurface conditions and discontinue affected work in area until notified to resume work. G. Protect bottom of excavations and soil adjacent to and beneath foundations from frost. H. Grade excavation top perimeter to prevent surface water run -off Into excavation. I. Temporary erosion control requirements shall be in place prior to commencing with excavation. 02222-1 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Subsoil: Excavated material, graded free of lumps larger than 6 inches (150 mm), rocks larger than 3 inches (75 mm), and debris. B. Pea Gravel: Mineral aggregate graded 1/4 inch (6 mm) to 5/8 inch (16 mm); free of soil, subsoil, clay, shale, or foreign matter. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Identify required lines, levels, contours, and datum. Coordinate with Section 01050. B. Identify known underground utilities. Stake and flag locations. C. Identify and flag surface and aerial utilities. D. Maintain and protect existing utilities remaining which pass through work area. 3.02 EXCAVATION A. Excavate subsoil required for building foundations, construction operations, and other work. B. Excavation shall not interfere with normal 45 degree bearing splay of any foundation. C. Hand trim excavation and leave free of loose matter. D. Remove lumped subsoil, boulders, and rock up to 1/3 cu yd (0.25 cu m), measured by volume. Remove larger material under Section 02202, E. Correct unauthorized excavation at no cost to Owner. F. Fill over - excavated areas under structure bearing surfaces in accordance with direction by Architect /Engineer. 3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Provide for visual inspection of bearing surfaces under provisions of Section 01400. END OF SECTION 02222 2 PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Building perimeter backfilling. B. Site backfilling. C. Fill under slabs -on- grade. D. Compaction requirements. SECTION 02223 BACKFI LLI NG 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Section 01400 - Quality Control:Compaction requirements of backfill. B. Section 02222 - Excavation. C. Section 02225 - Trenching: Excavation and backfilling of trenches. D. Section 02218 - Landscape Grading: Final backfilling of topsoil. 1.03 REFERENCES A, ANSI /ASTM C136 - Sieve Analysis of Fine and Coarse Aggregates. 1.04 TESTS B. ANSI /ASTM D698 - Moisture - Density Relations of Soils and Soil- Aggregate Mixture Using 5.5 lb (2.49 kg) Rammer and 12 inch (305 mm) Drop. C. ANSI /ASTM D1556 - Density of Soil in Place by the Sand- Cone Method, D. ANSI /ASTM D1557 - Moisture - Density Relations of Soils and Soii- Aggregate Mixture Using 10 lb (4.54 kg) Rammer and 18 inch (457 mm) Drop. A. Tests and analysis of fill materials will be performed in accordance with ANSI /ASTM D698/D1557 and under provisions of Section 01400. 1.05 SAMPLES A. Submit samples under provisions of Section 01400, 02223 - 1 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 SELECT FILL MATERIALS A. Gravel: natural stone; washed, free of shale, clay, friable materials and debris; graded in accordance with ANSI /ASTM C136 within the following limits: B. Pea Gravel: Natural stone; washed, free of clay, shale, organic matter; 1/4 inch (6 mm) minimum to 5/8 inch (16 mm) maximum size; graded in accordance with ANSI /ASTM C136. C. Sand: Natural river or bank sand; washed, free of silt, clay, loam, friable or soluble materials, and organic matter; graded In accordance with ANSI /ASTM C136 within the following limits: 2.02 COMMON FILL MATERIALS A. Subsoil: Reused; Imported; free of gravel larger than 3 inch (75 mm) size, and debris. PART 3 EXECUTION Sieve Sizezet Percent Passingngt 2 inches (50 mm) 100 One inch (25 mm) 95 3/4 Inch (19 mm) 95 to 100 5/8 inch (16 mm) 75 to 100 3/8 inch (9 mm) 55 to 85 No. 4 (4.75 mm) 35 to 60 No. 16 (1.18 mm) 15 to 35 No. 40 (450 micro m) 10 to 25 No. 200 (75 micro m) 5 to 10 Sieve Sizezet Percent Passingngt No. 4 (4.75 mm) 100 No. 14 (1.40 mm) 10 to 100 No. 50 (300 micro m) 5 to 90 No. 100 (150 micro m) 4 to 30 No. 200 (75 micro m) 0 3.01 INSPECTION A. Verify stockpiled fill to be reused is approved. B. Verify foundation perimeter drainage installation has been inspected. 02223 - 2 I , 3.02 PREPARATION 1, f C. Verify foundation or basement walls are braced to support surcharge forces imposed by backfilling operations. D. Verify areas to be backfilled are free of debris, snow, ice, or water, and ground surfaces are not frozen. E. Verify underground tanks are anchored to their own foundation to avoid floatation after backfilling. A. When necessary, compact subgrade surfaces to density requirements for backfill material. B. Cut out soft areas of subgrade not readily capable of in- site compaction. Backfill with appropriate material and compact to density equal to requirements for subsequent backfill material. 3.03 BACKFILLING A. Backfill areas to contours and elevations. Use unfrozen materials. B. Backfill systematically, as early as possible, to allow maximum time for natural settlement. Do not backfill over porous, wet, or spongy subgrade surfaces. C. Place and compact select fill materials in continuous layers not exceeding 6 inches (150 mm) loose depth. D. Place and compact common fill material in continuous layers not exceeding 8 inches (200 mm) loose depth. E. Employ a placement method so not to disturb or damage foundation perimeter drainage, utilities and trenches waterproofing and protective cover. F. Maintain optimum moisture content of backfill materials to attain required compaction density. G. Backfill against supported foundation walls. H. Slope grade away from building minimum 2 inches in 10 feet (50 mm in 3 m), unless noted otherwise. 1. Make changes in grade gradual. Blend slopes into level areas. J. Remove surplus backfill materials from site. K. Leave stockpile areas completely free of excess fill materials. L. Fill under slab on grade: two inch layer of fine draining clear sand, vapor barrier on four inch layer of gravel. 02223 - 3 3.04 COMPACTION A. Proof rolling of natural soils with adequate mechanical equipment will be required under areas to be paved, both Inside and outside the building to obtain the specified compaction. B. Compact other area to attain 90% minimum of maximum dry density. C. Moisture Content of Fill Material: Material to be at near optimum moisture content (within +/- 2%) when compacted. Take appropriate means to obtain moisture content. 3.05 TOLERANCES A. Top Surface of Backfitling: Plus or minus one inch(25mm). 3.06 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Compaction testing will be performed In accordance with ANSI /ASTM D1556 and under provisions of Section 01400. B. If tests indicate work does not meet specified requirements, remove work, replace and retest at no cost to Owner. END OF SECTION 02223 - 4 PART 1 GENERAL SECTION 02225 TRENCHING 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Excavate trenches for utilities to municipal utilities. B. Compacted bed and compacted fill over utilities. C. Compaction requirements. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Section 01400- Quality Control: Compaction requirements of backfill. B. Section 02218 - Landscape Grading: Topsoil cover of backfilled trenches. C. Section 02222 - Excavation: General building excavation. D. Section 02223 - Backfilling: General backfilling. 1.03 REFERENCES A. ANSI /ASTM C136 - Sieve Analysis of Fine and Coarse Aggregates. B. ANSI /ASTM D698 - Tests for Moisture - Density Relations of Soils and Soil- Aggregate Mixture Using 5.5 lb (2.49 kg) Rammer and 12 inch (305 mm) Drop. C. ANSI /ASTM D1556 - Density of Soil in Place by Sand -Cone Method. D. ANSI /ASTM D1557 - Moisture - Density Relations of Soils and Soil- Aggregate Mixture Using 10 lb (4.54 kg) Rammer and 18 inch (457 mm) Drop. 1.04 TESTS A. Tests and analysis of fill materials will be performed in accordance with ANSI /ASTM D698 and under provisions of Section 01400. 02225 - 1 1.05 SAMPLES A. Submit samples under provisions of Section 01400. 1.06 PROTECTION A. Protect excavations by shoring, bracing, sheet piling, underpinning, or other methods required to prevent cave -in or loose soil from falling into excavation. B. Underpin adjacent structures which may be damaged by excavation work, including service utilities and pipe chases. C. Notify Architect /Engineer of unexpected subsurface conditions and discontinue work in affected area until notification to resume work. D. Protect bottom of excavations and soil adjacent to and beneath foundations from frost. E. Grade excavation top perimeter to prevent surface water run -off into excavation. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 SELECT BED AND FILL MATERIALS A. Gravel: Crushed, natural stone; free of shale, clay, friable materials and debris; graded in accordance with ANSI /ASTM C136 within the following limits: Sieve Sizezet Percent Passingngt 2 Inches (59 mm) 100 One inch (25 mm) 95 3/4 inch (19 mm) 95 to 100 5/8 inch (16 mm) 75 to 100 3/8 inch (9 mm) 55 to 85 No. 4 (4.75 mm) 35 to 60 No. 16 (1.18 mm) 15 to 35 No. 40 (450 micro m) 10 to 25 B. Pea Gravel: Natural stone, washed, free of clay, shale, organic matter; 1/4 inch (6 mm) minimum to 5/8 Inch (16 mm) maximum size; graded in accordance with ANSI /ASTM C136. 02225 - 2 C. Sand: Natural river or bank sand; washed, free of silt, clay, loam, friable or soluble materials, and organic matter; graded in accordance with ANSI /ASTM C136 within the following limits: PART 3 EXECUTION 3.02 PREPARATION Sieve Slzezet Percent Passingngt No. 4 (4.75 mm) 100 No. 14 (1.40 mm) 10 to 100 No. 50 (300 micro m) 5 to 90 No. 100 (150 micro m) 4 to 30 No. 200 (75 micro m) 0 2.02 COMMON FILL MATERIALS A. Subsoil: Reused; free of gravel larger than 3 inch (75 mm) size, and debris. 3.01 INSPECTION A. Verify stockpiled fill to be reused is approved. B. Verify foundation perimeter drainage installation has been Inspected. C. Verify areas to be backfilled are free of debris, snow, Ice, or water, and surfaces are not frozen. A. Identify required lines, levels, contours, and datum. Coordinate with Section 01050. B. When necessary, compact subgrade surfaces to density requirements for backfill material. 3.03 EXCAVATION A. Excavate subsoil required for storm sewer, sanitary sewer, water, and gas piping to municipal utilities. B. Cut trenches sufficiently wide to enable installation of utilities and allow inspection. C. Hand trim excavation and leave free of loose matter. D. Remove lumped subsoil, boulders, and rock up to 1/3 cu yd (0.25 cu m), measured by volume. 02225 - 3 E. Excavation shall not interfere with normal 45 degree bearing splay of foundations. F. Correct unauthorized excavation at no cost to Owner. G. Fill over - excavated areas under pipe bearing surfaces in accordance with direction by Architect /Engineer. 3.04 BACKFILLING A. Support pipe and conduit during placement and compaction of bedding fill. B. Backfill trenches to contours and elevations. Backfill systematically, as early as possible, to allow maximum time for natural settlement. Do not backfill over porous, wet, or spongy subgrade surfaces. C. Place and compact select fill materials in continuous layers not exceeding 6 nches (150 mm) loose depth. E. Place and compact common fill material in continuous layers not exceeding 8 inches (200 mm) loose depth. F. Employ a placement method so not to disturb or damage foundation perimeter drainage and foundation dampproofing. G. Maintain optimum moisture content of backfill materials to attain required compaction density. H. Remove surplus backfill materials from site. 3.05 COMPACTION A. Proof rolling of natural soils with adequate mechanical equipment will be required under areas to be paved, both inside and outside the building to obtain the specified compaction. B. Compact other area to attain 90% minimum of maximum dry density. C. Moisture Content of Fill Material: Material to be at near optimum moisture content (within + /- 2%) when compacted. Take appropriate means to obtain moisture content. 3.06 TOLERANCES Leave stockpile areas completely free of excess fill materials. A. Top Surface of Backfilling: Plus or minus one inch(25mm). 02225 - 4 i 3.07 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Compaction testing will be performed in accordance with ANSI /ASTM D1556 and under provisions of Section 01400. B. If tests indicate work does not meet specified requirements, remove work, replace and retest at no cost to Owner. END OF SECTION 02225 - 5 i r r PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Asphaltic concrete paving. 1.03 REFERENCES 1.04 SYSTEM PERFORMANCE A. Vegetation control. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE SECTION 02513 ASPHALTIC CONCRETE PAVING 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Section 02211 - Rough Grading: Preparation of site for paving. B. Section 02223 - Backfilling: Compacted fill for paving. C. Section 02514 - Portland Cement Concrete Paving A. The Asphalt Institute - Manual MS -4 - The Asphalt handbook. B. The Asphalt institute - Manual MS -13 - Asphalt Surface Treatments and Asphalt Penetration Macadam. C. ASTM D946 - Asphalt Cement for Use in Pavement Construction. D. State of Washington Highway Standards, latest edition. E. King County Road Standards, latest edition B. Paving: Designed for parking and driveways for movement of trucks up to 60,000 Ibs (27,200 kg). A. Perform work in accordance with The Asphalt Institute, and State of Washington Highway Standards. B. Mixing Plant: Conform to State of Washington standards. C. Obtain materials from same source throughout. 02513 - 1 1.06 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS 1.07 TESTS A. Conform to applicable municipality standards for paving work on public and private property. A. Testing and analysis of asphaltic mix will be performed under provisions of Section 01400. B. Submit proposed mix design of each class of mix for review prior to commencement of work. C. Testing organization will take samples and perform tests in accordance with The Asphalt Institute recommendations. 1.08 SUBMITTALS A. Submit product data under provisions of Section 01300. B. Submit manufacturers' instructions under provisions of Section 01300. 1.09 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Do not place asphalt when base surface temperature is less than 40 degrees F (4 degrees C). PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Soil Sterilize: Polyborchiorate or approved equal. B. Aggregate Base: ASTM D1241 -Type I, gradation to comply with State Standards for road and bridge construction, and Soils Engineer. C. Asphalt Pavement aggregate: crushed ledge rock, talus or gravel. Uniform in quality, substantially free from wood, roots, bark or other extraneous materials. 2.02 ASPHALT PAVING MIX A. Use dry materials to avoid foaming. Mix uniformly. 02513 - 2 D. Asphalt: Comply with the requirements set forth in King County Road Standards class 'B'. 3.04 CURBS B. Binder Course: 4.5 to 6 percent of asphalt cement by weight in mixture. C. Topping Course: 5 to 7 percent of asphalt cement by weight in mixture. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION A. Verify compacted subgrade is dry, and ready to support paving and imposed loads. B. Verify gradients and elevations of base are correct. C. Beginning of installation means acceptance of substrate. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Apply primer in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Use clean sand to blot excess primer. C. Coat surfaces of catch basin frames with oil to prevent bond with asphalt paving. 3.03 PLACING ASPHALT PAVEMENT A. Place binder course within 24 hours of priming base surfaces. B. Place each course to compacted thickness identified in schedule at end of Section. C. Place topping course within two hours of placing and compacting binder course. D. Compact pavement by rolling. Do not displace or extrude pavement from position. Hand compact in areas inaccessible to rolling equipment. E. Develop rolling with consecutive passes to achieve even and smooth finish, without roller marks. A. Provide extruded concrete curbs of profile as shown on drawings. 3.05 TOLERANCES A. Flatness: Maximum variation of 1/4 inch (6 mm) measured with 10 foot (3 m) straight edge. 02513 3 B. Compacted Scheduled Thickness: Within 1/4 inch (6mm) of design thickness. C. Variation from True Elevation: Within 1/2 inch (12mm). 3.06 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Field inspection and testing will be performed under provisions of Section 01400. 3.07 PROTECTION A. Immediately after placement, protect pavement under provisions of Section 01500 from mechanical injury for 3 days. 3.08 SCHEDULE A. All roadway surfaces shall be constructed of 3 inch asphalt concrete paving over a 6 inch compacted crushed surfacing top course. B. Parking surfaces shall be constructed of two inch asphalt concrete paving over a six inch crushed surfacing top course. END OF SECTION PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED 1.03 RELATED WORK 1.04 REFERENCES SECTION 02514 PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVING A. Concrete sidewalks, curbs, gutters, and streets. B. Reinforcement, C. Surface finish. D. Curing. A. Section 02211 - Rough Grading: Preparation of site for paving, B. Section 02223 - Backfilling: Compacted fill for paving. C. Section 02513 - Asphaltic Concrete Paving D. Section 07900 - Joint Sealers: Sealant for Joints. E. Section 09900 - Painting: Pavement marking. A. UBC (Latest edition) B. American Public Work Association C. State of Washington Highway Standards D. ACI 301 - Specifications for Structural Concrete for Buildings. E. ANSI /ASTM A185 - Welded Steel Wire Fabric for Concrete Reinforcement. F. ANSI /ASTM D1751 - Preformed Expansion Joint Fillers for Concrete Paving and Structural Construction. G. ASTM A615 - Deformed and Plain Billet -Steel for Concrete Reinforcement. 02514 - 1 H. ASTM C33 - Concrete Aggregates. ASTM C94 - Ready Mixed Concrete. r` J. ASTM C150 - Portland Cement. K. ASTM C260 - Air - Entraining Admixtures for Concrete. L. ASTM C309 - Liquid Membrane - Forming Compounds for Curing Concrete. M. ASTM C494 - Chemical Admixtures for Concrete. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Perform work in accordance with ACI 301. B. Obtain materials from same source throughout. C. Perform work in accordance with UBC. 1.06 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Conform to applicable code for paving work on public property. 1.07 TESTS A. Testing and analysis will be performed under provisions of Section 01400 and UBC. B. Submit proposed mix design to appointed firm for review prior to commencement of work. C. Testing firm will take cylinders and perform slump and air entrainment tests in accordance with ACI 301. 1.08 SUBMITTALS A. Submit product data under provisions of Section 01300. B. Include data on joint filler. C. Submit manufacturer's instructions under provisions of Section 01300. 02514 2 fi, I PART 2 PRODUCTS 1 2.01 CONCRETE MATERIALS {� A. Cement: ASTM C150 Normal -Type I, Air- Entraining -Type IA, Portland type, grey color. B. Fine and Coarse Aggregates: ASTM C33, 3/8 " -3/4" rounded aggregate, gey and black color. C. Water: Clean and not detrimental to concrete. 2.02 FORM MATERIALS A. Conform to ACI 301. .. B. Joint Filler: ANSI /ASTM D1751 type; 1/2 inch thick. 1 2.03 REINFORCEMENT A. Reinforcing Steel: ASTM A615; 40 ksi (276 mPa) yield grade; plain billet steel bars, uncoated. B. Welded Steel Wire Fabric: Plain type, ANSI /ASTM A185. C. Tie Wire: Annealed steel, minimum 16 gage (1.5 mm) size. D. Dowels: ASTM A615; 40 ksi (276 mPa) yield grade, plain steel, uncoated finish. l 2.04 ACCESSORIES .u. A. Curing Compound: ASTM C309. B. Preformed Joint: Burke Koid Joint or approved equal. 2.05 ADMIXTURES t A. Air Entrainment: ASTM C260. B. Chemical Admixture: ASTM 0494, Type A - water reducing, Type B - retarding. Type C - accelerating. Type D - water reducing and retarding. Type E - water reducing and accelerating. Type F - water reducing, high range admixtures. Type G - water 02514 - 3 2.06 CONCRETE MIX A. Mix concrete in accordance with ASTM C94. B. Compressive strength at 28 days shall be 2500 psi - 5 1/2 sack mix. C. Use accelerating admixtures in cold weather only when approved by Architect /Engineer. Use of admixtures will not relax cold weather placement requirements. D. Use set - retarding admixtures during hot weather only when approved by Architect /Engineer. E. Add air entraining agent to concrete mix for concrete work subject to freeze /thaw cycling. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION reducing, high range, and retarding admixtures. A. Verify compacted subgrade is ready to support concrete walk, paving, curb and imposed loads. B. Verify gradients and elevations of base are correct. C. Beginning of installation means acceptance of existing conditions. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Moisten base to minimize absorption of water from fresh concrete. 3.03 FORMING A. Place and secure forms to correct location, dimension, and profile. B. Assemble formwork to permit easy stripping and dismantling without damaging concrete. C. Place joint fillers vertical in position, in straight lines. Secure to formwork during concrete placement. 02514 -4 r r r 3.04 REINFORCEMENT A. Place reinforcement mid - height of slabs -on- grade. B. Interrupt reinforcement at expansion joints. C. Place reinforcement to achieve slab and curb alignment as detailed. 3.05 FORMED JOINTS A. Place expansion joints at 20 foot (6 m) intervals to correct elevation and profile. Align curb, gutter, and sidewalk joints. B. Place joint filler between paving components and building or other appurtenances. C. Provide scored joints at 5 (five) foot intervals of sidewalk. See Drawings. 3.06 PLACING CONCRETE A. Place concrete in accordance with ACI 301. B. Hot Weather Placement: ACI 301. C. Cold Weather Placement: ACI 301. D. Ensure reinforcement, inserts, embedded parts, and formed joints are not disturbed during concrete placement. E. Place concrete continuously between predetermined construction joints. Do not break or interrupt successive pours such that cold joints occur. F. Place concrete to pattern Indicated. Saw cut contraction joints 3/16 (5 mm) wide at an optimum time after finishing. Cut 1/3 into depth of slab. 3.07 FINISHING A. Sidewalk Paving: Exposed aggregate, radiused and trowel joint edges. B. Curbs and Gutters: Light broom. C. Place curing compound on exposed concrete surfaces immediately after finishing. Apply in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 02514 -5 3.08 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Field inspection and testing will be performed under provisions of Section 01400 and UBC requirements. B. Maintain records of placed concrete items. Record date, location of pour, quantity, air temperature, and test samples taken. 3.09 PROTECTION A. Immediately after placement, protect concrete under provisions of Section 01500 from premature drying, excessive hot or cold temperatures, and mechanical injury. END OF SECTION 02514 -6 SECTION 02811 LANDSCAPE IRRIGATION PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Pipe and fittings, valves, outlets, and accessories. B. Connection to utilities. C. Control system. 1 1.03 REFERENCES A. ANSI /ASTM D2282 - Acrylonitrile- Butadiene - Styrene (ABS) Plastic Pipe (SDR -PR). B. ANSI /ASTM D2564 - Solvent Cement for Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Pipe and Fittings. C. ASTM B32 - Solder Metal. D. ASTM B88 - Seamless Copper Water Tube. ' E. ASTM D2235 - Solvent Cement for Acrylonitrile- Butadiene- Styrene (ABS) Plastic Pipe and Fittings. P F. ASTM D2241 - Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Pipe (SDR -PR). G. FS O -F -506 - Flux, Soldering; Paste and Liquid. 1.04 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Electric solenoid controlled underground irrigation system. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Submit under provisions of Section 01300. M B. Shop Drawings: Indicate piping layout to water source, location of sleeves under pavement, location and coverage of sprinkler heads, plant and landscaping features, site structures, schedule of fittings to be used. C. Ptoduct Data: Provide component and control system and wiring diagrams. D. Manufacturer's Installation instructions. 02811 - 1 1 1.06 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS A. Submit under provisions of Section 01700. B. Accurately record actual locations of piping system. 1.07 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA A. Submit under provisions of Section 01700. B. Provide instructions for operation and maintenance of system and controls, seasonal activation and shutdown, and manufacturer's parts catalog. C. Provide schedule indicating length of time each valve is required to be open to provide a determined amount of water. 1.08 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Conform to applicable code for piping and component requirements. B. Provide certificate of compliance from authority having Jurisdiction indicating approval of products in system. 1.09 FIELD MEASUREMENTS A. Verify that field measurements are as shown on shop drawings. 1.10 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Provide the following extra components under provisions of Section 01700: 1. Two sprinkler heads of each type and size. 2. Two valve keys for manual valves. 3. Two valve box keys. 4. Two keys for valve markers. 5. Two wrenches for each type head core and for removing and installing each type head. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Pipe: PVC in accordance with ASTM D2241, solvent -weld sockets. B. Fittings: Type and style of connection to match pipe. C. Solvent Cement: ANSI /ASTM D2564 for PVC pipe and fittings. 02811 -2 D. Sleeve Material: [PVS 200 or better, refer to drawings. 2.03 OUTLETS A. Outlets: Plastic construction. B. Rotary Type Sprinkler Head: Fixed and Pop -up type with screens; fully adjustable for flow and pressure; size as indicated; with letter or symbol designating degree of arc and arrow indicating center of spray pattern. C. Spray Type Sprinkler Head: Fixed surface head and Pop -up head. 2.04 VALVES A. Gate Valves: Bronze construction, non- rising stem, inside screw with threaded ends. B. Backflow Preventers: Bronze body construction, double check valve, reduced pressure zone type. C. Valve Box and Cover: Ametek or approved equal. 2.05 CONTROLS A. Controller: Automatic controller, motor driven timer with relay switches, temporary override feature to bypass cycle for inclement weather, timer for a station system, programmable for 14 days in minutes hour increments, with automatic start and shutdown. B. Controller Housing: Weatherproof, watertight, with lockable access door. C. Electric Solenoid: Normally closed valves to control wiring, including required fittings and accessories. D. Wire: Color coded. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.02 EXAMINATION A. Verify that field conditions are acceptable and are ready to receive work. B. Verify location of existing utilities. C. Verify that required utilities are available, in proper location and ready for use. D. Beginning of installation means Installer accepts existing conditions. 02811 - 3 3.03 PREPARATION A. Piping layout indicated is diagrammatic only. Route piping to avoid plants and structures. B. Layout and stake locations of system components. C. Review layout requirements with other affected work. Coordinate locations of sleeves under paving to accommodate system. 3.04 TRENCHING A. Trench and backfill in accordance with Section 02225. B. Minimum Trench Width: 6 inches. C. Minimum Trench Depth: 18 inches mainline, 12 Inches lateral lines. D. Trench to accommodate grade changes. E. Maintain trenches free of debris, material, or obstructions that may damage pipe. 3.05 INSTALLATION A. Install pipe, valves, controls, and outlets in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Connect to water and electrical service. C. Set sprinkler heads and box covers at finish grade elevations. D. Provide for thermal movement of components in system. E. Use threaded nipples for risers to each outlet to facilitate easy replacement. F. Install control wiring. Provide 10 inch (250 mm) expansion coil at each valve to which controls are connected, and at 100 ft (30 m) Intervals. Bury wire beside pipe. Mark valves with neoprene valve markers containing locking device. Set valve markers in 160 psi (1.10 MPa) PVC pipe risers exiting from top of valve to finish grade. G. After piping is installed but before sprinkler heads are installed and backfilling commences, open valves and flush system with full head of water. 3.06 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Field inspection and testing will be performed under provisions of Section 01400. 02811 - 4 B. Prior to backfilling, test system for leakage for whole system to maintain 100 psi (690 kPa) pressure for one hour. System acceptable If no leakage or loss of pressure occurs during test period. 3.07 BACKFILLING A. Backfill trench and compact to subgrade elevation as specified in Section 02223. Protect piping from displacement. B. Replace Work damage by the work of this Section with equivalent products. 3.08 INSTALLER'S FIELD SERVICES A. Prepare and start systems under provisions of Section 01600. B. Prove one complete spring startup and a fall shutdown. 3.09 ADJUSTING A. Adjust control system to achieve time cycles required. B. Change head types as directed. 3.10 DEMONSTRATION A. Instruct Owner's personnel in operation and maintenance of system, including adjusting of sprinkler heads. Use operation and maintenance material as basis for demonstration. END OF SECTION 02811 - 5 PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Preparation of subsoil. B. Placing topsoil. C. Fertilizing. D. Sod installation. SECTION 02938 SODDING 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Section 02218 - Landscape Grading: Preparation of subsoil and placement of topsoil in preparation for the work of this Section. B. Section 02223 - Backfilling: Rough grading of site. C. Section 02225 - Trenching: Rough grading over cut. D. Section 02811 - Underground Sprinkler System. E. Section 02950 - Trees, Plants, and Ground Cover. 1.03 REFERENCES A. ASPA (American Sod Producers Association) - Guideline Specifications to Sodding. B. FS O -F -241 - Fertilizers, Mixed, Commercial. 1.04 DEFINITIONS A. Weeds: Includes Dandelion, Jimsonweed, Quackgrass, Horsetail, Morning Glory, Rush Grass, Mustard, Lambsquarter, Chickweed, Cress, Crabgrass, Canadian Thistle, Nutgrass, Poison Oak, Blackberry, Tansy Ragwort, Bermuda Grass, Johnson Grass, Poison Ivy, Nut Sedge, Nimble Will, Bindweed, Bent Grass, Wild Garlic, Perrenial Sorrel, and Brome Grass. 02938 - 1 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Sod Producer: Company specializing in sod production and harvesting with minimum five years experience, and certified by the State of Washington. B. Installer: Company approved by the sod producer. C. Sod: Minimum age of 18 months, with root development that will support its own weight, without tearing, when suspended vertically by holding the upper two corners. D. Submit sod certification for grass species and location of sod source. 1.06 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Comply with regulatory agencies for fertilizer and herbicide composition. 1.07 TESTS A. Provide analysis of topsoil fill under provisions of Section 01400. B. Analyze to ascertain percentage of nitrogen, phosphorus, potash, soluble salt content, organic matter content, and pH value. 1.08 MAINTENANCE DATA A. Submit maintenance data for continuing Owner maintenance under provisions of Section 01700. B. Include maintenance instructions, cutting method and maximum grass height; types, application frequency, and recommended coverage of fertilizer. 1.09 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver products to site under provisions of Section 01600. B. Store and protect products under provisions of Section 01600. C. Deliver sod in rolls. Protect exposed roots from dehydration. D. Do not deliver more sod than can be laid within 24 hours. 1.10 COORDINATION A. Coordinate the work of this Section with Installation of underground sprinkler system piping and watering heads. 02938 - 2 F 1.11 MAINTENANCE SERVICE A. Maintain sodded areas immediately after placement until grass is well established and exhibits a vigorous growing condition. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Sod: ASPA Approved; cultivated grass sod; with strong fibrous root system, free of stones, burned or bare spots; containing no more than 5 weeds per 1000 sq ft (100 sq m). 1. Perrenial Rye Grass Type: 50 percent. 2. Fine Fescue Grass Type: 20 percent. 3. Kentucky Blue Grass Type: 20 percent. B. Topsoil: Fertile, agricultural soil, typical for locality, capable of sustaining vigorous plant growth, taken from drained site; free of subsoil, clay, or impurities, plants, weeds and roots; pH value of minimum 5.4 and maximum 7.0. C. Fertilizer: FS O -F -241; recommended for grass, with fifty percent of the elements derived from organic sources; of proportion necessary to eliminate any deficiencies of topsoil. D. Water: Clean, fresh, and free of substances or matter which could inhibit vigorous growth of grass. i 2.02 ACCESSORIES A. Wood Pegs: Softwood; sufficient size and length to ensure anchorage of sod on slope. 2.03 HARVESTING SOD 1 A. Machine cut sod and load on pallets in accordance with ASPA guidelines. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION 1 . A. Verify that prepared soil base is ready to receive the work of this Section. B. Beginning of installation means acceptance of existing site conditions. 02938 - 3 3.02 PREPARATION OF SUBSOIL A. Prepare subsoil to eliminate uneven areas and low spots. Maintain lines, levels, profiles and contours. Make changes in grade gradual. Blend slopes into level areas. B. Remove foreign materials and undesirable plants and their roots. Do not bury foreign material beneath areas to be sodded. Remove contaminated subsoil. C. Scarify subsoil to a depth of 6 inches where topsoil is to be placed. Repeat cultivation in areas where equipment, used for hauling and spreading topsoil, has compacted subsoil. 3.03 PLACING TOPSOIL A. Spread topsoil to a minimum depth of 6 inches over area to be sodded. B. Place topsoil during dry weather and on dry unfrozen subgrade. C. Remove vegetable matter and foreign non - organic material while spreading. D. Grade to eliminate rough, low, or soft areas, and to ensure positive drainage. E. Install edging at periphery of sodded areas in straight lines to consistent depth. 3.04 FERTILIZING A. Apply fertilizer In accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Apply after smooth raking of topsoil and prior to installation of sod. C. Apply fertilizer no more than 48 hours before laying sod. D. Mix thoroughly into upper 2 inches (50 mm) of topsoil. E. Lightly water to aid the dissipation of fertilizer. 3.05 LAYING SOD A. Moisten prepared surface immediately prior to laying sod. B. Lay sod immediately on delivery to site to prevent deterioration. C. Lay sod tight with no open joints visible, and no overlapping; stagger end Joints 12 Inches (300 mm) minimum. Do not stretch or overlap sod pieces. D. Lay smooth. Place top elevation of sod 1/2 inch (13 mm) above adjoining edging, paving and curbs. 02938 - 4 E. Water sodded areas immediately after installation. Saturate sod to 4 inches (100 mm) of soil. F. After sod and soil have dried, roll sodded areas to ensure good bond between sod and soil and to remove minor depressions and irregularities. 3.06 MAINTENANCE A. Mow grass at regular intervals to maintain at a maximum height of 2-1/2 inches (65 mm). Do not cut more than 1/3 of grass blade at any one mowing. B. Neatly trim edges and hand clip where necessary. C. Immediately remove clippings after mowing and trimming. D. Water to prevent grass and soil from drying out. E. Control growth of weeds. Apply herbicides in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Remedy damage resulting from improper use of herbicides. F. Immediately replace sod to areas which show deterioration or bare spots. G. Protect sodded areas with warning signs during maintenance period. END OF SECTION 02938 - 5 P PART 1 GENERAL SECTION 02950 TREES, PLANTS, AND GROUND COVER 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Preparation of subsoil and topsoil. B. Topsoil bedding. C. Trees, plants, and ground cover. D. Mulch and fertilizer. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 02218 - Landscape Grading: Preparation of subsoil and placement of topsoil in preparation for the work of this Section. B. Section 02223 - Backfilling: Rough grading of site. C. Section 02225 - Trenching: Rough grading over trench cut. D. Section 02811 - Underground Sprinkler System. E. Section 02938 - Sodding. 1.03 REFERENCES A. ANSI Z60.1 - Nursery Stock. B. FS O -F -241 - Fertilizers, Mixed, Commercial. 1.04 DEFINITIONS A. Weeds: Includes Dandelion, Jimsonweed, Quackgrass, Horsetail, Morning Glory, Rush Grass, Mustard, Lambsquarter, Chickweed, Cress, Crabgrass, Canadian Thistle, Nutgrass, Poison Oak, Blackberry, Tansy Ragwort, Bermuda Grass, Johnson Grass, Poison Ivy, Nut Sedge, Nimble Will, Bindweed, Bent Grass, Wild Garlic, Perrenial Sorrel, and Brome Grass. B. Plants: Living trees, plants, and ground cover specified in this Section and described in ANSI Z60.1 02950 - 1 1.05 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA A. Submit instructions for continuing Owner maintenance under provisions of Section 01700. B. Include cutting and trimming methods; types, application frequency, and recommended coverage of fertilizer. 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Nursery: Company specializing in growing and cultivating the plants specified in this Section with minimum three years experience. B. Installer: Company specializing in installing and planting the plants specified in this Section with minimum two years experience. 1.07 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Comply with regulatory requirements for fertilizer and herbicide composition. B. Plant Materials: Certified by state department of agriculture; Described by ASTM Z60.1; free of disease or hazardous insects. 1.08 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver products to site under provisions of Section 01600. B. Store and protect products under provisions of Section 01600. C. Deliver fertilizer in waterproof bags showing weight, chemical analysis, and name of manufacturer. D. Protect plants until planted. E. Deliver plant life materials immediately prior to placement. Keep plants moist. 1.09 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Do not install plant life when ambient temperatures may drop below 35 degrees F (2 degrees C) or above 90 degrees F (32 degrees C). B. Do not install plants when wind velocity exceeds 30 mph (48 k /hr). 1.10 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING A. Coordinate work under provisions of Section 01005. 02950 - 2 B. Coordinate the work of this Section with installation of underground irrigation system, utilities, piping and watering heads. 1.11 WARRANTY A. Provide a warranty on work of this Section for a minimum one year including one continuous growing season. Commence warranty on date identified in the Certificate of Substantial Completion. B. Warranty: Include coverage of plants from death or unhealthy conditions. C. Replacements: Plants of same size and species as specified, planted in the next growing season, with a new warranty commencing on date of replacement. 1.12 MAINTENANCE SERVICE A. Maintenance Services: Performed by installer. B. Maintain plant life for three months after Date of Substantial Completion. C. Maintenance to include: 1. Cultivation and weeding plant beds and tree pits. 2. Application of herbicides for weed control in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Remedy damage resulting from use of herbicides. 3. Application of pesticides in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Remedy damage from use of pesticides. 4. Irrigating sufficient to saturate root system. 5. Trimming and pruning, including removal of clippings and dead or broken branches, and treatment of pruned areas or other wounds. 6. Disease control. 7. Maintaining wrapping, guys, and stakes. Repair or replace accessories when required. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 TREES, PLANTS, AND GROUND COVER A. Trees, Plant sand Ground Cover: Species and size identifiable in plant schedule, grown in climatic conditions similar to those in locality of the Work. 2.02 SOIL MATERIALS A. Imported Topsoil: Fertile, agricultural soil, typical for locality, capable of sustaining vigorous plant growth, taken from drained site; free of subsoil, clay or impurities, plants, weeds and roots; minimum pH value of 5.4 and maximum 7.0. 02950 - 3 2.03 SOIL AMENDMENT MATERIALS A. Fertilizer: with fifty percent of the elements derived from organic sources; of proportion necessary to eliminate any deficiencies of topsoil. B. Peat Moss: Shredded, loose, sphagnum moss; free of lumps, roots, inorganic material or acidic materials; minimum of 85 percent organic material measured by oven dry weight; 4 to 5 pH range; moisture content of 30 percent. C. Bone Meal: Raw, finely ground, commercial grade, minimum of 3 percent nitrogen and 20 percent phosphorous. D. Lime: Ground limestone, dolomite type, minimum 95 percent carbonates. E. Water: Clean, fresh and free of substances or matter which could inhibit vigorous growth of plants. 2.04 MULCH MATERIALS A. Mulching Material: Groco, Steerco, Grolite or approved. free of growth or germination inhibiting ingredients. 2.05 ACCESSORIES A. Wrapping Materials: Burlap. B. Stakes: Softwood lumber, pointed end. Stained brown. i C. Cable, Wire, Eye Bolts : Non- corrosive, of sufficient strength to withstand wind t' pressure and resultant movement of plant life. D. Plant Protectors: Rubber sleeves over cable to protect plant stems, trunks, and } I branches. 2.06 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Provide inspection for verifying acceptability of plants. 2.07 TESTS v A. Provide analysis of imported topsoil under provisions of Section 01400. 02950 - 4 • B. Analyze to ascertain percentage of nitrogen, phosphorus, potash, soluble salt and k, organic matter, pH value. t C. Testing is not required if recent tests are available for imported topsoil. Submit these test results to the testing laboratory for approval. Indicate, by test results, l information necessary to determine suitability. 2.08 VERIFICATION A. Provide certification of inspection by authority having jurisdiction for confirming approval of plants supplied. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that prepared subsoil and planters are ready to receive work of this Section. B. Saturate soil with water to test drainage. C. Verify that required underground utilities are available, in proper location, and ready for use. D. Beginning to installation means acceptance of existing conditions. 3.02 PREPARATION OF SUBSOIL A. Prepare subsoil to eliminate uneven areas. Maintain profiles and contours. Make changes in grade gradual. Blend slopes into level areas. B. Remove foreign materials, weeds, and undesirable plants and their roots. Remove contaminated subsoil. C. Scarify subsoil to a depth of 4 inches where plants are to be placed. Repeat cultivation in areas where equipment used for hauling and spreading topsoil has compacted subsoil. D. Dig pits and beds 6 inches (150 mm) larger than plant root system. 3.03 PLACING TOPSOIL A. Spread topsoil to a minimum depth of 6 inches (150 mm) over area to be planted. Rake smooth. B. Place topsoil during dry weather and on dry unfrozen subgrade. C. Remove vegetable matter and foreign non - organic material from topsoil while spreading. D. Grade topsoil to eliminate rough, low, or soft areas, and to ensure positive drainage. E. install topsoil mixture in pits and beds Intended for plant root balls, to a minimum thickness of 6 inches (150 mm). 02950 5 3.04 FERTILIZING A. Apply fertilizer in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Apply after initial raking of topsoil. C. Mix thoroughly into upper 2 Inches (50 mm) of topsoil. D. Lightly water to aid the dissipation of fertilizer. 3.05 PLANTING A. Place plants for best appearance. B. Set plants vertical. C. Remove non - biodegradable root containers. D. Set plants in pits or beds, partly filled with prepared topsoil mixture. Remove burlap, ropes, and wires from the root ball. Place bare root plant materials so roots lie in a natural position. Backfill soil mixture in 6 inch (150 mm) layers. Maintain plant materials in vertical position. F. Saturate soil with water when the pit or bed is half full of topsoil and again when full. 3.06 PLANT SUPPORT A. Brace plants vertically with plant protector wrapped guy wires and stakes to the following: Tree Caliper 1 inch 1 - 4 inches 2 - 4 Inches Over 4 inches and all evergreen trees 02950 - 6 Tree Support Method 1 stake with one tie 2 stakes with two ties 3 guy wires with eye bolts and turnbuckles 4 guy wires with eye bolts and turnbuckles r Pi B. Plants will be rejected when ball of earth surrounding roots has been disturbed or r damaged prior to or during planting. 3.07 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Field inspection will be performed under provisions of Section 01400. END OF SECTION 02950 - 7 PART 1 GENERAL SECTION 03100 CONCRETE FORMWORK 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Formwork for cast -in -place concrete, with shoring, bracing, and anchorage. B. Openings for other affected work. C. Form accessories. D. Stripping forms. 1.02 WORK INSTALLED BUT FURNISHED UNDER OTHER SECTIONS A. Section 07620 - Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim: Flashing regiets attached to formwork. 1.03 RELATED WORK A. Section 02514 - Portland Cement Concrete Paving B. Section 03200 - Concrete Reinforcement. C. Section 03300 - Cast -In -Place Concrete. D. Section 03370 - Concrete Curing 1.04 REFERENCES A. ACI 301 - Specifications for Structural Concrete for Buildings. B. ACI 347 - Recommended Practice for Concrete Formwork. C. PS 1 - Constructon and Industrial Plywood. 1.05 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Design, engineer, and construct formwork, shoring, and bracing to meet design and code requirements, so that resultant concrete conforms to required shapes, lines, and dimensions. 03100 1 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Construct and erect concrete formwork in accordance with ACI 301. 1.07 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Conform to Uniform Building Code(Iatest editon). 1.08 FIELD SAMPLES A. Prepare field samples under provisions of Section 01300 and coordinate with Section 03300. Locate where directed. B. Construct and erect sample formwork panel for architectural concrete surfaces receiving special treatment or finish as result of formwork. Formwork to include vertical and horizontal form Joints. C. Size panel to indicate special treatment or finish required,including form release agent. D. Remove formwork after casting concrete. 1.09 SUBMITTALS A. Submit shop drawings under provisions of Section 01300. B. Indicate pertinent dimensions, materials, and arrangement of Joints and ties. C. Submit product data under provisions of Section 01300. D. Submit manufacturer's Installation instruction for void form materials under provisions of Section 01300. 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver, store, and handle materials under provisions of Section 01600. B. Deliver form materials in manufacturer's packaging with installation instructions. C. Store off ground in ventilated and protected area to prevent deterioration from moisture or damage. 03100 - 2 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 FORM MATERIALS A. Plywood:(concealed work) Douglas Fir species; solid one side grade; sound,undamaged sheets with straight edges. B. Plywood:(exposed work) Douglas Fir species; high overlaid plyform,ciass 1.ext. APA -PS- 1 -74 C. Steel: Minimum 16 gage (1.5 mm) sheet, well matched, tight fitting, stiffened to support weight of concrete without deflection detrimental to tolerances and appearance of finished surfaces. D. Pan Type: Steel type; removeable• of size and profile required. YP tYP � � P q E. Void Forms: Moisture resistant treated paper faces; biodegradable; structurally sufficient to support weight of wet concrete mix until initial set; 2 inches (50 mm) thick. 2.02 FORMWORK ACCESSORIES 1 A. Form Ties: Snap -off metal of adjustable length; cone type; free of defects that will leave holes no larger than one inches (25 mm) diameter in concrete surface. B. Form Release Agent: Colorless material which will not stain concrete, absorb molsture;or impair natural bonding or color characteristics of coating intended for use on concrete. . C. Fillets for Chamfered Corners: Wood strips type; 3/4 x 3/4 Inch size; maximum possible lengths. D. Nails, Spikes, Lag Bolts, Through Bolts, Anchorages: Sized as required; of strength and character to maintain formwork in place while placing concrete. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION A. Verify lines, levels, and measurements before proceeding with formwork. 3.02 PREPARATION A, Earth forms not permitted. B. Minimize form joints. Symetrically align Joints and make watertight to prevent leakage of mortar. 03100 - 3 D. Arrange and assemble formwork to permit stripping, so that concrete is not damaged during its removal. E. Arrange forms to allow stripping without removal of principal shores, where required to remain in place. 3.03 ERECTION A. Provide bracing to ensure stability of formwork. Strengthen formwork liable to be overstressed by construction loads. B. Camber slabs and beams to achieve ACI 301 tolerances. C. Provide temporary ports in formwork to facilitate cleaning and inspection. Locate openings at bottom of forms to allow flushing water to drain. Close ports with tight fitting panels, flush with inside face of forms, neatly fitted so that Joints will not be apparent in exposed concrete surfaces. D. Provide chamfer strips on external and exposed internal corners. E. Install void forms. Protect from moisture before concrete placement. Protect from crushing during concrete placement. F. Construct formwork to maintain tolerances in accordance with ACI 301. 3.04 APPLICATION OF FORM RELEASE AGENT A. Apply form release agent on formwork in accordance with manufacturer's Instructions. Apply prior to placing reinforcing steel, anchoring devices, and embedded items. B. Do not apply form release agent where concrete surfaces are scheduled to receive special finishes which may affected by agent. Soak contact surfaces of untreated forms with clean water. Keep surfaces wet prior to placing concrete. 3.05 INSERTS, EMBEDDED PARTS, AND OPENINGS A. Provide formed openings where required for work embedded in or passing through concrete. B. Coordinate work of other Sections in forming and setting openings, slots, recesses, chases, sleeves, bolts, anchors, and other Inserts. C. Install accessories in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, level and plumb. Ensure items are not disturbed during concrete placement. 03100 - 4 3.06 FORM REMOVAL A. Do not remove forms until concrete has sufficient strength to support Its own weight, and construction and design loads which may be imposed upon it. Remove load supporting forms when concrete has attained 75 percent of required 28 day compressive strength. B. Reshore structural members due to design requirements or construction conditions to permit successive construction. C. Remove formwork progressively so no unbalanced loads are imposed on structure. D. Do not damage concrete surfaces during form removal. E. Store reusable forms for exposed architectural concrete to prevent damage to contact surfaces. 3.07 CLEANING A. Clean forms to remove foreign matter as erection proceeds. B. Ensure that water and debris drain to exterior through clean -out ports. C. During cold weather, remove ice and snow from forms. Do not use de -icing salts. Do not use water to clean out completed forms, unless formwork and construction proceed within heated enclosure. Use compressed air to remove foreign matter. END OF SECTION 03100 -5 PART 1 GENERAL SECTION 03200 CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Reinforcing steel bars, welded steel wire fabric for cast -in -place concrete. B. Support chairs, bar supports,and spacers for supporting reinforcement. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Section 02514 - Portland Cement Concrete Paving B. Section 03100 - Concrete Formwork. C. Section 03300 - Cast -In -Place Concrete: Concrete placement and vapor barrier. 1.03 REFERENCES A. ACI 301 - Specifications for Structural Concrete for Buildings. B. ACI 315•- Details and Detailing of Concrete Reinforcement. C. ANSI /ASTM A82 - Cold Drawn Steel Wire for Concrete Reinforcement. D. ANSI /ASTM A185 - Welded Steel Wire Fabric for Concrete Reinforcement. E. ANSI /ASTM A497 - Welded Deformed Steel Wire Fabric for Concrete Reinforcement. F. ANSI /AWS D1.4 - Structural Welding Code Reinforcing Steel. G. ASTM A615 - Deformed and Plain Billet -Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement. H. ASTM A616 - Rail -Steel Deformed and Plain Bars for Concrete Reinforcement. I. ASTM A617 - Axle -Steel Deformed and Plain Bars for Concrete Reinforcement. J. CRSI - Manual of Practice. K. CRSI 63 - Recommended Practice for Placing Reinforcing Bars. L. CRSI 65 - Recommended Practice for Placing Bar Supports, Specifications and Nomenclature. M. Uniform Building Code 03200 - 1 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Perform concrete reinforcement work in accordance with CRSi Manual of Standard Practice, and Documents 63 and 65. B. Conform to ACI 301. C. Conform to UBC 1.05 FIELD SAMPLES A. Provide reinforcement for field sample specified in Sections 03100 and 03300. 1.06 SHOP DRAWINGS A. Submit shop drawings under provisions of Section 01300. I B. Indicate sizes, spacings, locations and quantities of reinforcing steel, wire fabric, bending and cutting schedules, splicing, stirrup spacing, supporting and spacing devices. Y 1.07 CERTIFICATES , A. Submit mill test certificates of supplied concrete reinforcing, indicating physical and , l chemical analysis. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS 1 A. Reinforcing Steel: ASTM A615, Grade as noted on Drawings; deformed bars, uncoated, free from rust,dirt, and loose scale. i B. Stirrup Steel: ANSI /ASTM A82. 2.02 ACCESSORY MATERIALS � I A Tie Wire: Minimum 16 gage (1.5 mm) annealed type. Y B. Chairs, Bolsters, Bar Supports, Spacers: Sized and shaped for strength and support of reinforcement during installation and placement of concrete including load r bearing pad on bottom to prevent vapor barrier puncture. I C. Chairs, Bolsters, Bar Supports, Spacers Adjacent to Architectural Concrete Surfaces: Plastic coated type; sized and shaped as required. fy 03200 • 2 2.03 FABRICATION A. Fabricate in accordance with ACI 315, providing concrete cover specified in Section 03300. B. Locate reinforcing splices not indicated on Drawings at points of minimum stress. Indicate location of splices on shop drawings. C. Weld reinforcing bars in accordance with ANSI /AWS D1.4. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Before placing concrete, clean reinforcement of foreign particles or coatings. B. Place, support, and secure reinforcement against displacement. Do not deviate from alignment or measurement. END OF SECTION 03200 - 3 PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Cast -in -place concrete. SECTION 03300 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE B. Floors and slabs on fill on vapor barrier. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Section 02514 - Portland Cement Concrete Paving. B. Section 03100 - Concrete Formwork. C. Section 03200 - Concrete Reinforcement. D. Section 03346 - Concrete Floor Finish. E. Section 03370 - Concrete Curing, 1.03 REFERENCES A. ACI 301 - Specifications for Structural Concrete for Buildings. B. ASTM C33 - Concrete Aggregates. C. ASTM C94 - Ready -Mixed Concrete. D. ASTM C150 - Portland Cement. E. ASTM C260 - Air- Entralning Admixtures for Concrete. F. ASTM C494 - Chemical Admixtures for Concrete. G. Uniform Building Code 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Perform work in accordance with ACI 301. B. Obtain materials from same source throughout the Work. 03300 - 1 1.05 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS 1.06 TESTS A. Conform to Uniform Building Code A. Testing and analysis of concrete will be performed under provisions of Section 01400 and as required per Uniform Building Code. B. Submit proposed mix design of each class of concrete to appointed firm for review prior to commencement of work. C. Testing firm will take cylinders and perform slump and air entrainment tests in accordance with ACI 301. D. Three concrete test cylinders will be taken for every 75 or less cu yds of each class of concrete placed each day unless structural notes call for different testing requirements. E. One additional test cylinder will be taken during cold weather and cured on site under same conditions as concrete it represents. G. One slump test will be taken for each set of test cylinders taken. 1.08 PRODUCT DATA A. Submit product data under provisions of Section 01300. B. Provide product data for specified products. C. Submit manufacturers' instructions under provisions of Section 01300. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 CONCRETE MATERIALS A. Cement: ASTM C150 - Type I Portland type; grey color. B. Fine and Coarse Aggregates: ASTM C33. C. Water: Clean and not detrimental to concrete. 2.02 ADMIXTURES A. Air Entrainment: ASTM C260. 03300 -. 2 r B. Non - shrink Grout: Premixed compound consisting of non- metallic aggregate, cement, water reducing and plasticizing agents; capable of developing minimum compressive strength of 7000 psi (48 mPa) in 28 days. C. Vapor barrier: 6 mil thick clear polyethylnene film. Type recommended for below grade application. D. Joint Filler: Standard Burke Zip Joints 1 i i i B. Chemical Admixture: ASTM C494, Type A - water reducing. Type B - retarding. Type C - accelerating. Type D - water reducing and retarding. Type E - water reducing and accelerating. Type F - water reducing, high range admixtures.Type G - water reducing, high range, and retarding admixtures. 2.03 ACCESSORIES A. Bonding Agent: Weld -Crete as Manufactured by Laresen Products Corp. 2.04 CONCRETE MIX A. Mix concrete in accordance with ASTM C94. B. Compressive. Strength at 28 days shall be 2500psi - 5 1/2 sack mix, unless otherwise noted on structural drawings. C. Slump: Consolidated by vibration, 3 inches not to exceed 4 inches; consolidated by other methods, 4 inches not to exceed 5 inches. D. Use accelerating admixtures in cold weather only when approved by Architect /Engineer. Use of admixtures will not relax cold weather placement requirements. E. Use set - retarding admixtures during hot weather only when approved by Architect /Engineer. F. Add air entraining agent to concrete mix for concrete work subject to freeze -thaw cycling or exposed to exterior. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION A. Verify anchors, seats, plates, reinforcement, and other items to be cast into concrete are accurately placed, held securely, and will not cause hardship in placing concrete. 03300 3 3.02 PREPARATION A. Prepare previously placed concrete by cleaning with steel brush and applying bonding agent. Apply bonding agent in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. At locations where new concrete Is dowelled to existing work, drill holes in existing concrete, insert steel dowels, and pack solid with non - shrink grout. C. Install vapor barrier under interior slabs on fill. Lap joints minimum 6 inches and seal. Do not disturb or damage vapor barrier while placing concrete. Repair damaged vapor barrier. 3.03 PLACING CONCRETE A. Place concrete in accordance with ACI 301. B. Hot Weather Placement: ACI 301. C. Cold Weather Placement: ACI 301. D. Ensure reinforcement, Inserts, embedded parts, formed joints are not disturbed during concrete placement. E. Place concrete continuously between predetermined construction and control joints. Do not break or interrupt successive pours such that cold joints occur. F. Saw cut control joints at an optimum time after finishing. Use 3/16 inch (5 mm) thick blade, cutting 1/3 Into depth of slab thickness. G. Separate exterior slabs on fill from vertical surfaces with joint filler. Extend Joint filler from bottom of slab to within 1/8 inch of finished slab surface. J. Excessive honeycomb or embedded debris in concrete is not acceptable. Notify Architect /Engineer Upon discovery. 3.04 FINISHING A. Provide concrete surfaces to be left exposed smooth two -pass trowel finish free from marks. B. Maintain top surface level 1/8 inch in ten(10) feet. C. Pitch to drains 1/8 inch per foot nominal unless noted otherwise on drawings. 3.05 PATCHING A. Patch imperfections. 03300 - 4 3.06 DEFECTIVE CONCRETE A. Modify or replace concrete not conforming to required levels and lines, details, and elevations. B. Repair or replace concrete not properly placed or of the specified type. 3.07 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Field inspection and testing will be performed under provisions of Section 01400, Uniform Building Code and as noted on drawings. B. Maintain records of placed concrete items. Record date, location of pour, quantity, air temperature, and test samples taken. 3.08 PROTECTION A. Protect finished work under provisions of Section 01600. B. immediately after placement, protect concrete from premature drying, excessively hot or cold temperatures, and mechanical Injury. C. Maintain concrete with minimal moisture loss at relatively constant temperature for period necessary for hydration of cement and hardening of concrete. END OF SECTION 03300 - 5 SECTION 03346 ( CONCRETE FLOOR FINISHING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Finish slabs on fill under provisions of Section monolithic floor slab. B. Sealer. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Section 03300 - Cast -In -Place Concrete: Prepared concrete surfaces ready for finishing. B. Section 03370 - Concrete. Curing. 1.03 REFERENCES A. ACl 301 - Specifications for Structural Concrete for Buildings. B. ASTM C309 - Liquid Membrane - Forming Compounds for Curing Concrete. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Applicator: Company specializing in concrete floor surface finishing with five (5) years experience. B. Furnish sealer In manufacturer's packaging with application instructions. 1.05 FIELD SAMPLES A. Provide field sample under provisions of Section 01300. { B. Prepare trial finish in area designated by Architect /Engineer. 1 1.06 PRODUCT DATA A. Submit product data under provisions of Section 01300. B. Provide product data for specified products. C. Submit manufacturers' Instructions under provisions of Section 01300. 03346 - 1 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Curing Compound: ASTM C309, Type 1, Class A and B; translucent. B. Sealer: ASTM C309 type 1, class A; clear. C. Bonding Agent: Polymer resin emulsion; Weldcrete; manufactured by Larsen Pruducts Corp, or approved PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION A. Verify floor surfaces are acceptable for application of this work. B. Ensure floor surfaces are depressed to accommodate finish materials. C. Beginning of installation means acceptance of surfaces. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Apply bonding agent prior to application of finish in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 3.03 FLOOR FINISHING A. Finish concrete floor surfaces in accordance with AC1 301. B. Uniformly spread, screed, and float concrete. Do not use grate tampers or mesh rollers. Do not spread concrete by vibration. C. Steel trowel all concrete, machine troweling will be permitted provided that maximum specificatied tolerance Is not exceeded. 3.04 TOLERANCES. A. Maintain surface flatness with maximum variation of 1/8 inch in 10 feet (3mm In 3 m). B. In areas of floor drains, maintain floor level at walls and slope surface uniformly to drains at 1/8 inch per foot. 03346 - 2 c 3.05 CURING A. Cure finish floor surfaces in accordance with ACI 301. Do not use curing compounds. B. Apply curing compound on finished floor surfaces. Apply In accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 3.06 TREATMENT A. Apply sealer on floor surfaces as scheduled. Apply in accordance with manufactuerer's Instructions. END OF SECTION r SECTION 03347 (( SELF- LEVELLING UNDERLAYMENT PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED 1 A. Liquid applied cementitious self - levelling floor underlayment. 1.02 RELATED WORK ( A. Section 03346 - Concrete Floor Finish: concrete floor surface. 1. . 1.03 REFERENCES A. ASTM C472 - Physical Testing of Gypsum Plasters and Gypsum Concrete. B. ASTM E286 - Surface Flammability of Building Materials. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Applicator: Company specializing in self - levelling underlayment approved by manufacturer. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Submit manufacturer's mix and installation instructions under provisions of Section 01300. 1 1.06 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Perform work at ambient temperatures at or above 50 degrees F (10 degrees C). B. During cure process, ventilate room spaces to remove moisture. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Ardex, Inc. 1 ; 03347-1 B. Floor Crete, Inc. C. or approved equal. 2.02 MATERIALS A. Underlayment: Cementitlous based cementitious mix. B. Water: Drinkable and not detrimental to underlayment. C. Primer: To manufacturer's instructions. D. Jointed Crack Filler: Latex based. 2.03 MIXING A. Site mix materials in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Mix to achieve following characteristics: 1. Density: 100 lb/sq ft (1600 kg /cu m) minimum dry density. 2. Compressive Strength: 1000 psi (6900 kPa) minimum; in accordance with ASTM C472. 3. Fire Hazard Classification: 0/0/0 (Flame /Fuel /Smoke) rating in accordance with ASTM E286. C. Mix to consistancy to achieve self - levelling. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION A. Verify substrate surface is ready to receive work of this Section. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Remove nubs, projections, irregularities. Fill voids, deck joints and irregularities with filler. Finish smooth. B. Vacuum clean substrate surfaces. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Install underlayment in accordance with manufacturer's instructions to Indicated minimum and maximum thicknesses. B. Install after partition installation. 03347 - 2 C. Maintain top surface level to 1 /8 inch in 10 ft (3 mm /3m). 3.04 CURING A. Air cure in accordance with manufacturer's Instructions. END OF SECTION PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED SECTION 03370 CONCRETE CURING A. Concrete curing materials and methods. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Section 02514 - Portland Cement Concrete Paving B. Section 03300 - Cast -In -Place Concrete. 1.03 REFERENCES A. ACI 301 - Specifications for Structural Concrete for Buildings. B. ASTM C309 - Liquid Membrane- Forming Compounds for Curing Concrete. C. FS TT -C -800 - Curing Compound, Concrete, for New and Existing Surfaces. D. Uniform Building Code 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Conform to requirements of ACI 301. B. Conform to requirements of Uniform Building Code.. 1.05 PRODUCT DATA A. Submit product data under provisions of Section 01300. B. Provide product data for specified products. . C. Submit manufacturers' installation instructions under provisions of Section 01300. 03370 - 1 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Water: Clean and not detrimental to concrete. B. Membrane Curing Compound: exceed requirements of ASNI /ASTM C 309 -81, Standard Specification for Liquid Membrane - Forming Compounds for Curing Concrete ". Material providing water retention not exceeding loss of 0.55 kg /m2 in 72 hours when tested in accordance with ANSI /ASTM C 156 -80, "Standard Test Method for Water Retention by Concrete Curing Material C. Polyethylene Film: ASTM D2103, 4 mil (0.1 mm) thick; clear color. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION A. Verify concrete surfaces are ready for curing. 3.02 MEMBRANE CURING COMPOUND A. Apply in accordance with manufacturers' Instructions. 3.03 PONDING A. Maintain 100 percent water coverage over slab areas, continuously for 7 days. 3.04 SPRAYING A. Spray water over slab areas; maintain wet for 7 days. 3.05 POLYETHYLENE FILM A. Spread polyethylene film over slab areas. Lap edges and ends 3 inches (75 mm) and seal with pressure sensitive polyester tape. B. Maintain In place for three days. 03370 -2 FT 3.06 CURING A. Cure concrete as scheduled. B. Remove sheeting and ballast after curing. END OF SECTION 03370 - 3 PART 1 GENERAL 1.03 RELATED SECTIONS SECTION 05120 STRUCTURAL STEEL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Structural steel framing members,and support members. B. Baseplates and miscellaneous connectors. C. Grouting under baseplates. 1.02 PRODUCTS FURNISHED BUT NOT INSTALLED UNDER THIS SECTION A. Section 03200 - Concrete Reinforcment; Anchors for casting into concrete. A. Section 03470 - Tilt -Up Concrete; Precast concrete anchorage devices for attachment to structural steel B. Section 05500 - Metal Fabrications; Non - framing fabrications affecting structural steel work. C. Section 09900 - Painting: Finish painting. 1.04 REFERENCES A. ASTM A36 - Structural Steel. B. ASTM A53 - Hot - Dipped, Zinc - coated Welded and Seamless Steel Pipe. C. ASTM A108 - Steel Bars, Carbon, Cold - Finished, Standard Quality. D. ASTM A307 - Carbon Steel Externally Threaded Standard Fasteners. E. ASTM A325 - High Strength Bolts for Structural Steel Joints. F. ASTM A490 - Quenched and Tempered Alloy Steel Bolts for Structural Steel Joints. G. ASTM A500 - Cold- Formed Welded and Seamless Carbon Steel Structural Tubing in Round and Shapes. H. ASTM A501 - Hot - Formed Welded and Seamless Carbon Steel Structural Tubing. 05120 - 1 I. AWS A2.0 - Standard Welding Symbols. J. AWS D1.1 - Structural Welding Code. K. AISC - Specification for the Design, Fabrication and Erection of Structural Steel for Buildings. L. AISC - Specification for Architectural Exposed Structural Steel. M. SSPC - Steel Structures Painting Council. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Submit under provisions of Section 01300. B. Shop Drawings: 1. Indicate profiles, sizes, spacing, and locations of structural members, openings, attachments and fasteners. 2. Connections not detailed. 3. Indicate welded connections with AWS A2.0 welding symbols. Indicate net weld lengths. C. Manufacturer's Mill Certificate: Submit under provisions of Section 01400 certifying that products meet or exceed specified requirements. D. Mill Test Reports: Submit under provisions of Section 01400 Manufacturer's Certificates, indicating structural strength, destructive and non- destructive test analysis. E. Welders' Certificates: Submit under provisions of Section 01400 Manufacturer'sCertificates, certifying welders employed on the Work, verifying AWS qualifications within the previous 12 months. 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Fabricate structural steel members in accordance with AISC- Specification for the Design, Fabrication and Erection of Structural Steel for Buildings. B. Perform Work in accordance with AISC - Specification for Architectural Exposed Structural Steel. C. Maintain one copy of each document on site. 1.07 QUALIFICATIONS A. Fabricator: Company specializing in performing the work of this Section with minimum 5 years experience. 05120 - 2 e C. Design connections not detailed on the Drawings under direct supervision of a Professional Structural Engineer experienced in design of this work and licensed in r the State of Washington. 1.08 FIELD MEASUREMENTS I ,, A. Verify that field measurements are as shown on Drawings and /or shop drawings. I PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Structural Steel Members: ASTM A36. I . B. Structural Tubing: ASTM A500, Grade B. C. Pipe: ASTM A53, Grade B. D. Bolts, Nuts, and Washers: ASTM A307 and A325. E. Anchor Bolts: ASTM A307. F. Welding Materials: AWS D1.1; type required for materials being welded. F G. Grout: Non - shrink type, pre -mixed compound consisting of non - metallic aggregate, cement, water reducing and plasticizing additives, capable of developing a minimum 1 compressive strength of 3,000 psi at 28 days. H. Touch -up Primer for Galvanized Surfaces: Zinc rich type. 2.02 FABRICATION G I r I B. Erector: Company specializing in performing the work of this Section with minimum 5 years documented experience. A. Continuously seal joined members by intermittent welds and plastic filler. Grind exposed welds smooth. 2.03 FINISH A. Prepare structural component surfaces in accordance with SSPC SP -2. B. Shop prime structural steel members. Do not prime surfaces that will be field welded, in contact with concrete and high strength bolted. 05120 -3 2.04 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL AND TESTS A. Testing and analysis of components will be performed under provisions of Section 01400. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that field conditions are acceptable and are ready to receive work. B. Beginning of installation means erector accepts existing conditions. 3.03 ERECTION A. Allow for erection loads, and for sufficient temporary bracing to maintain structure safe, plumb, and in true alignment until completion of erection and installation of permanent bracing. B. Field weld components indicated on Drawings. C. Do not field cut or alter structural members without approval of Architect /Engineer. D. After erection, prime welds, abrasions, and surfaces not shop primed, except surfaces to be in contact with concrete. E. Grout under baseplates in accordance with Section 2.01 Materials 3.04 ERECTION TOLERANCES A. Maximum Variation From Plumb: 1/4 inch (6 mm) per story, non- cumulative. B. Maximum Offset From True Alignment: 1/4 inch (6 mm). 3.05 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Field inspection will be performed under provisions of Section 01400. END OF SECTION 05120 -4 r SECTION 05500 METAL FABRICATIONS PART 1 GENERAL F 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Shop fabricated ferrous metal items, galvanized and prime painted. B. Refer to Schedule at end of this Section. 1.02 WORK FURNISHED BUT INSTALLED UNDER OTHER SECTIONS A. Furnish metal fabrications to be cast in concrete to Section 03300 - Cast -In -Place Concrete. B. Furnish metal fabrications to be cast In precast concrete to Section 03470. 1.03 RELATED WORK A. Section 05120 Bearing plates, bolts, angles and including anchorage. [.., B. Section 09900 - Painting: Paint finish. 1.04 REFERENCES A. ASTM A36 - Structural Steel. B. ASTM A53 - Hot - Dipped, Zinc- coated Welded and Seamless Steel Pipe. C. ASTM A307 - Low - Carbon Steel Externally and Internally Threaded Fasteners. D. ASTM A325 - High Strength Bolts for Structural Steel Joints. r E. ASTM A500 - Cold- formed Welded and Seamless Carbon Steel Structural Tubing in Rounds and Shapes. F. ASTM A501 - Hot - formed Welded and Seamless Carbon Steel Structural Tubing. G. AWS D1.1 - Structural Welding Code. H. FS TT -P -31 - Paint, Oil: Iron Oxide, Ready Mix, Red and Brown. I. FS TT -P -645 - Primer, Paint, Zinc Chromate, Alkyd Type. J. Uniform Building Code. 05500 - 1 1.05 SHOP DRAWINGS A. Submit shop drawings under provisions of Section 01300. B. Indicate profiles, sizes, connection attachments, reinforcing, anchorage, size and type of fasteners, and accessories. C. Include erection drawings, elevations, and details where applicable. D. Indicate welded connections using standard AWS welding symbols. Indicate net weld lengths. E. Prepare shop drawings under seal of a Professional Structural Engineer registered in the State of Washington. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Steel Sections: ASTM A36. B. Steel Tubing: ASTM A500, Grade B. C. Bolts, Nuts, and Washers: ASTM A307and A325. D. Welding Materials: AWS D1.1; type required for materials being welded. E. Primer: FS TT -P -31, red; for shop application and field touch -up. 2.02 FABRICATION A. Verify dimensions on site prior to shop fabrication. B. Fabricate items with joints tightly fitted and secured. C. Fit and shop assemble in largest practical sections, for delivery to site. D. Grind exposed welds flush and smooth with adjacent finished surface. Ease exposed edges to small uniform radius. E. Exposed Mechanical Fastenings: Flush countersunk screws or bolts; unobtrusively located; consistent with design of structure, except where specifically noted otherwise. F. Make exposed joints butt tight, flush, and hairline. 05500 - 2 G. Supply components required for anchorage of metal fabrications. Fabricate anchorage and related components of same material and finish as metal fabrication, except where specifically noted otherwise. 2.03 FINISH A. Clean surfaces of rust, scale, grease, and foreign matter prior to finishing. B. Do not prime surfaces in direct contact bond with concrete or where field welding is required. C. Prime paint Items scheduled with one coat. D. Galvanize items to minimum 1.25 oz /sq ft (380 g /sq m) zinc coating. In accordance with ASTM A386. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Obtain Architect /Engineer approval prior to site cutting or making adjustments not scheduled. B. Clean and strip site primed steel items to bare metal where site welding is scheduled. C. Make provision for erection loads with temporary bracing. Keep work in alignment. D. Supply items required to be cast into concrete with setting templates, to appropriate Sections. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install Items plumb and level, accurately fitted, free from distortion or defects. B. Perform field welding in accordance with AWS D1.1. C. After installation, touch -up field welds, scratched or damaged surfaces with primer. 3.03 SCHEDULE A. Provide and install Items listed in Schedule and shown on Drawings with anchorage and attachments necessary for installation. B. The Schedule is a list of principal items only. Refer to Drawing details for items not specifically scheduled. 05500 - 3 C. Steel wall ladders of 3/8 x 2.5 inches side rails spaced at 20 inches (500 mm); rungs of three /quater inch diameter solid rod spaced 12 inches (300 mm on center; space rungs 7 Inches (175 mm) from wall surface; with steel mounting brackets and attachments; prime paint finish. END OF SECTION G? SECTION 05521 PIPE AND TUBE RAILINGS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Steel pipe and tube handrails, balusters, and fittings. 1.02 WORK FURNISHED BUT INSTALLED UNDER OTHER SECTIONS A. Furnish anchors for placement in stud walls to Section 09111. 1.03 RELATED WORK A. Section 09900 - Painting: Paint finish. 1.04 REFERENCES A. ASTM A386 - Zinc - Coating (Hot -Dip) on Assembled Steel Products. B. FS TT -P -31 - Paint, Oil: iron Oxide, Ready Mix, Red and Brown. C. ASTM A.176 - Stainless and Heat - Resisting Chromium - Nickel Steel, Sheet and Strip 1.05 STRUCTURAL REQUIREMENTS A. Railing assembly, wall rails, and attachments to resist lateral force per UBC at any point without damage or permanent set. 1.06 SUBMITTALS A. Submit shop drawings and product data under provisions of Section 01300. B. Indicate component details, materials, finishes, connection and joining methods, and the relationship to adjoining work. C. Submit manufacturer's installation instructions under provisions of Section 01300. D. Submit samples under provisions of Section 01300. 05521 : 1 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 STEEL RAILING SYSTEM A. Rails and Posts: 1 1/2 Inches diameter steel pipe; welded jointing. C. Fittings: wall brackets cast steel. D. Mounting: Adjustable brackets and flanges, prepared backing plate for mounting in metal stud partitioning. E. Splice Connectors: Steel welding collars. F. Primer: FS TT -P -31, red; one coat. 2.02 FABRICATION A. Verify dimensions on site prior to shop fabrication. B. Fit and shop assemble sections in largest practical sizes, for delivery to site and installation. C. Supply components required for secure anchorage of handrails and railings. D. Grind exposed welds smooth and flush with adjacent surfaces. E. Make exposed joint butt tight, flush, and hairline. F. Accurately form components required for anchorage of railings to each other and to building structure. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Supply items to be placed in partitions with setting templates and erection drawings to appropriate Sections. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance with shop drawings. B. Erect work square and level, free from distortion or defects detrimental to appearance or performance. C. Anchor handrailings to structure. 05521 - 2 D. Weld field connections and grind smooth to complete assembly. Touch-up welds with primer. END OF SECTION 05521 - 3 PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED SECTION 06001 CARPENTRY WORK A. Rough carpentry, finish carpentry, and cabinet work. Refer to Schedule located at the end of this Section. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Section 08700 - Hardware: Supply of cabinet hardware as required for this Section B. Section 09900 - Painting: Site finishing of finish carpentry and cabinetwork 1.03 REFERENCES A. MIL -L- 1914 -C Lumber and Plywood, Fire Retardant Treated B. MIL- V- 13518C(1) Wood Preservative: Tetrachlorophenol and Pentachlorophenol, Surface Sealing Compound C. PS 1 - Construction and Industrial Plywood D. PS 20 - American Softwood Lumber Standard E. PS 51 - Hardwood and Decorative Plywood F. PS 58 - Basic Hardwood G. NFPA - National Design Specification for Wood Construction. H. West Coast Lumber inspection Bureau's (WCLB) I. Western Wood Products Association (WWP) J. Uniform Building Code 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Rough Carpentry Lumber: Visible grade stamp, of agency certified by National Forest Products Association (NFPA). B. When applicable, fabricate cabinetwork and site made finish carpentry items in accordance with recommendations of Quality Standards of Architectural Woodwork Institute (AWI). 06001 - 1 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Submit shop drawings under provisions of Section 01300. B. Submit samples under provisions of Section 01300 of standard colors and patterns of plastic laminate for Architect /Engineers selection. 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Do not deliver shop fabricated carpentry Items until site conditions are adequate to receive the work. Protect items from weather while in transit. B. Store indoors, in ventilated areas with a constant, minimum temperature of 60 degrees F (16 degrees C), maximum relative humidity of 25 to 55 percent. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 ROUGH CARPENTRY MATERIALS A. Lumber: PS 20; graded in accordance with established Grading rules; maximum moisture content of 15 percent; all timber and lumber to be stress graded Hem -Fir or Douglas Fir unless noted otherwise by Structural. B. Plywood: All plywood to be in accordance with refrenced U.S. Product Standard PSI -74, and meeting minimum standards of DFPA & A.P.A. C. Nails, Spikes and Staples: Galvanized for exterioir locations, high humidity locations and treated wood; plain finish for other interior locations; size and type to suit application. D. Bolts, Nuts, Washers, Lags, Pins and Screws: Medium carbon steel; sized to suit application galvanized for exterior locations, high humidity locations and treated wood; plain finish for other interior locations. E. Joist Hangers; Sized and profiled to suit application; galvanized finish. F. Fasteners: Expansion shield and lag bolt type for anchorage to concrete bolts or power activated type for anchorage to steel. G. Partical board: 3/8" minimum. 06001 - 2 4 ? 2.02 FINISH CARPENTRY AND CABINETWORK MATERIALS A. Hardwood Lumber: Graded in accordance with "Custom Quality" of AWl manual; maximum moisture content of 9 percent; of the following species and grades: Jtem Species Grade Trim plain clear hemlock FAS Door plain sliced white oak FAS B. Wood Particleboard: Composed of wood chips, with high waterproof resin binders; water resistant adhesive; of grade to suit application; acrylic- coated faces. C. Plastic Laminate: General purpose type; minimum 1/16 Inches (1.6 mm) thick; matte finish, manufactured by Nevamare or approved equal. D. Adhesive: Contact type; Federal Specification MMM- A -130A. For shop fabricated work, adhesive: of type recommended by millwork manufacturer to suit application. E. Nails: Size and type to suit application. F. Bolts, Nuts, Washers, Lags, Pins and Screws: Size and type to suit application; 2.03 CABINET HARDWARE A. Drawers and Door Pulls: Stanley 4483,US26D finish. B. Drawer Slides: Blum BS423OE. C. Hinges: Stanley 1560 Series, US26D finish D. Cabinet Locks: Door; Stanley 0370BX7S, drawers; Stanley 0665X7S E. Shelve support: Melatex 255 2.04 WOOD TREATMENT A. Fire Retardant: Chemically treated and pressure impregnated; capable of providing a maximum flame spread rating of 25 or less (ASTM E -84) manufactured by Koppers. B. Wood Preservative: Chemically treated and pressure impregnated type manufactured by Koppers. 06001 - 3 2.05 FABRICATION A. Fabricate cabinetwork and finish carpentry Items in accordance with recommendations of AWI and to extent indicated in Schedule located at the end of this Section. Shop fabricate items where possible. B. Fit shelves, doors and exposed edges with plastic laminate edging. Use full length pieces only. C. Cabinetwork Doors: Minimum 3/4 inch ([19.1] thick particale board with plastic laminate all sides. D. Apply plastic laminate finish in full uninterrupted sheets consistent with manufactured sizes. Corners and joints to be hairline. Locate counter butt Joints at least 2 feet (600 mm) from sink cut -outs. E. Cap exposed plastic laminate edges with material of same finish and pattern. F. Shop assemble cabinetwork and finish carpentry items for delivery to site in sizes easily handled and to ensure passage through building openings. 2.06 PREPARATION OF FINISH CARPENTRY ITEMS AND CABINETWORK FOR FINISHING A. Sand work smooth and set exposed nails and screws. Apply wood filler in exposed nail and screw Indentations and leave ready to receive site applied finishes. On items to receive transparent finishes, use wood filler which matches surrounding surfaces and of types recommended for applied finishes. B. Provide cutouts for plumbing fixtures, inserts, appliances, outlet boxes, and other fixtures and fitments. Verify locations of cutouts from site dimensions. 2.07 WOOD TREATMENT A. Shop pressure treat and deliver to site ready for Installation, wood materials requiring pressure impregnated preservatives. Provide UL approved identification on fire resistant treated materials. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 FRAMING, FURRING, AND STRIPPING A. Erect wood framing, furring, stripping and nailing members true to lines and levels. Do not deviate from true alignment more than 1/4 Inch (6.4 mm). B. Construct members of continuous pieces of longest possible lengths. C. Construct and erect required beams, lintels, and any other miscellaneous framing. 06001 - 4 r .. E. Double wall framing members at openings over 100 square inches (0.065 sq m). Space short members above and below openings in same manner as for walls. F. Coordinate installation of wood trusses. 3.02 SHEATHING A. Place roof sheathing with end joints staggered. Secure sheets over firm bearing. Maintain minimum 1/16 inch (1.6 mm) and maximum 1/8 inch (3.2 mm) spacing between Joints of sheets on walls. Place perpendicular to framing members. 3.03 INSTALLATION OF FINISH CARPENTRY ITEMS AND CABINET WORK A. Set and secure cabinetwork and finish carpentry Items in place rigid, plumb, and square. B. Use purpose designed fixture attachments for mounted components. C. Use threaded steel concealed Joint fasteners to align and secure adjoining cabinet units. D. When necessary to cut and fit on site, make material with ample allowance for cutting. Provide trim for scribing and site cutting. E. Permanently fix cabinet and counter bases to floor using appropriate angles and anchorages. F. Counter -sink semi - concealed anchorage devices used to wall mount components and conceal with solid plugs of species to match surrounding wood. Place flush with surrounding surfaces. G. Carefully scribe cabinetwork which is against other building materials, leaving gaps of 1/32 inch (0.8mm) maximum. Do not use additional overlay trim for this purpose. H. Install and adjust cabinet hardware to correct operation. I. Install hardware, fixtures and accessories supplied under other Sections for installation. Install items In accordance with manufacturer's instructions. J. Ensure that mechanical and electrical items affecting this Section of work are properly placed, complete, and have been Inspected by the Architect /Engineer prior to commencement of installation. END OF SECTION 06001 - 5 SECTION 06181 GLUE LAMINATED STRUCTURAL UNITS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Glue laminated wood beams. B. Steel hardware and attachment brackets. 1.02 WORK INSTALLED BUT FURNISHED UNDER OTHER SECTIONS A. Furnish attachment bracket anchor bolts to Section 06193 for placement. 1.03 RELATED WORK A. Section 05120 - Structural Steel; Structural supports. B. Section 06001 - Carpentry: Roof and floor sheathing. 1.04 REFERENCES A. AITC - American institute of Timber Construction. B. ALSC - American Lumber Standards Committee: Softwood Lumber Standards. C. ANSI A190.1 - Structural Glued Laminated Timber. D. ASTM A36 - Structural Steel. E. ASTM A307 - Bolts for Structural Steel Joints. 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacture of glue laminated structural units with three years minimum experience, and certified by the AITC. �.. B. Erector: Company specializing in erection of glue laminated structural units with 3 years and approved by manufacturer. C. Design structural members under direct supervision of Professional Engineer experienced in design of glue laminated structural units, registered in State of Washington. 06181 -1 1.07 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Conform to applicable code for loads, seismic zoning, and other load criteria. 1.08 SUBMITTALS A. Submit shop drawings and product data under provisions of Section 01300. B. Indicate framing system, sizes and spacing of members, loads and cambers, bearing and anchor details, bridging and bracing and framed openings. Submit design calculations. 1.09 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver products to site under provisions of Section 01600. B. Store and protect products under provisions of Section 01600. C. Protect members in accordance with AITC requirements for load wrapped material. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Lumber: lumber conforming to ANSI /AITC A190.1 grading rules. B. Steel Connections and Brackets: ASTM A36. D. Hardware: ASTM A305, structural quality steel; primed. E. Anchor Bolts: ASTM A307. F. Adhesive: ANSI /AITC A190.1, for dry condition of service, unless members are exposed to weather G. Bearing Plate Anchors: Expansion bolts for anchorage to concrete. Bolts or ballistic fasteners for anchorage to steel. 2.02 FABRICATION A. Fabricate glue laminated structural members in accordance with AITC industrial grade. B. Verify dimensions and site conditions prior to fabrication. C. Cut and fit members accurately to length to achieve tight joint fit. D. Fabricate member with camber built In. 06181 • 2 E E. Do not splice or join members in locations other than that indicated, without permission. F. Fabricate steel hardware and connections with joints neatly fitted, welded, and ground smooth. G. After end trimming, seal with sealer coat in accordance with AITC requirements. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION A. Verify that supports are ready to receive trusses. B. Verify sufficient end bearing area. C. Beginning of installation means acceptance of existing conditions. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Coordinate placement of bearing items. 3.03 ERECTION A. Set structrual members level and plumb, In correct positions. B. Provide temporary bracing and anchorage to hold members in place until permanently secured. C. Fit members together accurately without trimming, cutting, or any other unauthorized modification. 3.04 TOLERANCES A. Framing Members: 1/2 inch (12 mm) maximum from true position. END OF SECTION 06181 - 3 PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Cold applied asphalt bitumen dampproofing. B. Protective covering. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Section 02270 - Backfiiling. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE SECTION 07160 BITUMINOUS DAMPPROOFING 1.03 REFERENCES A. ANSI /ASTM D- 2822 -75 - Mastic Used In Roofing, Dampproofing, and Waterproofing. B. NRCA (National Roofing Contractors Association) - Waterproofing Manual. A. Applicator: Company specializing in bituminous waterproofing systems with 5 years minimum experience. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Submit product data under provisions of Section 01300. B. Indicate properties of primer, bitumen, and mastic. C. Submit manufacturer's installation instructions under provisions of Section 01300. D. Submit manufacturer's certificate in accordance with Section 01400 that installed materials meet or exceed specified requirements. 07160 - 1 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Sonneborn; Hydrocide. B. or approved equal 2.02 BITUMEN MATERIALS A. Asphalt: ANSI /ASTM D2822 - 75 PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION A. Verify surfaces are solid, free of frozen matter, loose particles, cracks, pits, rough projections, and foreign matter detrimental to adhesion and application of dampproofing. B. Do not apply dampproofing to damp, frozen, dirty or dusty surfaces unacceptable to applicator. C. Verify items which penetrate surfaces to receive dampproofing are securely installed. D. Beginning of Installation means acceptance of substrate. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Clean and prepare surfaces to receive dampproofing in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Apply mastic to seal penetrations, small cracks, and honeycomb in substrate. 3.03 APPLICATION A. Prime surfaces in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Apply cold bitumen with roller. C. Apply per manufacture's instructions. D. Apply from 1 inch below finish grade elevation to top of footings. E. Seal watertight items projecting through dampproofing surface with mastic. e 07160 -2 14 1 3.04 PROTECTION A. Protect finished dampproofing from damage during backfill operations per manufacture's instructions. END OF SECTION 07160 - 3 PART 1 • GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED SECTION 07212 BOARD INSULATION A. Board insulation at perimeter foundation wail. 1.02 REFERENCES A. ANSI /ASTM C518 - Standard Test Method for Steady -State Thermal Transmission Properties by Means of the Heat Flow Meter. B. ANSI /ASTM D272 - Maximum Water Absorption of Materials. C. ASTM /ASTM D1621 - Compressive Strength. D. ASTM E96 - Water Vapor Transmission of Materials. E. FS HH -I -524 - Insulation Board, Thermal (Polystyrene). 1.03 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Materials of this Section shall provide a continuous thermal, vapor and air barrier at building enclosure elements. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Submit manufacturer's installation Instructions under provisions of Section 01300. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE INSULATION MANUFACTURERS A. Owens /Corning FiberGlass Corp. B. Dow Chemical. C. or approved equal. 2.02 INSULATION MATERIALS 07212 - 1 A. Insulation: FS HH -I -524, 1 1 /2" thick, polystyrene foam insulation , R = 5 / 1 inch, minimum compressive strength of 40 lbs/inch sq.,maximum water absorption of 0.1% by volume, square edge. 2.03 ADHESIVE MATERIALS A. Adhesive: Type recommended by insulation manufacturer for application. 2.04 ACCESSORIES A. Nails or Staples: Steel wire; electroplated; type and size to suit application. D. Tape: Bright aluminum self - adhering type; mesh reinforced; 2 inch (50 mm) wide. E. Insulation Fasteners: Impale clip type of galvanized steel; of type to be mechanically fastened to surface to receive rigid insulation; length to suit insulation thickness; capable of securely and rigidly fastening insulation in place. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Verify substrate and adjacent materials and insulation boards are dry and ready to receive insulation. B. Verify substrate surface is flat, free of irregularities. C. Verify insulation boards are unbroken, free of damage. 3.01 INSTALLATION - FOUNDATION PERIMETER A. Install boards on foundation wall perimeter, horizontally. Place boards in a method to maximize contact bedding. Stagger end Joints. Butt edges and ends tight to adjacent board and to protrusions. 3.02 INSTALLATION - WALLS A. Secure with fasteners to substrate at a frequency recommended by manufacturer of insulation board. END OF SECTION 07212 -2 PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED SECTION 07213 BATT AND BLANKET INSULATION A. Batt insulation and vapor barrier in exterior wall and roof construction. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Section 07212: Board Insulation. 1.03 REFERENCES A. FS L -P -375 - Plastic Film, Flexible, Vinyl - Chloride. B. ASTM C665 - Insulation Blankets, Thermal (Mineral Fiber, for Ambient Temperatures). C. ASTM El 36 - Behavior of Materials in a Vertical Tube Furnace. At 750 degrees C. D. ASTM E90 - Sound Transmission Loss of. Building Partitions. 1.04 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Materials of this Section shall provide a thermal and vapor and air barrier at building enclosure elements. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Submit manufacturer's Installation instructions under provisions of Section 01300. 07213 - 1 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Owens- Corning. B. Celotex. C. U.S. Gypsum. D. Manville. E. or approved equal 2.02 MATERIALS PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Verify adjacent materials are dry and ready to receive installation. B. Verify mechanical and electrical services within walls have been Installed and tested. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install batt insulation, vapor /air barrier and pastic film In accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Install batt insulation, vapor and air barrier and plastic film in exterior walls and roof spaces without gaps or voids. 07213 - 2 A. Batt Insulation: Preformed glass fiber batt; friction fit type without membrane. R 7 value per drawings. B. Plastic Film: F.S. 25 plastic film sufficent mil. thichness for application. C. Tape: as recommended by Manufacturer D. Batt Insulation: Preformed glass fiber batt with foil back; friction fit type. R value per drawings. E. Miscellaneous: as required to for completion of insulation work. IS i C. Trim insulation neatly to fit spaces. Use baits free of damage. D. Fit insulation tight in spaces and tight to exterior side of mechanical and electrical services within the plane of insulation. Leave no gaps or voids. E. Install insulation with factory applied membrane facing warm side of building spaces. Lap ends and side flanges of membrane over framing members. Tape seal butt ends and lapped side flanges. Tape seal tears or cuts in membrane. F. Place vapor and air barrier and plastic film on warm side of insulation by taping in place. Tape seal tears or cuts in barrier. END OF SECTION 07213 -3 PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED SECTION 07240 EXTERIOR INSULATION AND FINISH SYSTEM A. Acrylic Surface Finish System. 1.02 WORK INSTALLED BUT FURNISHED UNDER OTHER SECTIONS A. Section 07212: Board Insulation. 1.03 RELATED WORK A. Section 07900 - Joint Sealers. B. Section 06001 - Stud Framing System: Wood studding and framing. C. Section 09260 - Gypsum Board Systems. 1.04 REFERENCES A. ASTM G23 Accelerated Weathering. ASTM G53 B. Fed. Spec. TT -C -555 -B Wind Driven Rain, C. MIL STD 810B Mildew Resistance. MIL STD 810C D. ASTM B 117 Salt Spray Resistance. E. 60 Cycles Absorption Freeze. F. ASTM D 698 Abrasion Resistance. G. ASTM E84 Fire Hazard (Finish). H. ASTM E 108 Vertical Fire Spread. i. SWRI 01 -8553 Multi Story Fire Test. J. EIMA 101.86 Impact Resistance. 07240 - 1 B. Applicator: Company specializing in exterior insulation work with three years documented experience and approved by manufacturer. i K. Uniform Building Code, Latest Edition. 1 1.05 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION t A. Fabricate vertical elements to limit finish surface to 1/180 deflection under lateral point load of 100 lbs. ;J B. Fabricate horizontal elements to limit finish surface to 1/360 deflection under superimposed dead loads and wind uplift loads. :I 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE cl r A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in exterior insulation work with five years documented experience. V L 1.07 SUBMITTALS A. Submit product data under provisions of Section 01300. B. Provide product data, characteristics, and limitations of products specified. f ; C. Submit manufacturer's installation instructions under provisions of Section 01300. D. Submit manufacturer's certificate under provisions of Section 01400 that products meet or exceed specified requirements. r ) 1.08 FIELD SAMPLES A. Provide smapie panel under provisions of Section 01300. B. Provide field sample panel, 24 inch long by 24 inch wide, Illustrating surface finish and color of finish coat. 1.09 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS P A. Store all products in a cool dry place out of direct sunlight, protected from eather and other damage. In addition, materials shall be stored at a temperature not less than 40 degrees F and in tightly sealed containers at all times. B. Do not apply when substrate or ambient air temerpature is less than 40 degrees F. C. Application of finish system shall not take place during inclement weather unless appropriate protection in employed. 07240 - 2 i D. Use all means necessary to protect the materials of this section before, during, and after installation and to protect the work and materials of all other trades. E. The system shall be protected diring and after work ceases to insure full performance of the Finish System. Each component shall be protected against freezing temperatures and sources of exterior water for a period of not less than 48 hours. 1.10 COORDINATION AND SCHEDULING A. The work in this section required close coordination with related sections and trades. B. The tops of all walls must immediately be protected to prevent water infiltration behind the system. The cap flashing shall be Installed as soon as possible after the finish coat has been installed. C. All factory approved sealants shall be installed in a timely manner. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Dry -Vit. B. Pleko Products, Inc. l C. Or Approved Equal. 2.02 MATERIALS A. Cementitious Adhesive - shall be compatible with the insulation board, substrate and reinforcing fabric. 2 B. Cement - ASTM C150, Normal - Type I Portland. Grey Color. i C. Insulation Board - shall comply with specifications wich include but are not limited to: 1. Rigid expanded polystyrene produced by an approved manufacturer. The board shall have an average density of one pound per cubic foot, a fiamespread t J rating of less than 25 and a smoke - density rating of less than 450. The board is 3/4" thick and in widths and lengths as required. Other insulation boards may be used provided such boards are recognized under an NRB insulation board i report, meets Federal Specification HHI -524C, Type I or Type II, and has been ( approved by an approved manufacturer. D. Reinforcing Fabric - shall be balanced open weave glass fiber fabric made from twisted multi -end strands specifically treated for compatibility with other materials of the system. Provide heavy -duty glass fiber mesh from from ground to eight feet above. 07240 - 3 i E. Finish Coat - shall be factory mixed. Type, color, and texture to be approved by the architect or owner. F. Mechanical Fastners - recommended for use in high wind zone areas. (Designer responsible for determinig correct wind load to meet U.B.C. Specifications, Latest Edition). G. Accessories - shall be as per manufacturer's recommendations. H. Water - Clean, fresh, potable and free of mineral or organic matter which can affect plaster. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION A. Verify that surfaces and site conditions are ready to receive work. B. Drywall: Verify joints are cut flush and surface is ready to receive work of this Section. C. Grounds and Blocking: Verify items within walls for other Sections of work have been installed. D. Mechanical and Electrical: Verify services within walls have been tested and approved. E. Beginning of installation means acceptance of existing conditions. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Protect surfaces near the work of this Section from damage or disfiguration. B. Clean concrete surfaces of foreign matter. Clean surfaces using acid solutions, solvents, or detergents. Wash surfaces with clean water. C. Roughen smooth concrete surfaces and apply bonding agent. Apply in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Insulation Board - shall be applied with the joints offset to substrate joints and vertical joints staggered. B. Adhesive and insualtion Board: 1. Apply the adhesive to the entire back of the insulation board by using a 3/8" notched trowel. 07240 - 4 r 1 2. Install insulation board on substrate and apply equal pressure over the ntire board surface to ensure uniform contact and solid adhesion. 3. Butt all int tightly to ensure a flat, flush, and level surface. (Use straight edge ut a Joints g y o t e u a, e ( g g as necessary to align and check). 4. For installation details at roof lines, windows, sills, and joints with other r materials, refer to manufacturer's details. 5. Any irregularity of the insulation board surfaces grater than 1/16" must be sanded flush. F C. Fastners - as required by U.B.C., latest edition: 1. Use the compression disc fasteners to secure the insulation board through the substrate to the structural framework. 2. Make sure the correct fastener type is used for the substrate type and the recommended installation pattern is followed. (Designer: see supplemental load chart at end of specifications). 3. Fastener shall be countersunk 1/16" and covered with one layer of adhesive and allowed to dry prior to installation of the full cementitious adhesive and mesh base coat. D. Adhesive and Reinforcing Fabric: 1. Apply adhesive - Use a stainless steel trowel to apply 1/16" thickness of adhesive to the entire insulation board. 2. Install Reinforcing Fabric a. Immediately place the reinforcing fabric against the wet base coat and by troweling from the center to the edges, embed the fabric Into the coating. b. Reinforcing fabric must be continuous, free of wrinkles and be fully embedded in the base coat. All corners and overlaps shall be at least 3 inches at fabric edges. c. Allow at least 24 hours drying time. Additional time amy be required for temperature or humidity conditions. d. Where shown on plans, the manufacturer's finish system is to be installed. First embed mesh fabric in non - cementitious adhesive that has been applied to the insulation board. Allow to dry. Then apply a coat of cementitious adhesive to the dry surface and embed the regular reinforcing fabric in the cementitious adhesive as In D.2.a. and D.2.b. 07240 - 5 E. Finish Coat 3.04 TOLERANCES 4. Special texture and grain effects are obtained by troweling. Consistent troweling techniques must be used to achieve uniformity of appearance. 3.05 JOB SITE CLEAN -UP 1. Thoroughly mix the factory - prepared finish coat material. Use a high speed mixer and stir until a uniform, workable consistency is obtained. If necessary, add small amounts of clean, potable water (not to exceed 10 oz. per pail) to adjust workability. 2. Use finish color and texture as per previously submitted sample. 3. Use clean stainless steel trowels to apply finish coat directly over the adhesive and mesh base coat. (Structure finish may be spray applied). A. Maximum Variation from True Flatness: 1/8 inch in 10 feet. A. All excess wall system materials shall be removed from the job site by the applicator. B. All surrounding areas where the finish system has been applied shall be left free of debris and foreign substances. END OF SECTION 07240 - 6 PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Built -up roofing, with base flashings. 1.03 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 06001 - cants. B. Section 07620 - fiashings. C. 1.04 REFERENCES SECTION 07514 BUILT -UP ASPHALT BITUMINOUS ROOFING Section 07724 - Roof Hatches. 1.05 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION Carpentry Work: Wood Blocking and Curbing: Wood nallers and Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim: Weather protection to base A. ASTM D41 - Asphalt Primer Used in Roofing,Dampproofing and Waterproofing. B. ASTM D312 - Asphalt Used on Roof C. ASTM D2178 - Asphalt Glass Felt Used in Roofing and Waterproofing. D. ASTM D3903 - Aspalt Roll Roofing (Glass Felt) Surface with Mineral Granules. E. FM - Roof Assembly Classifications. F. NRCA - Roofing and Waterproofing Manual. E. UL - Fire Hazard Classifications. A. Built -up Roofing System: Installation of Class "BTM, built up roof system composed of ASTM Class IV material. 07514 - 1 1.06 SYSTEM PERFORMANCE A. Roofing System: Arrest water migration from entering building through the roof membrane. 1.07 SUBMITTALS A. Submit product data under provisions of Section 01300. B. Submit product data indicating membrane and bitumen materials and base flashing materials. C. Submit samples under provisions of Section 01300. D. Submit manufacturer's certificate under provisions of Section 01400 that products meet or exceed specified requirements. 1.08 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing the products specified in this Section with minimum five years experience. B. Applicator: Company specializing in applying bituminous roofing with minimum 5 years experience and approved by materials manufacturer. C. Work of this Section to conform to manufacturer's Instructions. 1.09 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Conform to applicable code for roof assembly fire hazard requirements. B. Fire Hazard Classification: UL Class B. 1.10 PRE - INSTALLATION CONFERENCE A. Convene a pre - installation conference one week prior to commencing work of this Section, under provisions of Section 01200. B. Review installation procedures and coordination required with related work. 07514 -2 I 1.11 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver products to site under provisions of Section 01600. B. Store and protect products under provisions of Section 01600. C. Deliver products in manufacturer's original containers, dry, undamaged, with seals and labels intact. D. Store products in weather protected environment, clear of ground and moisture. E. Stand roll materials on end. 1.12 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Do not apply roofing membrane during inclement weather. B. Do not apply roofing membrane to damp or frozen deck surface. 1 1.13 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING A. Coordinate work under provisions of Section 01005. B. Coordinate the work of installing associated metal fleshings as the work of this Section proceeds. 1.14 WARRANTY A. Provide ten year manufacture's warranty under provisions of Section 01700. B. Warranty: Cover damage to building and contents resulting from failure to resist penetration of water. 1 _ PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS - SHEET AND BITUMEN MATERIALS A. Malarkey HG - NM3 B. or approved equal. 07514 - 3 U 2.02 SHEET MATERIALS A. Malarkey SBS Premium I Base Sheet. B. Malarkey SBS No. 601 Premium Glass Cap Sheet 2.03 BITUMINOUS MATERIALS A. Asphalt Primer : ASTM D41. B. Asphalt Bitumen : ASTM D312, Type IV. 2.04 FLEXIBLE FLASHINGS A. Sheet Flashing: Derbigum torch -on flashing sheet . 2.08 CANTS A. Wood Cants: Specified in Section 06001. 2.09 ACCESSORIES A. Roofing Nails: Galvanized or non - ferrous type, size as required to suit application. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that surfaces and site conditions are ready to receive work. B. Verify that deck is supported and secured. C. Verify that deck is clean and smooth, free of depressions, waves, or projections, properly sloped to drains. D. Verify that deck surfaces are dry and free of snow or ice. Confirm dry deck by moisture meter with 15 percent moisture maximum at 45F and 75% R.H. 07514 -4 E. Verify that roof openings, curbs, pipes, sleeves, ducts, and vents through roof are solidly set, wood cant strips and reglets are in place. F. Beginning of installation means installer accepts existing surfaces. 3.02 PROTECTION A. Protect adjacent building surfaces against damage from roofing work. 3.03 PREPARATION A. Verify flatness and tight joints of wood decking. Seal joints of plywood with tape. Fill knot holes with latex filler. 3.04 INSTALLATION A. Install membrane material in accordance with manufacture's current published application instructions. B. Place plies with exposure as determined by number of plies. C. Bridge all junctures with 45 degree cant strips and apply flashing after built -up roofing has been installed. D. Surface with mineral surfaced cap sheet. 3.05 FLASHINGS AND ACCESSORIES A. Apply flexible base flashings to seal membrane to vertical elements. B. Coordinate Installation of roof drains and related flashings. C. Mop in and seal flashings and flanges of items penetrating membrane with two plies of felt. 3.06 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Field Inspection and testing will be performed under provisions of Section 01400. B. Correct identified defects or irregularities. 07514 -5 3.07 MANUFACTURER'S FIELD SERVICES A. Provide manufacturer's field services under provisions of Section 01600. B. Request site attendance of roofing materials manufacturers during installation of the work. 3.08 CLEANING A. Remove bituminous markings from finished surfaces. B. In areas where finished surfaces are soiled by bitumin or any other source of soiling caused by work of this Section, consult manufacturer of surfaces for cleaning advice and conform to their documented instructions. C. Repair or replace defaced or disfigured finishes caused by work of this Section. 3.17 PROTECTION A. Where traffic must continue over finished roof membrane, protect surfaces. END OF SECTION 07514 -6 PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Coping, parapet and cap flashings. B. Facias and scuppers. C. Roof flashings. D. Counterflashings over base flashings. E. Counterflashings at roof mounted mechanical equipment and vent stacks. 1.02 WORK FURNISHED BUT INSTALLED UNDER OTHER SECTIONS A. Furnish flashing reglets and accessories to Section 3300 for installation. 1.04 RELATED WORK A. Section 06001: Wood blocking, nailers, and grounds. B. Section 07514: Roofing. C. Section 07724 Roof Hatches. D. Section 07900 - Joint Sealers. E. Section 09900 - Painting: Prime and finish painting. 1.05 REFERENCES SECTION 07620 SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM A. AA (Aluminum Association) - Aluminum Construction Manual: Aluminum Sheet Metal Work and Building Construction. B. AISi (American iron and Steel Institute) - Stainless Steel - Uses in Architecture. C. ANSI /ASTM B32 - Solder Metal. 07620 - 1 D. ASTM A525 - Steel Sheet, Zinc Coated, (Galvanized) by the Hot -Dip Process. E. ASTM B209 - Aluminum and Aluminum Alloy Sheet and Plate. F. FS 0 -F -506 - Flux, Soldering, Paste and Liquid. G. FS QQ -S -571 - Solder, Tin Alloy. H. FS SS -C -153 - Cement, Bituminous, Plastic. !. NAAMM - Metal Finishes Handbook. J. NRCA (National Roofing Contractors Association) - Roofing Manual. K. SMACNA - Architectural Sheet Metal Manual. 1.06 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Work of this Section Is to physically protect base flashings, from damage that would permit water leakage to building interior. Fabricate flashing, sheet metal and install where indicated or required for weathertight job. 1.07 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Applicator: Company specializing in sheet metal flashing work with 5 years minimum experience. 1.08 SUBMITTALS A. Submit shop drawings and product data under provisions of Section 01300. B. Describe material profile, Jointing pattern, jointing details, fastening methods, and installation details. C. Submit manufacturer's installation instructions under provisions of Section 01300. D. Submit samples under provisions of Section 01300. 1.09 STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Store products under provisions of Section 01600. B. Stack preformed material to prevent twisting, bending, or abrasion, and to provide ventilation. 07620 2 i i I t r r A. Form sections true to shape, accurate in size, square, and free from distortion or defects. 1 1 C. Prevent contact with materials during storage which may cause discoloration, staining, or damage. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 SHEET MATERIALS A. Galvanized Steel: ASTM A525, G90; 24 gage (0.5 mm) core steel. 2.02 ACCESSORIES A. Fastener: Galvanized steel and Aluminum with soft neoprene washers at exposed fasteners. Finish exposed fasteners same as flashing metal. B. Protective Backing Paint: Bituminous. C. Sealant: type specified in Section 07900. D. Plastic Cement: FS SS -C -153, Type I- asphaltic base cement. E. Reglets: Recessed galvanized steel; manufactured by Fry Reglet. F. Solder: FS QQ -S- 571;50/50 type. I. Flux: FS 0 -F -506. 2.03 FABRICATION B. Fabricate cleats and starter strips of same material as sheet. C. Form pieces in longest practical lengths. D. Hem exposed edges on underside 1/2 inch (13 mm); miter and seam corners. E. Form material with standing flat lock seam. F. Solder and seal metal joints. After soldering, remove flux. Wipe and wash solder Joints clean. G. Fabricate corners from one piece with minimum 18 inch (450 mm) long legs; solder for rigidity, seal with sealant, 07620 - 3 2.04 FINISH Fabricate vertical faces with bottom edge formed outward 1/4 inch (6 mm) and hemmed to form drip. J. Fabricate fleshings to allow toe to extend 2 inches (50 mm) over roofing. Return and brake edges. K. Form sheet metal pans 6 inch (150 mm) nominal square size, with 3 inch (75 mm) upstand, and 4 inch (100 mm) flanges. Fill pans watertight with plastic cement. A. Shop prepare and prime exposed ferrous metal surfaces. B. Backpaint concealed metal surfaces with protective backing paint to a minimum dry film thickness of 15 mil (0.4 mm). PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION A. Verify roof openings, curbs, pipes, sleeves, ducts, or vents through roof are solidly set, cant strips and reglets in place, and nailing strips located. B. Verify membrane termination and base fleshings are In place, sealed, and secure. C. Beginning of installation means acceptance of existing conditions. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Field measure site conditions prior to fabricating work. B. Install starter and edge strips, and cleats before starting installation. C. Install surface mounted reglets true to lines and levels. Seal top of reglets with sealant. D. Insert fleshings into reglets to form tight fit. Seal fleshings into reglets with sealant. E. Secure fleshings in place using concealed fasteners. Use exposed fasteners only in locations approved by Architect /Engineer. F. Lap and seal all Joints. G. Apply plastic cement compound between metal fleshings and felt fleshings. 07620 - 4 H. Fit flashings tight in place. Make corners square, surfaces true and straight in planes, and lines accurate to profiles. I. Seal metal joints watertight. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Conform to drawing details included In SMACNA manual. END OF SECTION 07620 - 5 PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Prefabricated roof hatches, with integral support curbs, operable hardware, and counterflashings. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Section 06100 - Rough Carpentry: Wood curbs. B. Section 07600 - Flashing and Sheet Metal: Flashing to roof system. C. Section 07514: Roof system. 1.03 REFERENCES 1.04 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Underwriters' Laboratories Inc. (UL) and Factory Mutual (FM) requirements as applicable to fire rated smoke vents. 1.05 SUBMITTALS SECTION 07724 ROOF HATCHES A. Submit shop drawings and) product data under provisions of Section 01300. B. Include general construction, configurations, jointing methods and locations when applicable, and fastening methods. C. Submit manufacturer's installation instructions under provisions of Section 01300. 07724 1 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Bilco. B. Bristolite. C. or approved equal. 2.02 ROOF HATCHES A. Unit: 30 x 36 inch size, single leaf type. B. Curb: 14 gage(2 mm) galvanized steel with 1 Inch rigid insulation; integral cap flashing to receive roof flashing system; extended flange for mounting. C. Cover: 14 gage (2 mm) galvanized steel with one inch (25 mm) glass fiber insulation retained by 22 gage (0.8 mm) steel. Continuous neoprene gasket to provide weatherproof seal. D. Hardware: Manufacturer's standard manually operated type with compression spring operators, positive snap latch with turn handles inside and out and padlock hasp inside; automatic hold -open arm with vinyl covered grip handle for easy release; cadmium plated finish. E. Hinges: Manufacturer's recommended type. 2.04 FABRICATION A. Fabricate free of visual distortions and defects. Weld corners and Joints. B. Provide for removal of condensation. C. Provide weathertight assembly. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Coordinate with Installation of roofing system and related fleshings. Provide weathertight Installation. 07724 - 2 m B. Apply bituminous paint on metal surfaces of units in contact with cementitlous materials and dissimilar metals. END OF SECTION 1.03 REFERENCES SECTION 07900 JOINT SEALERS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Preparing sealant substrate surfaces. B. Sealant and backing. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 3300: Sealants used In conjunction with concrete. B. Section 07160 - Bituminous Dampproofing: Sealants used in conjunction with dampproofing. C. Section 07514: Sealants used in conjunction with roofing. D. Section 07620: Sealants used in conjunction with metal flashings. E. Section 08111: Sealants used in conjunction with door frames. F. Section 08410: Aluminum Entrance and Storefronts. G. Section 08800: Glazing. A. ANSI /ASTM D1056 - Flexible Cellular Materials - Sponge or Expanded Rubber. B. ASTM C790 - Use of Latex Sealing Compounds. C. ASTM C804 - Use of Solvent - Release Type Sealants. D. ASTM C920-79 - Use of Sealing Compound. E. FS TT -S- 001657 - Sealing Compound, Single Component, Butyl Rubber Based, solvent Release Type. F. FS TT- S- 00230C - Sealing Compound: Elastomeric Type, Single Component. 07900 - 1 I. FS TT -S- 001543 - Sealing Compound, Silicone Rubber Base. J. SWI (Sealing and Waterproofers Institute) - Sealant and Caulking Guide Specification. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Submit product data under provisions of Section 01300. B. Submit product data indicating sealant chemical characteristics, performance criteria, limitations and color availability. C. Submit samples under provisions of Section 01300. E. Submit manufacturer's certificate under provisions of Section 01400 that products meet or exceed specified requirements. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing the products specified in this Section with minimum three years experience. B. Applicator: Company specializing in applying the work of this Section with minimum three years documented experience or /and approved by sealant manufacturer. C. Conform to Sealant and Waterproofers Institute requirements for materialsand installation. 1.06 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Maintain temperature and humidity recommended by the sealant manufacturer during and after installation. 1.08 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING A. Coordinate work under provisions of Section 01005. B. Coordinate the work of this Section with all Sections referencing this Section. 1.09 WARRANTY A. Provide three year warranty under provisions of Section 01700. 07900 - 2 B. Warranty: Include coverage of installed sealants and accessories which fail to achieve air tight and watertight seal, exhibit loss of adhesion or cohesion, or do not cure. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 SEALANTS A. Acrylic Latex: Single component, non - staining, non - bleeding, non - sagging; color; as selected; "Tremco's Arylic Latex manufactured by Tremco. B. Polyurethene Sealant: FS TT- S- 00230C, Type II, Class A; color; as selected;Dymonic as manufactured by Tremco. C. Silicone Elastomer: UL Approved; Fire Stop Sealant #2000 as manufactured by Dow Corning. D. Butyl: FS TT -S- 001657, Type 1; color; black; Butyl as manufactured by Tremco. E. Silicone: FS TT- S- 001543A, Type II, Class A; SCSI 000 as manufactured by GE. 2.02 ACCESSORIES A. Primer: Non - staining type, recommended by sealant manufacturer to suit application. B. Joint Cleaner: Non - corrosive and non - staining type, recommended by sealant manufacturer; compatible with Joint forming materials. C. Joint Backing: ANSI /ASTM D1056; round, closed cell polyethylene foam rod; oversized 30 to 50 percent larger than Joint width; Everlastic manufactured by Williams Products,inc. D. Bond Breaker: Pressure sensitive tape recommended by sealant manufacturer to suit application. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that surfaces are ready to receive work and field measurements are as shown on Drawings and recommended by the manufacturer. B. Beginning of installation means Installer accepts existing surfaces. 07900 - 3 C. Verify that sealant is compeable with surface and its finish. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Clean and prime joints in accordance with manufacturer's Instructions. B. Remove loose materials and foreign matter which might impair adhesion of sealant. C. Verify that Joint backing and release tapes are compatible with sealant. D. Perform preparation in accordance with ASTM C790 for latex base sealants. E. Protect elements surrounding the work of this Section from damage or disfiguration. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. install sealant in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Measure joint dimensions and size materials to achieve required width /depth ratios. C. Install joint backing to achieve a neck dimension no greater than 1/3 the joint width. D. Install bond breaker where joint backing is not used. E. Apply sealant within recommended application temperature ranges. Consult manufacturer when sealant cannot be applied within these temperature ranges. F. Install sealant free of air pockets, foreign embedded matter, ridges, and sags. G. Tool joints concave. 3.04 CLEANING AND REPAIRING A. Clean work under provisions of Section 01700. B. Clean adjacent soiled surfaces. C. Repair or replace defaced or disfigured finishes caused by work of this Section. 3.05 PROTECTION OF FINISHED WORK A. Protect finished installation under provisions of Section 01500. B. Protect sealants until cured. 07900 - 4 r r r r r I r i 3.06 SCHEDULE Location Type Color A. Window perimeter Polyurethane, Dark Brown single component B. Concrete /CMU Polyurethane, To match single component concrete /CMU C. Door Frame/Wails Acrylic Latext to match frame D. Under Thresholds Butyl Black END OF SECTION 07900 - 5 SECTION 08111 STANDARD STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Non -rated and fire rated rolled steel doors and frames. B. Interior light frames. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Section 08210 - Wood Doors. B. Section 08700 - Hardware. C. Section 08800 - Glazing. D. Section 09900 - Painting: Field painting of doors and frames. 1.03 REFERENCES A. ASTM El 52 - Methods of Fire Tests of Door Assemblies. B. DHI - Door Hardware Institute: The Installation of Commercial. Steel Doors and Steel Frames, Insulated Steel Doors in Wood Frames and Builder's Hardware. C. NFPA 80 - Fire Doors and Windows. D. NFPA 252 - Fire Tests for Door Assemblies. E. SDI -100 - Standard Steel Doors and Frames. F. SDI -105 - Recommended Erection Instructions for Steel Frames. G. UL 10B - Fire Tests of Door Assemblies. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Conform to requirements of SDI -100. B. Fire rated door and frame construction to conform to UL 10B. C. Installed frame and door assembly to conform to NFPA 80 for fire rated class indicated on Drawings. 1.05 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Conform to applicable code for fire rated frames and doors. 1.06 SUBMITTALS A. Submit shop drawings and product data under provisions of Section 01300. B. Indicate frame configuration, anchor types and spacings, location of cutouts for hardware, reinforcement, and finish. C. Indicate door elevations, internal reinforcement, closure method, and cut outs for glazing. D. Submit manufacturer's installation instructions under provisions of Section 01300. 1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND PROTECTION A. Protect products under provisions of Section 01600. B. Protect doors and frames with resilient packaging sealed with heat shrunk plastic. C. Break seal on -site to permit ventilation. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Republic. B. Pioneer. C. or approved equal. 08111. - 2 2.02 DOORS AND FRAMES A. Exterior Doors: SDI -100 Grade; min. 16 gage Thick material. B. Interior Doors: SDI -100 Grade; min. 18 gage Thick material. C. Exterior Frames: 16 gage thick material. D. Interior Frames: 18 gage Thick material. 2.03 DOOR CORE A. Core: Impregnated cardboard honeycomb at interior doors, polystyrene insulation at exterior doors. B. Insulated door insulation value of R -9. 2.04 ACCESSORIES A. Rubber Silencers Resilient rubber. B. Glazing Stops: Rolled steel channel shape, mitered corners; prepared for countersink style tamperproof screws. 2.05 PROTECTIVE COATINGS A. Primer: Zinc chromate type. B. Coating: Bituminuos 2.06 FABRICATION A. Fabricate frames as welded unit for drywall slip -on type. B. Fabricate frames and doors with hardware reinforcement plates welded in place. C. Reinforce frames wider than 48 Inches (1 200 mm) with roll formed steel channels fitted tightly Into frame head, flush with top. D. Prepare frame for silencers. Provide three single rubber silencers for single doors on strike side, and two single silencers on frame head at double doors without mullions. 08111 -3 E. Attach fire rated label to each frame and door unit. F. Close top edge of exterior door flush with inverted steel channel closure. Seal joints watertight. 2.07 FINISH A. Interior Units: 0.60 oz /sq ft (180 gm /sq m) galvanized. B. Exterior Units: 1.25 oz/ sq ft (380 gm /sq m) galvanized. C. Primer: Baked on. D. Finish: Baked enamel color as selected. E. Coat Inside of frame profile with bituminous coating to a thickness of 1/6 inch (1.5 mm). Coating may be shop or field applied, specify accordingly. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install frames in accordance with SDI -105. B. install doors in accordance with DHI. C. Coordinate with concrete and wallboard wall construction for anchor placement. D. Coordinate installation of glass and glazing. E. Install roll formed steel reinforcement channels between two abutting frames. Anchor to structure and floor. 3.02 TOLERANCES A. Maximum Diagonal Distortion: 1/16 inch(1.5 mm) measured with straight edge, corner to corner. 08111 -4 i F 3.03 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Adjust hardware for smooth and balanced door movement. END OF SECTION 08111 - 5 1.03 REFERENCES SECTION 08210 WOOD DOORS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Wood doors fire rated and non - rated. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Section 06001 - Carpentry work: Wood frames. B. Section 08111 - Standard Steel Doors and Frames: Steel frames. C. Section 08700 - Hardware. D. Section 08800 - Glazing. E. Section 09900 - Painting: Site finishing doors. A. ANSI /NWMA 1.5.1 - Industry Standard For Wood Flush Doors (Includes Standards I.S,1.1 through 1.1.5.1.7). B. ANSI A135.4 - Basic Hardboard. C. ASTM E90 - Measurement of Airborne Sound Transmission Loss of Building Partitions. D. ASTM E152 - Methods of Fire Tests of Door Assemblies. E. AWI - Quality Standards of Architectural Woodwwork Institute. F. NFPA 80 - Fire Doors and windows. G. NFPA 252 - Standard Method of Fire Tests for Door Assemblies. H. UL 10B - Fire Tests of Door Assemblies. 08210 - 1 1.04 PERFORMANCE A. Acoustic Rating for Door and Frame Assembly: ASTM E90, minimum STC 35. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Conform to requirements of AWI Quality Standard Section 1300 and 1400 Custom Grade.ANSI /NWMA 1.S.1. B. Fire Door Construction: Conform to UL 10B. C. Installed Doors : Conform to NFPA 80 for fire rated class indicated. 1.06 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Conform to applicable code for fire rated doors. 1.07 SUBMITTALS A. Submit shop drawings and product data under provisions of Section 01300. B. Indicate door elevations, stile and rail reinforcement, internal blocking for hardware attachment. C. Submit samples under provisions of Section 01300. D. Submit manufacturer's installation Instructions under provisions of Section 01300. E. Submit manufacturer's certificate under provisions of Section 01400 that doors meet or exceed specified requirements. 1.08 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND PROTECTION A. Protect products under provisions of Section 01600. B. Protect doors with resilient packaging, sealed with heat shrunk plastic. Break seal on site to permit ventilation. 08210 - 2 1.09 WARRANTY A. Provide five year manufacturer's warranty under provisions of Section 01700. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Cal -Wood Door. B. Weyerhouser. C. or approved equal. 2.02 DOOR TYPES A. Flush Interior Doors: 1 -3/4 inches (44 mm) thick; solid core construction; wood veneer faces, fire rated as indicated. 2.03 DOOR CONSTRUCTION (AWI QUALITY STANDARD) A, Solid, Non -Rated Core: AWI Section 300, PC- Particleboard. B. Solid, Fire Rated Core: AWI Section 1300, Type FD 1/3. C. Stile and Rail Doors: AWI Section 1400, custom construction. 2.04 FLUSH DOOR AND PANEL FACING A. Facing Quality: AWI custom grade. B. Flush Interior Door Veneer: White oak, plain sliced with random matched grain, for transparent finish. D. Face Panel: Medium density overlay plywood face veneer. 2.05 ADHESIVES A. Interior Doors: AWI, waterproof glue. 08210 -3 2.06 FABRICATION A. Fabricate non -rated doors in accordance with AWI Quality Standards requirements. B. Fabricate fire rated doors in accordance with AWI Quality Standards and to UL requirements. Attach fire rating label to door edge. C. Provide flush doors with 1/2 inch (13 mm) thick edge strips of wood species to match face veneer. D. Premachine doors for finish hardware. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install doors in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Machine cut relief for hinges and coring for handsets and cylinders. C. Trim door width by cutting equally on both Jamb edges, Trim fire door width from lock edge only, to a maximum of 3/16 Inch (5 mm). D. Trim door height by cutting equally on top and bottom edges to a maximum of 3/4 inch (19 mm). Trim fire door height at bottom edge only, to a maximum of one inch (25 mm). E. Pilot drill screw and bolt holes. F. Prepare doors to receive finish hardware in accordance with AWI requirements. G. Conform to AWI requirements for fit tolerances. H. Coordinate installation of glass and glazing. I. Install door louvers. 3.02 INSTALLATION TOLERANCES A. Maximum Diagonal Distortion: 1/16 inch (1.5 mm) measured with straight edge, corner to corner. 08210 -4 3.03 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Adjust for smooth and balanced door movement. END OF SECTION 08210 - 5 PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Fire resistive rated and non -rated access doors and frames. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Section 09260 - Gypsum Board System: Openings in partitions and ceiling. B. Section 09900 - Painting: Field paint finish. 1.03 REFERENCES 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacture fire rated access doors and frames to conform to UL requirements. B. Provide labels indicating rating. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Submit product data under provisions of Section 01300. B. Include sizes, types, finishes, scheduled locations, and details of adjoining work. C. Submit manufacturer's installation instructions under provisions of Section 01300. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Milcor Incorporated. B. or approved equal. SECTION 08305 ACCESS DOORS 08305 - 1 2.02 ACCESS UNITS A. Model 3201 -430 manufactured by MIIcor; at non -rated walls. B. Model 3208 -024 manufactured by Milcor; at rated walls. 2.03 FABRICATION A. Fabricate frames and flanges of 16 gage(1.5 mm) steel and door panels of 14 gage (1.8 mm) steel. 2.04 FINISH B. Weld, fill, and grind joints to assure flush and square unit. C. Hardware: 175 degree steel hinges with removable pin. Cylinder lock with latch, two keys for each unit. A. Galvanized units to hot dipped. Prime coat units with baked on primer. B. Finish units with baked enamel, color to match wall or ceiling. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION A, Verify rough openings for door and frame are correctly sized and located. B. Beginning of Installation means acceptance of existing conditions. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install frame plumb and level in wall and ceiling openings. B. Position to provide convenient access to concealed work requiring access. C. Secure rigidly in place in accordance with manufacturer's Instructions. END OF SECTION 08305 - 2 PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED SECTION 08331 OVERHEAD COILING DOORS A. Standard and Fire rated overhead coiling doors; manual and electric operated; factory precoated finish. B. Electric wiring from disconnect to control station to door operator. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Section 06001: Support framing. 1.03 REFERENCES A. ANSI /ASTM A526 - Steel Sheet, Zinc- coated (Galvanized) by the Hot -dip Process, Commercial Quality. B. ASTM A -525 - Steel Sheet, Zinc - coated(Galvanized) by the Hot -dip Process. C. ANSI /UL 325 - Door, Drapery, Gate, Louver, and Window Operators and Systems. 1.04 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Hand chain lift unit with overhead counter balance device. Electric motor operated unit with manual override in case of power failure. Photo electric switch at each door. insulated doors as shown on drawings. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Submit shop drawings and product data under provisions of Section 01300. B. Provide pertinent dimensioning, general construction, component connections and details, anchorage methods, hardware location, and installation details. C. Submit sample of door with specified finish under provisions of Section 01300. 08331 - 1 I 1.06 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA A. Submit manufacturer's operation and maintenance data under provisions of Section 01700. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS ) A. Cookson Company. , B. Cornell Iron Works,Inc. C. or approved equal. 2.02 MATERIALS A. Curtain: Minimum 20 gage thick slats of steel, ANSI /ASTM A526; galvanized with minimum 1.25 oz /sq ft (380 g /sq m) coating in accordance with ASTM A525;2 1/4 Inches wide x required length; ends of alternate slat fitted with endiocks to act as wearing surface in guides and to prevent lateral movement; bottom fitted with angles to provide reinforcement and positive contact with floor in closed position;labeled, in accordance with requirements scheduled on Drawings. B. Curtain Guides: Formed steel angles for required sizes and configurations. C. Roller Shaft (Counterbalance): Steel pipe and helical steel spring system capable of producing sufficient torque to assure easy operation of curtain from any position; adjustable spring tension. D. Housing: 24 gage galvanized steel; Internally reinforced to maintain rigidity and form. E. Weatherstripping: Water and rot proof, resilient type; located along Jamb edges, bottom of curtain, and within housing. F. Hardware: pad lock from coil side G. Hardware: As specified in Section 08700. H. 1 1/2 inches urethane insulation. 08331 - 2 1 r r 2.03 ELECTRIC OPERATOR A. Electric Operator: UL approved in accordance with ANSI /UL 325; side mounted; 120 volt, single phase, 60 Hz supply to 1/2 hp (250 W) electric motor; adjustable friction clutch, double shoe brake system actuated by Independent full line voltage solenoid controlled by motor starter; fully enclosed positive gear driven limit switch; fully enclosed magnetic cross line reversing starter. B. Control Station: Standard three button (open -close -stop) control for each operator; 24 volt circuit; surface mounted. C. Safety Device: Located at bottom of doors, full width; electro - mechanical type; wired to stop door upon striking object; neoprene covered to provide weather seal. 2.04 FINISH A. Galvanized steel. Precoated paint finish,baked on polyester anamel finish type, color selected by Architect /Engineer. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install overhead coiling doors, with electric operators and controls, in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Coordinate installation with electric service. B. Fit, align, and adjust door assembly level and plumb; provide smooth operation. END OF SECTION 08331 - 3 PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED SECTION 08410 ALUMINUM ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS A. Aluminum doors, frames. B. Glass. C. Anchors, brackets, and attachments. D. Door hardware. E. Perimeter sealant. 1.02 WORK INSTALLED BUT FURNISHED UNDER OTHER SECTIONS A. Section 08700 - Hardware: Door hardware items other than specified in this Section. 1.03 RELATED WORK A. Section 03300 - Conrete: Preparation of adjacent work to receive work of this Section. B. Section 06001 Rough Carpentry: Wood perimeter shims. C. Section 07900 - Joint Sealers: Perimeter sealant and back -up materials. 1.04 REFERENCES A. ANSI /ASTM B221 - Aluminum -Alloy Extruded Bar, Rod, Wire, Shape, and Tube. B. ' ANSI /ASTM E283 - Rate of Air Leakage through Exterior Windows, Curtain Walls and Doors. C. ANSI /ASTM E330 - Structural Performance of Exterior Windows, Curtain Walls, and Doors by Uniform Static Air Pressure Difference. D. ASTM B209 - Aluminum and Aluminum -Alloy Sheet and Plate. 08410 - 1 1.05 PERFORMANCE A. System to provide for expansion and contraction within system components caused by a cycling temperature range of 170 F degrees (95 C degrees) without causing detrimental effects to system or components. B. Design and size members to withstand dead loads and live loads caused by pressure and suction of wind as calculated in accordance with applicable code and as measured in accordance with ANSI /ASTM E330. C. Limit mullion deflection to 1/200, or flexure limit of glass with full recovery of glazing materials, whichever is less. D. Drain water entering Joints, condensation occurring in glazing channels, or migrating moisture occurring within system, to exterior. E. Limit air infiltration through assembly to 0.06 cu ft/min /sq ft (150 cu cm /min /sq m) of assembly surface area, measured at a reference differential pressure across assembly of 0.3 inches (8.5 mm) water gage and /or as measured in accordance with ANSI /ASTM E283. F. System to accommodate, without damage to system or components, or deterioration of perimeter seal: Movement within system; movement between system and perimeter framing components; dynamic loading and release of loads; and deflection of structural support framing. 1.06 SUBMITTALS A. Submit shop drawings and product data under provisions of Section 01300. B. Include system and component dimensions; components within assembly; framed opening requirements and tolerances; anchorage and fasteners; glass and infills; door hardware requirements; and affected related work. C. Submit manufacturer's installation instructions under provisions of Section 01300. D. Submit samples under provisions of Section 01300. 1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver and handle system components under provisions of Section 01600. B. Store and protect system components under provisions of Section 01600. C. Provide wrapping to protect prefinished aluminum surfaces. 08410 -2 r- r 1.08 WARRANTY A. Provide five year manufacturer's warranty under provisions of Section 01700. B. Warranty: Cover complete system for failure to meet specified requirements. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS - STOREFRONTS A. Kawneer, Frame style - Trifab 451 B. or approved equal. 2.02 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS - ENTRANCES A. Kawneer, Door style - Narrow Stile 190. B. or approved equal. 2.04 MATERIALS A. Extruded Aluminum: ANSI /ASTM B221; 6063 -T5 alloy and temper. B. Sheet Aluminum: ASTM B2095005 -H32 alloy and temper. Minimum thickness 0.125 inch C. Fasteners: Stainless s 2.05 FABRICATED COMPONENTS A. Frames: 2 x 4 1/2 Inch profile, thermally broken with interior portion of frame Insulated from exterior portion, flush glazing stops. B. Doors: 2 inches (50 mm) thick, 2 1/4 Inch wide top rail, 1 15/16 inch wide vertical stiles, 3 15/16 inch wide bottom rail; square glazing stops. 2.06 GLASS AND GLAZING MATERIALS 08410 -3 A. Glass and Glazing Materials: As specified in Section 08800. 2.07 HARDWARE Weatherstripping, Sill Sweep Strips, Thresholds, Hinges: Manufacturers' standard type to suit application. B. Push /Pull: Kawneer Style F2. C. Closer: Kawneer "Husky" Concealed overhead. D. Deadlock: Adams Rite MS 1850AX4066X4001. E. Cylinder Lock: Provided under Section 08712. 2.08 FABRICATION A. Fabricate doors and frames allowing for minimum clearances and shim spacing around perimeter of assembly, yet enabling installation. B. Rigidly fit and secure Joints and corners with internal reinforcement. Make joints and connections flush, hairline, and weatherproof. C. Develop drainage holes with moisture pattern to exterior. D. Prepare components to receive anchor devices. Fabricate anchorage items. E. Arrange fasteners, attachments, and Jointing to ensure concealment from view. F. Prepare components with internal reinforcement for door hardware. 2.09 FINISHES A. Exterior Extruded Aluminum Surfaces:MC12C22A31 ( #29 black). B. Apply one coat of bituminous paint to concealed aluminum and steel surfaces in contact with cementitious or dissimilar materials. 08410 - 4 L I 1 PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION A. Verify wall openings and adjoining air and vapor seal materials are ready to receive work of this Section. B. Beginning of installation means acceptance of existing conditions. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install doors, frames, glazing and hardware in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Use anchorage devices to securely attach frame assembly to structure. I . C. Align assembly plumb and level, free of warp or twist. Maintain assembly dimensional tolerances, aligning with adjacent work. I D. Coordinate attachment and seal of air and vapor barrier materials. Install sill flashings. E. Pack fibrous insulation in shim spaces at perimeter of assembly to maintain continuity I of thermal barrier. F. Install hardware using templates provided. �- G. Install glass in accordance with Section 08800. H. Install perimeter type sealant, backing materials, and installation requirements in accordance with Section 07900. I, Adjust operating hardware. 3.03 TOLERANCES ti Plane: 0.03 inches per foot (2.5 mm /m) maximum or 0.25 inches A. Variation from Pla e 0 c p ( / ) per 30 p feet (6 mm /10 m), whichever is less. B. Misalignment of Two Adjoining Members Abutting in Plane: 0.015 inches (0.4 mm). I . 3.04 CLEANING 1 .. A. Remove protective material from prefinished aluminum surfaces. 1 0841.0 -5 I B. Wash down exposed surfaces using a solution of mild detergent in warm water, applied with soft, clean wiping cloths. Take care to remove dirt from corners. Wipe surfaces clean. C. Remove excess sealant by moderate use of mineral spirits or other solvent acceptable to sealant manufacturer. END OF SECTION 08410 - 6 r t.1 ai (1 PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED SECTION 08712 DOOR HARDWARE A. Hardware for wood, hollow steel and aluminum doors. B. Thresholds. C. Gasketting. 1.02 WORK FURNISHED BUT INSTALLED UNDER OTHER SECTIONS A. Furnish templates to Section 08210 for door and frame preparation. B. Furnish cylinders to Section 08410 for installation. 1.04 RELATED WORK A. Section 08111 - Standard Steel Doors and Frames. B. Section 08210 - Wood door frames. C. Section 08311 - Ovrhead Coiling Doors D. Section 08410 - Aluminum Entrances and Storefronts: Hardware for same, except cylinders. E. Section 10441 - Door Signage. 1.05 REFERENCES A. State of Washington Handicap Code. B. ANSI /NFPA 80 - Fire Doors and Windows. C. AWI - Architectural Woodwork institute. 08712 - 1 D. BHMA - Builders' Hardware Manufacturers Association. E. DHi - Door and Hardware institute. F. NAAMM - National Association of Architectural Metal Manufacturers. G. NFPA 101 - Life Safety Code. H. SDI - Steel Door Institute. Uniform BUilding Code 1.06 COORDINATION A. Coordinate work of this Section with other directly affected Sections Involving manufacturer of any internal reinforcement for door hardware. 1.07 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturers: Companies specializing in manufacturing door hardware with minimum three years experience. B. Hardware Supplier: Company specializing in supplying commercial door hardware with three years documented experience and approved by manufacturer. C. Hardware Supplier Personnel: Employ an Architectural Hardware Consultant (AHC) to assist in the work of this Section. 1.08 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Conform to applicable code for requirements applicable to fire rated doors and frames. B. Conform to the applicable sections of Chapter 5 of NFPA 101. 1.09 CERTIFICATIONS A. Architectural Hardware Consultant shall inspect complete installation and certify that hardware and installation has been furnished and installed in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and as specified herein. B. Provide two copies of certifications to Architect /Engineer. 08712 - 2 1.10 SUBMITTALS A. Submit schedule, shop drawings, and product data under provisions of Section 01300. B. Indicate locations and mounting heights of each type of hardware. C. Provide product data on specified hardware. D. Submit samples under provisions of Section 01300. E. Submit samples of latchset illustrating style, color, and finish. F. Samples: May be incorporated into the Work. G. Submit manufacturer's parts lists, templates, and installation instructions under provisions of Section 01300, H. Submit manufacturer's certificate under provisions of Section 01400 that fire rated hardware meets or exceeds specified requirements. 1.11 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA A. Submit operation and maintenance data under provisions of Section 01700. B. Include data on operating hardware, lubrication requirements, and inspection procedures related to preventative maintenance. 1.12 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver products to site under provisions of Section 01600. B. Store and protect products under provisions of Section 01600. C. Package hardware Items individually; label and Identify package with door opening code to match hardware schedule. D. Deliver keys to Owner by security shipment direct from hardware supplier. E. Protect hardware from theft by cataloging and storing in secure area. 1.13 WARRANTY A. Provide five year warranty under provisions of Section 01700, 08712 -3 B. Warranty: Include coverage of door closers and lockset(latchset). 1.15 MAINTENANCE MATERIALS A. Provide special wrenches and tools applicable to each different or special hardware component. B. Provide maintenance tools and accessories supplied by hardware component manufacturer. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Hinges: Stanley F179, 4.5" x 4.5" B. Lockset: ' Schiage, L- 9070R -02 -625 C. Cylinder Locks: Schiage, L series D. Closers: Norton 1603 -613 Tri -style reversible E. Kick Plates: Cipco F. Stops: Builders Brass Works G. Threshold: Pemko H. Door Bottom: Pemko I. Rain Drip: Pemko J. Gasketing: Pemko 2.03 KEYING A. Door Locks: Keyed in like- groups with master key including construction keying. B. Supply 3 keys for each lock. C. Supply keys In the following quantities: 1. 6 master keys. 2.05 FINISHES A. Finishes are US26(625). F PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION 1 A. Verify that doors and frames are ready to receive work and dimensions are as Indicated on shop drawings. B. Beginning of installation means acceptance of existing conditions. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install hardware in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and requirements of SDI, NAAMM, AWI, ANSI /NFPA 80, BHMA, and DHI. B. Use the templates provided by hardware item manufacturer. C. Mounting heights for hardware from finished floor to center Tine of hardware item: 1. Locksets: 36 inches. 2. Push /Pulls: 45/42 inches. 3. Dead Locks: 58 inches. 4. Panic Devices: 37 inches. 5. Butts: Top: 11.3/4 inches. Bottom: 13 inches D. Conform to State of Washington Handicap Code for positioning requirements for the handicapped. END OF SECTION SECTION 08800 GLAZING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Glass and glazing for hollow metal work, windows and glazing in storefront frames. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Section 08111: Shop glazed hollow metal doors. B. Section 08410: Aluminum Entrances and Storefronts C. Section 07900 - Joint Sealers: Sealant and back -up materials. 1.03 REFERENCES A. ANSI 797.1 - Safety Performance Specifications and Methods of Test for Safety Glazing Material Used in Buildings. B. ASTM E84 - Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. C. FS DD -G -451 - Glass, Float or Plate, Sheet, Figured(Flat, for Glazing, Mirrors and Other Uses). D. FS DD -G -1403 - Glass, Plate (Float), Sheet, Figured, and Spandrel (Heat Strengthened and Fully Tempered). E. FS TT -G -410 - Glazing Compound, Sash (Metal) for Back Bedding and Face Glazing (Not for Channel or Stop Glazing). F. FS TT -S -227 - Sealer Compound: Rubber Base, Two Component (for Calking, Sealing and Glazing in Building Construction). G. FS TT -S -230 - Sealing Compound: Synthetic Rubber Base, Single Component, Chemically Curing for Calking, Sealing and Glazing in Building Construction. H. FS TT -S -1543 - Sealing Compound: Silicone Rubber Base (for Calking, Sealing, and Glazing in Buildings and Other Structures). 08800 - 1 I. FS TT -S- 001657 - Sealing Compound: Single Component, Butyl Rubber Based Solvent Release Type (for Buildings and Other Types of Construction). J. SIGMA No. 64 -7 -2 - Specification for Sealed Insulating Glass Units. K. FGMA - Glazing Manual. Glazing and Sealing Manual. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Conform to Flat Glass Marketing Association (FGMA) Glazing Manual for glazing installation methods. A. Submit product data under provisions of Section 01300. B. Provide structural, physical and environmental characteristics, size limitations, special handling or installation requirements. C. Provide data on glazing sealant. Identify colors available. D, Submit samples under provisions of Section 01300. 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND PROTECTION Deliver products to site under provisions of Section 01600. . Store and protect products under provisions of Section 01600, 1.07 WARRANTY Provide five year manufacturer's warranty under provisions of Section 01700. B. Warranty: Include coverage of sealed glass units from seal failure, interpane dusting or misting, and replacement of same. 08800 - 2 I PART 2 PRODUCT 1 2.01 ACCEPTABLE GLASS MANUFACTURERS 1 A. PPG Industries. B. LOF. C. or approved equal. 2.02 GLASS MATERIALS I A. Float Glass: FS DD -G -451; Type 1, Class 1, clear; 1/4 Inch thick. B. Safety Glass: FS DD -G -1403; clear; fully tempered or wire reinforced as required per applicable code; 1/4 thick minimum. C. Insulated Glass Units: Double pane units with dual edge seal; outer pane of 1/4 inch clear float glass, inner pane of 1/4 inch clear float glass; interpane space purged with dry hermetic air; total unit thickness of 1 inches. D. Mirror glass; 1/4 inch plated, size per drawings 2.03 GLAZING COMPOUNDS A. Glazing Compound: FS TT -G -410. C. Butyl Sealant: Single component; Shore A hardness of 10- 20; black color; non - skinning. ( D. Acrylic Sealant: Single component, solvent curing, cured Shore A hardness of 15 -25; non- bleeding. E. Polysulphide Sealant: Two component, chemical curing, non - sagging type; cured Shore A hardness of 15 -25. F. Silicone Sealant: Single component; capable of water Immersion without loss of properties; non - bleeding; non - staining; cured Shore A hardness of 15 -25; by C " 2.04 GLAZING ACCESSORIES A. Setting Blocks: Neoprene; 70 -90 Shore A durometer hardness; provide lead blocks where required by FGMA specification. 08800 -3 B. Spacer Shims: Neoprene; 50 Shore A durometer hardness; ASTM C509 Grade 4. C. Glazing Tape: Preformed butyl compound with integral resilient tube spacing device; 20 upon aging Shore A durometer hardness; coiled on release paper; black color. D. Glazing Splines: Resilient polyvinylchloride extruded shape to suit glazing channel retaining slot; E. Glazing Clips: Manufacturer's standard type. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION A. Verify surfaces of glazing channels or recesses are clean, free of obstructions, and ready for work of this Section. B. Beginning of installation means acceptance of substrate. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Clean contact surfaces with solvent and wipe dry. B. Seal porous glazing channels or recesses. C. Prime surfaces scheduled to receive sealant. 3.03 EXTERIOR DRY METHOD (PREFORMED GLAZING) A, Cut glazing tape to length; install on glass pane. Seal corners by butting tape and dabbing with butyl sealant. B. Place setting blocks at 1/4 points. C. Rest glass on setting blocks and push against fixed stop with sufficient pressure to attain full contact at perimeter of pane. D. Install removable stops without displacement of glazing spline. Exert pressure for full continuous contact. E. Trim protruding tape edge. 08800 - 4 3.04 EXTERIOR COMBINATION METHOD (TAPE AND SEALANT) A. Cut glazing tape to length and set against permanent stops, 3/16 inch (5 mm) below sightline. Seal corners by butting tape and dabbing with butyl sealant. B. Apply heel bed of butyl sealant along exterior void ensuring full contact with pane. C. Place setting blocks at 1/4 points. D. Rest glass on setting blocks and push against tape and heel bead of sealant with sufficient pressure to attain full contact at perimeter of pane. E. Install removable stops, spacer strips inserted between glass and applied stops at 24 inch (600 mm) Intervals, 1/4 Inch (6 mm) below sightline. Place glazing tape on glass with tape 1/4 inch (6 mm) below sightline. F. Fill gap between pane and applied stop with sealant to depth equal to bite of frame on pane, but not more than 3/8 inch (9 mm) below sightline. G. Apply cap bead of sealant along exterior void, to uniform line, flush with sightline. Tool or wipe sealant surface with solvent for smooth appearance. 3.05 INTERIOR COMBINATION METHOD (TAPE AND SEALANT) A. Cut glazing tape to length and install against permanent stops, projecting 1/16 inch (1.6 mm) above sightline. B. Place setting blocks at 1/4 points. C. Rest glass on setting blocks and push against tape to ensure full contact at perimeter of pane. D. Install removable stops, spacer shims inserted between glass and applied stops at 24 inch (600 mm) intervals, 1/4 inch (6 mm) below sightline. E. Fill gap between pane and applied stop with type sealant to depth equal to bite of frame on pane to uniform and level line. F. Trim protruding tape edge. 3.06 CLEANING A. After Installation, mark pane with an "X" by using plastic tape or removable paste. 08800 - 5 B. Remove glazing materials from finish surfaces. C. Remove labels after work is completed. END OF SECTION 08800 6 rt PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Formed metal stud framing. B. Framing accessories. 1.05 REFERENCES SECTION 09111 METAL STUD FRAMING SYSTEM 1.02 PRODUCTS FURNISHED BUT NOT INSTALLED UNDER THIS SECTION A. Section 05120 - Structural Steel: Anchors for attaching work of this Section. 1.03 PRODUCTS INSTALLED BUT NOT FURNISHED UNDER THIS SECTION A. Section 05120 - Structural Steel: Anchors for support of. 1.04 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 06114 - Wood Blocking and Curbing: Rough wood blocking within stud framing. B. Section 07213 - Batt and Blanket Insulation: Insulation within stud framing. C. Section 07900 - Joint Sealers. D. Section 09260 - Gypsum Board Systems: Metal studs for partitioning. A. ASTM A525 - General Requirements for Steel Sheet, Zinc- Coated (Galvanized) by the Hot -Dip Process. B. ANSI /ASTM A591 - Steel Sheet, Cold - Rolled, Electrolytic Zinc- Coated. 09111 - 1 C. ASTM C645 - Non -Load (Axial) Bearing Steel Studs, Runners (Track) and Rigid Furring Channels for Screw Application of Gypsum Board. D. ASTM C 754 - installation of Steel Framing Members to Receive Screw - Attached Gypsum Wallboard, Backing Board, or Water - Resistant Backing Board. E. FS TT -P -645 - Primer, Paint, Zinc- Chromate, Alkyd Type. F. GA 203 - Installation of Screw -Type Steel Framing Members to Receive Gypsum Board. 1.06 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION B. Metal stud framing system for interior walls, with rigid and batt type acoustic insulation specified in Section 07212 and 07213, gypsum board specified in Section 09260. C. Maximum Allowable Deflection: 1/270 span. D. Design system to accommodate construction tolerances, deflection of building structural members, and clearances of intended openings. 1.07 SUBMITTALS A. Submit shop drawings under provisions of Section 01300. B. Submit shop drawings Indicating component details, stud layout, framed openings, anchorage to structure, type and location of fasteners, and accessories or items required of other related work. C. Describe method for securing studs to tracks, splicing, and for blocking and reinforcement to framing connections. D. Submit product data under provisions of Section 01300. E. Submit product data describing standard framing member materials and finish, product criteria, load charts, limitations. F. Submit manufacturer's installation instructions under provisions of Section 01300. 1.08 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Perform work in accordance with GA 203 and ASTM C754. B. Maintain one copy of each document on site. 09111 -2 ii' I 1.09 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING r r r 1 r i i 1 r i A. Sequence work under the provisions of Section 01005. B. Sequence work with other work directly affected by this Section. C. Coordinate work under provisions of Section 01005. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 STUD FRAMING MATERIALS A. Studs: ANSI /ASTM A591, electrogalvanized, non -load bearing rolled steel, channel shaped, punched for utility access, as follows: 1. Width: 2, 3 -5/8, 6 inches. 2. Thickness: 25 gage unless noted otherwise. B. Runners: Of same material and finish as studs, bent leg retainer notched to receive studs with provision for crimp locking to stud. Ceiling runners with extended legs. C. Furring and Bracing Members: Of same material and finish as studs, thickness to suit purpose. D. Fasteners: GA 203. Self - drilling, self - tapping screws. E. Metal Backing: 20 gage (0.9 mm thick galvanized steel. F. Anchorage Devices: Power driven. Drilled expansion bolts. G. Primer: FSTT -P -645, for touch -up of galvanized surfaces. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that conditions are ready to receive work. B. Verify field measurements are as shown on Drawings. C. Verify that rough -In utilities are In proper location. D, Beginning of installation means installer accepts existing conditions. 0911.1 - 3 3.02 ERECTION A. Align and secure top and bottom runners at 24 inches oc. Place beads of acoustic sealant between runners and substrate. B. Fit runners under and above openings; secure intermediate studs at spacing of wall studs. C. Install studs vertically at spacing shown on drawings. Place beads of acoustic sealant between studs and adjacent vertical surfaces. D. Connect studs to tracks using fastener method. E. Stud splicing not permissible. F. Construct corners using minimum three studs. G. Double studs at wall openings, door and window Jambs, and not more than 2 inches (50 mm) each side of openings. H. Brace stud framing system and make rigid. I. Coordinate erection of studs with requirements of door and window frame supports and attachments. J. Align stud web openings. K. Coordinate installation of bucks, anchors, and blocking with electrical and mechanical work to be placed in or behind stud framing. L. Blocking: Secure wood blocking to studs. Secure steel channels to studs. Install blocking for support of plumbing fixtures, toilet partitions, wail cabinets, toilet accessories and hardware. M. Refer to Drawings for indication of partitions extending to ceiling only and for partitions extending through ceiling to structure above. Maintain clearance under structural building members to avoid deflection transfer to studs. N. Coordinate placement of insulation in multiple stud spaces made inaccessible after stud framing erection. 3.03 TOLERANCES A. Maximum Variation From True Position: 3/16 inch in 8' -0 ", and 4' -0" from plumb, level and fiat(all directions). END OF SECTION 09111 - 4 i PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED SECTION 09260 GYPSUM BOARD A. Acoustic insulation. B. Gypsum board. C. Taped and sanded. Joint treatment. 1.02 WORK INSTALLED BUT FURNISHED UNDER OTHER SECTIONS A. Section 07213 - Batt and Blanket Insulation: Thermal and sound Insulation B. Section 07240 Exterior Insulation and Finish System C. Section 09111: Metal Studs Framing System D. Section 10800: Frames for recessed washroom accessories. E. Section 10522: Fire Extinguishers, Cabinets, and Accessories. 1.03 RELATED WORK A. Section 06001 - Wood Blocking and Curbing: Wood blocking. B. Section 07213: Batt and Blanket Insulation. C. Section 08111 - Standard Steel Doors and Frames. D. Section 09111 - Metal Stud Framing System. E. Section 09900 - Painting: Surface finish. 1.04 REFERENCES A. ANSI /ASTM C36 - Gypsum Wallboard. 09260 1 B. ANSI /ASTM C79 - Gypsum Sheathing Board. C. ANSI /ASTM C442 - Gypsum Backing Board. D. ANSI /ASTM C475 - Joint Treatment Materials for Gypsum Wallboard Construction. E. ANSI /ASTM C557 - Adjesive for Fastening Gypsum Wallboard to Wood Framing. F. ANSI /ASTM C630 - Water Resistant Gypsum Backing Board. G. ANSI /ASTM C645 - Non -Load (Axial) Bearing Steel Studs, Runners (Track), and Rigid Furring Channels for Screw Application of Gypsum Board. H. ANSI /ASTM C646 - Steel Drill Screws for the Application of Gypsum Sheet Material to Light Gage Steel Studs. 1. ANSI /ASTM C754 - Installation of Framing Members to Receive Screw Attached Gypsum Wallboard, Backing Board, or Water Resistant Backing Board. J. ANSI /ASTM E90 - Method for Laboratory Measurement of Airborne Sound Transmission Loss of Building Partitions. K. ANSI /ASTM E119 - Fire Tests of Building Construction and Materials. L. FS HH -I -521 - Insulation Blankets, Thermal (Mineral Fiber, for Ambient Temperatures). M. GA -201 - Gypsum Board for Walls and Ceilings. N. GA -216 - Recommended Specifications for the Application and Finishing of Gypsum Board. 1.05 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Acoustic Attentuation for Identified Interior Partitions: 45 STC in accordance with ANSI /ASTM E90. B. Rated or non -rated walls: I hour rated at corridors with UL listed assembley No. U425. Provide 2 1/2" sound batt insulation at restroomes. D. Enclose all columns In finished space with two layers of 1/2 inch thick board. 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Applicator: Company specializing in gypsum board systems work with 5 years experience. 09260 - 2 1.07 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Conform to applicable code for fire rated assemblies in conjunction with Section 09111 as follows: 1. Fire Rated Partitions: Listed assembly by UL as shown on drawings 2. Fire Rated Ceiling : Listed assembly by UL No. L501. 1.08 SUBMITTALS A. Submit product data under provisions of Section 01300. B. Provide product data on metal framing, gypsum board and Joint tape. C. Submit manufacturer's installation instructions under provisions of Section 01300. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 GYPSUM BOARD MATERIALS A. Standard Gypsum Board: ANSI /ASTM C36; 1/2 and 5/8 Inch thick, maximum permissible length; ends square cut, tapered and beveled edges. B. Fire Rated Gypsum Board: ANSI /ASTM C36; fire resistive type, UL rated; 5/8 inch thick, maximum permissible length; ends square cut, tapered and beveled edges. C. Moisture Resistant Gypsum Board: ANSI /ASTM C630; 5/8 inch thick, maximum permissible length; ends square cut, tapered and beveled edges. G. Exterior Gypsum Board: Standard type, 5/8 inch thick at vertical surfaces and horizontal surfaces, maximum permissible length; ends square cut, tapered and beveled edges. 2.02 ACCESSORIES A. Acoustical insulation: FS -HH -I -521; preformed mineral wool, friction fit type without integral vapor barrier membrane, 2 1/2 inch thick. B. Acoustical Sealant: Non - hardening, non - skinning, for use in conjunction with gypsum board. C. Corner Beads: Metal. D. Edge Trim: GA 201 and GA 216; Type L bead. 09260 3 E. Joint Materials: ANSI /ASTM C475; reinforcing tape, joint compound, adhesive, water, and fasteners. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION A. Verify that site conditions are ready to receive work and opening dimensions are as indicated on shop drawings. B. Beginning of installation means acceptance of existing surfaces. 3.02 JOINT TREATMENT A. Tape, fill, and sand exposed Joints, edges, and corners to produce smooth surface ready to receive finishes. B. Feather coats onto adjointing surfaces so that camber is maximum 1/32 inch. C. Taping, filling, and sanding is not required at surfaces behind adhesive applied ceramic tile. D. Erect in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 3.03 TOLERANCES A. Maximum Variation from True Flatness: 3/16 Inch in 8 feet In any direction. END OF SECTION 09260 - 4 SECTION 09311 CERAMIC TILE FLOOR FINISH PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Ceramic tile floor and base finish using the thinset application method. B. Thresholds at door openings. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 03346 - Concrete Floor Finishing: Trowelling of floor slab for tile application. 1.03 REFERENCES A. ANSI /TCA A108.5 - Ceramic Tile installed with Organic Adhesives or Water Cleanable Tile Setting Epoxy Adhesive. B. ANSI /TCA A18.10 - Installation of Grout in Tilework C. ANSI /TCA A118.1 - Dry -Set Portland Cement Mortar. D. ANSI /TCA A118.4 - Latex - Portland Cement Mortar. E. ANSI /TCA A118.6 - Ceramic Tile Grouts F. ANSI /TCA A137.1 - Specifications for Ceramic Tile. G. TCA (Tile Council of America) - Handbook for Ceramic Tile Installation. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Submit product data under provisions of Section 01300. B. Submit product data indicating material specifications, characteristics, and instructions for using adhesives and grouts. C. Submit samples under provisions of Section 01300. 09311 - 1 D. Submit manufacturer's installation instructions under provisions of Section 01300. H. Submit manufacturer's certificate under provisions of Section 01400 that products meet or exceed specified requirements. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Conform to ANSI /TCA Al 37.1 B. Conform to TCA Handbook for Ceramic Tile Installation. ANSI /TCA A108.4 and ANSI /TCA A108.10. 1.06 QUALIFICATIONS A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in the manufacture of products specified in this Section with minimum three years experience. B. Installer: Company specializing in applying the work of this Section with minimum 3 years experience. 1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver products to site under provisions of Section 01600. B. Store and protect products under provisions of Section 01600. C. Protect adhesives from freezing or overheating in accordance with manufacturer's Instructions. 1.08 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A, Do not Install adhesives in a closed, unventilated environment. B. Maintain 50 degrees F (10 degrees C) during installation of mortar materials. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS - TILE A. F3 type; Armstar, (615)986.4040 B. F8 -C type; Fiandre (708) 350 -1555 09311 - 2 C. F10 -B type; Reflex Stone (713) 462 -0080 B. or approved equal. 2.02 TILE MATERIAL A. F3 type ; Ceramic Floor Tile: ANSI /TCA A137.1, conforming to the following: Size 24 x 24 inch(nominal) Edge Square Surface Finish Matte (Granite Terrazzo) Color Pink Charcoal Honed #8006 B. F8 -C type ; Ceramic Floor Tile: ANSI /TCA A137.1, conforming to the following: Size 12 x 12 inch(nominal) Edge Square Surface Finish Slate Color Agata #G400 B. F10 -B type ; Ceramic Floor Tile: ANSI /TCA A137.1, conforming to the following: Size 3 x 3 inch(nominal) Edge Square Surface Finish Matte Color Grey Luster, #RS 309 2.03 MORTAR MATERIALS A. Mortar Materials: ANSI /TCA A118.4; Portland cement, sand, latex additive, and water. B. Color Admixture: color as selected. 09311 - 3 1 2.04 GROUT MATERIALS A. Grout: Cementitious type with latex additive, color as selected. 2.05 ACCESSORIES A. Thresholds: Marble, color; as selected, width of wall or frame opening, bevelled one side, radiused edges from bevel to vertical face. 2.06 MORTAR MIX AND GROUT MIX A. Mix and proportion pre -mix setting bed and grout materials in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that surfaces are ready to receive work. B. Beginning of installation means installer accepts condition of existing surfaces. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Protect surrounding work from damage or disfiguration. B. Vacuum clean existing surfaces and damp clean. C. Seal substrate surface cracks with filler. Level existing substrate surfaces to acceptable flatness tolerances. D. Apply sealer to surfaces as recommended by adhesive manufacturer. 3.03 INSTALLATION - THINSET METHOD A. Install adhesive, tile, threshold, and grout to TCA Handbook for Ceramic Tile Installation, Handbook Number F113 and F144. B. Do not interrupt tile pattern through openings. 09311 -4 F C. Place edge strips at exposed tile edges. r D. Cut and fit tile tight to penetrations through tile. Form corners and bases neatly. Align floor, base , and wall joints. E. Place tile joints uniform in width, subject to variance in tolerance allowed in tile size. Make joints watertight, without voids, cracks, excess mortar, or excess grout. F. Sound tile after setting. Replace hollow sounding units. I . G. Allow tile to set for a minimum of 48 hours prior to grouting 1 . I. Grout tile joints. J. Apply sealant to junction of tile and dissimilar materials and at pp Y junction of dissimilar 1 j planes. 3.04 CLEANING A. Clean work under provisions of 01700. B. Clean tile surfaces. 3.05 ' PROTECTION Protect finished installation under provisions of Section 01500. B. Do not permit traffic over finished floor surface. END OF SECTION 09311 - 5 PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED 1.04 REFERENCES 1.05 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE SECTION 09511 SUSPENDED ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS A. Suspended metal grid ceiling system. B. Acoustical tile. C. Fire and non -fire rated assembly. D. Perimeter trim. A. ASTM C635 - Metal Suspension Systems for Acoustical Tile and Lay -in Panel Ceilings B. ASTM C636 - Installation of Metal Ceiling Suspension Systems for Acoustical Tile and Lay -in Panels. C. ASTM C665 - insulation Blankets, Thermal Mineral Fiber, for Ambient Temperatures. D. UL - Underwriter's Laboratories System Ratings. E. UBC - Standard 47 -18. A. Installed System: Conform to UL rating for ceiling and floor, ceiling and roof assembly. A. Manufacturer: Company specializing In manufacture of ceiling suspension system and ceiling tile with three years minimum experience. B. Installer: Company with three years minimum and approved by manufacturer. 09511 1.07 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Conform to applicable code for combustibility requirements for materials. 1.08 SUBMITTALS A. Submit shop drawings and product data under provisions of Section 01300. B. Indicate on shop drawings, grid layout and related dimensioning, junctions with other work or ceiling finishes, interrelation of mechanical and electrical items related to system. C. Provide product data on metal grid system components and acoustic units. D. Submit samples under provisions of Section 01300. E. Submit manufacturer's installation instructions under provisions of Section 01300. 1.09 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Maintain uniform temperature of minimum 60 degrees F (16 degrees C), and humidity of 20 to 40 percent prior to, during, and after installation. 1.10 SEQUENCING /SCHEDULING A. Do not install acoustical ceilings until building is enclosed, sufficient heat is provided, dust generating activities have terminated, and overhead work is completed, tested, and approved. B. Schedule installation of acoustic units after interior wet work is dry. 1.11 EXTRA STOCK A. Provide 10 % extra quantity of acoustic units under provisions of Section 01700. 09511 - 2 1 1 PART 2 PRODUCTS 1 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS - SUSPENSION SYSTEM 1 A. Armstrong B. Chicago Metallic Corporation. C. Donn Products. D. or approved equal. 2.02 SUSPENSION SYSTEM MATERIALS 1 A. Grid: ASTM C635, intermediate duty, non -fire rated exposed T; components die cut and interlocking. B. Accessories: Stabilizer bars, splices, edge moldings, clips required for suspended grid system. C. Grid Materials: Commercial quality cold roiled steel with galvanized coating. D. Grid Finish: White color. E. Support Channels and Hangers: Galvanized steel; size and type to suit application, to rigidly secure acoustic ceiling system including Integral mechanical and electrical components with maximum deflection of 1/360. 1 2.03 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS - ACOUSTIC UNITS A. Armstrong. B. U.S.G. Acoustical Products, C. or approved equal. 2.04 ACOUSTIC UNIT MATERIALS A. CT -1 type; acoustic tiles: conforming to the following: 1. Size: 24 x 24 inches. 2. Thickness: 3/4 inches. 3. Composition: Wet- formed mineral fiber 4. Light Reflectance: exceeding .75 percent. 5. NRC Range: .45 to .55. 6. STC Range: .30 to .34 09511 -3 B. CT -2 type; acoustic tiles: conforming to the following: 1. Size: 24 x 48 inches. 2. Thickness: 5/8 inches. 3. Composition: Mineral. 4. Density: .63 lb /cu ft. 5. Light Reflectance: exceeding .75 percent. 6. NRC Range: .50 to .60. 7. STC Range: .35 to .39 8. Fire Hazard Classification: A /less than 25 /smoke development : 15. 9. Joint: Kerfed. 10. Edge: Tegular. 11. Surface Color: White #768A 12. Surface Finish: Non - directional fissured. 13. Style: Armstrong Cortega PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION 7. Fire Hazard Classification: A /less than 25 /smoke development : 15. 8. Edge: tegular lay -in 9. Surface Color: 6405 White. 10. Surface Finish: factory - applied vinyl latex paint 11. Style: Armstrong, Suprafine #1100 A. Verify that existing conditions are ready to receive work. B. Verify that layout of hangers will not Interfere with other work. C. Beginning of installation means acceptance of existing conditions. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install system In accordance with ASTM C636 and UBC 47 -18 as supplemented In this Section. B. Install after major above ceiling work is complete. Coordinate the location of hangers with other work. C. Supply hangers or Inserts for Instructions for their correct placement. D. Hang system independent of walls, columns, ducts, pipes and conduit. Where carrying members are spliced, avoid visible displacement of face plane of adjacent members. E. Where ducts or other equipment prevent the regular spacing of hangers, reinforce 09511 - 4 4 1 1 the nearest affected hangers and related carrying channels to span the extra distance. F. Locate system on room axis leaving equal border units according to reflected plan. G. Do not support components on main runners or cross runners if weight causes total dead load to exceed deflection capability. Support fixture loads by supplementary hangers located within 6 Inches (150 mm) of each corner; or support components independently. H. Do not eccentrically load system, or produce rotation of runners. I. Install edge molding at Intersection of ceiling and vertical surfaces, using longest practical lengths. Miter corners. Provide edge moldings at Junctions with other interruptions. J. Fit acoustic units in place, free from damaged edges or other defects detrimental to appearance and function. K. Install acoustic units level, In uniform plane, and free from twist, warp and dents. L. Install hold -down clips to retain panels tight to grid system within 20 ft (6 m) of an exterior door. M. Install light fixture boxes constructed of gypsum board above light fixtures in accordance with UL assembly requirements. 3.03 TOLERANCES A. Variation from Flat and Level Surface: 1/8 inch in 10 ft (3 mm in 3 m) B. Variation from Plumb of Grid. Members Caused by Eccentric Loads: Two degrees maximum. END OF SECTION 09511 - 5 PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Resilient sheet flooring. B. Resilient base. 1.03 RELATED SECTIONS 1.04 REFERENCES 1.05 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS SECTION 09650 RESILIENT FLOORING A. Section 03300 - Cast in Place Concrete: Floor and Stair substrate surface. B. Section 09260 - Gypsum Board System: Wall materials to receive base. A. ASTM E84 - Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. B. FS L -F -1641 - Floor Covering, Translucent or Transparent Vinyl Surface, with Backing. C. FS L -F -475 - Floor Covering, Vinyl Surface (Tile and Roll), with Backing. D. FS RR -T -650 - Treads, Metallic and Non - metallic, Non -skid. E. FS SS -T -312 - Tile, Floor: Asphalt, Rubber, Vinyl, Vinyl Composition. F. FS SS -W -40 - Wall Base: Rubber and Vinyl Plastic. A. Conform to applicable code for flame/ fuel /smoke rating requirements in accordance with ASTM E84. 09650 - 1 1.06 SUBMITTALS A. Submit shop drawings and product data under provisions of Section 01300. B. Provide product data on specified products, describing physical and performance characteristics, sizes, patterns and color. C. Submit samples under provisions of Section 01300. D. Submit manufacturer's installation instructions under provisions of Section 01300. 1.07 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA A. Submit cleaning and maintenance data under provisions of Section 01700. B. Include maintenance procedures, recommended maintenance materials, and suggested schedule for cleaning, stripping, and re- waxing. 1.08 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Store materials for three days prior to installation in area of installation to achieve temperature stability. B. Maintain ambient temperature required by adhesive manufacturer three days prior to, during, and 24 hours after installation of materials. 1.09 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Provide 10 % additional flooring and base material. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS - SHEET FLOORING A. Armstrong. B. or approved equal. 2.02 SHEET FLOORING MATERIALS A. Vinyl Sheet: FS L -F -475, Type II; totoal thichness of .085 ", color and pattern through total thickness; sheet width of 72 Inches. Style; Classic Corlon, color as selected. 09650 - 2 i t i 2.03 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS - BASE MATERIALS A. Roppe Co. B. or approved equal. 2.04 BASE MATERIALS A. Base: FS SS -W -40, Type I; Rubber;4 Inch high; 1/8 inch thick; top set toeless; premolded external corners, color; blue 87. B. Base Accessories: Premolded end stops and external corners, of same material, size, and color as base. 2.05 ACCESSORIES A. Subfloor Filler: White premix latex; type recommended by flooring material manufacturer. B. Primers and Adhesives: Waterproof; types recommended by flooring manufacturer. C. Edge Strips: Metal. D. Sealer and Wax: Types recommended by flooring manufacturer. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that surfaces are smooth and flat with maximum variation of 1/8 Inch in 10 ft (3 mm In 3 m), and are ready to receive Work. B. Verify concrete floors are dry to a maximum moisture content of 7 percent, and exhibit negative alkalinity, carbonization, or dusting. C. Beginning of installation means acceptance of existing substrate and site conditions. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Remove sub -floor ridges and bumps. Fill low spots, cracks, Joints, holes, and other defects with subfloor filler. 09650 - 3 B. Apply, trowel, and float filler to leave a smooth, flat, hard surface. C. Prohibit traffic from area until filler is cured. D. Vacuum clean substrate. E. Apply primer to required surfaces. 3.03 INSTALLATION - SHEET MATERIAL A. Install in accordance with manufacturers' instructions. B. Mix tile from container to ensure shade variations are consistent. C. Spread only enough adhesive to permit installation of materials before initial set. D. Set flooring in place, press with heavy roller to attain full adhesion. E. Lay flooring with joints and seams symmetrical tile patterns. F. Install tile to square grid pattern with all joints aligned. Allow minimum 1/2 full size tile width at room or area perimeter. G. Terminate flooring at centerline of door openings where adjacent floor finish is dissimilar. H. Install edge strips at unprotected or exposed edges, and where flooring terminates. 1. Scribe flooring to walls, columns, cabinets, floor outlets, and other appurtenances to produce tight joints. J. Install flooring in pan type floor access covers. Maintain floor pattern. K. Install flooring under movable partitions without interrupting floor pattern. L. Install sheet flooring parallel to length of room. Provide minimum of 1/3 full roll width. Double cut sheet and continuously seal. 3.04 INSTALLATION - BASE MATERIAL A. Fit joints tight and vertical. Maintain minimum measurement of 18 inches (45 mm) between joints. B. Miter internal corners. At external corners, use premolded units. At exposed ends use premolded units. C. Install base on solid backing. Bond tight to wall and floor surfaces. 09650 - 4 D. Scribe and fit to door frames and other interruptions. 3.05 PROTECTION A. Prohibit traffic on floor finish for 48 hours after installation. 3.06 CLEANING A. Remove excess adhesive from floor, base, and wall surfaces without damage. B. Clean, seal, and wax floor and base surfaces in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. END OF SECTION 09650 - 5 r t r f r i PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Carpeting. B. Cushioned underlay. C. Accessories. SECTION 09686 CARPETING WITH CUSHION 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 03300 - Cast in Place Concrete: Floor substrate surface. B. Section 12692 - Floor Mats: Recessed floor accessories. C. Section 19650 - Resilient Flooring: Base finish. 1.03 REFERENCES A. ASTM E84 - Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. B. FS L -C -1369 - Cushion, Carpet and Rug, Bonded Urethane. C. FS ZZ -C -811 - Cushion (Underlay); Carpet and Rug, Sponge- Rubber. D. FS ZZ -C -00811 - Cushion, Carpet and Rug, Cellular Rubber. E. FS DDD -C -95 - Carpets and Rugs, Wool, Nylon, Acrylic, Modacrylic. F. FS DDD -C -0095 - Carpet and Rugs, Wool, Nylon, Acrylic, Modacrylic, Polyester, Polypropylene. G. FS DDD -C -1023 - Cushion, Carpet and Rug (Hair Felt and Rubber Coated Jute and Animal Hair or Fiber). H. FS DDD -C -1559 - Carpet, Loop, Low Pile Height, High Density, Woven or Tufted with Attached Cushioning. 09686. -1 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Submit shop drawings and product data under provisions of Section 01300. B. Indicate seaming plan, method of joining seams, direction of carpet. C. Provide product data on specified products, describing physical and performance characteristics; sizes, patterns, colors available, and method of installation. D. Submit samples under provisions of Section 01300. E. Submit two samples 12 x 12 inch in size illustrating color and pattern for each carpet and cushion material specified. F. Submit manufacturer's installation instructions under provisions of Section 01300. 1.05 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA A. Submit operation and maintenance data under provisions of Section 01700. B. include maintenance procedures, recommended maintenance materials, and suggested schedule for cleaning. 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in carpet manufacturing with three years minimum experience. B. Installer: Company with three years minimum documented experience and approved by manufacturer. 1.07 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Conform to applicable code for carpet flammability requirements in accordance with ASTM E84. 1.08 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Store materials for one day prior to installation in area of installation to achieve temperature stability. 1.09 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Provide 10% extra sq ft of carpeting of each color specified, under provisions of Section 01700. 09686 -2 r PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS - CARPETING A. Lee. B. Or Approved Equal. 2.02 CARPETING MATERIALS A. Carpet: Conforming to the following criteria: 2.04 ACCESSORIES PART 3 EXECUTION 3.02 PREPARATION Pattern: Infiniti Pile Fiber: Total Weight: Color: Custom Grey Flamespread: Class I Rep: 1 -818- 789 -2600 2.03 CUSHION MATERIALS A. Cushion Underlay: 40 ounce Hair - and -Jute. A. Sub -Floor Filler: White premix latex; type recommended by carpet manufacturer. B. Carpet Gripper: Type recommended by carpet manufacturer to suit application, with attachment devices. C. Adhesive: Recommended by cushion manufacturer. 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that substrate surfaces are smooth and flat with maximum variation in 1/4 inch in 10 ft (6 mm in 3 m) and are ready to receive work. B. Beginning of installation means acceptance of existing substrate and site conditions. A. Remove sub -floor ridges and bumps. Fill low spots, cracks, joints, holes, and other defects with sub -floor filler. 09686 -3 B. Apply, trowel, and float filler to leave smooth, flat, hard surface. C. Prohibit traffic until filler is cured. D. Vacuum floor surfaces. 3.03 INSTALLATION - CUSHION A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Install cushion using maximum size pieces. Securely adhere to sub - floor. C. Lay out cushion so that carpet seams will not fall directly over cushion seams. D. Butt edges together and tight to edge of carpet gripper. Tape all joints. E. Remove air pockets and ridges and slightly stretch. Anchor securely around projections and contours. F. Install cushion on stair treads and lap over nosing. Butt tight to installed nosing. 3.04 INSTALLATION - CARPET A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Lay out rolls of carpet for approval. C. Verify carpet match before cutting to ensure minimal variation between dye lots. D. Double cut carpet, to allow intended seam and pattern match. Make cuts straight, true, and unfrayed. E. Locate seams in area of least traffic. F. Join seams by hot adhesive tape method. Form seams straight, not overlapped or peaked, and free of gaps. G. Lay carpet on floors with run of pile in same direction as anticipated traffic. Lay carpet on stairs with the run of the pile in opposite direction of anticipated traffic to avoid peeking of backing at nosings. H. Do not change run of pile in any room where carpet is continuous through a wall opening into another room. Locate change of color or pattern between rooms under door centerline. I. Cut and fit carpet around interruptions. J. Where wall bases are scheduled, cut carpet 1/4 Inch (6 mm) from walls to allow re- stretching. Fit carpet tight to vertical interruptions, leaving no gaps. 09686 -4 K. Lay carpet tight and flat on sub - floor, well fastened at edges, with a uniform appearance. Provide monolithic color, pattern, and texture match within any one area. L. Install one piece gripper edging strip where carpet terminates at other floor coverings. Where splicing cannot be avoided, seam ends tight and flush. M. Install carpet continuously to stair treads, full width. Install in one piece. Adhere over entire surface. Fit accurately and securely, tight to treads and risers. Adhere carpet on treads and risers butt tight to nosing. 3.05 CLEANING A. Remove access adhesive from floor, base, and wall surfaces without damage. r . B. Clean and vacuum carpet surfaces. 3.06 PROTECTION A. Prohibit traffic from carpet areas for 24 hours after installation. END OF SECTION �N ti i 09686 -5 PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Surface preparation. B. Surface finish schedule. 1.02 REFERENCES SECTION 09900 PAINTING A. ANSI /ASTM D16 - Definitions of Terms Relating to Paint, Varnish, Laquer, and Related Products. B. ASTM D2016 - Test Method for Moisture Content of Wood. C. Architectural Specification Manual- Painting, edition current as of date of this Specification 1.04 DEFINITIONS A. Conform to ANSI /ASTM D16 for interpretation of terms used in this Section. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Product Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing quality paint and finish products with three years experience. B. Applicator: Company specializing In commercial painting and finishing with three years experlenceand approved by product manufacture. 1.06 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Conform to applicable code for flame /fuel /smoke rating requirements for finishes. 09900 - 1 1.07 TESTS A. Provide analysis and testing of coating under provisions of Section 01400. B. Test samples in accordance with Architectural Specification Manual. 1.08 SUBMITTALS A. Submit product data under provisions of Section 01300. B. Provide product data on all finishing products. C. Submit samples under provisions of Section 01300. D. Submit two samples 12 x 12 inch in size illustrating selected colors for each surface finishing product scheduled. E. Submit manufacturer's application instructions under provisions of Section 01300. 1.09 FIELD SAMPLES A. Provide samples under provisions of Section 01300. B. Provide field sample panel, 24 inches wide by height of wall, illustrating coating color, texture, and finish. C. Locate where directed. D. Accepted sample may not remain as part of the Work. 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver products to site under provisions of Section 01600. B. Store and protect products under provisions of Section 01600. C. Deliver products to site in sealed and labelled containers; inspect to verify acceptance. D. Container labelling to include manufacturer's name, type of paint, brand name, brand code, coverage, surface preparation, drying time, cleanup, color designation, and instructions for mixing and reducing. 09900 - 2 f E. Store paint materials at minimum ambient temperature of 45 degrees F (7 degrees C) and a maximum of 90 degrees F (32 degrees C), in well ventilated area, unless required otherwise by manufacturer's instructions. F. Take precautionary measures to prevent fire hazards and spontaneous combustion. 1.11 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Provide continuous ventilation and heating facilities to maintain surface and ambient temperatures above 45 degrees F (7 degrees C) for 24 hours before, during, and 48 hours after application of finishes, unless required otherwise by manufacturer's instructions. B. Do not apply exterior coatings during rain or snow, or when relative humidity is above 50 percent, unless required otherwise by manufacturer's instructions. C. Minimum Application Temperatures for Latex Paints: 45 degrees F (7 degrees C) for interiors; 50 degrees F (10 degrees C) for exterior; unless required otherwise by manufacturer's instructions. D. Minimum Application Temperature for Varnish Finishes: 65 degrees F (18 degrees C) for interior or exterior, unless required otherwise by manufacturer's instructions. E. Provide lighting level of 80 ft candles (860 Ix) measured mid - height at substrate surface. 1.12 EXTRA STOCK A. Provide a one gallon (4 L) container of each color to Owner. B. Label each container with color, texture, room locations in addition to the manufacturer's label. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS Unless otherwise indicated, furnish /Chapter 7 of refrenced manual, paint, varnish, stain enamel, lacquer, fillers, and related products for prime, intermediate, and finish coat. B. Materials not specifically Indicated, but required, such as linseed oil, shellac, thinners, and the like, to be of quality not less than required by applicable Federal or State Specification Standards. 09900 - 3 C. Manufactures /as listed in Manual. D. All work / "Custom" Grade except as otherwise indicated. E. Mixing: Furnish ready -mix. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION A. Verify that substrate conditions are ready to receive work as instructed by the product manufacturer. B. Examine surfaces scheduled to be finished prior to commencement of work. Report any condition that may potentially affect proper application. C. Measure moisture content of surfaces using an electronic moisture meter. Do not apply finishes unless moisture content of surfaces are below the following maximums: 1. Plaster and Gypsum Wallboard: 12 percent. 2. Concrete: 12 percent. 3. Interior Located Wood: 15 percent, measured in accordance with ASTM D2016. D. Beginning of installation means acceptance of existing surfaces. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Remove electrical plates, hardware, light fixture trim, and fittings prior to preparing surfaces or finishing. B. Correct minor defects and clean surfaces which affect work of this Section. C. Shellac and seal marks which may bleed through surface finishes. D. Impervious Surfaces: Remove mildew by scrubbing with solution of tri- sodium phosphate and bleach. Rinse with clean water and allow surface to dry. E. Aluminum Surfaces Scheduled for Paint Finish: Remove surface contamination by steam or high pressure water. Remove oxidation with acid etch and solvent washing. Apply etching primer immediately following cleaning. F. Asphalt, Creosote, or Bituminous Surfaces Scheduled for Paint Finish: Remove foreign particles to permit adhesion of finishing materials. Apply compatible sealer or primer. G. Insulated Coverings: Remove dirt, grease, and oil from canvas and cotton. 09900 - 4 f H. Concrete Floors: Remove contamination, acid etch, and rinse floors with clear water. Verify required acid- alkali balance is achieved. Allow to dry. I. Copper Surfaces Scheduled for a Paint Finish: Remove contamination by steam, high pressure water, or solvent washing. Apply vinyl etch primer immediately following cleaning. J. Copper Surfaces Scheduled for a Natural Oxidized Finish: Remove contamination by applying oxidizing solution of copper acetate and ammonium chloride in acetic acid. Rub on repeatedly for required effect. Once attained, rinse surfaces with clear water and allow to dry. K. Gypsum Board Surfaces: Latex fill minor defects. Spot prime defects after repair. L. Galvanized Surfaces: Remove surface contamination oils ed rfac a ace ontam nation and o Is and wash with solvent. Apply coat of etching primer. M. Concrete Scheduled to Receive Paint Finish: Remove dirt, loose mortar, scale, salt or alkali powder, and other foreign matter. Remove oil and grease with a solution of tri- sodium phosphate; rinse well and allow to dry. Remove stains caused by weathering of corroding metals with a solution of sodium metasilicate after thoroughly wetting with water, Allow to dry. N. Plaster Surfaces: Fill hairline cracks, small holes, and imperfections with latex patching plaster. Make smooth and flush with adjacent surfaces. Wash and neutralize high alkali surfaces. O. Uncoated Steel and Iron Surfaces: Remove grease, scale, dirt, and rust. Where heavy coatings of scale are evident, remove by wire brushing or sandblasting; clean by washing with solvent. Apply a treatment of phosphoric acid solution, ensuring weld joints, bolts, and nuts are similarly cleaned. Spot prime paint after repairs. P. Shop Primed Steel Surfaces: Sand and scrape to remove loose primer and rust. Feather edges to make touch -up patches inconspicuous. Clean surfaces with solvent. Prime bare steel surfaces. { Q. Interior Wood items Scheduled to Receive Finish: Wipe off dust and grit prior to priming. Seal knots, pitch streaks, and sappy sections with sealer. Fill nail holes and cracks after primer has dried; sand between coats. R. Exterior Wood Scheduled to Receive Paint Finish: Remove dust, grit, and foreign matter. Seal knots, pitch streaks, and sappy sections. Fill nail holes with tinted exterior calking compound after prime coat has been applied. S. Wood and Metal Doors Scheduled for Painting: Seal top and bottom edges with primer. 3.03 PROTECTION A. Protect elements surrounding the work of this Section from damage or disfiguration. 09900 - 5 B. Repair damage to other surfaces caused by work of this Section. C. Furnish drop cloths, shields, and protective methods to prevent spray or droppings from disfiguring other surfaces. D. Remove empty paint containers from site. 3.04 APPLICATION A. Apply products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Do not apply finishes to surfaces that are not dry. C. Apply each coat to uniform finish. D. Apply each coat of paint slightly darker than preceeding coat unless otherwise approved. E. Sand lightly between coats to achieve required finish. F. Allow applied coat to dry before next coat is applied. G. Where clear finishes are required, tint fillers to match wood. Work fillers Into the grain before set. Wipe excess from surface. H. Prime back surfaces of interior woodwork scheduled to receive stain or varnish finish with gloss varnish reduced 25 percent with mineral spirits. 3.05 FINISHING MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT A. Refer to schedule of color coding and identification banding of equipment, ductwork, piping, and conduit. B. Paint shop primed equipment. C. Remove unfinished louvers, grilles, covers, and access panels on mechanical and electrical components and paint separately. D. Prime and paint insulated and exposed pipes, conduit, boxes, insulated and exposed ducts, hangers, brackets, collars and supports, and except where items are prefinished. E. Replace identification markings on mechanical or electrical equipment when painted accidently. F. Paint interior surfaces of air ducts, and convector and baseboard heating cabinets that are visible through grilles and louvers with one coat of flat black paint, to limit of 09900 - 6 sight line. Paint dampers exposed behind louvers, grilles, and convector and baseboard cabinets to match face panels. G. Paint exposed conduit and electrical equipment occurring in finished areas. H. Paint both sides and edges of plywood backboards for electrical and telephone equipment before installing equipment. I. Color code equipment, piping, conduit, and exposed ductwork in accordance with color schedule. Color band and identify with,flow arrows names and numbering. J. Replace electrical plates, hardware, light fixture trim, and fittings removed prior to finishing. 3.06 CLEANING A. As Work proceeds, promptly remove paint where spilled, splashed, or spattered. B. During progress of Work maintain premises free of unnecessary accumulation of tools, equipment, surplus materials, and debris. C. Collect cotton waste, cloths, and material which may constitute a fire hazard, place in closed metal containers and remove daily from site. 3.07 SCHEDULE - EXTERIOR SURFACES A. Pavement Markings 1. One coat chlorinated rubber paint, (Ext. 8 -B) B. Concrete 1. One coat of modified epoxy masonry textured coating Tnemec Series 52 Tnemec Crete or approved equal. (Ext 6D Special) C. Steel - Unprimed 1. One coat Cowman - Cambell "Galvalum" galvanized iron primer 2. Two coats exterior alkyd enamel, Product 14,15 (Ext 14E Special) D. Steel - Shop Primed 1. Two coats exterior alkyd enamel, product 14,15 (Ext 14E Special) E. Exterior Ferrous Metal 1. One coat metal rust inhibitive primer, factory applied. 2. One exterior alkyd enamel (Ext 12A custom grade - Satin Finish) 09900 - 7 F. Metal Coping 1. One coat of Tnenec 30 -20 -10 primer 2. One coat of high -build acrylic polyurethane enamel Tnemec series 73 Endura- Shield III (Ext 6D Special) 3.09 SCHEDULE - INTERIOR SURFACES A. Interior Doors 1. One Coat stain 2. One coat sanding sealer 3. Two coats varnish(Satin Finish) (Int IC premium grade - Satin Finish) B. Gypsum Wallboard to be painted (Except restrooms) 1. One coat primer sealer 2. Two coats satin latex (Int 3A premium grade - Satin Finish) C. Interior Ferrous Metal (Not galvanized) 1. One coat alkyd rust inhibitive primer 2. One coat alkyd enamel (Int 12A Custom Grade) D. Restrooms 1. One coat of moisture - resistant 52,53 primer finish 2. Primer /sealer 3. One coat of enamel undercoat 4. Two coats of alkyd enamel - Satin Finish (Int 3F premium grade - Satin Finish E. Project Sign 1. Graphic type, size, spacing, and the like as shown on drawings. F. Miscellaneous: 1, Consult Manual for surfaces not scheduled. 09900 8 END OF SECTION r: PART 1 GENERAL SECTION 10165 PLASTIC LAMINATE TOILET COMPARTMENTS 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Floor mounted plastic laminate toilet partitions. B. Urinal screens. C. Attachment hardware. 1.02 PRODUCTS FURNISHED BUT NOT INSTALLED UNDER THIS SECTION A. Section 05500 - Metal Fabrication: Wall reinforcement plates for concealed in -wall construction. 1.03 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 05500 - Metal Fabrication: Above ceiling framing for ceiling hung partitions. B. Section 10800 - Toilet and Bath Accessories. 1.04 REFERENCES A. Washington State Barrier Free Code - Specifications for Making Buildings and Facilities Accessible to and Usable by the Physically Handicapped. B. ANSI A208.1 - Mat Formed Wood Particleboard. C. APA - American Plywood Association. D. ASTM A167 - Stainless and Heat - Resisting Chromium - Nickel Steel Plate, Sheet, and Strip. E. NEMA LD -3 - High Pressure Decorative Laminates. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Submit shop drawings under provisions of Section 01300. B. Submit shop drawings indicating partition layout and dimensions, panel and door sixes, door swings, elevations, anchorage and mounting details, and finishes. 10165 -1 C. Submit product data under provisions of Section 01300. D. Submit product data for components, hardware, and accessories. E. Submit samples under provisions of Section 01300. F. Submit two samples 3 x 6 inch in size illustrating panel colors. G. Provide a sample of each type of hardware. H. Submit manufacturer's installation instructions under provisions of Section 01300. 1.06 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Conform to applicable code for provisions for the physically handicapped. 1.07 FIELD MEASUREMENTS A. Verify field measurements are as shown on shop drawings. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Dobrick floor mounted, 1041, Designer Series. B. Or Approved Equal. 2.02 MATERIALS A. Wood Particle Board Core: ANSI A208.1, composed of wood chips set with waterproof resin binder. B. Plastic Laminate: NEMA LD -3 General Purpose type 0.062 Inch (1.6 mm) thick. C. Adhesive: Contact type. D. Headrall: 1 x 1 -5/8 Inch enameled tubular steel; with cast socket type wall brackets. 10165 -2 f f 2.03 ACCESSORIES A. Pilaster Shoe: ASTM A167, Type 304 stainless steel, 3 inch high with adjustable screw jack. B. Attachments, Screws, and Bolts: Stainless steel, theft proof type, heavy duty extruded aluminum brackets. C. Through Bolts and Nuts: Stainless steel with tamperproof heads. D. Steel Plate Reinforcement: Carbon steel, prepared for fasteners, 1/8 inch (3 mm) thick. 2.04 HARDWARE A. Hinges: Non - ferrous cast pivot hinges, gravity type, adjustable for door close positioning, nylon bearings. B. Latch and Keeper: Thumb turn door latch, door strike and keeper with rubber bumper. C. Coat Hook: Cast alloy hook with rubber bumper tip. 2.05 FABRICATION A. Fabricate partitions by forming solid plastic laminate with finished faces and edges. Finish edges convex. B. Reinforce pilaster and panels with steel plate reinforcement sandwiched within particle core at attachment points. Router cut openings as required. C. Thickness of Partition Panels and Doors: One inch. D. Thickness of Pilasters: 1 -1/4 inch. 2.06 FINISHES A. Plastic Laminate: Nevamar S- 3 -37T. B. Stainless Steel Surfaces: No. 4 finish. C. Exposed Steel Surfaces: Satin chrome plated. D. Non - ferrous Surfaces: Satin chrome plated. PART 3 EXECUTION 10165-3 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that openings are ready to receive work. B. Verify field measurements are as shown on Drawings. C. Verify correct location of built -in framing, anchorage, bracing, and plumbing fixtures. D. Beginning of Installation means installer accepts existing conditions. 3.02 ERECTION A. Erect in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Install partition components secure, plumb and level. C. Attach panel brackets securely to walls using appropriate anchor devices. D. Attach panels and pilasters to brackets with through bolts and nuts. Locate headrail joints at pilaster center line. E. Anchor urinal screen panels to walls with two panel brackets. F. Provide 1/2 Inch (13 mm) space between wall surface and panels or pilasters. G. Support pilasters to floor using two adjustable studs to provide vertical levelling. Conceal ceiling fastenings with pilaster shoes. H. Equip each toilet stall door with top and bottom hinges, and door latch. I. Install door strike keeper on each pilaster in alignment with door latch. J. Equip each toilet stall door with one coat hook and bumper. 3.03 ERECTION TOLERANCES A. Maximum Variation From Plumb or Level: 1/8 Inch. B. Maximum Misplacement From Intended Position: 1/8 inch. 3.04 ADJUSTING A. Adjust work under provisions of Section 01600. B. Adjust and align door hardware to uniform clearance at vertical edges of doors. Clearance space not to exceed 3/16 inch. 10165-4 1 C. Adjust door hinges so that free movement is attained and will locate in- swinging doors In partial open position when unlatched. Return out- swinging doors to closed position. 3.05 CLEANING A. Clean work under provisions of Section 01700. r.. B. Remove protective coverings. C. Clean surfaces and hardware. 3.06 PROTECTION OF FINISHED WORK A. Protect finished installation under provisions of Section 01500. B. Field touch -up of finished surfaces will not be permitted. Replace damaged components. 1 END OF SECTION r 10165 -5 1 SECTION 10441 [ PLASTIC SIGNS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Individual plastic characters. 1.02 SUBMITTALS f A. Submit shop drawings under provisions of Section 01300. I B. Submit shop drawings listing sign styles, lettering and locations. C. Submit samples under provisions of Section 01300. D. Submit samples illustrating full size sample sign, of type, style and color ubmi one samp s I (lu ra g fu e p g , typ , ty specified including method of attachment. E. Submit manufacturer's Installation instructions under provisions of Section 01300. F. Include installation template and hardware. 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver products to site under provisions of Section 01600. B. Store and protect products under provisions of Section 01600. C. Package signs, labelled in name groups. D. Store adhesive tape at ambient room temperatures. 1.06 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Do not install signs when ambient temperature is below 70 degrees F (21 degrees C). Maintain this minimum during and after Installation of signs. 10441 1 1 PART2 PRODUCTS a 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Aiphaguide System C.(interior door indentification) B. or approved equal. 2.02 LETTERING A. Size and Style: see schedule, upper case Helvetica. B. Colors: Black. 2.03 ACCESSORIES A. Mounting Hardware: Chrome screws. B. Tape Adhesive: Double sided tape, permanent adhesive. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that surfaces are ready to receive work. B. Beginning of installation means installer accepts existing surfaces. 3.02 INSTALLATION 10441 2 A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Install signs after doors and surfaces are finished, In locations as scheduled. C. Center sign on door and wall surface, level. D. Clean and polish. C 1.1 3.03 SCHEDULES A. Office Door Signs: Individual letters, 2 inch high, black face color, white core color, identifying room name indicated on Drawing schedule. B. Service Room Signs: Plaque signs, 2 Inches high, black face color, white core color, 'UTILITY ROOM', 'SERVICE ROOM', and 'ELECTRICAL ROOM'; at each respective room location. C. Suite Identification - Identification for all suites shall be provided. Suite identification shall be minimum height of three inches vinyl adhesive die -cut letters, mounted on transom light over entry door to each suite. D. Address numbers: Twelve inches tall minimum non - illuminated numbers, hash density styrofoam or plastic with metal or plastic laminated faces. END OF SECTION 10441 - 3 f f f SECTION 10522 FIRE EXTINGUISHERS, CABINETS, AND ACCESSORIES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Fire extinguishers. B. Cabinets. C. Accessories. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Section 09111: Roughed - in wall openings. 1.03 REFERENCES A. NFPA 1 - Portable Fire Extinguishers. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Conform to NFPA 10 requirements for extinguishers. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Submit product data under provisions of Section 01300. B. Include physical dimensions, operational features, color and finish, wall mounting brackets with mounted measurements, anchorage details, rough -in measurements, location, and details. C. Submit manufacturer's installation instructions under provisions of Section 01300. 10522 - 1 1.06 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA A. Submit manufacturer's operation and maintenance data under provisions of Section 01700. B. Include test, refill or recharge schedules, procedures, and re- certification requirements. 1.07 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Do not install extinguishers when ambient tempertures may cause freezing. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 EXTINGUISHERS A. Halogenated Type: steel tank, Model 1211 manufactured by J L Industries, with pressure gage. size and classification: 2A -10BC. 2.02 CABINETS A. Cabinet: Formed sheet steel, 18 gage (1.2 mm), primed, recessed type, size to accommodate accessories. B. Trim: FIat,1 1/4 inches wide face, primed. E. Mounting Hardware: Appropriate to cabinet. 2.03 FABRICATION A. Form body of cabinet with tight inside corners and seams. B. Predrill holes for anchorage. C. Form perimeter trim and door stiles by welding, filling, and grinding smooth. 10522 - 2 C. Door: Primed, 18 gage (1.2 mm) thick, reinforced for flatness and rigidity; lock with break glass access. D. Glass: 1/8 inch (3 mm) thick plate glass. r D. Hinge doors for 180 degree opening with continuous piano hinge. Provide nylon catch. 2.04 FINISHES A. Extinguisher: Red enamel. B. Cabinet Trim and Door: Primed. C. Cabinet Interior: enamel. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION A. Verify rough openings for cabinet are correctly sized and located. B. Beginning of installation means acceptance of existing conditions. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install cabinets plumb and level in wall openings. B. Secure rigidly in place in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. END OF SECTION 10522 - 3 PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Toilet accessories. B. Attachment hardware. 1.02 PRODUCTS FURNISHED BUT NOT INSTALLED UNDER THIS SECTION A. Section 06001 - Carpentry: Installation of backing plate reinforcement. 1.03 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 06001 - Carpentry: In wall framing and plates for support of accessories. B. Section 08800 - Glazing: Wall mirrors. 1.04 REFERENCES SECTION 10800 TOILET AND BATH ACCESSORIES A. State of Washington Handicap Code. B. ANSI /ASTM Al23 - Zinc (Hot -Dip Galvanized) Coatings on Products Fabricated from Rolled, Pressed, and Forged Steel Shapes, Plates, Bars and Strips. C. ANSI /ASTM A366 - Steel, Carbon, Cold - Rolled Sheet, Commercial Quality. D. ANSI /ASTM A386 - Zinc Coating (Hot -Dip) on Assembled Steel Products. E. ANSI /ASTM B456 - Electrodeposited Coatings of Copper Plus Nickel Plus Chromium and Nickel Plus Chromium. F. ASTM A167 - Stainless and Heat - Resisting Chromium - Nickel Steel Plate, Sheet and Strip. G. ASTM A269 - Seamless and Welded Austenitic Stainless Steel Tubing for General Service. 10800 - 1 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Submit product data under provisions of Section 01300. B. Provide product data on accessories describing size, finish, details of function, attachment methods. C. Submit samples under provisions of Section 01300. D. Submit one samples of each component illustrating color and finish. E. Submit manufacturer's installation instructions under provisions of Section 01300. 1.06 KEYING A. Supply two keys for each accessory to Owner. B. Master key all accessories. 1.07 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Conform to applicable code for handicap requirements. 1.08 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING A. Coordinate the work of this Section with the placement of internal wall reinforcement and reinforcement of toilet partitions to receive anchor attachments. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Bobrick. B. or approved equal. 2.02 MATERIALS A. Sheet Steel: ANSI /ASTM A366. 10800 - 2 1 t R B. Stainless Steel Sheet: ASTM A167, Type 304. C. Tubing: ASTM A269, stainless steel. D. Fasteners, Screws, and Bolts: Hot dip galvanized, tamperproof. G. Expansion Shields: Fiber, lead, or rubber as recommended by accessory manufacturer for component and substrate. 2.03 FABRICATION A. Weld and grind smooth joints of fabricated components. B. Form exposed surfaces from single sheet of stock, free of Joints. C. Form surfaces flat without distortion. Maintain flat surfaces without scratches or dents. D. Back paint components where contact is made with building finishes to prevent electrolysis. E. Shop assemble components and package complete with anchors and fittings. F. Provide steel anchor plates, adapters, and anchor components for installation. G. Hot dip galvanize exposed and painted ferrous metal and fastening devices. 2.04 FACTORY FINISHING A. Galvanizing: ANSi /ASTM Al23 to 1.25 oz /sq yd ([380] g /sq m). B. Shop Primed Ferrous Metals: Pretreat and clean, spray apply one coat primer and bake. D. Chrome /Nickel Plating: ANSI /ASTM 8456, Type SC 2 satin finish. E. Stainless Steel: No. 4 satin luster finish. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that site conditions are ready to receive work and dimensions are as Indicated on shop drawings. 10800 - 3 B. Beginning of installation means acceptance of existing conditions. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Deliver Inserts and rough -in frames to site at appropriate time for building -in. B. Provide templates and rough -in measurements as required. C. Verify exact location of accessories for installation. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Install fixtures, accessories and items in accordance with manufacturers' instructions. B. Install plumb and level, securely and rigidly anchored to substrate. 3.04 SCHEDULE A. Men's toilet: Model: Grab bar: B6206 Series Paper Toilet Tissue Dispenser: B -273 Soap Dispenser: B -112 Paper towel Dispenser: B -262 Toilet Seat Cover Dispenser: B -221 B. Women's toilet: Model: Grab bar: B6206 Series Paper Toilet Tissue Dispenser: B -273 Soap Dispenser: B -112 Paper towel Dispenser: B -262 Toilet Seat Cover Dispenser: B -221 Napkin Dispenser: B -3502 Napkin Disposal Dispenser: B -354 END OF SECTION 10800 - 4 PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED SECTION 15060 PIPE AND PIPE FITTING A. Provide all labor, material, equipment and fees required for complete Installation of building domestic water system, building sanitary sewer system, rainwater tightline, foundation drain system and natural gas piping as required. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Section 01400 -. Quality Control: Compaction requirements of backfill. B. Section 01500 - Temporary hook -up C. Section 02222 - Excavation D. Section 02225 - Trenching : Excavation and backfill of trenches. 1.03 REFERENCES A. Uniform Plumbing Code B. Federal, State and local code. 1.04 PRODUCT DATA A. Submit product data under provisions of Section 01300. B. Provide product data for specification products. C. Submit manufactures' installation instructions under provisions of Section 01300. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Submit shop drawings under provisions of section 01300. B. Submit as -built drawings indicating location of piping. 15060 - 1 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Domestic water service(below ground) 1. Pipe: Type L Copper 2. Fittings: Wrought copper or cast copper. B. Domestic Water Piping(above ground) 1. Pipe: Type M Copper 2. Fittings: Wrought copper or cast copper 3. Valves: Shall be gate throughout, Crane or equal C. Waste Pipe(above ground) 1. Pipe:Standard weight cast iron pipe for three inch (3 ") and larger. Galvanized steel, schedule 40 for pipe two and one -half inch (2 -1/2 ") and smaller. DW copper tube may be used. Where codes permit, cast iron no -hub pipe may be used. In buildings where combustible construction materials are allowed (type In, IV or V) and where local, state and federal codes permit, ABS pipe may be used. Subcontractor shall verify use with building department in appropriate Jurisdiction. 2. Fittings: Black cast iron for galvanized pipe. Standard weight bell and spigot coated cast Iron for cast iron pipe. Cast bronze solder Joint drainage fittings for DWV tubing. No -hub fittings, coupling and shield and clamp assemblies shall be used for no -hub cast iron pipe. ABS fittings may be used when ABS approved for use and where permitted by local, state and federal codes. D. Waste Pipe (below grade) 1. Pipe: Standard weight cast iron. Abs pipe may be used where codes permit. 2. Fittings: Standard weight bell and spigot coated cast iron. ABS fittings may be used where codes permit. E. Vent Piping(above ground) 1. Pipe: Standard weight cast iron for three inch(3 ") and larger. Galvanized steel, schedule 40, for two and one -half inch (2-1/2") and smaller. ABS pipe may be used where code permit. 2. Fittings: Standard weight bell and spigot coated cast iron. ABS fittings may be used where codes permit. F. Vent Piping(below ground) 1. Pipe: Standard weight cast Iron. Abs pipe may be used where codes permit. 2. Fittings: Standard weight bell and spigot coated cast Iron. ABS fittings may be used where codes permit. G. Sewer Piping 1. Pipe: Standardweight cast iron or PVC, conforming with the provisions of ASTM D3033 or D3034 unless otherwise specified. 2. Fittings: Standard weight bell and spigot coated cast iron. No -hub fittings, couplings and shield and clamp assemblies shall be used for no -hub cast Iron pipe. PVC fittings shall conform to the requirements of Section 66 -2.01 and 15060 - 2 6602.02 of APWA Specifications. H. Cleanouts, floor drains and Miscellaneous fittings 1. Wall Hydrants: Install at locations Illustrated on plans. Automatic draining, loose -keyed freezeless type - Woodford Model 14 Series, stainless or equal. Verify wall thickness. 2. Cleanouts and drains shall be J.R. Smith, Zurn, Blake, Josam or equal. 3. Floor drains shall be J.R. Smith 2010 series or approve equal. 4. interior cleanouts shall be J.R. Smith 4020 Series; nickel bronze in unfinished areas and under carpet. In finished floor areas, use 4140 or 4180 series cleanouts, depending on the finished floor materials. I. Rainwater Tightiine 1. Pipe: ABS,extra strength type, ASTM D1778, for glued joints. 2. Fittings: ABS, solvent weld type. Use long swap types for turns. J. Foundation Drainage Pipe 1. Pipe: Rigid, smooth walled, perforated or slotted ABS or PVC drainage pipe with geotextile fabric wrap. 2. Fittings: Solvent weld type. Use long sweep for turns. 3. Backflow preventer: non - pressure type sized for plastic piping. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXTERIOR SEWER AND WASTE PIPING A. Pitch all piping one quarter inch (1/4") per linear foot where possible. Maintain uniform pitch. B. All joints to water and gas must be tight. C. Flashing: All vents and stacks extended through the roof shall be flashed and made watertight with lead fleshings. Provide counter - fleshings over top of pipe. D. Cleanouts: Provide cleanouts as required by code, as shown on plans, or where necessary for cleaning of pipe. Cleanouts under concrete shall have a flush plate at floor lines, with a chrome cover. E. All piping below grade shall rest on undisturbed earth. Backfill sand where trench is too deep. F. All changes in direction shall be made with fittings. G. Verify all locations of sewers and their inverts before starting work. H. All ells shall be long sweep. I. Code approved ABS plastic pipe installed per manufacturer's recommendations may be used where local jurisdictions allow. 15060 - 3 J. Test all piping before backfilling or covering a waste, vent or sewer pipe. To test, fill all waste, sewer and vent piping with water to the roof. Hold for four(4) hours. Re -test after repairing 3.02 WATER PIPING A. Provide shut -off valve on each water line at each fixture. Use concealed screwdriver stops where required. Chrome plated finish. B. Joints shall be soldered using 50 -50 solder grade. C. Provide sixteen inch(16 ") air cushion at each fixture In full size of pipe. D. Pipe through walls or ceiling of floors shall be protected from breading with sleeves. E. Pitch all piping to drain. Provide cocks at low points. F. All changes in directions shall be made with fittings. Allow for expansion and contraction. Changes in sizes shall be made with reducers. Do not bend piping. Close nipples not permitted. G. Provide insulating couplings wherever copper joins other materials. H. Test all piping before backfilling or covering domestic water piping. Test all water piping systems at 125psi water pressure and hold for four (4) hours. Repair any defects shown by test. Retest after repairing. 1. Run all piping parallel to building surfaces. J. Provide unions at each pipe connection to any equipment and at any point where necessary to disconnect piping for repairs. K. Clean and sterilize all domestic water piping as required prior to placing system in continuous use. L. Install a shutoff valve on branch lines off the building main to each toilet room or pair of toilet rooms, and to each separate supply stub off the building main water supply line. 3.03 RAINWATER TIGHTLINE A. Slope all pipe to drainage collection points, fully bedding on undisturbed or compacted soils. B. Install all risers with sweep fittings to allow rotary snaking of lines, C. Glue all fittings. D. Make all changes in direction with fittings. 15060 - 4 E. Connect tigtline system to stubs provided by site work contractor. F. Test all pipe for four hours before backfilling. 3.04 FOUNDATION DRAIN A. Slope to drainage collection points, fully bedding pipe on undisturbed or compacted soils. B. Install filter fabric wrap with overlaps of six (6) inches minimum. C. Make all changes in direction with fittings. D. Connect foundation drain to stub provided by site work contractor, installing backfiow preventer at each point of connection. E. Install cleanouts and risers at the uphill points for future cleaning. 3.05 CLEANING A. Clean work under provision of Section 01700. END OF SECTION 15060 - 5 PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. insulation of domestic hot and cold water piping. B. Duct Insulation. C. Interior rain water leaders where subject to condensation. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 15060: Pipe and Pipe fitting B. Section 15770: Packaged Heating, Cooling and Ventilating 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submit under provisions of Section 01300. 1.04 , QUALITY ASSURANCE A. All insulation shall be installed in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations, the standards of insulation application, as specified herein and in neat, workmanship -like manner. 1.05 QUALIFICATION SECTION 15180 INSULATION A. Company specializing in performing the work of this section with minimum of 3 years experience. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Owens - Corning B. Manville C. Certain -teed D. Saint Gobain E. Substitutions : Under provisions of Section 01600. 15180- 1 2.02 PIPING INSULATION A. Fiberglass 25ASJ, three- fourths (3/4) inch thick, for domestic hot water piping above ground. 2.03 SOUNDLINED DUCTWORK A. One (1) inch thick fiberglass duct liner. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PIPING A. Do not apply insulation to connections, joints, welds, flanges or screwed Joints until pipe tests are completed. B. Screwed unions to remain exposed, taper insulation toward ends. C. Apply insulation to concealed pipe with all sides and end joints butted tightly. D. Cold water piping (not buried) where water piping occurs in heated space. Provide insulation as required for hot water piping. 3.02 DUCTS A. Tape all joints, transverse and longitudinal, with duct tape. Do not insulate Tined ducts. 3.03 CLEANING A. Clean work under provisions of Section 01700. END OF SECTION 15180 - 2 PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES 1.04 SUBMITTALS SECTION 15300 FIRE PROTECTION SPRINKLER SYSTEM A. Design, fabricate, Install and secure required approvals for a complete fire protection automatic sprinkler system where shown on the Drawings, as specified herein and as needed for a complete and proper Installation. B. Obtain and pay for all permits and inspection fees. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 01300 - Submittals B. Section 01400 - Quality Control C. Section 01600 - Material and Equipment D. Section 01700 - Contract Closeout E. Section 02222 - Excavation F. Section 02223 - Backfilling G. Section 02225 - Trenching 1.03 REFERENCES A. NFPA Pamphlet No.13, "Standards for Sprinkler System Installations ". B. Requirements of Fire Rating Bureau C. U.F.C., latest addition D. U.B.C., latest addition, Standards numbers 38 -1 and 38 -2. E. Local Fire Marshall's requirements and /or ordinances. F. Regulations of the Water Department or District serving the project. A. Submit product data under provisions of Section 01300. 15300 -1 B. Submit samples under provisions of Section 01300. C. Submit manufacture's certificate under provisions of Section 01400 that products meet or exceed specified requirements. D. Shop Drawings: 1. Design drawings, showing the complete overhead sprinkler system and indicating ceiling air diffusers, lighting fixtures, and beams. 2. A plan drawing showing location of underground connections, control valves, and related items. 3. Details and sections as required to clarify the design. E. Permit and Insurance Reviews: 1. Submit design drawings and hydraulic calculations to the governing municipality. F. Record Drawings: 1. Submit sepia record drawing to Architect. 2. Submit information to Contractor for inclusion in Operating and Maintenance Manuals per Section 01700. 3. Compile operating and maintenance information and one record drawing in a plastic protective covering and locate manual at each fire riser. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Use adequate numbers of skilled workmen who are thoroughly trained and experienced in the necessary crafts and who are completely familiar with the specified requirements and the methods needed for proper performance of the work of this Section. 1.06 QUALIFICATION A. Fabricator: Company specializing In performing the work of this Section with minimum 5 years experience. B. Erector: Company specializing in performing the work of this Section with minimum 5 years experience. C. Design system under direct supervision of a Professional Mechanical Engineer experienced in design of this work and licensed in the State of Washington. 1.07 WARRANTY A. Provide written warranty for the entire work for the period of one year commencing on date of final acceptance by Owner. Warranty shall include materials and labor. 15300 -2 1 I PART 2 PRODUCTS i 2.01 DESIGN A. The Drawings are generally diagrammatic and do not attempt to show exact details of I all piping, ductwork and construction. Coordinate with Contractor and other Design Build Contractors for system arrangement and to eliminate conflict among systems. B. Provide a design which is complete in all regards including, but not necessary limited to: 1. Underground piping pertaining to the work of this Section including required I 2. pipe, trenching, backfilling and similar items. Connection to utility main including required valves, fittings and similar items. 3. Overhead sprinkler system. C. Hazard Rating: 1. Interior - design complete system to ordinary hazard wet system. 2. Exterior - design complete system to ordinary hazard wet system with dry pendants. D. Arrangement: I 1. In areas having ceilings, conceal all pipes. 2. In storage and service areas, pope may be exposed but hold to the minimum practicable distance below ceiling. Where heads may be subject to mechanical damage provide suitable strong wire guards per NFPA 13. 3. Install extra heads as necessary to provide full protection around all equipment, ductwork, plenums, etc. 4. Cold boxes: Space for full coverage around fan coil units. Piping shall be out of boxes and not In contact with box walls. Insulate as necessary to prevent freezing. I E. Service vault, control valving,fire department connections, alarms,etc. shall be as required by the governing agencies. Locate equipment as required by Fire Marshal. I 2.02 MATERIALS I A. All materials shall be new and U.L. listed for the intended and acceptable to the authorities having jurisdiction. B. Sprinkler heads: 1. Brass automatic closed head with color -keyed quartzoid bulb. 2. Sizing: I a: Storage area:recessed 17/32 inch orifice 3/4" NPT b: At suspended and gypsum board ceiling and soffits: Pendant head with two -piece recessed chrome canopy. I 15300 -3 C. Piping: 1. Underground: Ductile Iron, Class 52. 2. Above ground: Ductile Iron 3. Fittings: Mechanical Connections D. Valve seals and tags: 1. Seals: Provide brass cross -link chain, all brass padlock and two keys for each manually operated shutoff valve required to be sealed in the open position. 2. Signs: Provide identification signs of standard design, fastened securely at designed locations in accordance with NFPA No. 13. 3. Tags: Provide 2 inch diameter brass tags, stamped with designation numbers, secured with 12 gauge copper wire to spindle of the control valves. E. Water motor alarm: 1. Provide motor alarm valve complete with alarm and alarm gong valves, pressure gauges and fittings. 2. Locate and install in strict accordance with the manufacture's recommendations. F. Provide supports, hangers, seismic bracing, inserts and associated items to properly support sprinkler piping in accordance with pertinent provisions of NFPA Pamphlet No. 13. G. Provide control valve, post indicator valve, detector check, vault, associated required items and connect to water main. H. Fire Department Connection: Siamese type, size and hose connections, adapters, covers, etc. as required by local authority: Upright, free - standing type. Other Material - provide other materials, not specifically described but required for a complete and proper installation, as selected by the Contractor subject to the approval of the Architect. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION 15300 -4 A. Coordination as necessary with other trades to assure proper and adequate provision in the work of those trades for interface with the work of this Section. B. Perform trenching and backfilling required for the work of this Section in strict accordance with pertinent provisions of Division Two of these Specifications. Connect to existing stub as required. C. Install the work of this Section in strict accordance with approval design drawings and the requirements of the Fire Marshal, governmental agencies and Fire Rating Bureau having jurisdiction. D. Sleeve all concrete penetrations prior to concrete pour. Pack all penetrations to outside with fireproof material and seal. 1 E. Layout sprinkler piping so that division walls can occur at grids full and half bay divisons. Maximum grid layout is 10' -0" centers. Escutcheons shall not be permitted closer than 6" to T -bar. 3.02 MONITORING SYSTEM ' A. Owner shall provide for automatic monitoring of sprinkler system. Coordinate with Owner's monitoring agency. 1 . B. Install flow and tamper switches on riser for electrical monitor. I 1 C. Arrange for and pay for Installation of the telephone service to location near the sprinkler riser for the electrical monitoring service. Telephone line shall be in place and serviceable no later than completion of this work or two weeks prior to date of Certificate of Occupancy, whichever is earlier. Arrange for transfer of telephone service to Owner's account at job close -out. 3.03 TESTING AND ACCEPTANCE A. Upon completion of the installation, provide necessary personnel and equipment. Flush, test and re -test the complete system In accordance with NFPA No. 13 and the Fire Rating Bureau having jurisdiction, making adjustments as required. Secure all necessary approvals. Submit completed test certificate and submit to: 1. Architect 2. Contractor 3. Fire Department 4. Building Department 5. Water Department B. When the system has been completely approve, secure a letter of final acceptance from the Fire Rating Bureau having Jurisdiction and forward two copies of letter to Architect. END OF SECTION 1 15300 -5 PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Installation of Plumbing Fixtures 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS SECTION 15450 PLUMBING FIXTURES A. Section 15060 - Pipe & Pipe Fitting 1.03 REFERENCES A. Washington State Regulations for Barrier -Free Facilities B. U.P.C., Latest Edition C. All work under this Section shall comply with all other Federal, State and local codes and requirements. 1.04 SUBMITTALS ; A. Submit product data under provisions of Section 01300 B. Submit samples under provisions of Section 01300 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURE: A. American Standard B. Kohler C. Eljer D. Approved equal 2.02 MATERIALS 15450 -1 A. Water Closets: Eller "Newark" 111 -0505 with Sloan 110, white vitreous china, siphon jet, floor mounted. B. Urinal: Eijer "Correcto" 161 -1060 with Slaon 186 -1. C. Lavatory: American Standard, Ovalyn under - counter 0470.013 vitreous china, 19 "x16" bowl size with mounting kit 47194 -07. D. Faucet: American Standard, Reliant Center - set faucet 2385.049. Ceramic disc vaiving, 3/8" O.D. copper tubing inlets, aerator with 2.5 g.p.m. flow restrictor, pop - up drain, 1 1/4" tail piece. Polished chrome. E. Janitor Sink: "Lakewell" 7692.049 acid resisting cast iron, 22 "x 18" three inch (3 ") trap standard, 8340.242 rough chrome plated mixing faucet with hose end spout and vacuum breaker. Install wall stops on service lines. F. Hose Bibbs: J.R. Smith 5609 G. Water heater: Ruud Electric, as as required, glass -lined steel tank, thermostatic control with overheat protection, anode rod, 150 psi W.P., five year warranty. The unit shall be U.L. listed. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PLUMBING FIXTURES A. Obtain exact location and mounting heights of fixtures from details on the Mechanical and Architectural Plans. B. Stop valve for each water connection for each fixture, including sinks, except where integral stops are specified. C. Where trim or rough is not specified, furnish all necessary for the completion of the job, and of the same quality as elsewhere specified. D. All fixtures shall be white. E. Escutcheon plates for all lines through walls and floors. F. Install wall carrier fittings where spedified and as required for wall- mounted fixtures. Where special wall carriers are not specified, provide carrier or hanger clips furnished as standard for the particular fixture. G. Where not otherwise specified, P -traps shall be 17 gauge tubing, chrome plated. H. Lavatory Supplies - Install per manufacturers' recommendations. END OF SECTION 15450 -2 SECTION 15452 ROOF, FLOOR DRAINS AND MISCELLANEOUS IN SLAB FITTINGS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES 1 . A. Installation of fixtures and fitting as shown orimplied by drawings and specified herein as needed for complete and proper installation. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS I . A. Section 01300 - Submittals B. Section 01400 - Quality Control 1 ., C. Section 01600 - Material and Equipment D. Section 01700 - Contract Close -out E. Section 1 06 - Pipe & Pipe Fitting Se 5 0 p p g 1 1.03 REFERENCES A. Washington Energy Code B. U.M.C., Latest Edition C. All work under this Section shall comply with all other Federal, State and local codes and requirements. I 1.04 SUBMITTALS l A. Submit product data under provisions of Section 01300. . B. Submit samples under provisions of Section 01300. PART 2 PRODUCTS r 1 2.01 MATERIALS A. Smith 2030 Series deep trap with polished bronze strainer or approved equal. B. Smith 2010 Series roof drain, size as required. 15452 -1 PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 FLOOR DRAIN & TRAP A. Complete installation of each fixture including all accessories. Make fixture floor connections with approved brand of cast iron floor flange, soldered or caulked securely to wast pipe. Make joing between fixture and floor flange tight with approved fixture setting compound or gasket. B. Install fixture per local codes and manufacturers'instructions. 3.02 ROOF DRAIN A. Complete installation of each fixture including all accessories. Make fixture connections with approved brand of piping per Section 15060 and with approved compound or gasket. B. Install fixture per local codes and manufacturers'instructions. END OF SECTION 15452-2 SECTION 15770 PACKAGED HEATING, COOLING AND VENTILATING PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Provide all equipment, materials, and labor to form a complete and adequate heating, cooling and ventilating system. B. Provide vents, flashing ducts, material and labor for all exhaust fans exceeding 50 C.F.M. C. Obtain and pay all permits and inspection fees. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 01300 - Submittals B. Section 01400 - Quality Control C. Section 01600 - Material and Equipment D. Section 01700 - Contract Close -out E. Section 15180 - Insulation F. Section 15060 - Pipe & Pipe Fitting 1.03 REFERENCES A. U.M.C., Latest Edition. B. All work under this Section shall comply with all other Federal, State and local codes and requirements. C. Washington Energy Code D. ASHRAE, Latest Edition E. S.M.D.C.N.A., Latest Addition 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Submit product data under provision of Section 01300. 15770 1 B. Submit samples under provision of Section 01300. C. Submit manufacturer's certificate under provisions of Section 01400 that products meet or exceed specified requirements. D. Shop Drawings: 1. Design drawings, showing the complete HVAC system and indicating ceiling air diffusers, lighting fixtures and beams. 2. A plan drawing showing location of HVAC units connections, controls and related items. 3. Details and sections as required to clarify the design. 4. Submit one sepia and two prints of shop drawings. Permit Reviews: 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Use adequate numbers of skilled workmen who are thoroughly trained and experienced in the necessary crafts and who are completely familiar with the specified requirements and the methods needed for proper performance of the work of this Section. 1.06 QUALIFICATION A. Fabricator: Company specializing in performing the work of this Section with minimum 5 years' experience. B. Erector: Company specializing in performing the work of this Section with minimum 4 years' experience. C. Design system under direct supervision of a Professional Mechanical Engineer experienced in designing of this work and licensed in the State of Washington. 1.07 WARRANTY 1. Submit design drawings and hydraulic calculations to the governing municipality. 2. Submit information to Contractor for inclusion in Operating and Maintenance Manuals per Section 01700. 3. Compile operating and maintenance information and one record drawing In a plastic protective covering. A. Provide written warranty for the entire work for the period of one year commencing on date of final acceptance by Owner. Warranty shall Include materials and labor. 15770 - 2 1 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 PRODUCTS A. Packaged roof mounted gas heat /electric cooling H.V.A.C. units shall be as manufactured by Trane or Carrier. Either manufacturer Is approved for the base bid. 1 Alternative manufacturers may be submitted on the Form of Bid under "Alternative Bid Section." B. Roof Curbs: Factory made metal curbs produced by the manufacturer of the H.V.A.C., with integral wood nailer and rigid insulation. Provide multi- unit -sized curbs capable of supporting five (5) ton H.V.A.C. units. Provide factory -made self - flashing adapters for location where smaller units mount on the curbs. C. Coordinate with Section 16000 Electrical for P ower availability and electrical load requirements. Supply 120/208 volt, 3 phase equipment unless such power is I . unavailable to site. [. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION I° A. All H.V.A.C. equipment located on the roof shall be mounted on factory curbs placed prior to roofing installation. Verify location with Architect /Engineer. Curbs shall be sized to support the H.V.A.C. equipment and plenum, B. When available, H.V.A.C. shall have bottom discharge. Other units shall have a side discharge. Plenum shall connect to the H.V.A.C. equipment and form a waterproof connection. No exposed fabric will be allowed. I. C. When allowed by code, control wiring shall be run in the return air plenum and connect to the H.V.A.C. unit without the use of a roof jack. D. All condensate drains shall be plumbed with a 180 degree trap using P.V.C. plastic. I E. The H.V.A.C. Contractor shall coordinate with all other trades whose work relates to H.V.A.0 equipment installation. 3.02 TESTING AND ACCEPTANCE A. Upon completion of the installation, provide necessary personnel to test the system and readjust as required. END OF SECTION 15770 - 3 i SECTION 15900 1 PART 1• GENERAL CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTATION 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Provide a complete system as shown on drawings. B. Label all controls and indicate the function. In addition, provide labels for switches, relays, etc., which are controlling mechanical equipment, as necessary to identify them in relation to the entire sequence. _ 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 01300 - Submittals B. Section 01400 - Quality Control C. Section 01600 - Material & Equipment D. Section 01700 - Contract Close -out F. Section 15770 - Packaged Heating, Cooling & Ventilating 1.03 REFERENCES A. U.M.C., Latest edition I - B. All work under this Section shall comply with all other Federal, State and local cods and requirements. 1 C. Washington Energy Code. D. ASHRAE., Latest Edition 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Submit product data under provisions of Section 01300 B. Submit samples under provisions of Section 01300 15900 1 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 PRODUCTS A. Thermostats shall as shown on drawings or equal and have night setbacks with automatic changeover. Do not supply programmable thermostats. B. Time clocks as shown on drawings or equal. 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Low voltage wiring may be installed without conduit where run in frame or metal stud walls or in ceiling space. Wiring must be installed In conduit where buried or In masonry walls. All wiring shall be in accordance with National Electric Code. B. All conduit and wiring shall be concealed. C. Where control wiring connects to roof - mounted H.V.A.C. equipment, run in return air plenum through roof plane to avoid additional roof penetrations. 3.02 TESTING AND ACCEPTANCE A. Upon completion of the installation, provide necessary personnel to test the system and readjust as required. END OF SECTION 15900 - 2 PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES SECTION 16000 BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS A. The Electrical Contractor shall provide all labor, materials, tools, equipment and service to complete all electrical systems for this building as described herein, and as shown on the Drawings. B. Permits, licenses, approvals and other arrangement for work shall be obtained and paid for by the Electrical Contractor and included in the bid price. C. These Specifications and Drawings are intended to cover a complete installation of systems. The omission of expressed reference to any item of labor or material for the proper execution of the work shall not relieve the Contractor from providing such labor and materials. D. The Contractor shall refer to the Drawings and shop drawings of other trades for additional details which affect the proper Installation of his work. Diagrams and symbols showing electrical connections are diagrammatic only, and do not necessarily show the exact physical arrangement of the equipment. E. Before submitting a bid, the Electrical Contractor shall familiarize himself with all features of the building and site which may affect the execution of his work. The Contractor shall take all field measurernents necessary for his work and shall assume full responsibility for their accuracy. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 01300 - Submittals B. Section 01400 - Quality Control C. Section 01600 - Contract Close -out 1.03 REFERENCES A. National Electrical Codes, Latest Edition B. Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (U.L) C. National Electrical Manufacturers' Association (NEMA) D. Local, State ordinances and regulations 16000 - 1 E. Electrical Utilities Regulations F. State of Washington Energy Code. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Submit product data under provisions of Section 01300. B. Submit samples under provisions of Section 01300. C. Submit manufacturer's certificate under provisions of Section 01400 that products must meet or exceed specified requirements. D. Shop Drawings: 1. Demensioned drawings, showing the complete electrical system and indicating ceiling air diffusers, lighting fixtures and beams. 2. A plan drawing showing location of panels, fixtures, connections, controls and related items. 3. Details and sections as required to clarify the design. 4. Submit one sepia and two prints of shop drawings. E. Permit Reviews: 1. Submit design drawings and calculations to the governing municipality. F. Record Drawings: 1. Submit sepia record drawing to Architect. 2. Submit Information to Contractor for inclusion in Operating and Maintenance Manuals per Section 09700. 1.05 SUBSTITUTIONS AND SUBMITTALS A. All bids and proposals shall be based only upon the materials, construction and equipment named or described In the Specifications and /or shown on the Drawings. Should a Contractor wish to use equipment other than that specified, he shall submit the proposed substitution by describing the equipment he prefers to use and by submitting the credit or additional cost to his bid as separate Item should the substitution be acceptable. Each substitution shall be given consideration, but without any obligation expressed or implied by the Owner to change the named requirements of the Specifications. The Contractor assumes sole responsibility for performance and space requirements for substitutions. Should any substitution not be accepted, the equipment shall be furnished as specified. 1.06 QUALIFICATION A. Fabricator: Company specializing In performing the work of this Section with minimum 5 years' experience. B. Erector: Company specializing in performing the work of this Section with minimum 5 years' experience. 16000 - 2 C C. Design system under direct supervision of a Professional Electrical Engineer experienced in design of this work and licensed In the State of Washington. 1.07 WARRANTY A. Provide written warranty for the entire work for the period of one year commencing on date of final acceptance by Owner. Warranty shall include materials and labor. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 DESIGN A. The drawings are generally diagrammatic and do not attempt to show exact details of all outlet, fixture, panel, etc., connection. Coordinate with Contractor and other design build contractors for system arrangements and to eliminate conflict among systems. B. Provide a design which is complete in all regards, including but not necessarily limited to: 1. Transformer hook -up to local utility line if required. C. Connection from transformer to electrical room main panel. D. Distributor from main panel to tenant panels. E. Design and Installation of exterior and interior lighting. F. The Contractor shall contact electric and telephone utility companies to verify service requirements. All utility charges relative to service and metering shall be paid for by the Contractor and Included in his bid price. G. Coordinate with electrical power utility company for 480/277 volt, 3 phase. Notify Architect during Bid if 3 phase power is unavailable. H. Locations shown on the Drawings are approximate unless dimensioned and the Contractor shall verify exact locations before installation may be shown. The Owner reserves the right to make reasonable changes in outlet location without additional expense. General - All motors, starters. low voltage controls for all mechanical equipment shall be provided complete by the Mechanical Contractor. The Electrical Contractor will provide a Junction box or disconnect for all motors, equipment and controls at equipment. The Electrical Contractor shall coordinate equipment wiring with the Mechanical Contractor. J. All swltchgear, meters, panels, etc., shall be three phase capacity. 16000 - 3 K. All exterior lighting, except wall- mounted security lighting (and fixtures noted as nightlights); including, but not limited to, parking lot lighting and soffit lighting shall be switched by existing roof -or pole- mounted photocell and multipole contactor control and switched off by an automatic time clock located adjacent to the building "house" panel. L. Fixtures noted as nightlights - Circuit for photocell on and off operation. M. A house meter shall be provided if existing does not have sufficient capacity. All exterior lights and free - standing sign shall be connected. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. The installation of all work shall be so made that its several component parts will function as a workable system, complete with all accessories necessary for its operation, and shall be left with all accessories necessary for its operation, and shall be left with all equipment properly adjusted and in working order. B. Provide all blockouts and bucks in openings as required for this Work. Place in construction as work progresses. C. Electrical Contractor shall provide all racks, stands and supports for this equipment and work as required. Racks and supports shall be steel angle or channel cut to fit nearly and welded or bolted into a sturdy fit. Electrical Contractor shall provide all inserts and anchors required for this Work. D. This Contractor shall be responsible for touching -up painting for all items delivered to the job with finish coat of paint. 3.02 TESTING A. Testing - Test all electrical equipment. Turn on all switches and lights, test receptacles and equipment. Test systems free of grounds or shorts. 3.03 CLEAN - UP A. Removal of Waste Upon completion of the work and before final inspection and acceptance, this Contractor shall rernove all waste and rubbish resulting form the Work of this Section. B. Clean -Up - All fixtures shall be left clean and ready for use. All equipment, furnished by others, installed or wired by this Contractor, shall be left complete and ready for use, or in operation as the case may be. END OF SECTION 16000 - 4 PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Material of quality herein specified, new, free from defects and listed listed by U.L. for purpose used. Each type of material of same make and quality throughout building. Submit list of all materials, manufacturers' names and catalog numbers for approval. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 01300 - Submittals B. Section 01400 - Quality Control C. Section 01600 - Material & Equipment D. Section 01700 - Contract Clouseout E. Section 16000 - Basic Electrical Requirements 1.03 REFRENCES SECTION 16100 BASIC MATERIALS A. National Electrical Codes, Latest Edition B. Underwriters Laboratories, Inc (UL) C. National Elelctrical Manufactures' Association (NEMA) D. Local, State Ordinances and regulations. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Submit product data under provisions od Section 01300. B. Submit samples under provisons of Section 01400. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 CONDUITS AND FITTINGS A. Rigid Conduit: 1. To be hot -dip giavanized, metallized, or sherardized, and conforming to ANSI Standard C -80.1. 16100 - 1 B. Electric Metallic Tubing (EMT): C. Couplings and Connectors for EMT: D. Conduit Fittings: E. Union Joints in Conduit: 1. Three piece couplings, Appleton or equal; running threads not permitted. F. Flexible Conduit, Watertight: G. Flexible Conduit Connectors, Watertight: H. Flexible Conduit Non - Watertight and Fittings: 2.02 OUTLET BOXES 2. Rigid plastic conduir PVC Type 40 heavy wall Carlon or equal may be used as permitted by State of Washington code except where noted otherwise on drawings. IMC Conduit acceptable In lieu of rigid steel. 1. Galvanized or sherardized, same as rigid conduit. UL approved and conforming to ANSI Standard C -80.3. 1. Compression -type, set screw, crimp type or claw -grip, similar to Appleton or Tomic. 1. Cast malleable -iron threaded hubs, cadmium or galvanized finish, Crouse - Hinds, Appleton or T & B. Grounding clamps for pipe grounding, T & B 3930 thru 3970 with #2 throu #6 clamp. 1. Flexible conduit shall be Anaconda Sealtite Conduit or equal, fabricated from continuous lengths of spirally woud, galvanized steet strip, with successive convolutions securely interlocked, 1. Connectors shall be water -, oil- and grease -tight and shall be specially designed for use with liquid -tight flexible conduit. Connectors shall be Appleton Type ST, Thomas & Betts, or approved equal. 1. Single strip, interlocking flexible electro- plated or galvanized steel with connectors and fittings, U.L. approved. A. Shall be pressed steel, galvanized or shereardized, not less than 1 -1/2" deep, similar to Appleton. All light outlets equipped with 4" box. Switch and receptacle boxes 1-1/2" deep, 4" square box. Switch and receptacle boxes not permitted for conduit system. Boxes for exposed work within 6 feet from floor die cast similar to "Bell" or FS boxes. 16100 - 2 W_ 2.03 WIRE AND CABLE (600 V) A. All wire and cable shall be type THW or THHN. All wire marked with gage, type and rnake on 25" centers, bearing Underwriter's label. Wire No. 10 and smaller shall be solid. All conductors shall be copper for branch circuits. Feeders and service conductor aluminum or copper. Aluminum wire to be Alcon "Stabloy" or Alcoa "Excel loy". 2.04 WALL SWITCHES A. All switches shall have ivory handles and shall be equal to Bryant. Single pole switches controlling over 800 watts, 20 amps at 277 volts, #49011. Two or more points of control, #49031, 49041. Switches controlling 800 watts or Tess, 15 amps at 277 volts, #4801, 4803, 48041. 2.05 RECEPTACLES A. All receptacles Ivory finish except where only one finish is available. Duplex convenience grounding type outlets, rated 15 amps at 125 volts, Bryant #52521 or equal. 2.06 PLATES A. Provide plates of uniform desing on all wiring devices. ivory plastic In all finished areas. Pressed steel galvanized in unfinished areas. Gang plates for two or more devices together. Weatherproof type - P &S #4501. 2.07 WALL OUTLET A. Flush type Walker #885 -895, #825 CP carpet flange for carpeted areas. #800 -870T for telephone and other low volt cable. 2.08 CONTROL EQUIPMENT A. Manual Starters - Starters shall contain thermal overload in each phase, pilot light and general purpose or flush mounted enclosure as noted on drawings, and shall be equal to G.E. type CR101 or CR1062. B. Magnetic Starters - Of size required equal to G.E. 200 Line with thermal overload protection In each phase. Combination magnetic starter circuit breaker type with thermal overload protection In each phase. G.E. 200 Line or equal. Provide control transformer where required to conform to control system voltage. Provde with hand -off- auto control. C. Disconnect Switched - Disconnect switches for disconnecting motor or equipment from power circuit shall be horsepower rated for unfused safety switches with enclosures as required for environment. Disconnect for small equipment may be Toad rated toggle type switch. 16100 - 3 2.09 JUNCTION & PULL BOXES A. Shall be constructed of code gage steel with flush covers where possible, screwed on and painted as directed. Boxes of sizes as required in National Electrical Code except where specifically noted on Drawings. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 CONDUIT INSTALLATION A. General - Conduit run concealed unless otherwise noted. Check architectural drawings for details of building. Conduit to have smooth Interior, ends cut square and reamed, and butt end -to -end In couplings. Locate so as not to impair strength of construction. Condulte concealed in suspended ceiling system run parallel or at right andles to structural members of building. Run as approved by Architect and installed parallel or at right angles with structural members of building. B. Bends - Carefully made to avoid injuring or flattening conduit. C. Fastening - Fasten to Jrame structures by means of wood screws, and to masonry by means of metal inserts or toggle bolts. Nails not permitted. Fastening of conduits in suspended ceiling shall be independent of ceiling hanger wires unless specifically approved by Architect. Support conduit every eight (8) feet and within 18" of box or cabinet. Single straps shall be one hole mallleable iron or steel. D. Capping - Cap conduit, during construction, by means of manufactured conduit seals, to prevent entrance of water or debris. Clean conduit of debris before wires are pulled. All conduit installed so as to prevent trapping of condensation. E. Type of Raceway - Minimum size of conduits for feeders shall be based on N.E. Code Table 30. Exposed or concealed In building partitions or ceiligs rigid steel conduit, or EMT. Provide ground wire for EMT circuits over 50 amperes. All powere feeders shall be Installed in rigid steel conduit. 3.02 FLEXIBLE CONDUIT A. Flexible conduit shall be used only for lighting fixture, speaker and fire detector pigtails In accessible ceilings, sound and vibration control and motor connections. Sufficient slack shall be provided to reduce effects of vibration when connecting motors by including one 90- degree bend. Any other proposed use of flexible conduit other than indicated above must show that rigid conduit or tubing is Impractical. 16100 - 4 ' 3.03 OPENINGS FOR ELECTRICAL WORK A. Where electrical raceways, equipment, fixtures, ducts, etc., pass thru floors, fire walls, equipment, fixtures, ducts, etc., where the fire resistant integrity is interrupted, openings shall be sealed around raceways, fire proofed, or other means used to restore the fire rating of the area or areas involved. Dow - Corning type Silicone RTV #3 -6548 foam sealant only. 3.04 BRANCH WIRING A. General - Complete system of conduit required to all light outlets, receptacles, switches, etc. as required. Conduit slzes as shown on drawing, but not more than 31% conductor fill and not more than 8 conductors per conduit. All exposed switches, receptacles or outlet boxes for other purposes, install Wiremold or die cast boxes, except where specificallly noted otherwise. Feeder cables shall have each phase identified according to the established color code. B. Coding - Branch circuit color code shall be: Black - Phase A, Red - Phase B, Blue - Phase C, White - Neutral, Green - Ground, Yellow "Travellers" on 3 and 4 way switching. Where colors are not available ( #4 and larger) all terminals shall be coded, both on the wire and on the terminal. Phase and neutral wires shall appear in the same position and rotation at all appearances. Conduit fill shall conform to Note 8, wire derating for Table 310 -16 of N.E. Code. C. Boxes - Securely and Independently supported. Check location and avoid conflict with other trades. D. Locations - Switchs located 6" from door casing, on center in spaces less than 12 ". See General Drawings for exceptions. Examine General Drawings for locations of equipment and outlets. All other ourtiets with height not shown shall be as follows, except where conflict occurs with other equipment (all dimensions to center of outlet): Convenience outlets 1' -0" above floors 6" above counters 3" above back splashes Wall switches 4' -0" above floor Bracket Lights 6' -6" Telephone 1' -0" E. Wires - Branch circuits to all outlets shall be copper No. 12 gage minimum. All splices "Scoth -Lok" connectors with insulating caps. Splices or taps in wires or cables made only at outlet boxes, pull boxes, junction boxes, or splice boxes. Splices no. 4 or larger made with approved solderless connectors, properly insulated and taped. F. Wiring Devices - Two wiring devices shown in one location installed under common plate. Install plates with all edges in continuous contact with finished wall surfaces without use of mats or similar devices. Plaster filling not permitted. Install plates vertically with alignment tolerance of 1/16". Sectional plates not permitted. Variations in height of switch locations in tile wainscoting and block walls made so that either top or bottom of switch box will match mortar joint in tile. 16100 -5 3.05 EQUIPMENT WIRING A. General - Wiring connections for power and control for all equipment shall be complete Including disconnect switches and controls unless otherwise specified or noted on drawings. Control wiring for mechanical systems installed under this section of specifications shall be in accordance with mechanical drawings and specifications. Disconnect switches shall be provided for all motors and other equipment as required by the N.E. Code. Exact location of motor connections and details of control equipment ascertained before installation of any conduit. Install flexible conduit between conduit stubs and /or outlet box in motor terminal with one ninety degree bent. Motors mounted on slide rail shall have conduit stubbed up at center of length of travel, with sufficient length of flexible conduit to permit motor to travel length of rail. Conduit secured to ducts, fan housings, or fan mounts installed to prohibit transfer of noise thru conduit. Provide all motors with termal overload protection where protection Is not included with equipment. B. Equipment Connections - All necessary wiring to equipment to be installed in the project. Termination shall include connection to the terminals of the equipment including both power and control wiring (except control wiring as shown on mechanical shop drawings will be installed as Indicated and required be mechanical specifications). Upon completion of wiring to the equipment, wiring shall be checked and tested and the responsible authority for the equipment Installation notified that the equipment is ready for test start -up. The responsible authority shall then, after being satisfied that the installation is satisfactory, start -up the equipment ant test. Any defects or miswiring found during the test shall be corrected and tests resumed until the installatin is found to be satisfactory. Connect all hot water tanks, motors, duct heaters and other power outlets shown on plans, or required, Make all connections with short flex conduit from flush wall outlet box wherever possible. Use "Sealtite" flex conduit for connections exposed to weather. C. Multi -motor and Combination Load Equipment - Equipment manufactured for multimotor or multimotor and combination load shall be provided with one or more fused disconnect switches as required by equipment manufacturer for the specific equipment installed. Contractor shall review manufacturer's shop drawings and data prior to rough - In for equipment. 3.06 GROUNDING A. Provide and install all materials for grounding as shown on drawings and as herein specified. All metallic raceways, metallic piping, electrical equipment frames and housings, junction and pull boxes shall be grounded. Feeder conduit connected to junction or pull boxes shall be grounded with grounding bushings, one on inside and one on outside of box. Flexible conduit for circuits over 50 amperes shall be provided with grounding jumper sized per Table 250 -95 of the N.E. Code. END OF SECTION 16100 -6 PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES SECTION 16400 DISTRIBUTION EQUIPMENT A. Materials for raceways, ducts, and 600 V wiring shall be as specified in Section 16100. Review drawings for space requirements allowed for all equipment. Submit outline drawings and schematic diagrams for all equipment for approval. New service is 480/277 volt, three phase. Meet all requirements for service by local power company. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 01300 - Submittals B. Section 01400 - Quality Control C. Section 01600 - Material & Equipment D. Section 01700 - Contract Clouseout E. Section 16000 - Basic Electrical Requirements F. Section 16100 - Basic Materials 1.03 REFERENCES A. National Electrical Codes, Latest Addition B. Underwriters Laboratories, Inc (UL) C. National Electrical Manufactures' Association (NEMA) D. Local, State Ordinances and regulations. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Submit product data under provisions od Section 01300. B. Submit samples under provisions of Section 01400. C. Submit shop and building permit drawings per Section 16000. 16400 - 1 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 PANELS A. Panels shall be circuit breaker type. Similar to G.E. type NLAB for 208/120V and NHB for 480/277V, with breakers, and with number of poles and trip ratings as required. Circuit breakers thermal magnetic, with bussing for 4 -wire 3- phase. Multi -pole breakers shall have common trip. Circuit breakers shall have an interrupting rating of 10,000 amps RMS symmetrical. 2.02 SERVICE & DISTRIBUTION /METERING CENTER A. Rated service entrance equipment for available short circuit current at service point. Metering and CT space as required by local power company (sockets, wiring, etc.). Panel to have fused switches, mains and distribution - General Electric type HPC main and QMR distribution. Fuses to be type RK -1 Buss LPS -RK or equal. 2.03 SPARE CIRCUITS A. Provide necessary circuit breakers with trip ratings as shown with 25 % additional capacity. 2.04 BOXES AND CABINETS A. Code gage sheet steel. Wiring gutter top, bottom and sides. Finish with coating or rust proof primer and gray lacquer. Flush or surface trims on all cabinets. Flush trims to be finished with prime coat only for final painting to be done with wall finish. Locks flush, keyed to master keying as required. 2.05 DRY TYPE TRANSFORMERS A. Meet U.L., NEMA, & ANSI specifications, Class H insulated and two voltage taps minimum. Size as shown on drawings and mount on Korfund sound Insulation pads. Dry -type transformers shall have heat barrier termination compartment for feeder terminations for side or bottom entrance, with sufficient space to accommodate the scheduled aluminum conductors. Terminal pads shall be suitably plated, bolts shall be aluminum and each bolt provided with a Belleville washer. G.E., Jefferson, or Square D Co. 2.06 MOTOR CONTROLLERS AND DISCONNECTS A. Switches - Motor disconnect switches similar to G.E. CR101 and 1062. Flush mounting in wall wherever possible, In finished areas. Non -fused safety switches in NEMA 1 or 3R as applicable for larger motors in Mechanical Rooms or on roof. 16400 - 2 B. Starters - Magnetic starters of size required, similar to G.E. #CR206 or equal, and shall provide thermal overload protection in all ungrounded lines. Install hand -off-auto switch on cover of all individually mounted starters. C. Motor Control - Motor control pushbutton and hand - off -auto similar to G.E. #2940. Ammeters G.E. DW -90 with normal current reading at 1/2 scale. Pilot lights with transformer base for 480 V controls. D. Fan Control - Fan control switches same as above except with pilot light and phenolic nameplate. G.E. CR101x7 plate. E. Nameplate - Provide engraved laminated phenolic nameplate on each control switch and magnetic starter. 2.07 PANELBOARD AND MOTOR CONTROL BUS BARS A. Bus shall be aluminum with 55 percent IACS minimum conductivity, suitably plated at contact areas, arranged to provide A -B -C sequence, left to right, front to rear, or top to bottom, from the front of the board. All hardware shall be aluminum and supplied by the manufacturer. Each bolt shall have a Belleville washer and nuts shall be tightened to manufacturer's specified torque levels. Torque values shall be furnished by the manufacturer with the equipment. 2.08 SAFETY SWITCHES A. Safety switches shall be heavy duty, type "R ", U.L. - listed AL /CU, horsepower rated, conforming to NEMA Standard KS1 -1969. Enclosures shall be NEMA 1, with sufficient space to accommodate the aluminum conductors and terminals U.L. - listed for aluminum cables and properly slzed. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 DISTRIBUTION A. Service and Distribution: Connect to existing service if sufficient otherwise underground from pad mounted transformer (480/277V 3 Phase) to electrical room. Transformer pad by contractor. B. Provide house panel, if existing is not sufficient, and meter for exterior lighting and project sign. Provide and Install photo - electric cell for exterior lighting. C. Main and all sub - panels as required. D. Allow for duplex outlets as shown on drawings. E. Provide power for mechanical equipment and other miscellaneous needs. 16400 - 3 • F. Telephone conduits and plywood backboards as approved by the telephone company to be installed in electrical room. Electrician to install phone cable, connections and terminals from phone company termination to buildings phone/electrical room and all telephone outlets as shown on drawings. 3.02 GENERAL A. Directory - Provide typewritten circuit directory on the inside of each panel door identifying the type and location of every load. B. Identification - Spare circuits will be identified as such in pencil. Permanent room numbers, as furnished by Owner, shall be used for location identifications. C. Wiring - Wiring within panelboards shall be neatly treed and tied. D. Mounting - Panelboards shall be mounted with top of enclosures at 6'-6" above floor unless conditions require otherwise. Where Shown, mount new panel cabinet in or over • old panel box with top wire gutter for access to old conduit system, feeder and new • exposed branch circuit conduit. 3.04 TESTING A. Test all wiring and connections for continuity and grounds before any equipment is connected. Where such tests Indicate faulty insulation or other defects, all such defects and faults shall be located, repaired and tests again applied. Insulation resistance to ground and to any other conductor In the circuit shall be in excess of 100 megohms measured with 1000 volts DC potential applied for a period of one minute. Tests to be performed by Contractor in presence of Architect or his representant END OF SECTION 16400 - 4 PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SELECTION INCLUDES SECTION 16500 LIGHTING A. The Contractor shall furnish and install all fixtures shown on the plans and specified in the Fixture Schedule. Provide a fixture for every lighting outlet whether called for or not. If fixtures type is not shown, fixture shall be regular catalogued products of established manufacturers and approved by Owner. B. All fixtures shall be installed complete with lamps. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 01300 - Submittals B. Section 01400 - Quality Control C. Section 01600 - Material & Equipment D. Section 01700 - Contract Closeout E. Section 16000 - Basic Electrical Requirements F. Section 16100 - Basic Materials 1.03 REFERENCES A. National Electrical Codes, Latest Edition B. Underwriters Laboratories, Inc (UL) C. National Electrical Manufactures' Association (NEMA) D. Local, State Ordinances and regulations. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Submit product data under provisions od Section 01300. B. Submit samples under provisions of Section 01400. C. Submit shop and building permit drawings per Section 16000. 16500 - 1 D. Submit photometric data, prepared by independent testing laboratory, showing that fixtures meet performance specifications. Submit for approval complete list of fixtures, with photometric data, cuts of fixtures and details of construction, in quadruplicate. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 FIXTURE TYPES A. Exterior Fixtures match existing. B. Interior Fixtures see drawings. C. Exhaust fan 1. Nutone 8220. Provide a minimum of one air change every 15 minutes. F. Finish - Finish as directed by Architect. G. or approved equal. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 FIXTURE INSTALLATION A. All outlets, unless specifically noted otherwise, shall be completely equipped with fixtures and lamps. After construction has been completed, wash all fixtures and clean lamps. Contractor responsible for roughing -in details and mounting provisions in general construction for all flush lights. Coordinate lighting fixture layout with general contractor as directed. Provide additional support if necessary to keep fixtures level where secured to ceiling supports. Where no fixture is scheduled, use same fixture as scheduled in similar areas. 3.02 CEILING & WALL MOUNTED FLUORESCENT FIXTURES A. Mount to withstand minimum downward pull, after installing fixtures, of 150# per 48" fixture length, or fraction thereof. Where fixture is not rated for Installation against type of ceiling used, equip with 1-1/2" factory made spacers. 3.03 RECESSED FLUORESCENT FIXTURES A. General - Equip with plaster rings, frames, latches and other supports and fasteners required for installation in type of ceiling shown and specified in Architectural drawings and specifications. Provide and install additional ceiling or fixture supports as necessary to withstand minimum downward pull at any point on fixture longitudinal centerline of 150# per 12" x 48" fixture size or fraction thereof. In addition, install two safety chains per fixture, permanently attached to building structure above ceiling and hook fastened at ends of fixture. Use galvanized steel link type chain of length and strength to permit 16500 - 2 fixture to drop 18" from ceiling without parting or breaking loose from fastenings. Make flexible conduit feeding fixtures of sufficient length to permit above chain suspension without disconnecting. Install recessed fixtures and outlets in suspended ceilings to not interfere with installation and removal of acoustical ceiling panels. B. Installation - During building construction, prior to ceiling application, install solid wood or metal backing for attaching fixtures. Do not use toggless, "Molly" bolts and other similar inserts for attaching fixtures or fixture canopies direct to plasterboard or plaster ceilings. Mount fixtures to withstand minimum downward pull, after installation, of 150# per 48" fixture length and 12 " width, or fraction thereof, supported. Where fixture is not rated for installation against type of ceiling used, equip with 1 -1/2" spacers obtained from manufacturer of fixture used. Verify ceiling construction at recessed fixture location and provide mounting hardware, "plaster" rings, heat resistant wire, flex conduit, etc., as necessary and required by Code. Support independent of finish ceiling construction and conduit system. Locate outlets and install fixtures on ceiling tile centerline and /or joints as determined by Architect. Furnish roughing -in details to General Contractor. Assume responsibility for size and location of all openings, and changes required of other trades due to lack of timely roughing -in information. Operate fluorescent fixtures ample period of time for ballasts and lamps to stabilize. Check fluorescent installations for quietness with room shut -off and empty except for person checking. Under these conditions, no fluorescent installation shall exhibit objectionable sound characteristics as Judged by Architect and Engineer. Install U.L.-listed one hour fire assembly over all fixtures in rated ceilings. See Architectural drawings to confirm rated ceiling areas. END OF SECTION 16500 -3 - IL l JJ a 0 architects iinardlc design group . architects 1319 dexter ave. n. autte 260 seethe, wash. (206)283 -4764 project title: "TUKWILA WASHINGTON sheet title: checked( dekko 7 i)11 ..,r +.� . ..i.�.�... r.,.. -.��. aw �«►i. w..�.�:iFt.L -En.t. ..�• 1. p t IIy �� �t� i 6 ! r !n r . ! r ; %'► 14 . ■ FA Mr I� c if El.. 'Abv it WON AMMISMENC ID. • ••11 I 'aft INFINT1 OF SEATTLE �;' � G4 7•1Y::�" �q,u >+c' •!. d e► a7...�r�.iV • 3.. r.. 1...'.i�� .u� -: �i►i:�.�. rt ► vrL .>t� •� rwrw.:rid +r:>':•r� Au �»t t !, !Y fry ew / .,r !Ir % i� vif !1► !a lJ . � ' I, fi5 LI It, !!I wtr, y :i� ... bJ gyp ! t vs. !I !!/ v :t �t loo . �i !i% !N �t % yr low*. ���- - 7f► *��- c ,� 7 — ,��. — - -_ ��v - -- -' �� : �,. NEW AC PAVING AND STRIPPING 509.73' LANDSCAFE PLAN BAKER BLVD. SCALE ACURA OF SEATTLE EXISTING LANDSCAPING NO WORK LEGEND SYMBOL COMMEN NAME PINE TREE 2' CAL B&B BRANCHED 6' OR HIGHER FLOWERING CHERRY TREE FLOWERING PLUM 1 3/4' CAL B&B HONEY LOCUST HOLLYWOOD .JUNIPERS ESCALLONIA SHRUBS AND GROUND COVER SEASONAL FLOWERS LAWN CITY OF TUKWILA APPROVED 8 1992 AS N O l f 11 1,' DING DI' /tS!ON 1 RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA AUG 6 1992 KAN T CENTER NOT PUBLS14kD. ALL RM3NT'S RESERVED. THE AeoVE ee ORAMNOY NO SPECIFICATIONS, 1440 s. DESIGNS, AND ARRANGEMENTS IMPRESDITED THEREBY ARE AND SHALL MINN THE PROPERTY GE THE bacHnicr. NO PAf(T MERE:O SHILL BF Re"PROOUCED COINED, ��� papal). O»D OR DISTRIOUTED TO VIF7EM, BOLD, PUNL SHED OR OTHERYRSE USED WITHOUT NE PRION otriToi CONSENT OF MD APPROPRIATE COMPENSATION TO THE ABOVE-CT. VISUAL CG TACT WITF1 DE ABM DRAWINGS OR ' 'ECbr"1CATIONS SHALL CONSTITUTE COIICLUSNE EVIDENCE. OF AC" 1' ',";At OF MESE RESTRICTK)NS. • : t •: t;.- ,., Y ,: � t. . -1 -*6. s.. 't .7' "ti • d t�* ,, v 5 ' �'i..n-F. ',4 ri.� .r^ ..mss i �' ` '� •+ .: . A�'iF. �.<— !' � ; ' �.... ..r w.,.o .,`:. IIIII II IIIIII! IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII1IIII111IIiGl111 1 111 .1[11111111111111.11111111111 �;p .' . IIIIIIIIIIIIII!!II 1111 till I.ttlli IIIiltIL1IIIIt1111111I1I1Il 0 t6THSINCH 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 i 10 NOTE: If the microfilmed dccument is leas clear than this I notice, it is due to the quality of the original document. 06 6Z 86 LZ 9E 97 4 7Z ` 67; ? lZ OZ 61. 8L 41 sl GI 4 71. CL i + ! ll 6 01, e L 9 11111111lIIIIIIIIiiI f IIl111lIII!IIIIIii(Il 111111( II !(I)11i1!I111111if1lIlll�lllil Ili 111 !I III!! IijIL1iG1111l1111l11lL '!l lllllllllll 1i1l11!I!II11 11! ll II !I I 1 I 'i 1 ! 11Th{I111 I,I I U III 11!il.111 I I' I I i I I1 .� "' � ' �HI ! 1i!III.I!IIILl 1111111I11111I1i1I111111 11 w m wt wnwo 12 C z L „ W0 ! ►I! 111111111111 ►IIIlillll ►1(Ililllllli� & r 11 • . , r .. . .-- one.13.0...wari urowlstm.erroran....to„.. •■■•VAIWIt..004/ oXISTINO SIDEWALK IRRIGATION SCHEDULE SYMBOL DESCRIPITION 4 gr a 3,319 a. TORO 570P STD GALLANAGE 3' POP-UP ftla TORO 5•70P LDV GALLANAGE 3' POP-UP +ORO 570-6P SIDE STRIP 6' POP-UP TORO 570SR END STRIP TORO 254 SERIES 1' AUTOMATIC VALVE TORO le + 1 IRRIGATION CONTROLLER LOCATE AT OVNER DIRECTION purr OF CONNECTIONIFEBCO 805Y 1' DOUBLE CHECK VALVE 3/4' riEDucT METER STATION 3/4' QUICK COUPLER VALVE IT' GALI,IINS PER MINUTE 1' MAIN LINE (PVC CLASS 160) LATERAL LINE (PVC CLASS 200) 2' SLEEVING (PVC CLASS 160) NOTES 1. ALL WORK PER PLANS ,LOCAL CODES AND MANUF. SPECS 2. ALL VALVES IN AMETER BAXES DR EQUAL , SET AT FINISHED GRADE 3. PLAN IS DIAGRAMIC, ADJUST ONE AND HEAD LOCATIONS IN FIELD TO CONFORM WITH ACCECPTED CONSTRUCTION PRACTICES AND ASSURE 'PROPER" COVERAGE 4. PRESSURE TEST BEFORE BACKFILLING. CITY of .'11.01.1,A A P P VF'D • • 18. • • AS NW ED • • • DING ENVISIC • • .< • :f- , ,;„,,;vz:;:raisoA!)OS/Me/AOZ4;:*tiR4-lar).4*Wttet:+44tgtp;i4..:' A --- - . " - „._ ,, 1.;"*.ls4, ,,,;,,:-?....,.. , ,`, 1 t•- - i4:7 - 'iz.V.t*dy.. , ..i: '6"1 ;;;;.‘,..,V;V:4 ", $4Wri :. 'L.:4*W i e e 1 1 'Mr*t s4VatrtfilAk:tAl1=...-V.Mf0,k1.4'1I 4 .e. , .1 4 * , ..gts4 - 4 , thelPo'kii', 0 -,-,..■-",$ • <,%, ;:.:ir., 44'..4-,: ,',..'" • ' it 4: ..-••;-,'-. • -_, 1:,, - ,... ..,..,,- - ,,,,, ...,,- .... . , .,,, ... ..;". • ., ' - .. . ..,,.. . • . , , ' , . - ^ , l 0 16 THS INCH 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 0 11 mA...°""" 1 2 Atigtiox--,aiuvezie4 ' gi&iiii.ti, , --it, JAVii‘‘14-,' " .. :.--/. .. -.. -, . .. ..., ,.., -,-. - ,. ..r P '• --..-----=,-- - '„ir ,..• . -- .- 1 •.".-- - .!. 7"-r...4.. ...,' . i .%. ,:-;".... • ., ---•".".; ''' ..1 `" ■ 111.111111111111/11111.1 III 111111111111111111111111111111 IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIiiiiiiiiliiiii firtiiiiirwililii;1 1111111111Iiiiiiiiiiiiiilli 1 „,... NOTE: if the microfilmed document is less clear than this i vl - I notice, it is due to the quality of the original document. 1 • 0 0 C 6,z ee Le 9 Z GZ 4 7Z EZ Za te 07 GI. 81 Ll 91. GI Vl et ?t IL (;)1,, 6 8 Z, , 9 S 1 7 C Z 1 1 h ” 0 1111111111111116111111111111 MIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII I IIIIMUIffiliffiLdillikilin1HIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIMIllUb111/111111111 , 11111.111111mdru l linhollimididimlinfinliiillmilliiih:1111111.611ffilmiliffiliiiilimhiplmihmlifillignilmil . ' , 4 • -- ‘ Y : , • t' - • • • . , fi • • 0 architects NOT PU6USHED. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. THE ABODE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS, AND :DE/S. DESIGNS, AND ARRANGFDNTS R1IPRf ED TH P / ARE AND SHALL RE MADI THE PRCQCRTY OF THE: ARCHITECT. M(: PART THEREOF SHALL Bt". REPRODUCED, COPMEi1, AQAPT2 DIT OST?i OR DISTRIBUTED TO OTHERS, (1'THCR ASE USED WITHOUT THE PRIOR VIRTITER LOPISi,: oF w' APPROPRIATE COMPENSATION TO THE ARCH:if: °.. ;AVAIL CONTACT WITH THE ABC11E DRAWINGS OR Si SHALL CONSTITUTE CONCLUSIdE i:Y.OE'4Cr. OF AtiCEPIAA E Of THESE RESTRICTIONS. sheet title: NEW KT.-- WALL. -0" 30'-9" 30' -9" EXISTING I LANDSCAPING / r- /�- WALL -PAK INFINTI OF SEATTLE ,T;E.t - 4 1 +• r . -- ML IV CONC SLAB ON GRADE / REFER TO SHEET A -2 FOR SCOR NG PATTERN EW H.C. RAMP X9 " 38' - -O" .1 SITE PLAN SCALE 26' -O" -7--- - 38' -O" OW SIGN (FOIL) 509.73' NEW AC •( ,` ING 24' - -0" 32' -O" I 2.4' - -0" EXISTING AC PAVING 399.57' 2'R. - 5'R. REMOVE EXISTING CURBING ALIGN NEW ISLANDS W /EXISTING NEW AC PAVING .......... BAKER BLVD. 32'- 25' -0" --- REMOVE EXISTING CURB CIJT ACURA OF SEATTLE EXIST'G LANDSCAPING EXISTING SIDEWALK --- EXISTING PAVING AND STRIPPING PLANTING BED TYP r - 1'4" 1 ° 1 RADIUS TYP -• EXTRUDED CONC CURB 4 CONC SLAB SLOP 1:6 / -0' ---- SUB BASE PER • - SOILS REQ'MENTS SLOPE 1:12 LOPE / '6 SUN BASE PER SOILS REPORT CONC WALK NON- SKID BROOM FINISH Y D A. STl PPE WOOL (PAINT) 3/ CH WEER 6 R:r. Vu. w //4 EMS 0 12 O.C. vFR MO HQRQ. r - nw s LANOSCAPE SEEMS HATER AL 25W/ DEM HALIDE WITH MUSE - r SO STEM POLE 11' \ • G DIViSIGN RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWItA AUG 6 1992 PERMIT CENTER OM TIMM IRCHIY OT °TAM a R'A#MROQIT IN project title: OFFICE, SHOWROOM AND SERVICE ARF.A FOR: - INFINITI OF SEATTLE TUKWILA, WASHINGTON r.� f e".: `t �.[ ILR 1'. — �,.fi �3 r. .1.. i11111 11111 (I ill 1 111 111 11 i 11111 1111 11 11111111 11' 111 .1 1111111 1 0 IB THS .NCH 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 NOTE: if the eaicrofil.ged document it3 lees clear than this notice, it in due to the quality of the original document. O: 6Z Be GZ 9Z 9Z 1 7z cz Z2 LZ 0e 6L 6L LA 91 9L VI CI zI LL ot, 6 • (11 11 ' 1111 1 1111111 1 1111111 1 111 1 111 1 9 10 11 EWA 12 40 1 1 ' � 1 I � L, g 5 h C Z L '"'" '"'" Q 1 111111TH Will11IIIIIIIII1 liliiliil ! IIiI i IIIIINIIII 11 111)111111 . III11J 111111111111 I H111 I 11111111 1 111111111 1 1.1lll111111 111111I 111 11111!1! 1 111111II11111111111 !IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII II 14IIIIIIIiIIIIII{IIIII 11 ill ii ! I I (( I � , :,, .,.., . - - ..... .:.:.. .•, = � ,:..,... _.. I 1' Illillil�llllillllllllll T •oxform NJ. wilts, X3tINCO ref Wig GOMM MO VICIre,, *V ANO Al42.4111 POPITIPPIO nitAarttnio £-t PPM TNI. PKOEP:TY OP _if, ___Nzttgritor. No pmr 'MOW WI * 1:X a..T.TOAW13.3, WPM WAO, 042 Oft tos it4 Tr) TIM/ • tan, OR trRIE34 . fAirt itt$ MX r. rye COW OP' s UM TO Tt 540141EZT: ' 7 i refig QK - x. l• .i it P Or 447=4114 v. 1;• 1,11,1)110( OFMCE SER10E EXIST'G WAREHOUSE 1 DCISTING EXIT • •• •••■......./.0••-••■•• • - • Flge tocm5 LAesekEs) 01?-13E Ti.le“tsaIet, 001114 A CEMFICA OF liNa E4 FROM 414 Ati. • --- • • •••••••••• SERVICE 3'0,505 Q. F. arncE WAITING SHOW ROOM .CONFERENCE CITY OF TUKWILA APPROVED • ' V-1( u t • 1. Se IN I DIV! CONFERENCE QCERC1SE ‘I e • • ' - - • T : , 5 ^A• ' • ■;.% •:•-• 0 le 1NC14 2 - 3 4 5 6 7 9 f ; 11 mADE 12 NOTE: if Microfilmed document is less clear than this notice, 1 it is due to the quality of the priginal document. 06 6? se L. 9? 9Z.: 4 7? CE ZZ I oe 61. e 9L GI VL ZI• t 01, 6 G E Z tro 111111111111111h j illiiiiin1111111111111M1111116111111611114111 . 11111111 i11 11116 J 11, 6 1 1 11 HIMIIIIIIIIIIthildriliiiiilliffilHHIPI1111111111111111IIPIIJII . 611 . 1 . 11Pliinhillhillibillidlii . H !Whin a 4' .15 • „4r , t „,- , . •. • A . .__' -K" �f1Ty"xr'm' ,y. -fa. '..CF�tY <r.E+.'+h°+7.. "i�'e�?: •S :n+.s¢:s;<a /q-a , .!y«< .,...f,. .°«Grti'4!�.�_ « ..� � ..,-. +_ ..- a.aF_._. � xv,�`+ :Y�1 y �-•. ;ciy PARTIAL. NORTH ELEVATION PARTIAL EAST ELEVATION r— EXISTING DOOR PARTIAL EAST ELEVATION r -.. . -- EXISTING FINISH EXISTING DOOR EYISTING DOCK (1W) ROLL --UP 00008 EXTERIOR FINISH DV-2 DRYVIT SYSTEMS NO. 110 TYPE: QUARTZPUTZ COLOR 'JAN DYCK DV -3 ORYVIT SYSTEMS NO. 106 TYPE: QUARTZ PUTZ COLOR: PEARL ASH CL -1 BY KAWNEER TYPE: ALUMINUM AND GLASS STOREFRONT SYSTEM COLOR FINISH : BLACK GLASS: CLEAR INSUL. TOP PORTION TO BE SPANGRAL. GLASS L''X -3 PREFINIsHEU METAL DOWNSPOUT COLOR: WHITE SOURCE DRYVIT SYSTEMS INC HEADQUARTERS P.O. BOX 1014 ONE ENERGY WAY WEST NARWICK, RI 02893 1-800-556-7752 DRYHEADVIT QUART SYSTEMS ERS INC P.O. BOX 1014 ONE ENERGY WAY WEST NARWICK, RI 02893 1- 800 -556 -7752 DRYb1T SYSTEMS INC HEADQUARTERS P.O. SOX 1014 ONE ENERGY WAY WEST NARWICK, RI 02893 1.800 -556 -7752 KAWNEER ARCHITEC'UAL . PRODUCTS TECHNOLOGY PARK /ATLANTA 555 GUTHRIDGE COURT NORCROSS GA. 3 092 404-449-5555 GENERAL CONTRACTOR USAGE SHOWROOM ALL GLAZING SHOWROOM OR WHERE REQUIRED CITY OF TUKwILA APPROVED -OCT . L1� g9 "" ?- f. •... .. r ♦eta ° k � 1 %. -�. .. �' SY+'r?�:�1 ..r",�''Y'. „r tM � ri.3' %.; �� .��.: �,$ -` "! rc - :t`iU` "y F � e. ♦ %a"t. ,�, } �. - � -. , ., ..�. ., r L.j.y -:�.''�<�`�' 4Cq .e ._. r.;� < < , k �� s c �� i t iw Yti"F�'i';•v7:7 ��i� ZS'r :h' i'c9 - c { l I { { I I I I 11.1 n � 11 i111 {L,lli I 1111 0 16T INCH 1 / F' 3 �7 oc 6? 9C L 9? 9? 7Z £2 hilliIIiiI11111IIIII 1111 !111111111111111lllllaU L I r Pitt i I:I { I I 1 I _ i 1( ° I I 1 .. . 'i f ..1 • T i i I # l. 4 r • NOT If the microfilmed document is .less clear than this notice, it is due to the quality of the original document. Z I Z IZ U3 61 91 4I 91 SI 4 11 El ZI R Q� JIJI ;!!! ! whimiILllII11l1I11111111I1iquo Ill! �Jlll�llil�I!lll OIW IIIIII�- llllf) illilli��Il .i1,Iilllilllllilllllll1111 1 1 1 11J 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 111 1 1111111111 {11111(11 10 11 A.'DE IN 6ERNANY 12 • • • . .M.f,`- 'irt19A.xh++,.+�n,. •,>i.: };} ;... iYa `,tH„ • t1 �. A. l l 1 I1 j 111111 11111 0 16THS!NCH 1 2 4 NOTE i notice, ti, , -zi r a nYrf .: (i �t £:. ,.' s � ..i .car'.: t {I1 ' t I(L I ; II I :• ft I` lull ft_. the microfilmed document is lens clear than this it is due to the quality of the original document. Gt /A 91 St gi et at It 01, III IIlII�Iiili llL JlIIlIIIIl1II1illIl Il II! lIIllllilllllllsllllliilll�Il11�11lI111lI1IIII f• • iL 3 architects ROT PURLICHED. itiGHTS RESERVED. THE MOVE MOMS AND WECIFICATIONS NO IDS: A AND ARRAMMIDTS RennoirEo THEREBY ARE MO SHALL MANN THE PROPEmY WINE ARCHfTTOCr. NO PART THEREOF SHALL O: REPRODUCED, COPIED. ADAPTo% DOWSED OR COMMUTED iUTED iO OTNER5 80th PUOLIOU OR OPARMSE USED wrTHOtn PRIOA WRtREN CONSENT Of AND APPROPRIATE COUPIENSMIO d TO THE ARCHITECT. VISUAL CONTACT MTh THE AWE DRATAMiGS OR SPE( TCATRONS SHALL COMMIT/ft CONCLUSIVE EVIOEN E Of ACCPTA CE OF THESE NkS hC1 ONS. project title: P PROPOSED 019FKc , SHOWROOM WF sii D SERVICE P A t vt INFINITI OF SEATTLE sheet title: • 0 C\' 07 0 . 4 :. . 4 rr.wr s>,r1 s.- >MMIR >w •o 4 it a„ 4 SECTION A SCALE 1/2" = 1'- EXISTING METAL REGLET EXISTING WOOD CANT EXISTING BUILT UP ROOFING EXISTING ROOF STRUCTURE NEW R-30 BAT INSUL SIM: FLUSH EXISTING EXTERIOR WALL WITH CLEAR ACRYLIC COATING OVER RIGID INSULATION OVER METAL STUDS (VERIFY DEPTH OF MATERIALS NEEDED) 1 1 /2" X 3/4" D REVEAL (TYPICAL) NEW 5/8" GWB OVER 3.5 M.S. @ 16" O.C. W /R -1 1 BAT INSUL. METAL STUD PLATE W/ EXP BOLT CO 48" O.C. EXISTING CONC. SLAB ON GRADE EXISTING CONC. FOOTING II CO 6 w cn . 4 °. . • • 4 • NAM L 2' —0" 4 . • 4. SECTION B SCALE 1/2" = 1' -0" d NEW METAL COPING (PAINT) _ NEW 6" ME= AL STUDS NEW 5/8" PLYWOOD NEW TREATED WD. CANT NEW ROOF STR (SEE STR) NAILING PLATE NEW JOISTS (SEE STR) NEW R -30 BAT INSUL W/ FS ---25 NEW STL BEAM (SEE STR) NEW R-19 BAT INSUL NEW CLEAR ACRYLIC COATING OVER 1-1/2" RIGID INSULATION OVER 5/8' GWB OVER 3.5 M.S. © 16" O.C. NEW 5/8" GWB NEW STEEL COL. (SEE STR) NEW 5/8" GWB (PAINT) OVER 3'.5 M.S. CO 16' 0.C. DRIP METAL KICKER TO ROOF STR. @ 8' -0" 0.C. GWB BEYOND NEW 5/8" GWB (PAINT) OVER 3.5 M.S. © 16" 0.C. NEW 5/8" GWB (PAINT) OVER 3.5 M.S. @ 16" 0.G. 1 1 /2" X 3/4" D REVEAL 1" CLEAR INSULATED GLASS BLACK ALUMINUM STOREFRONT NEW FILL CO 2 :1 SLOPE REMOVE 1' - -0" STRIP FXISTING CONC. SLAB .t._.. ILL - `s; "" 414:r #1/4 EXISTING CONC. SLAB ON GRADE NEW EXTRUDED ASPHALT CURB EXISTING CONC. FOOTING v " /" 0 N 0 (0 0 0) 1 NEW METAL COPING (PAINT) NEW BUILT UP ROOFING OVER NEW 5/8" PLY WOOD NEW TREATED WD. CANT NEW GLU—LAM (SEE STR) / r --- NEW JOISTS (SEE STR) PATCH REMOVE AS EXISTIREQN. G WALL, ROOFING AND STR. NEW BEAM (SEE STR) TT NEW R -30 BAT INSUL W/ FS -25 FOR TYPICAL NQTES SEE SECTION B SECTION C SCALE 1/2" = 1 ' -0" 5/8" GWB (PAINT) OVER 3.5 M.S. © 16" 0.C. (2) LAYERS 5/8" GWB OVER 8" METAL STUDS SUSP. CEILING 3/4" X 3/4" D REVEAL CLEAR ACRYLIC COATING OVER 1-1/2" RIGID INSULATION 1 1/2" X 3/4"D REVEAL 3/4" X 3/4" D REVEAL NEW 4" CONC SLAB ON GRADE W /W.W.M. REMOVE EXISTING CONC WALL 1 1/2" RIGID INSULATION NEW CONC. FOOTING AND WALL (SEE STR) EXISTING CONC. FOOTING CITY or TIUK'WILA APPROVED '•'"P DI . e•� 1. 0 G !VISION RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA AUG 6 19i;, PEWIT CENTER consultants II 11111/11 I !i! 0 16 THS INCH 1 QC 6Z 8Z LZ 9Z sZ 1 /Z ' £ 1 1111111111 n111111i11 i1i 1 1G1U 1 ! I 1 ! I I i I �!' `11 ! I I III ii .,C Fill I• ;! t� . III k , ,„,*1.•,,,:;!.• <�::. , , 11 .... f . 1 1" 1r1� dill 1 ! tit 1-tt111I.11 3 ' '•� NOTE: If the �Iicro£ikraed cument + is less l ess clear �. .i_.:3t:.. •.•.-,..:• , - than this notice, it is due to the quality of the original document., Z tZ 0 ? 6t 91 Lt 9t Si +.'I et et tt 01, 6 8 L. 1 9 s +� C a 1 Ww 0 11111I1IJlii hil11.111L101111111111 11111141:1)11,1).1 lI1111111111111 !111111ii11111 III 111111111(1 r i 1 I' { a i ! .r. ;.,._ � 1...1 . (..�_ �.. li.illlllll(Illii) 111.Iiilllllil.i�Ulii 1111 1{ �1 11l�Ili11 1IIIIIIl1,illl.nlllllllllil►li I 1 . Y,. � - IIIlilllllllllll 11.111111! i ..-✓t" � . , y . ., :it .x 1 7 ✓D �f. - . j . Yom , ti r4f w ; /�,. r�•` 1 . i z i .. i f ..,' 1 •111.11,111 111111111111111111111I 1111111111 1111 9 10 11 womeammo 12 • S. aW' iM117.t'., esnJ;J. •?t SECTION A SCALE 1/2" = 1' -0" NEW METAL COPING (PAINT) NEW BUILT UP ROOFING OVER NEW 5/8" PLY WOOD NEW TREATED WD. CANT NEW R-30 BAT INSUL W/ FS -25 EXISTING ROOF STR NEW (SEE STR) NEW BEAM (SEE STR) NEW BUILT UP ROOFING OVER 3/4" PLYWD. NEW TREATED CANT ROOF DRAIN NEW R-30 BAT INSUL_ W/ FS-25 NEW BEAM (SEE STR) METAL SUPPORT KICKER @ 24" O.C. REMOVE EXISTING WALL NEW SUSPENDED CEILING NEW SUSP. CEILING GWB BEYOND METAL SUPPORT KICKER @ 24" 0.C. NEW 5/8" GWB (PAINT) OVER 3.5 M.S. © 16' O.C. INSULATED GLASS BLACK ALUMINUM STOREFRONT NEW FILL C4 2:1 SLOPE NEW EXPOSED AGGRAGATE CONC. NEW CONC. SLAB ON GRADE W /W.W.M. EXISTING CONC. SLAB ON GRADE NEW EXTRUDED ASPHALT CURB NEW CONC. FOOTING AND WALL (SEE STR) — EXISTING CONC. FOOTING "Mr PER PLAN sit titer SECTION B SCALE 1 /2" = 1' -0" R-30 BAT INSUL W/ FS-- 25 GLAZING BEYOND CLEAR ACRYLIC COATING OVER 1 -1/2" RIGID INSULATION OVER 6" METAL STUDS ® 1 6" O.C. R -10 BAT INSUL (TYP) 5/8" GWB (PAINT) SUSP CEILING WALL BEYOND DOOR PER SCH NEW EXPOSED AGGREGATE CONCRETE ON GRADE REMOVE EXISTING CONCRETE SECTION C SCALE 1/2" = EE SECTION " B" FOR ICAL NOTES CLEAR 1 -1/; EXIST!I ACRYLIC COATING OVER RIGID INSULATION OVE G CONC. WALL SUSP GWB CEILING 5/8" GWB OVER 7/8" X 2 9/ OVER 3" STEEL CHANNEL SIZE WIRE AS REQUIRED SEE TYPICAL NOTES ON SUSP DOOR PER SCH CITY OF 1UKWILA APPROVED E P/ '1992 0 RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA AUG 6 1992 PERMIT CENTER NOT PUBLISHED. ALL FROM RESERVED. TYE.. ABOVE ° ` ate Br anTH MILL RE AN THE PIGOPt W f ARCHITECT. ,10 PART r 11 .1 Elf SW i. E t ROOUCRD. WPIEA. ApWE4*tV OR O' L+14t L o D TO OT WRITTEN coma oF APFROPRATE PfxsAm$ _vo THE PROZECT. vtSU& aorrACr TINT cc 4 r'x K I A OR SPECIFlCA 3 Wt COMMIE EtiiD CE OF JWPTM GE OF THESE RLSfl Cr1OTx3. consultants LGS SHEET project titles PROPOSED OFFICE, SHOWROOM AND SERVICE AREA FOR INFINITI OF SEATTLE l: ✓ • • T0" MIN R -19 BAT INSULATION 2 HOUR WALL 2 LAYER GWB OVER 6" M.S. EQ. SIDE 0 16" O.C. SEE PLAN FOR ASSEMBLY SUSPENDED DRYWALL CEILING SEE SEC C/A-5 FOR TYP NOTES SECTION B SCALE T72 NEW R -30 BAT INSULATION W/ FS-25 R - -19 BAT INSULATION - ° - CEILING © PARTS COUNTER NO CEILING AT SERVICE AREA NEW SUSP. CEILING [I IIIIII�IIIIIIIiIi l l {I�.I{ 0 16 TH$ INCH 1 2 3 6Z se LZ 9Z 5Z 4 7Z ' £Z �I 1111i111� �iilli�i�li�illll,�i�`iilllll�i iil ��L�niili ll�lllll � 11111111 UNARM ewe a at watasoiro ---. NEW ONE HOUR COIL UP DOOR _ 12" STEEL CHANNEL BEAM TO SUPPORT DOOR'` NEW 5/8" GWB OVER 6" M.S. @ 16" O.C. W/R-11 BAT INSUL �y REMOVE 1' -- -0" STRIP EXISTING CONC. SLAB NEW EXPOSED AGGRAGATE CONC. /, NEW R-30 BAT INSULATION GWB CEILING SUSP. CEILING INSULATED GLASS BLACK ALUMINUM STOREFRONT 4 id'1N`.ft�r" Yb °�4"G`� , �cp� %-{ ♦ . • h .,' r,yy q .' .r ,.,:�` T a "'tr,�. Ls'2 •.._r�'�.x`C "� � *t�)�'.. . �'.V[x'I���' Y7+,:,. �`�'�q Tr ��, { I pit {ttl{ t .� 4 I 5 6 7 NtYrE If the microfilmed document is less clear than this r;.rcl.ce, it is due to the quality of the , priginai document. tZ OZ 51 et �,t 9t Gt %'L CL Z tt 01, 6i 9 Il1( 1. 11 1I11111111111111I11111111(111i 1141111111111I11111111111111I1111f1i li lillfl 1,i11I11111111111111I1111 'IIIIIIi1I,11�111 I1 111 11 .... r � ; . . ... �, - r.; . ,�. _ .: ♦�; �, ..; �.. s. r � �c I I1111 IIII ` ;I,1II I {IIII I III 9 f 10 IIIII�I {III{ f I i 11' t,at„ EA►1A 12 f 3 t N" 0 IIIIJIIIIIIIIItIIIIIIU IIIIIIIIIIIIIIII1111111111 3 1/2" X 11" X 4" X 3/4" 3" X 3" X 48" DRIVEWAY OF WALL REINFORNENT WALLS HAVE THIS REINFORCMENT SUSPENDED CEIL CAD HALLWAY OFFICE SUSPENDED CEILI @ OFFICE 3" TUBE STEEL 0 48" 3.5 METAL STUD STEEL PLATE EXIST'G CONC. ON SPANDRAL GLASS 1/4" CLEAR GLAS CLEAR ANODIZED EXISTING CONC. S a 1992 cz-.vED C!TY :' Yt lI(INf } A x rr�S�'. i�{ �'.' �y ?�4': 1' �7�a .�s'c�.'�; °•rtg.`s�.�. }i.��. pis. �a. �4`.. d�ilt�W °.E�'dG:_i:�.tis�vz''�'' n #L'r.�x.,:�tl.w.FnV 1.: d'iS.a', AaHurt.Jb'r.�F"+�r'J� Y.•3�,1�I • . ?.�.Yi •.`U.d. kYt ..r.'1..54� .tJ... i \:t�7..t... IT= NENSTRIESE IL r3 architects NOT PUBLISHED. Al RIGHTS RESERVED. THE ABOVE CROWS AND SPEOPiCAa AND IDEAS. DESIGN'S. AND Al�f'S THEREBY ARE AND SHALL REMAIN 1)Z PHHOFt v OF 1111•; A C TILT, NO PART meow 8K . tE' REPRODUCED. COMM ADAPTED. DISCLOSE) OR INS!RIBUTFD TO OTHERS saw, PUILIS�a OR QTl4RWRIE USED WITHOUT We PRIOR 1>RIT TIN CONSENT OF AND APPROPRIATE OOMPEKSADON 10 THE ARCHITECT. VISUAL CONTACT WITH THE ABATE O tAIH NOS CR SPECIFICATIONS SHALL TE OF AC PTMXX CC THESE RESTMCTIONS. Prot title: ENE NSIBIRSMIEMNIMEIMNIZZIMITIJ title: F]NISH SCHEDULE ROOD NAME f OOR S SF. MEM CE Ljt G REMARKS . NORTH SOUTH MAT HECHT GWB GWB GW4 GWB . a ]' TO FIXTURE PLAN 100 ENTRY AREA TILE FF RUBBER FF (PAINT) (PLANT) (PANT) (PLANT) SUSP a TO FIEF. CEJUNG PLAN �,"/�f,tQg � �yg us 12 d 107 , SHOWROOM ME FF RUBBER FF (PA►N1) T) (PAINT) A%) ACCOUS VARIES 102 S ALES ' CARP T FF . RUBBER F'F Mtn) P (PST) (fl) St/SP., 9' -�' 103 CONFERENCE _ CARPET FF RUBBER F'F PN (MT) (PLAT(!) ,,� s 9' -d 104 F AND 1 CARPET FF RUBBER FF $1.) PLANT) (PAINT) (PAINT) . AT US 8. � 105 SATES MANAGER CARPET FF RUBBER FF MO no (P NT) (PLANT) us 9' d 106 • OFFICE CARPET FF Ff pA NT) PAINT) (F'N l) p ar) ACCU 9' -0' 107 CASHIER CARPET FF RUBBER H (P P NT) ( (PANT) c ACC U� US 12' -d 108 RECEPTION CARPET FF RUBBER (PAINT) (PAINT) ?Ai ?Air) ("R) A1�co 12' -d 109 LIENS REST ROOM SHEET FF SHEET FF GWB I GWO !H yWB CWB -0 WM W(1. (PAINT) PN (PAI PM!r (PAN a' 110 WOMENS REST ROOM SHEET SHEET FF WB WB 9 ova $ - (PLAN,) (PLANT) (PLAN,) (PLANT) (PAINT) , 111 COMPUTER CARPET FF GWB GVRi GWB GWB SUSP RUBBER FF (PLANT) (PLANT) (PLANT) (PAINT) ACCOUS 9 - 112 WAKING CARPET FF '_JBBER FF GWB GWB GW13 GWB SUSP 12' -d • (PINT) (PLANT) (PLANT) (PLANT) ACCOUS 113 SERVICE WRITE UP CARPET FF r; GWB GWB GWB GWB SUSP RUBBER (PAINT) (PAINT) (PAINT) (PANT) ACCOUS 9• -d 114 SERVICE WRITE UP CARPET FF RUBBER (PAINT) GWB GVJB GWB ACCOUS $' 9'--0" 115 SERVICE MANAGER (PAINT) (PAINT) (PAINT) (PAINT) FF RUBBER GWB GWB GWB GWB SUSP (PAINT) (PAM) (PLANT) ' (PLANT) ACCOUS 9' 116 STORAGE WB GWB CWB Ctv6 $'-d CONC. SEALED RUBBER FF PLANT) �LHfl (PLANT) (PLANT) (PAIN;; 117 ' REST ROOM CONC. SEAIETR RUBBER FF (PLAT) PNPJT) (PANT') (PAINT) ( 9 ' 118 COMPRESSOR CONC. SEALER RUBBER FF WINO PLANT) (P��u1) (pNNT) 9' -d 119 LUNCH CONC. • SEALER RUBBER FF pro PAINT) ( fl) (PLANT) NONE 120 SERVICE CARPET GWB GWB GW8 SUSP CARPET FF RUBBER FE (PAM (PARR) (mar) (PINT) ACCOUS 9'-d 121 DRIVE WAY CONC. SEALER RUBBER FF 'PAINT) PNNI) (M) (PAINT) (PN 12' -O' 122 PARTS STORAGE CONC. STALER RUBBER FF N1) PLANT) (PAT) (PANT, cwrA F TO FIXTURE PLAN (p/I� � TO REF. CEILING PLAN • IFIBINSINSHRINI METAL ROLL UP WITH WALL -OPERATOR- MOUNTED DOOR PER SCH - 1" INSUL . GLASS IN ANOD. ALUMN STOREFRONT FRAME ALUM. W/ IN DOOR TYPES - WD TRIM W/ MET CUP (FOR 1 HR. RATING) 2 WD TRIM 5 /88' GWB EA SIDE ON 3.5 M.S. 24 OC - WALL PER PLAN DOOR PER SCH WIRHr'.R STRIPPING THRESHOLD VAL BREAK METAL ANGLE STOREFRONT ULATED GLASS NEW CONC. FOOTING UP DOOR IOUNTED REOVIDE DRIP DOOR PER SCH NEW 2" DIA STL PIPE HANDRAIL PER 3306 UBC (PAINT) NEW CONC FOOTING AND WALL W/ #4 BARS 12" O.C. HORIZ. AND VERT. 2 #5 CONT 5�o NO. DOOR SITE ' M UL HARDWARE REMARKS FIN HEAD Snt IlJ3E] 18' -d X 12` -d 1 3/4 PLANT 7/A -9 5/A -9 4,11,16.17 B 8' -0" X 7' -O' 1 3/4" METAL PAINT 3/A-9 3/A -9 6/k-9 4,6.9i5,18,19 3 C 3'• -OI' X 7' -d 1 3/4 !MOOD /V 1/A -9 1 /A-9 1,2 4 C 3' -d X 7' -d 1 3/4" WOOD SA' 1/A -9 1/A-9 1,2 5 C 3• -O' X 7' -d 1 3/4 WOOD S /V 1/A -9 T /A -9 1,2 6 c 3' -Or X 7'-o 1 3/4 WOOD S /V 1/A- -9 1/A -9 • ".2 7 C 3• -O X 7' -d 1 3/4 WOOD S/V 1/A -9 1/A-9 1'2 8 C 3' -O' X 7' -O 1 3/4 W000 S /V . 1/A -9 $ 1 /A -9 1,2 9 C 3' -O' X 7' -d 1 3/4 WOOD $ A/ 1/A-9 1/A -9 1.2 10 D 3' -O X 7' -O' 1 3/4 AI.UMN F.F. 3/A -9 1/A-9 1.2 11 D 3' - X 7' - 01' 1 3/4 ALUMN F.F. 3/A -9 3/A -9 6/A -9 1.2,6,8,9 12 D 3' -O' X 7' -d 1 3/4' ALUMN 3/A -9 1/A.-9 6 /A--9 1,2 13 D 3' -O' X r -d 1 3/4 AUJYN 3/A-9 3/A-9 6 /A-9 1,2,6,8.9 14 D 3' -d X 7' -d 1 3/4 ALUMN F.F. 3/A-9 j 2/A - -9 6/A -9 1,2,6,8,9 15 C 3' -O' X 7' -d 1 3/4 WOOD S/V 1/A -9 h 1/A -9 1 . 2 16 C 3' -d X 7'-0" 1 3/4 WOOD S/V 1/A -9 1/A -9 1 . 2 17 E 7'• -O' X 3' -6' 1 3/4' METAL PLANT 7; A -9 5/A -9 11,12 18 E 5' -O" X 3' -6' 1 3/4 METAL PLANT 7/A -9 5/A-9 1 HR. 11,12 19 F 3' -d X 7' -O" 1 3/4 METAL PANT 2/A-9 2/A -9 6/A -9 ? HR. 1,2,8.9,13,14 20 F 3' -O' X 7' -d 1 3/4' METAL PLANT 2/A -9 2/A -9 6 /A -9 1 HR. 1,2,8.9.13.14 21 A 18' -d X 12' -d 1 3/4 METAL PAINT 7/ A -9 5/A -9 1 HR. 11,16.17 MUST HAVE PROOF OF RATING AT SITE PROIR TO FINAL INSPECTION 22 F 3••.O' X 7' -d 1 3/4' METAL PINT 2/A -9 2/A -9 6/A -9 1,3.13 W/ 2' -O' 3' -d GLAZING 23 F 3' -O' X 7' - METAL. PAINT 2/A• -9 2/A -9 6 /A -9 1,3,13 24 F 3' -O' X 7' -O 1 3/4" METAL PLANT 2/A -9 2/A -9 6/A -9 1.3,9,13 25 F 3' -t. X 7' -O" 1 3/4" METAL PLANT 2/A -9 2/A -9 6/A -9 1,3,9,13 28 EXISTING 8,11 27 EXISTING 8,11 28 3' -d X 7' -d 1 3/4' WOOD 1/A •9 1/A -9 '1.2 29 3'-0' X T-0. 1 3/( WOOD S /V 1/A-9 1/A -9 1.2 30 8 8' -O' X 7' -O" 1 3/4' META, PLANT 3/A -9 3/A -9 6/A -9 4,6,15.18,19 2.5 X 12 PRECAST CONC. TREADSW /NUN SLIP NOSE NEW 4" CONC. SLAB W /W.W.M. 2 2 X 12 STRINGER NEW 6" CONC. RET. WALL HARDWARE '. 1 1/2 PAIR BUTTS (4 1/2") PER DR. 2. LOCKSET 3. IATCHSET 4. WEATHERSTRIPPING 5. DRIP 8. THREASHOLD 7. FLUSH BOLT 8. ' ALARM 9. CLOSER 10. PAN!C HARDWARE 11. PADLOCK 12. FUSE• -LINK 13. KICKPLATE 14. SMOKE SEAL 15. PUSH /PULL 18. MOTOR OPERATOR 17. PHOTO SNITCH 18. DOOR BY MFG. 19. CYLINDER DOOR PER SCH - WALL PER PLAN - METAL ANGLE MATERIAL SOURCE PL -1 NEVAMAR SURFACES NO. S- 6 -1G,M COI.OR: BLACK FINISH GLOSS,MATTE PL -3 NEVAMAR SURFACES NO. S -7 -1G COLOR: WHITE FINISH: GLOSS NEVAMAR CORPORATION 8339 TELEGRAPH ROAD ODENTON. MO. 21113 1- 301 - 569 -5000 NEVAMAR CORPORATION 8339 TELEGRAPH ROAD ODENTON, MD. 21113 1- 301 - 569 -5000 PITTSBURGH CORNING CORP 800 PRESQUE ISLE DRIVE PITTSBURGH, PA. 15239 1- 800 - 992 -5769 LOCATION EXPOSED SURFACES SURFACES SURROUNDING GLASS BLOCK GWB (PAINT) LIGHT FIXTURE 6 X 6 TOE SPACE VINYL COVE BASE INSUL DRAIN AND SUPPLY LINES rtYP SUSP CLG DETAIL RESTROOM ELEV C SCALE 1/4' - EL 1' -9" EL 2' -7" EL 3' - B' -d 14'- SUSP. ACOUST TILE COMPRESSION STRUT AT LAT BRACING PT. 12 GA VERT HANGER WIRE 4' -0" OC LATER FORCE BRACING 0 EA 12 GA VERT WIRE SECURED TO MAIN RUNNER WITHIN 2" OF CROSS TEE INTERSECTION AND SPLAYED 90 FROM EA OTHER 0 12' OC IN BOTH DIRECTIONS W/F1RST POINT WffNIN 4' -O' OF EACH WALL. I 1. INSTALL SUSP ACOUST CLG SYSTEM PER UBC STD #47 -18 2. SUPPLY ADDITONAL 12 GA WIRE FOR LIGHT FIXTURES INDEPENDENT OF GRID SYST'EM. 3. HANGERS SHALL BE ATTACHED TO BOTTOM OF WD JOISTS WfTH APPROVED TYPE PER UBC STD #47 -18 URINAL URINAL PTA, SCALE 3 7= 1' -0" NORTH WET ELEVATION SCALE 3!8" - 1 '-0" 8" WIDE PAM LENTS RESTROOM ELEV D SCALE 1/4' - 1' -D• 4" X 24" GRAPHIC PANEL P--LAM COUNTEk TOP (PL -1) FLUORESCENT FIXTURE (2) 3/4" STOP BLOCKS FOR GRAPHIC PANEL FLUORESCENT FIXTURE CONCEALED HINGE AND MAGNI GLASS BLOCK (GB-1) �-- - P -LAM COUNTER TOP COUNTER SUPPORT 12" O.C. P -LAM CABINET PL -I OUTSIDE / PL-3 INSIDE TOE KICK WALL B GR-7 P- LAM consultants .: • 0 tb THSIPCH ' 2 ill i1III1! ICI h1i INSIGNSIO ill 1 1 1ITT {(l ' 1 I ill I 1 11JI 8, G2 9Z SZ oc 61F I I { 1 111111, 1111111111 (l111III!11111111i11!1l1IIi1Ii, 111!1111111111111 �111J11a1111l1 J ., .. ._, ..... r(T.:._ .. ,. ,�. ,. ..f ,. ° 4'•r. ...... . -r. ,:�,t +; .: Z1,4,?iyla _::_ II rfrrTI ;.., 11 1 tit. 1 : "c. It 111I1 ;,1, 1 111'1111 I ..: t 4 5 6 7 8 Nd i ' I the 11nicrofiitaed document is less clear than this notice, it is due to the quality of the original document. tz UZ. qt at t {{ t 0L I 6 1 lllllllllilill %1111 • , •n:ra••,+Tbx''i':i��•i� '�.aY.3t•' -: X: ..,.c.�'SO.�`.Iz'� -b3N' EXHAUST SYSTEM • 2 X '4 FLUORESCENT TROFFER LIGHT ( LIGHT SCH) -- --- --- --- -- 2 X 4 SUSP. CE1UHG . TILE 2 X 4 SUSP. CEILING GRID CAIN HUNG FLUOR ENT FIXTURE 2 X 4 SUSP. I CUING 0 9' - A,F.F. (CT -2) - UGHT FIXTURE. SEE_E SCH. " 0 14 T143 INCH 1 2 oc 6Z 8G z? 9Z SZ IIIIIiIlIIIII1 �iIIIIIIlI�IIII IlIII�I iIIILIII��IIllflll�il_!I G B CEILING 0 13' -0" A.F.F.— R CESSED INCANDESCENT CAN W/ WALL MOUNTED FLUORESCENT PROVIDE EXHAUST PER CODE OPEN STRUCTURE CEILING T C) C7 r - UHT FIXTURE SEE SCH. 2 X' 2 SUSP. CEIUNG 9' -(" A.F.F. (CT --1) / 1 --• LIGHT FIXTURE SEE SCH. (CT -2) ._...�. �. (P--1) GWa CEILING 0 18' --0" _ _^__.__._. ___,___,.. (P -1) OW8 CEILING 0 12' --Or' A.F.F. (PAINT) -- (P--1) G'1N8 •CEILING 0 17' -ff A.F.F. (PAINT -- -"•-•- (CT- I) SUSP . CEILINO 0 18' --0" A.F.Y. / ./. ; • (P owe 'CELL NC 0 18 --------------1--------- -- / (P-1) GW8 CEILING 0 21 A.F.E. (FAINT) -- -_ _ ,.,. r t �llil ��:�`:�� r . �11 1I1 11 I � i 1I Il� lII II ( ; NOTE: If the microfilmed document is less clear than this notice, it is due to the quality of the original document. , at Lt 9t 9I +p !~I Zt U 01, •, 6 .,, IIIIhII!I I !rubJIIJJLa!J)1! I IIIIII� III itolloiliglIIII IIIIIIIIiili,lh►Ii i ;T'•• ' ma I1ill111i111111III 11111111111111 10 11 ouioERWNY 12 RECESSED HID DOWNLIGHT MANIA': KURT VERSEN / NO. R7362250MHGG'. 277V, LAMP: MRV25O RECESSED ADJUSTABLE MANUF. KURT VERSEN / NO. C7314Z 120V LAMP: Q $QOPAR56MFL 0 RECESSED HID DOWNLICHT MANUF: KURT VERSEN / NO. R7331- 1 277V LAMP :MFRV175 LINEAR SL MAPIUF: DI LITE AY / NO. MLU150 124/12 LAMP: INCL 4' RECESSED PL )OWNUGHT MANU: KURT VERSEN / NO. P672R 277V LAMP: F26BX SURFACE INDUSTRIAL MANUF: KEYSTONE / NO. KL296 277V LAMP F96T12CW 0 RECESSED HID MANUF: PRESCOLITE / NO 1314M9175MHFEM7 277 LAMP: MUR 175 RECESSED ADJUSTABLE HID MAUNF KURT VERSEN / NO. R7529-- 100MV -Z 277V LAMP: H38BP1 f 7X SUSPENDED: PENDANT LIGHT - MANUF: METROPOLITAN / NO. N - 1586 RECESSED ADJUSTABLE MANUF: KURT VERSEN / NO. 7313Z 120V LAMP: 200 PAR46MFL UGHT FIXTURE SEE SCH. GWB CEILING i 12 A.F.F. NEW BEAM (SEE STR) GWB CEI G i 21' --0" (PAINT) (P-1) SUSP CEIU 0 18' --O (CT GWB CEIUNG 0 17' -0" A.F.F. (PAINT (P--1) UGHT FIXTU ' E ( SEE SCH ) SUSP CEILIN ®e 18' -d' (CT -1) GWB CEILING 0 12'-0"(P-1) GWB CE1UN e • 18' -G' (P--1) NEW BEAM SEE STR) GWp CEIUNG 0 17' -O' A.F.F. (PAINT (P•-1) SUSP CEIUN 0 18' -(Y' (CT -1) GWB CEOIJN : 21' -0" (PAINT) (P -1) LIGHT Fl -. (SEE SCH) SUSP CEIL GWB C tLIN (NB CEILIN EAM (SEE STR) • qt RECESSED P1 DOWNUGHT MANUF: KURT VERSEN / NO. P642R 277V LAMP: F268X RECESSED TROFFER MANUF: KEYSTONE / NO. 2J34OEXA 125 277V LAMP: F40T12CW RECESSED PARADOLIC MANUF: COLUMBIA / NO. 4543G• -49 --243 277V LAMP: F40T12CW , • V:.e : • FINISH mar RAMMED. MI MOWS RESERVED. THE IONS ORMAN= AND SPECIMATIONS, AND DEAS. DONORS AND mammon EN18 nED TNi1gc8Y A! Nob . MOO PART TT � BE REPRCOLICED. . ADAPIWD. DISCLOSED OR OISiRIOUTED TO Ofl1 ,. 'SOLD PIJIPU414ED OR O1tiERf E U S D VIDN011r 1 HE PARA TOMO mew or MID OP/COW( CORPORATION IC THE ARCHITECT. LARVA, COMM or mow KEsTRCiiONB. . Imp - rin I•iMUIIUa or i lr X MI INI■ l.ir Xv N ill 111 :li mar : RRil • R a ar ■ RN ■.ui ■r ■■ IN mar ■ r na!l ' : li hr t Al: I•: �r o =. .M 1 = �. ... ....tee . p € 6Z �tl �illililil 1111 iil�lililii IilCilil1l►1�III�II1li ;..� Ili' III . IIII lilll I .. :�I lilt J Y F2 LEES CARPET INFINITI CUT AND LOOP COLOR "CUSTOM GREY' F3 ARMSTAR, ARMSTONE GRANITE TERRAZZO "PINK CHARCOAL" HONED #8006 24" X 24" PREFERRED EXPOSED AGGRE'''ATE CONC. . 3/8" —3/4" ROUNDED AGGREGATE GREY OR BLACK COLOR FIANDRE TiLE ''AGATA" #G400 SLATE FINISH. 12" X 12" W /MATCHING GROUT F9 RIVER ROCK, DARK GREY 1 -1 2" —2" DIA LOOSE AT INTERIOR IN BLACK GROUT AT EXTERIOR F10 —B REFLEX STONE. GREY LUSTER, #RS309 3" X 3" (FOR USE W /F8 -8 & F8 —C) F11 LEES CARPET, INFINITI LOOP COLOR "CUSTOM GREY' F8 —A F8 -C F12 SEALED CONCRETE — FR -12 I I1 ij [i I I: I , I Y , 1 I j I1 I , [ I I . I ' ( i t f , f I . 1 I+ Ili 4 6 -:. L' t.' -:S:.c :...'. , x'_-. :..: .{ .0 .'_ "'YC ..'r -t _ ^.u tira.d NOTE: If the microfilmed document is less clear than this notice, it is due to the quai.ity of the original document. tz oz 81 81 GI 91 21 t1 :L III( IIl IiiIiIIIIIIIIIIi lIIIIIiIIIiIIiJII !hillillll II h II l ✓e'.9 t ;'y� :Yr ..J (_ = - ? .� �.i Wv��,.e. �':' o �" ?; iS . �.::�� . - _�...a... s Mks.: ^......�.a.. • - '.'D[' d= ..F�?sF;":,.1.. �ZYr {FR-151 FX -1 GR -7 •1. MIN ■ "R rR .. i ■.R.i.I�. R� RUMr.MM.. • .. MIME ■i 1 1111iirl Z \414 YUU.i IU 1pMIMI M RMI ■RRU■ G -10 R ihUUa ZL II 06 8 R n iI tiiI ,!_IIl1!lliIlllililllllllllllll ENVIROMENTAL ELEMENT `.'D'RL. ' QTY. GP--1 GR -5 GR -8 GR -7 LG -10 FR -8 SHOJI SCREEN PANEL SYSTEM FR -9 SHOJI SCREEN PANEL SYSTEM (W /CLOSING DESK) FR -10 FREESTANDING CLOSING DESK FR - -12 TRIANGULAR TABLE FR -14 CENTERPIECE CASE FR -15 SHOJi SCREEN PANEL FX -1 SLATWALL PANEL MERCHANDISING DISPLAY CASE FX -2 RESOURCE CENTER D1 ORIENTAL FLOWER ARRANGEMENT INFINITI LOGO GRAPHIC PANEL "RECEPTION". GRAPHIC PANEL "CUSTOMER PARTS" GRAPHIC PANEL "CASHIER" LIGHTING CLOUD s C Z I WW p JII I IIIiliilillllllllllII UII IIIIIIIIIit LOCATION LOCATED BEHIND RECEPTION DESK INSTALL IN FACE OF RECEPTION COUNTER INSTALL IN FACE OF CUSTOMER PARTS COUNTER INSTALL IN FACE CF CASHIER COUNTER LOCATED ABOVE EACH VEHICLE DISPLAY AREA IN SHOWROOM SHOJI SCREEN PANELS AT CONTEMPLATION AREA (3 SCREENS PER SYSTEM TYPICAL) SHOJI SCREEN PANELS AT CONTEMPLATIC"J AREA (5 SCREENS PER SYSTEM TYPICAL) CLOSING AREA AT WINDOW WALL SYSTEM CONTEMPLATION AREA ( 2' -0 "H X 2' -1O "W X 1'---8"L ) CENTER ' OF CONTEMPLATION AREA (WITH LIGHTS) SHOJi; SCREEN PANEL AT CI >STOMER WAITING AREA 2 WALLS WITH 3 PANELS EA. 2 POST PER WALL W /HARDWARE RETAIL MERCHANDISING CENTER SHOWROOM NEAR AUTO ENTRY CONTEMPLATION . AREA RECEPTION COUNTER CASHIER COUNTER 1 1392 CITY OF TUKWIL s1 APPROVED project tits INFINITI OF SEATTLE • • 041 W . .. .-- i.�ar�.yCw(DYa.'c�.i. W4L/lV$1'� +5.•0�7f.> v':r. 1 INSULATED GLASS BLACK STOREFRONT- 2 LAYERS 5/8" GWB 6" METAL STUD METAL BREAKSHAPE 5/8" GWB (PAINT) BLACK STOREFRONT CLEAR ,INSULATED STOREFRONT 5/8" GWB (PAINT) 3.5 M.S. �--- SEALENT — METAL BREAK SHAPE EXISTING CONC. WALL RIGID INSULATION CLEAR ACRYLIC COATING 2 LAYERS 5/8" GWB 8" M.S. METAL BREAK SHAPE 3.5_ M.S. CK STOREFRONT 1 1 /2" RIGID INSUL. CLEAR ACRYLIC COATING STOREFRONT CLEAR INSULATED MINIANSIMENT ISSINFASZBRIS SREERMINOIRINSMISIONIRINal MIME sheet title: BLACK STOREFRONT CLEAR ACRYLIC COATING OVER 1 1 /2" RIGID INSUL METAL BREAKSHAPE 5/8" GWB 1 1 /2" RIGID INSUL. CLEAR ACRYLIC COATING --- BLACK STOREFRONT 1" INSULATED GLASS " INSULATED GLASS BLACK STOREFRONT 6" CONC. RET. WALL 3/4" CHAMFER SEALENT METAL BREAKSHAPE BLACK STOREFRONT 1" CLEAR INSULATED GLASS 1" INSUL CLEAR GLASS ANGG ALUM STOREFRONT FRAME WALL BEYOND SEALENT RIVER ROCK IN DARK GROUT EXISTING CONC. FGQTING METAL COPING CLEAR ACRYLIC COATING 1 1 /2" RIGID INSUL 5/8" GWB . 5/8" PLYWOOD BUILT UP ROOFING 6" M.S. CLEAR ACRYLIC COAT 1 1 /2" RIGID INSUL 5/8" GWB 5/8" PLYWOOD . BUILT UP ROOFING NEW TREATED CANT 6" M.S. CLEAR ACRYLIC COATING 1 1 /2" RIGID INSUL 5/8" GWB 2 LAYERS 5/8" GWB (PANT) JY i�Y . { j 2 �. � 1 i .fi � ,. . fill 111111111111 rll Ir ra I i�ihf .�LI� • if ; I I r • I'rri I • nt °ri I .: �'.I;h; I tvir 10 TH5 INCH 1 2 ;; 3^ 4 5 6 7 8 ° NO if the microfil.Iaed document is less clear than this notice, it is due to the quality of the original document. (F' 6Z se.. LZ 9Z 5Z 4 7Z CZ 2Z 1Z OZ 61 . 91 Ll 91 5I 1 71 yC . t is r1y, tF {Itlt ` t i 1 � l I ` i I I I I _ I .I ..1`.111 9 � 10 :11' MA6EIH 12 Zl 11 Q 6 e L 9 5 i 1 1u iIu tdliuinit iiillilifliintiilililililiiilliillllllliit I i!J IIII iII 11 Ill,) r Liu „. I ' .. _ � �I� I Il {111111 , Ull IIIll Ili I �11111 , IIIl llil111 ll�i 111111! . li lllliflli l llilll llfllllllllllll :.. ✓r.!. +..'i : r ...,+:- y + j' ,�� d, ? xNr•_?i."q#3.c.'�. ?is0�.3� :...._._,.. /`1, _ — - � ._...... '�Ca�iT Ch '�•"R• :.h.•w+. ; S l! • : `r O .� n . YN C i 1 -r'_1 ;.; .r :•.ia. .� ry.i .+ : =r >.�... . _ -.. �. .. _. _ � u. t �f ..J } •' r� I 7 _ � ;p;?. !j •` it ." :i ;;. a;' ,, .:5. - • ,:. ', �, n',. ., f „.,. ..... ,... ... /.�:.•.,•. 'vr .,,...,.. r..:.�'t . ....�:, - .. � ._ S� / �:r: •. �,`r. ri ,?.L.. .•,r, L`2�r1.�•i•vf,.'. A '. Y �:. �u. n•!:d .' „�r..:a ti,:..t. 'r''�t �^ s �,.: i1 .-it ..r',. < ..a rr'nk` .� J' -..., .. ._. ,..... .. ... ... .!. _ .,. .t �..s .. r , .1. 4`�j s _ •v.. ..r.,... � _.... ':' , i:� ” f £ r . =3 p ^'' w r �.r. 1. ,,,,. �}k`.. �X 7� q �. 6” M.S. CLEAR ACRYLIC COATING 1 1 /2" RIGID INSUL 5/8" GWB 2 LAYERS 5/8" GWB M.S. PLATE 3/4" A.B. ® 48" O.C. NEW CONC. WALL AND SLAB CITY OF TUKWILA APPROVED u :3 109 ^!N( DIVISION r +' REDEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA AN 6 1992 PERMIT CENT RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA MI6 6 it; . PERMIT CENTER NOT PUOUSH D• /M.t• RIGHTS MOM. me MOVE Oni4W0ica ANDS ATIti M b p� AND AI114910 4 E.NTt � A'►; AIMD SHALL HEWN 1HC PROPOPIY OF THE AMMO. P40 PART THEREOF StIML SE REPRCCOCED. COPRA aeMCLO.lED OR ONTO I WED TO O1HEAS pgrAh Kamm ca aroma a USED 'mom h#£ • mm walla CONSENT OF AND APPROMATE COMPENSATION 10 THE ARCHITECT. MK CONTACT t� mnuTE ABOVE DOMINOS OR cows MERGE Of ACCEPTI440E OF• THESE RESIRICT!.AIJS. project title PROPOSED OFFICE, SHOWROOM AND A FO BUILDING PERMIT SUBMITTAL 6-17-92 A\ 11 3LA LTA DrPT. Z1 'E rfeA`le, 7 _ I revisions date • SIDEWALK PER ARCH.- 2 - - #5 CONT. WINDOW : SYSTEM PER ARCH. --- WINDOW SYSTEM PER ARCH. # CONT EXISTING P.C. PANEL VCRIFY TOP OF. " EX ;SLING FIG. ELEV. TT p. 5" ,CONCRETE FOUNDATION WALL--'` • +(PER PAN) i i t•, p SCALE: 4'4 - i' -'0" 7111, � --•-! i f I e ∎;:+r rt- a 1' -6" L ! . It' 0 24 "o.c. SCALE: • If !' 1 Ii 1' • SCALE: 4'4 ". =1' --0" NOT: EPDXY GROUT #4 VERT. WALL REINF. 6" MIN. INTO EXISTING FOOTING WHERE NEW WALL IS SUPPORTED ON AN EXIST'G FTG. 1/ �'- -�l i � n= 1' - -6° 24 "o.c. ---- #4 0 18 "0. c. ---"- #4 HORI7_. 0 16"o.c. 0 SECTION NEW 4" CONC. SLAB AS REQ'D --I EPDXY GROUT CONC. SLAB / PER PLAN C tp COL. c� ----- SAW-CUT AS REQ'D SEE ARCH. DRWGS FOR EXTENT OF NEW SLAB " SECTION D— CONC. AROUND COLUMN EXISTING OTING w 7,,,.3 *x7"_3z! SO "xl - -- ./7 -- #7 EACH WAY) SECTION G— EXISTING SLAB 0'- - EPDXY GROUT #4X1'-6" DOWEL 0 24"o.c. EXIST'G FTG BEYOND NEW T.S. COI.. PER PLAN 1P. �7'$ 4 1G `s . x7x l' -0" w/ 2- O EXP. BOLTS (EMBED 5 MIN.) EXISTING CONC. SLAB 4i iSk�'tCp: -`-. 1" LEVELING GROUT T.S. COLUMN PER °LAN 6 "x18 GA. STEEL STUDS 0 16 "o.c.- ~I \ I I .170 "I>s RAMSET \ FASTENER 0 16 "o.c. - - - \ SIDEWALK PER ARCH.--N 6" CONCRETE FOUNDATION WALL -' BALANCE PER SECTION A-1 EXISTING P.C. PANEL (PER PLAN) NEW T.S. COL. PER PLAN BRG 1.%x5'/2 x0' - 8 1/4" w/443"0 EXP, BOLT (EMBED 4" MINIMUM)-- 1" LEVELING GROUT _ • EXIST'G P.C. PANEL rr U SCALE: 4'4" -1 '--1' A : A • 11 ' ) ` d SECTION SCALE: =1'-0" r I;I 1" LEVELING GRO`JT 2- 3/4"0 A.B. (EMBED 6" MIN.) ---� T.S. COL.. PER PLAN- 1 i I = {-1-{ 11. 1 II CONC. SLAB PER PLAN SECTION E COL. & FTG. 73/4 4/ DEVE IMMIII H- 1 3" MIN. CONC. AROUND COLUMN 2 4' TYP. I I �J1 C EIDEL N I COL SASE SECTION B -1 SCALE: 3/4"=1 COL. & NEW FTC. 1/2" t SEE. ' FOUNDATI PLAN FOR --.. SIZE & REINFORCING I'4 V NEW FOOTING-SEE SCHEDULE F0 FOR SIZE & REINFORCING (POUR PRIOR TO CUTTING PANEL) 8 v4 El TIT 11" TIP. N j v2" BASE I£. AT CORNERS Pt 1/2x5'/2 x 0' -11" 0'...- " -- NEW T.S. COL. PER PLAN - %x 4 I /2x1' w/ 2 - EXP. BOLTS (EMBED 5" MIN.) I -- CONC. SLAB PER PLAN LT] ----r LEVELING GROUT 4 3" MIN. BLOCK --OUT FOR COL. BASE EXISTING PANEL TO BE REMOVED ABOVE SLAB ELEVATION 2 - # CONT.- NEW CONC. SLAB ri Q: 8 mil Ix 0 U PATCH FLOOR SLAB AS REQUIRED w/ 4" CONC. SLAB EXISTING CONC. SLAB T.S. COLUMN PER PLAN - - • - - --, CONC. BASE C PER ARCH. i l EXIST'G FTC j BEYOND ----/ • • 4 6"x18 GA. STEEL STUD FRAMING SIDEWALK PER ARCH. PER ARCH.- 0 a wL 1' -0" # 4 ® 6"e.c. —" 1 8-#5 VERT. b --� ECTION C— SCALE: 3/4"=1 1'-0" - II vb. ,,\ APPLY CEMENT PASTE JUST, PRIOR TO TO POURING PATCH NEW FO . 1N__ SEE SCHEDULE DULE FOR SIZE & REINF. t (~ t I_I_ -1 I_i.� j ; -� TT1. 1/4V SECTION F— SCALE: :1 0" PER ARCH. SCALE: 4'4"= 1' -0" COL. & PAD FTG. LEVELING GROUT F SEE. FOUND ION PLAN FOR SIZE `REINFORCING SECTION J— NEW T.S, COL.. PER PLAN Nx12x 1' -0" w/ 4- % "O EXP. BOLTS (EMBED 5" MIN.) v4T - E . 4 l 6x 1' -4" w/ 4 -- 4'4"0 A.H. 12" GAGE. (DO Mg USE EXPANSION BOl.rs) �- - EXISTING SLAB -. EXISTING SLAB DOWELS 0' - -0" N--l" LEVELING GROUT •— 1' - -o" EMBEDMENT GLU-LAMINATED WOOD MUMDi .RS CONTINUct7 3. ) QJ.0 -LAM 41 LL.•._ KAM LIE4CiyaE - MATERIALS, MANUFACTURE AND QUALITY CONTROL SHALL BE IN CONFORMANCE WITH AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARD JEER. ANSI A190.1 -1983, aTR.ESS VALUES - THE FURNISHED SHALL PROVIDE THE FOLLOWING: (24P-V4 CANTILEVERED BEAMS) BENDING, Fb HORIZONTAL SHEAR, Fy COMPRESSION PERPENDICULAR TO GRAIN F (tension face) Fc (compression face) MODULUS OF ELASTICITY, E GLUED LAMINATED TIMBER MEMBERS STRESS VALUES THAT MEET OR EXCEED AT SIMPLE SPAN BEAMS, 24F-V8 AT 2400 psi 165 psi 650 psi 650 psi 1800 ksi P1G'10Up: ROOF SHEATHING 5/8" C -D W /EXTERIOR GLUE INDEX 32/16 ALL PLYWOOD SHALL CONFORM TO U.S. PRODUCT STANDARD P.S. 1- 83, NAILING SHALL BE AS INDICATED ON PLAN. INSPECTIONS: A COPY OF ALL INSPECTION REPORTS AND TEST RESULTS FOR ALL REQUIRED INSPECTIONS SHALL BE SUBMITTED TO THE BUILDING DEPARTMENT, SHUTLER CONSULTING ENGINEERS, THE OWNER AND THE ARCHITECT BY THE TESTING AGENCY FOR REVIEW. THE TESTING AGENCY SHALL BE AN INDEPENDENT TESTING AGENCY APPROVED BY THE BUILDING DEPARTMENT AND HIRED BY THE OWNER. THE FOLLOWING INSPECTIONS SHALL BE PROVIDED AS A MINIMUM; ADDITIONAL INSPECTIONS AS REQUIRED BY THE BUILDING DEPARTMENT SHALL ALSO BE PERFORMED. JOB SITE VISITS BY THE ENGINEER DO NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFICIAL INSPECTION. SOILS ENGINEER TO TAKE COMPACTION..TESTS WITHIN BUILDING AREA IN ALL FILL AREAS. 'COMPACTION TO BE AS REQUIRED BY SOILS ENGINEER. FOUNDATION - SOILS ENGINEER TO INSPECT FOUNDATION EXCAVATIONS PRIOR TO POURING 'FOOTINGS. AN INDEPENDENT TESTING LAB APPROVED BY THE ARCHITECT SHALL INSPECT CONCRETE AND REBAR AS FOLLOWS. CONCRETE •- INSPECT REBAR PLACEMENT PRIOR TO POURING. TAKE 3 CYLINDERS FOR EACH CONCRETE POUR, BUT NOT LESS THAN ONCE FOR EACH 150 CUBIC YARDS OF CONCRETE, NOR LESS THAN ONCE FOR EACH 5000 SQUARE FEET OF SURFACE AREA FOR SLABS OR WALLS. TEST ONE CYLINDER AT 7 DAYS. TEST REMAINING CYLINDERS AT 28 DAYS.. SLUMP, AIR CONTENT AND CYLINDERS PER UBC SECTION 2604(h). SPECIAL INSPECTION STRENGTH TI N LL A LSO E PROVIDED FOR ALL FIELD WELDING, , AND EXPANSION BOLT INSTALLATION AS REQUIRED BY UBC SECTION 306. /112P_PEAMINDI: SHOP DRAWINGS FOR THE FOLLOWING ITEMS SHALL BB ,SUBMITTED TO A RCHITECT AND STRUCTURAL ENGINEER FOR REVIEW PRIOR TO THE ... U FABRICATION. SHOP DRAWINGS CONSISTING ING OF REPRODUCTIONS OR C STRUCTURAL R R DRAWINGS WILL NOT BEpA ACCEPTED AS SHOP DRAW DRAWINGS NOR REVIEWED BY STRUCTURAL ENGINEER AS SUCH 1) REINFORCING STEEL a) structural concrete elements i.e. beams, walls, col, ftgs, etc. 2) STRUCTURAL STEEL ITEMS 3) GLU-LAMINATED MEMBERS THE ENGINEER OF RECORD WILL REVIEW SHOP DRAWINGS FOR DES'ICN INTENT ONLY. VERIFICATION OF DIMENSIONS AND QUANTITIES ARE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR AND ARE NOT GUARANTEED' BY THE ENGINEER OF RECORD. DRAWINGS FOR COMPONENTS DESIGNED PRIMARILY BY THE MANUFACTURER SHALL BEAR THE STAMP OF A LICENSED S WA RING O T N STATE STRUCTURAL ENGINEER AND. BE .,, ENGINEER FOR A CURSORY REVIEW FOR COMPLIANCE THE WITH STRUCTURAL TENT OF THE STRUCTURAL I.. RAL DRAWxNcs AND FOR LOADS IMPOSED ON THE BASIC STRUCTURE. THE COMPONENT DESIGNER IS RESPONSIBLE FOR CODE CONFORMANCE AND ALL NECESSARY CONNECTIONS SPECIFICALLY CALLED OUT ON ARCHITECTURAL OR STRUEEED AL DRAWINGS. SUBMISSIONS SHALL INCLUDE A REPRODUCIBLE AND TWO COPTS, REPRODUCIBLE WILL BE �+ i 7 � •j AND T71+I T W ri AT.IfI RETURNED. 5 Stnti+t •cn t1u r, DRAWINGS nn r.,/rrnm nx. REVIEWED ��++,, .. au• va�af a..wa �v..�r ../lira►. ..•I�V +Y 1•iL wrJ BE �11V 4J STAMPED BY THE CONTRACTOR PRIOR TO REVIEW BY THE ENGINEER. SHOP DRAWINGS ARE AN AID FOR FIELD PLACEMENT AND ARE SUPERSEDED BY THE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS. IT SHALL BE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE " GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO MAKE CERTAIN THAT ALL CONSTRUCTION IS IN PULL AGREEMENT WITH THE LATEST STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS. L 'I' 11,14„ S.QH 'l'.,I1 AE DURING CONSTRUCTION THE CONTRACTOR SHALL, PROVIDE <ADEQUATE SHORING, BRACING, AND GUYING IN ACCORDANCE WITH SOUND STATE, PRACTICE AND ALL NATIONAL, LOCAL CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE COORDINATE ALL TRADES I AND VERIFY NSIO NS IN fi'I TID. OBTAIN RC C. E TAT A HI2E T S R V P A P 0 A I,/ PRIOR TO ALL FIELD ,LD CHANGES. SEE ARCHITEC'T'URAL DRAWINGS FOR ALL FLOOR ' AND WALL OPENING DIMENSIONS AND LOCATIONS, FLOOR AND WALL FINISHES, ETC. CODE: UNIFORM BUILDING CODE, 1988 ROOF 25 PSF WIND 80 MPH ZONE, EXPOSURE "B" SEISMIC ZONE III FOUNDATIONS: SOIL BEARING CAPACITY ASSUMED TO BE 2000 PSF. SOILS ENGINEER TO VERIFY IN FIELD. ALL FOOTINGS SHALL BEAR ON UNDISTURBED EARTH OR SOIL COMPACTED TO 95% MODIFIED PROCTOR PER ASTM D -1557. ALL EXTERIOR FOOTINGS SHALL BE 1$ INCHES MINIMUM BELOW LOWEST ADJACENT GRADE. CDEC: ALL CONCRETE SHALL BE STONE- AGGREGATE CONCRETE HAVING A UNIT WEIGHT OF APPROXIMATELY 145 POUNDS PER CUBIC FOOT. 28 DAY COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH SHALL BE AS FOLLOWS: f'c = 2500 psi FOR ALL'NEW CONCRETE WORK CONCRETE IN ALL EXTERIOR SLABS TO BE AIR ENTRAINED 6% PLUS OR MINUS 1%. MIXING AND PLACING OF ALL CONCRETE SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE UBC AND ACT CODE 318 -89. PROPORTION OF AGGREGATE TO CEMENT SHALL BE AS SUCH TO PRODUCE A DENSE, WORKABLE MIX, WITH A MAXIMUM SLUMP OF 4 INCHES, WHICH CAN BE PLACED WITHOUT SEGREGATION OR EXCESS FREE SURFACE WATER. 3/4" CHAMFER ON ALL EXPOSED CONCRETE EDGES UNLESS INDICATED OTHERWISE ON ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS. GROUT FOR COLUMN BASES SHALL BE "EMBECO" MASTER FLOW #713 BY MASTER BUILDERS, INC. OR APPROVED EQUAL. EPDXY: EPDXY. FOR FASTENING ANCHOR BOLTS INTO EXISTING CONCRETE TO BE HIT C -100 ADHESIVE AS MANUFACTURED BY HILT'. ANCHOR BOLTS TO BE INSTALLED IN DRILLED HOLES PREPARED IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURERS SPECIFICATIONS, R..0 q. 1Q 8T m: ALL REINFORCEMENT SHALL CONFORM TO ASTM A615-82(S1). SLAB DOWELS, TIES AND STIRRUPS SHALL BE GRADE 40 (Fy •= 40,000 psi; Fs = 20,000 psi). ALL OTHER REINFORCING'SHALL BE GRADE 60. (Fy m 60,000 psi; Fs s, 24,000 psi) . LAP CONTINUOUS REINFORCING BARS IN CONCRETE AS INDICATED BELOW, 40 BAR DIAMETERS IN MASONRY, 1 -7" MINIMUM UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. CORNER BARS (1 BEND) WILL BE , PROVIDED FOR ALL ' HORIZONTAL REINFORCEMENT. DETAIL STEEL IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE ,SCI MANUAL OF STANDARD PRACTI :,E, OZ�.DETAI ZZN PORCED CRETE a� au.Qw ate. wawa/0 WrIMS FABR. C TO CONFORM TO ASTM A-82 AND A -185. WELDED HEAD STUDS SHALL CONFORM TO ASTI'4 A-108 (Fy = 55, 000 psi) . MINIMUM LAP SPLICE LENGTHS BABLAIZI 11.9.50 #4 20" #5 26" #6 36" #7 49" #8 65" #9 82" THE FOLLOWING MINIMUI►JI. COVER SHALL ( OVER A L L BE REINFORCEMENT (UNLESS INDICATEL OTHERWISE ON A) CONCRETE CAST AGAINST EARTH. .............:...... 8) CONCRETE N EXPOSED 'TO EARTH #D THROUGH #18 BARS. .. . #5 BARS &SMALLER........ C ) CONCRETE NOT EXPOSED TO GROUND SLABS, WALLS „& JOIST #1 BEAMS .& COLUMNS • PROVIDED) F 8 I DRAWINGS). _ & PERMANENTLY EXPOSED ...,...........3 *' EARTH FA OR WEATHER (CAST `IN FORMS • . .'a . . .. . . . . . . . e . . . . . 2" ...... . ......:......1 -1/2" WEATHER 'OR IN CONTACT WITH 1 BAR & SMAL' LER ..... 3/4" 1- 1/2 "' gMEj.CTURAL STI : TUBE COLUMNS SHALL CONFORM TO ASTM A500, GRADE B (Fy 46,000 psi) . STRUCTURAL STEEL SHALL CONFORM TO ASTM A -36 (Fy .= 36,000 psi). APPLY PRIMER COATS ' PEE ARCHITECTURAL SPECIFICATIONS. WELDS NOT SPECIFIED SHALL BE 3/16" CONTINUOUS FILLET MINIMUM. ALL WELDS TO BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH AWS :D1.1 -88 AND BY. WABO CERTIFIED WELDERS. USE FRESH E70XX LOW. HYDROGEN ELECTRODES. MISCELLANEOUS STEEL HANGERS TO BE SIMPSON OR APPROVED EQUAL. NAIL ALL HOLES WITH NAILS AS SPECIFIED BY I`ER �., � MANS FACTLR.Aa. UNLESS SHOWN OTHERWISE ON ' DRAWINGS. MACHINE BOLTS TO BE A -. 307, EXPANSION BOLTS INTO CONCRETE SHALL BE HILTI "KWIK BOLTS-TIE (MANUFACTURED AND INSTALLED PER ICBO REPORT #4627) OR APPROVED EQUAL. ANCHOR,, BOLTS INTO CONCRETE AND/OR MASONRY SHALL BE A307, MINIMUM EMBEDMENT FOR ANCHOR BOLTS'' EMBEDMENT FOR ANCHOR BOLTS UBC SECTION 2406(h). MINIMUM IN MASONRY SHALL . BE P IN CONCRETE SHALL BE PER UBC TABLE 26-F, UNLESS INDICATED' OTHERWISE . 1N 1.LU1 R: J3ASE VALUES 2 X ROOF JOIST .... .D.F. #2 Fb = 875 psi LUMBER NOT NOTED SHALL BE D.F. #2 OR BETTER ALL GRADES SHALL A � CONFORM TO rr~ E W N LUMBER , R LU �'A GRADING NG RULES -- 1991 EDITION, ALL BOLTS . HEADS AND NUTS BEARING AGAINST WOOD SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH STANDARD CUT WASHERS ALL WOOD TREATED. MAXIMUM WITH CONCRETE OR MASONRY SHALL BE PRESSURE MAXIMUM MOISTURE CONTENT 19% AT INSTALLATION FOR ALL LUMBER. ILO =IAbiIRATED firaOl . MEND. I: CONDITIONS OF $ EAVx . - DRY CONDITION OF SERVICE. , EESERVATIVE TREATHE - UNTREATED WOOD. APPFARANC - APPEARANCE OF MEMBERS SHALL BE INDUSTRIAL GRADE. PROTEC OY UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED, A COAT OF END SEALER SHALL BE APPLIED TO THE ENDS OF ALL MEMB3ERS, AS SOON N Aa '" T F CABLE AFTER END TRIMMING. SURFACES OF MEMBERS NEED O B'RE ACTI SEALED. LOAD WRAPPED. MEMBERS: SHALL BE MARKED WITH THE ► ",II...rt'.$L`L,.��'.00P s TEMS. APA... . • EWS TP.ADEMARK `INDICATING CONFORMANCE WITH THE MANUFACTURING,. QUALITY ASSURANCE AND MARKING PROVISIONS OF ANSI STANDARD A190.1. CITY OF TUIKCWILA (GLU- LAMINATED 1VOCd% MEMBERS CONDII•4UE� VVE LEFT) PROVED ,SE f 1 I 4 1 -'!'. L VISION PEA DA MEE no: Iinardic design group . architects 1319 dexter ave. n. suite 260 seattie, wash. (206)283 -4764 ' NOT PUBLISHED. ALL RIGH S MEWED. THE ABOVE DRAWINGS MID SPECIFICATIONS. AND 10f1S, (*MGM. AND ARRANGEMENTS REPRESFHTEO THEREBY l& t SHALL REMAIN THE PROP - MY IF THE ARCHITECT. NO PART THEREOF SHALL BE REPRODUCE). COPIED, ADAPTED. DISCLOSED OR DISTRIBUTED TO O1H • sow, PUBLISHED OR oTHERWI4E usf,A valour m PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF AND APPROPRIATE COMPENSATION TO THE ARCHITECT. VISUAL CONTACT WITH THE ABOVE GRAWSNOS OR SPECIFTCATIOTA SHALL CONSTITUTE CONCLUSIVE EVIDENCE Of ACCEPTANCE, OF THESE RESTRICTIONS., • project title PROPOSED BULDING Ft TUKWIL.A, WASHINGTON sheet title: FOUNDATION SECTIONS GENERAL NOTES deigned: checked: INFINITI of SEATTLE 92-34 JJS JJS dates 6 13 architects sheet 'no: OF ,.� 1.L , , .� .5 1 ,: S k' ft 0€ 6? 84 LZ 9Z GZ +!Z ; £z ZZ (I,IIIlI II! IIi !IIIIIlIIII flIll IIII!iI111uJlidllu / } M r II ii IC Ifij I ; i :, • F' lift- 45 5 8 Wm: If the microfilmed docu lent is less clear than this not ice, Lt 91 S1. hl £l Z1 U II ff I !IIl�ll1UIlfl�Jlll illlll 1111il�Illl jlilll.11l LI`f IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII�IIIIIIIIIII 'IIIIIIII !I -y v ! g S t7 E: I I I IIIIIIIIIIIIIII� II!IIIIIIII itt lti i ' i UIIIIIIIIIIhI�J n ,^- .4r':'1'dtiaF;7Cxti dX �`' •f , 3� NOT PU ALL tGHTS RESERVED. THE ABDVE DRAWINGS D SPESIFICATlOH$. AND IDEAS DESIGNS. AND . ARRANGE IENfS REPRESENTED 7HER ARE, AND SHAD, REMAIN THE PROPERTY OF THE . N4CHITECT. NO PART THEREOF SI $E REPRODL;CE'D, COPIED. ADAPTED, DISCLOSED DISIRI TO OTHERS. SOLD W IE P' StIEDOROTHERWISE USED WRfWUT THE PRIOR N CONSENT OF AND APPROPRIATE CO PENSATION TO. THE fl CHfTECT. VISUA4 CONTACT Die ABOVE . DRAWINGS OR SPECIFICA SHAfI COW 1IT ITE' CDNCL.USIVE' EVIDENCE Of ACCEPTANCE OF THESE RESTRICTIONS. EXIST! G DOCK ° BUCb7NG PERMIT:'$00. IAL, revl:tOn6 EXIStINC PIPE COLUMNS, At [) FOOTINGS TO REMAIN (VP.) tQLEa: 1) TOP OF EXISTING FLOOR SLAB is 11E' tRENCE DATUM O' -O" . 2) CONTRACTOR COORDINATE NEW ;FQO`flNG ELEVATIONS Wi EXISTING GRADES ' PI 6 '' i': -o MINIMUM C & BEAR SOILS AS REQUIRED ' `' #Y SOILS ENGINEER. S� 'BOTTOM OF ALL EXTERIOR ' `Od 11'JGS SHALL BE 1' =n" MINIMUM `BELOW LOWEST ADJACENT GRADE. 4) CONTRACTOR SHALL. FIELD Vf IY ALL EXISTING DIMENSIONS PRIOR TO START OF CONSTRUCTION. .' � 1�,;,• b�gi.'�i'r�3�4 s 6"Tl''.1� F7 , ya�'"I �.. '7i� J�.y�! NEW 4 CO CRETE : SLAB 'REINFOR'CE w /6x6 =1IV1 4/t 4 'W W M., O,N 2 SAND, ON 'VAPOR „BARRIER, ,ON 4" GRANULAR BASE, N SUBGRADE PREPARED ICJ ACCQRD`ANCE.,, WIT( 1 rt ,A ,. `SOILS ENGINEER'S ' RECOMMENDATI EXISTING 4' , FT .. (TYP o EXIST'G INTERIOR COL.'s) EXISTING 7'- 3"x7' -3 "x 1' = "6" FOOTING -= EXISTING 5''/2 p.0 PA "NEL TO BE REMOVED =1i :- o .:cc >- ....a xtt410,7C^r.: t+; r.w _x nw�ut :_.1+1 , s�la'i,44. the microfiluaed, docuaent is less clear`; than (hits i notice, it is' due to' the quality of ,the ptiginel document. I " 0e 6L eL . GL 91. et a a pL 6 .,.,.. ullul�li11111i11i�111 !li11lir�i� , ar:... al'l 1111111#1111)1111I . 1 I .! . � .. 11!111 001111111111� �C� 1��,� .11,11i11►1111111(1 l 1111 it 111i11111 111i�i ° itlii 1lt`1111I I1i111� 1 �,! 'l7'w�e�x `L'�SSt y-t� v J,, r � ; , ���v k � ,. '"' }.: $ x ,yc: ,✓ L5 a f ; _�; 2� s t5 f�`�;rJr' ' ">'3 '' ..t . r ''�^' s.Ld '�3¢4 .;1'+r°"3,•'J`"y ?£`'d3: :! {/ w T, ::',.i .av w_ �_u.r. .*/ YY ....:. w:, c .....�.....:1..,....rh.�r..?X. �::R':.`. . .. •.. �+t i... �. �' .ua kr.C♦ '-i' [f �. "r`t�.?.'?�i. `�a s I —I EXISTING PANEL S.W.' (TRANSVERSE) L.W. ''(LONGITUDINAL) Oath 5M iNREIt4F. IS 3 LI AR TIE TRANSVERSE REINF. TO TOP OF BOTTOM REINF. & BOTTOM OF TOP REINF. ORC .11-EICA-L t ; D ar hit ect s I inard C , n group arch to k 1 319 dext ave. n. suite 260 is wattle, wash: `( - 4764 14450 N.)i . 29th Place, „S to - 1' 'K Heflepule, WA.'`' 98007 `(200) x8 4 FAX: (206).:'889.8648 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON EXISTING 6x16 PURLINS ® 8' - (8' -9 "c.c. 0 35' --1" BAYS) 200E FRAMIN eELEVATIONS''S TOWN US: [,� . --*1 .INDIdATE 'I OF FRAMING ''(80`110M 'OF PLYWOOD) ABOVE' REFEt i GE DA1UM. "NEW W4 K ELEVA11ONS • SHOWN THUS: ,' r �' ) IDICATE TOP OF EXISTING FRAM!°NG. CbNTRACTOF IO 'IEL VEI7IFY` PF IO ; TO 'START OF CONSTR 1c N. AI NEW ROOF AREAS o BE ; SliEAI N� D `w/ "!. CDX ; PL` WOGD LAY 1'17H ' F'ACE GRAIN PERPEI` bICULAR TO SUPPORTS & :STAGGER ,JOINTS � �'' , NAIL v4/1 Od COMMON .(1'48 "'> 2X14 1::6NG) 06 "o c, EDGES, 12 "o.c. FIE UAW(ER EACH . ENU , 13 'e5 \ (SKEW AS REQUIRED) NEW 5' x30G8< 20' -0"] ;'3 x12 GIB o'-=0"] ---- -- FACE'• OF EXISThJG PANE. BEYOND CAI`I11Lr OK�: il'h x Mc DE k S- 11-1r 5`'AE�EA' p RA1'N C. E AR H : n!<.A«v i Ne '14450 , 29th Place, Su ite ` 116 B+ 1evua, WA. 98007 FAX 2' (266) 669-8649 consultants NOT fAJOLISNED. Au. , RIGHTS RESE)IVED. THE ABOVE DRAWING., AND SPEOFICATIONS AND IDEAS, DESIGNS. AND. ARRANGDIIWr$ R ° THEREBY ARE AN') SHAIJ. RED THE - PROFV11 or THE ARCHfTECt N0' D THFR£OF• R REPRODUCED, �IED, pp PRK)P.WRI S ANa APPROP� ET . c(NIVISATION 11) THE ARCHAECT. vISUAt, CoufACT W ittE ABOVE DRAWINGS OR SP$CIRCATIQ S SHALL CONSTITIfI E CONCLUSIVE EVIDENCE Of"`'?CCEPTA CE OF THESE RESTRIC1 ONS. F FRAM 18 TH5 INCH r NOTE: ` If t h e. microfilmed r + ofilmed doc�v document is�leR clear than this j ; notice 1 it is due to - quality of the a�r�l$inat document. 9 . '£2 94 ,z 4 7Z t E; � Z iZ 03 61 91 a •9l Sl tt El et It ,.. 6 IIII 1tt.jI1 1111 ii ill � Jlll Ililllllllll111 IItlillllU ll�l1 I I!I`Iliil!!Illl l � l I It 01144 II II1l IIIII!lilllfllliil 11 (1! II ' t%r . M. : 4*g2 . $ .,,' 4r z ' �F2. 5 L t Y4iti2�? ei ±'' i�� :9kk'-,i i a' y. : rc. • . Ai p'lrwa�F+.i Il Illl lliif III III I >n111111 I I I I !herdic design group architects 1319 .:dexter ave 'n, suite 260 wattle, wash, (206)28d-4764 BUILDING PERMIT 'SUBMITTAL 6- X17.92 EA./11.914.V, Deer .RI`> hl :. 7 -,24- ti NEW GLB PER PLAN. EXISTING LEDGER 'BEYOND SIMPSON LSTAA EA. VERT,. w/3 10d TO BM. & 3 - #10 SCREWS TO STUDS .-.- 6 "x18 GA,. STEEL STUDS 0 24 "o.c. EXISTING. COLUMN CAP - MAY BC(1SED =-- PER ARCH. VERIFY 3- #10 SCREWS --- . PER ARCH; EXISTING PURLIN -- EXISTING 2x6 DECKING EXISTING BEAM REMOVE EXISTING PIPE COL. ON/ Orr 4 2'3't't4 VERI =Y SECTION A -4 SCALE: 4'4" =1 -0" ;1 SECTION SCALE: 4101416 .w...F, )' 5 ' /n.' _3 J ,1 6 6 x 13)(7'- 4" 4)(4):' /4 x 4'-4" w/ 4 %/A "yi )(pa d L T 1'Y>"' laA1'IW6 SHORE AS REVD. I SCALE: 3/4" 18 GA. CLIP PARAPET FRAMING ANGLE w /3 -- # SCREWS TO BRACE & 6--#10 SCREWS TO ROOF DECK (1" PENETRATION TO ROOF DECK) PER ARCH. SIMPSON ST18 STRAP 0 '48"0.c. EXISTING 2x6 DECKING - SIMPSON LEGS HNGR. (MUST BE PLACED ON NEW BEAM PRIOR TO ERECTION OF BEAM) - 6"x18 GA. BRACE 0 48 "o.c. CEILING & WINDOW SYSTEM PER ARCH. F -4 8 .S ECTION L -4 — EXISTING GLB malamsamirAmaema #11 LCON 18 GA. TRACK 0 MID --SPAN OF BRACE w/2 - #10 SCREWS EA. BRACE. TERMINATE BY BENDING UP TO ROOF DECK 0 45'. NEW 4x12 (TYP.) --� 1 /2" BRG. "fP -NEW STEEL BEAM PER PLAN EA. SIPE W /2.- 5 /4II5 M,8. SRG f1? " cb THRU C.,OL. E.E. SECT h1-4 ($Ttt.E,L BEAM TOT SHOWN R CL.AKJ TY) MELD VERIFY - 4'ie "''PLATE EA. SIDE w/2-4/4"0 M.B. PAGE 'OF fISTTING i LASTER (VERIFY ) �,--- FASCIA PRAM N� PEA SECTION K -4- K4 �E�It I NG PL.`!WOO P 41 5I VAN PV,g, < 4- -�C7N IA - '(E)5)4 LEDGER pC 2.' PLAIJQ. IN�iTP�U, e Cf:NTEIti w©L SLOPE PER ARCH. NEW 34% "CDX PLYWOOD --� NEW JOIST PER PLAN w /LUS HNGR. (SKEWED AS REQ.'D) NEW GLB PER PLAN - - 4 -A35's EA. SID STAGGER' (TYP. EACH 4x12) 4 3x3x 1/4 ' EA. SIDE OF STEEL BM. 3'4 "4 M.B. 3/4" It w/4 3'4 "0 M.B. 0 STD, `GA. NEW TS COL. - 1( 2 EXISTING 6x16 41wf{Y... • l: 1 FIELD SCALE: N" =1 VERIFY SECTION B -4 NEW 4. 3x3xV4 1 SECTION G— SCALE: " " =1' - -0" SECTION M -4 SCALE: 4'4" =1' ---O" Je4 maim DET. . ri V' AI. NNW 3 I I I 4ie 4 24' -,6` (VERIF Y) f --- 5EE. 'EfCTION ,. PLYwOd12 SI1EA1 PE-R 5EGI ID N MI -' L-4 TNRU CO L * /3- 3 /a „ O A32-5N BOLTS (HORIZ., 3LWTTED HOLES) 2 It BEAM / 6"0.c. 2 ROWS 1Od 4x12. BETWEEN EXISTING PURLINS w /LUS414 HNGR. EACH END 3 /0” FITTED STIFFENER EA. SIDE 0 COL. SIMPSON ST 18 ` 0 48 "o. c. 1XISTING ' DECKING SHORE AS REQ.'D --EXISTING 3x10 LEDGER NEW 3'4 "0 M.B. THRU EXISTING BOLT HOLE (20 "o. c, SPACING, FIELD VERIFY). P. : F A `Ji 7 ! : f . -- EXISTING 2x6 DECKING - EXISTING 6x16 PURLN NEW STEEL BEAM '. i 0c Z 111116 • III'► 'I O ¶6 rils INCH 1 e G LZ 9Z ( I l i I iilsii J III1I� liin PER ARCH. 2 ROWS 10d ® 6 "o. c. - -- -_ BEAM PER PLAN 6"x18 GA. STUDS 0 16 "o.c. -- EXISTING P.C. PANEL TO BE REMOVED --v 10d 0 6 "o.c. NEW a/a" PLYWOOD NEW JOIST PER PLAN 2x6 BLKG. w/ 3 -1'6d TO EXISTING LEDGER - SIMPSON LUS210' HANGER - -� P " SECTION C— '? SCALE: 3/4" I 0_ BM. FINISH PER ARCH. % ~ PLYWOOD 6 - #10 SCREWS - - - JOIST PER PLAN LUS21O HNGR. ::SKEW AS REQ,'D) SIMPSON ST18 48 "o.c. �-°- EXISTING 3(10 LEDGER EXISTING 2x6 DECKING PL (WOOP .,. e■e rw PAN E1- P E R. hEGT10N L - EXISTING 6x16 PURLIN 3'1a" PLATE ,EA. SIDE w/4'4 "0 THRU BOLT 1 /2 " BRG. PLATE w / "x4 LAG. 0 k OF PURLIN ----- STEEL BM. PER PLAN ASSUMED INSTALLATION PROCEDURE: 1) INSTALL_ NEW SIDE PLATE /BRG, PLATE ASSEMBLY ON PURLINS & UNDER EXISTING LEDGER. 2) INSTALL NEW STEEL BEAM, COLUMN, FOOTING & ALL CONNECTION, 3) REMOVE WA (HOLE WILL HAVE TO BE CUT IN PANEL ON GRID ( TO ALLOW FOR "BEAM' INSTALLATION). FACE. OF 5tUC .. BEAM PER ARCA 2x9 CUNT w /f6G1 e 2,(6 C.ONT •c /fad G 8 SrA6GE.R SIty1P$O )J M5TAI8 EACH VERT; ----' PeR AIZGF�. BALANCE PER SECTION A -4 Ri [VARIE5] 5,4" CDX j PL-YIVUOD 1 I I 11[1:' II 3 SECTION H -4 SCAt.E: 3'4" =1 -'-- ",GA $ U '2 % GE.ILI 1G 4 WINDOW 5YSTSM PER ARCH SCALE: 4'4 "'. 1' --0" SIMPSON NMSTAIS EACH STE.jI' w/ 7 - IOd TO BEAM 4 4- 410 'Sr.14,f^1V5 TO STU EVARIES3 2...x10 JOIST u' /LUS 2fQ HNGR (SKEWED) . '�. x 6 BL 'KING -- c;L6 PER PLAN Co A S GA. BRACE N' ""55 2 . 'tea - .,.._• �.. 5;,� :J f�3..; .t.': III 4 F . �. NOTE: If the notice, it in 9z 1 7Z £Z ze LZ 0? 61, I I I f ii IIIIIIIIIIlIIII�III II .IIIIlh1 IIIIIIIIt IIIIIIIII(I CE: k PER ARCti. 11RA(,t S ITION WFIERE F'ER ARC._ 1. ti F' SECTION N -4 $L LL 9L 51. CUB IJ11;IjI II1 FIELD VERIFY 6 "x18 GA. 3RACE 48 "o. c. BALANCE PER SECTION A -4 ♦. a w A r► ,r CE.;LING3 PER ARCH,` 1.:_. !, /&" CDX 'PL-Ywax? 2x IG, ce IL "% �AtZtk�S1 , -•- GL.6 PER PLAN 6 - *IQ SCREWS EACH JOIST -- ( "x IB c;A. STL. 6TUO e 24 "0/c. I II BALANCE PER SECTION H-4 I ftt 11' b/e x5 1/2xO' 6" -- - - - -�� 1/4 microfilmed document is leer clear than this due to the quality of the original' document. ail EL EL LL OI, 6 11l 1; IIIiIJlI111�lIllll► 'IIIIIIIi)iluillllilli.11lill( 1, fT 7 l 1 y r NEW GLB PER PLAN --.'- EXISTING 3x10 LEDGER --� KNIFE ft. 3 x8x0 -8" w/ 2 -3/4"t M.B. NE W P. P' Ai t3L' -'. 5 %' A IA. I� A F :i cis 1lki i, f ( 4- 3 /4 "0 A325N I BOLTS I P>--- S STIFFENER 46 FITTED R ..�_. ✓'"tom• EACH SIDE I STELI. OM. :r PER PLAN - - - -r 1 I EXISTING P.C. PANEL ---- ,. c �.. I JOI ST PER PLAN --1 GI..6 PER PLAN - GLIB PER PLAN SINGLE NUT [PER PL.AN3 1 4'18 SCALE: 4'4 1 = -- : :j lit ► A SCALF: 3/4" =1 0" 4 PLAN SCALE: 4'4" =1 C) 0 Ask SECTION D-4 SECTION J-4- PLAN SECTION P-4 111111 1 I 11;11 111111 11111 S. PANEA.- PEA STEEL E3M. PER PLAN 5INGLE kw 5 45"� THREADED ROD OF EACH BEAM EXISTING P.C. PANEL 3 /4"0 EXP. BOLTS PARAPLT PER ARC.H. PER PLAN PER PLAN STUD WALL PER SECTION C -4 FINISH PER ARCH. EXISTING 3x10 LEDGER 6"x18 GA. STEEL STUDS 1/2" BRG. PLATE • OF PURL1N O 9" GA. ON BM. 3-#10 SCREWS (TYP.) 3 /a" KNIFE ft CONT. 18 GA. ANGLE (TYP.) 1" SIMPSON GLT3 HNGR PER RAN - - BEAM PER ARCH. SECTION E-4 VERIFY ,/ EXISTING 2'x DECKING fit 4ia" ft EA. SIDE w/ THRU BOLT NEW GLB PER PLAN SECTION K-4 PER PLAN) _SECTION R-4 5 /a "CDX PLYWOOD GLB PER PL AN EXISTING 6x16 PURLIN 4x6 BETWEEN w/LUS HANGER \— FIELD VERIFY 6"x18 GA. STEEL STUDS PER ARCH+ SYSTEM PER ARCH. r F'ARAPET FRAMING PER ARCH GL B PER PLAN OgG it CITY Of TUKWILA APPROVED AS NG DIVISION • NOT PIIBUSHED. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. THE ABOVE DRAWINGS ARO SPECIFICATIONS, AND IDEAS, DESKINS, AND ARRANGEMENTS REPRESENTED THEREBY ARE MD sihAu, REMAIN THE PROPERTY OF THE ARCHITECT, NO PART THEREOF SHALL BE REPRODUCED: COPIED. ADAPTED, DISCLOSED OR DISTRIBUTED TO OTHERS. SOLD, PUBUSHED OR -OTHERWISE USED WITHOUT 11W. PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT Of' AND APPROPRIATE - COMPENSATION TO THE ARCHITECT. VISUAL CONTACT coNynnnE CONCLUSIVE EVIDENCE Cf ACCEPTANCE OF THESE RESTRICTIONS. consultants WhIN TUKWILA, WASHINGTON SHUTLER CONSULTING ENGINEERS 1.4-450 N.E. 29th Place, Suite 118 Bellevue, WA. 98007 (208) 886-4473 FAX: (200) 889-8849 project title: PROPOSED BUIUDING FOR INFINM OF SEATTLE NOT PUBLISHED. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. T14E ABOVE DRAWINGS AND RPECIF'WCATIONSS. AND IDEAS. DESIGNS, AND ARRANGO4EN(S REPRESENTED THEREBY ARE AND SHALL. REMAIN THE PROPERTY OF THE ARCNIThtT, NO PART THEREOF • SHALL BE REPRODUCED, COPIED, ADAPTED, DISCLOSED OR DISTRIBUTED TO OTHERS, SOD, PUBLISHED OR OTHERWISE USED WITHOUT THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF AND APPROPRIATE COMPENSATION TO THE ARCHITECT. VISUAL. CONTACT WITH THE ABOVE DRAWIN''S OR SPECIFICATIONS Stall CONSTITUTE CONCL ISNE EVIDENCE OF ACCEPTANCE OF THESE RESTRICTIONS. • BUILDING PERMIT SUBMITTAL 6-17-92 f3'JIL171N1& i ?><i'?", aIRfM T 1010 7 - 2 ',L X I tf,, f A. e-f( i:.L 5 -r Tt) O� 2'4 "a!' =' `f p +PER AR .H. 27(4 2.4� = '� ;-- PCR. ARCH, IJAIr_ E :141 - 1N& DC- .EKING l TD P L.DGK I i.i& PANE-1- w/ / 3 -;((2t4 . P,)AKD / /z" 6 -( 2)4 - PLYWOOD v4/ OA G 1.0''0,4 . ALL- V(9E , I Z " CP. 4., I N v EXIhTIP;& 5X00 1- r7C, a rz A i3O V E. PRO\Ji :E ;4PSoN HUS ZIO-Z 'SKEv/E.P HA.K1exCR TO 5' /&x30 SEAM - ---� �, '. I/2 X LO X w /2 - / /4'' Sr:YP 561.T5 €I ob." &A, (MaED4" ) : T l4 `1 it I /2X I ZX 0-2 w/4- ,./p "Gif ExP 1 I/ BoLT5 (EM6EO4 ") - .' SE6TION C� 6 -ALE : 3 t' /zXS x f' - Z'l sa /2 - 3/4 "0 e)(P S /LT•S I I' /z." &A. (EMOEc 4 ") EiAL A ki k�. PER �E.G $.2Nj K- 4 - - OAI L 6.X151 PEGKItJla TO F 2 PANEL- 14,6/ BdAg,P CAP f . 5' /8 a ; (.l. (e) 'W4' FLAX.. --- E3ALM4:E PER 4 EC-1 ION K-4 "r,‘,. I 4 x lo ' /q. GA LE 3/1-" / r- y" KNIFE. SECTION C,-5 VV O x ;ei 45 � PER PL.A 2- ' M. S. 3 41065 TN(P, f°IE.LP WELD OK ---- 5 x 30 G1.6 PE.R ARCH, JOIST PER PLAN— 3 4 5 6 7 J i.. \•:.. rti'VY+E'rfO.V ' .. NOTE: If the microfilmed docus 1.4 "less than this notice, it is duff to the quality of the original document. TYPICAL --- 5 VS l 3 — kV4xexI' O " <n./ 2 3 /1" M.B. EA. �IO- r/ II TNKFADE HAN& ER ROC) PER 4E4TION `P - q Yix2I 6Li3 A- 35 EA61-1 3- #Io - IU46 /''o, c -. [vARIFj >5" G 2)( P LYWOO D 2x t3LY.(a - A3S EM, END t ., 1 /4" 1t EA . 51 n '\ w/ 2.- 541".014.0,,, ) I It` /TALL BeLTS ,- of >s?.T 61.011 LC 5 /0" BK b. NEW (D ". 6oK1G. DPW wAL.L PER 6 — flDNA-I -- IJEIV 5110E IVALI< PER ARCH RE-11ou► XISTINC ell-ASTER TO ae:1-00/ NE.iv SIDEWALK - %- " - -_ t *TG CAL. --•- "a/4" 2 A. k). e 24`% `3TAGGEREP (EMEND 4")--\ N � NE V C15x40. -•-\ z� 3x 3 1/40x 0'-4' i s w/ z'4" 0 E X P r3OLT (EM8eD 4 ") EACH SIDE OF C.oLLIM 1 tLOCA7E e 6' O" 12 L o" NAI VE FIN. FLR.) '---- T5. OE .. F'ER PLAN • EXI *TING BUILDING PANEL --- NEW eg, " 6,0HG, P G�I, WALL APO Z- 4 v 1; LOG.AT'l e21�1 ft, 1 4 xe I' -0" — -<2 .51 U �, FDN WALL. `--- 4 Y.4 POvve4. TN-4 RU 60411 N& WALT- TO MATCH Nr.W WALL. 'R IIvF, CUT > =Og NEW 5 lat.e• PRoVIPe• P . 1 / LU'' 4 'K- WEp HAkt∎l&ER 1O NEAAi -_/8" FiT7f'ep 4TIFFEN EA. SIDE 6GOL. 4.. P.- /8x r w/4 -3/4 0.0 T I', y APPROVED S,1:111 i9Wec:. ANC, D,VISI N consultants project title: PROPOSED DUILDNO I IUoardic deer group . architects 1319 dexter ave. n. suite 280 wattle, wash. (208)283-4764 SHUTLER CONSULTING ENGINEERS 14450 H.E. 29th Pleoa, Suite 118 Bellevue, WA. 98007 (208) 885-4473 FAX: (208) 889- -8849 L.=:' :�if'. } ... +.`'�+''c i 3i , 4 Eck° H.C. ` RAM LANDSCAPING 4- : --. LANDSCAPING _—_., — .r 241 *inn OF SMILE NEW BUILT UP ROOFING OVER H OVER NEW S RUC1URE (SEE SIR) MEW.: CONC SLAB ON GRADE REFER TO SHEET A -2 FOR SCOR NEW STRIPPING :399.57' i4E ) A4 MVlfOa nN" 1 f is . � ; A C S } Yea S it'll 1 Yr qa Ve. area t [, Y l.l. t 4,41." 2'R. --' 5'R. REMOVE EXISTING CURBING • IIIIIIIIIIII IIIII�Ill i I, LI IIi I III I i(I ! I II1tIl1(,I,1.,111 L , (! 1� 1 I: � ;^ ( 1L il :. ��ILI I 0 tO v.'s INCH 1 3 I 4 5 6 7 8 NOTE . if ` the microfilmeddocument is less clear " s clear than this notice, it is due to the quality of the original document. oe 6Z 84 LZ 9Z SZ bZ LZ 03 6L 81. Lt 9t 5l +7l CL Zl LL OL 6 8 L • 9 a C Z L wW 0 1 111111111111111 1111111111) 111111111111 111111111111111111111111111i1i !1!!1!1 ! 111ll11911,13111 lll1111111(I it ii 1 1 , , . 11 1 ` !IOU' ., r. ...•_ .,, ... .,, -.:..r..;,;.::., 11 ...,,..1":",•,..;:i.: . � hl1Jl�U(�1�I�1ll�llill 111) 1�). 11LI11i � llil�llr ll�lr�-`,i,:.7.:;*.;',',''.';''.' �l�l�ll�ll.il 11111111.IIIIIl1�111i1(IiII 111111 1 111,. II111111I1�11111111fllllllillll111111 ►111 , . I . ;_ .. _::> •__� s.. ,..0 rr •nE' f, �.. �: J;•.YA: f'*�- t.r- L I/ 1 11 111111111 1/110111 I 9 I 10 11 MAOE 12 �4. x2 :l. • BUILDING PERMIT SUBMITTAL 6- -17 -92 BUILDING DEPT. CORRECTIONS 7- -24 -92 al OWNER REVISIONS 16- 20--92 revisions no. revns date MUM EXISTING DOCK - EXISTING PIPE COLUMNS AND FOOTINGS TO REMAIN (TYP.) - aQLE : 1) 2) SCALE: 1/8" = 1'--0 FACE OF CONC. 14' -8 - EXISTING 4'-6"x4'-6"x1'-O" FTG. (TYP. @ EXIST'G INTERIOR COL.'s) PARTIAL FOUNDATION PLAN TOP OF EXISTING FLOOR SLAB IS REFERENCE DATUM E':- CONTRACTOR COORDINATE NEW FOOTING ELEVATIONS WITH EXISTING GRADES TO PROVIDE 1' -6" MINIMUM COVER Sc BEARING SOILS AS REQUIRED BY SOILS ENGINEER. 3) BOTTOM OF ALL EXTERIOR FOOTINGS SHALL BE 1' --•6" MINIMUM BELOW LOWEST ADJACENT GRADE. 4) CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD VERIY ALL EXISTING DIMENSIONS PRIOR TO START OF CONS (RUCTION. NEW 4" CONCRETE SLAB REINFORCED w/6x6-W1.4/W1.4 W.W.M., ON 2" SAND, ON VAPOR BARRIER, ON 4" GRANULAR BASE, ON SUBGRADE PREPARED IN ACCORDANCE WITH A SOILS ENGINEER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. EXISTING 7'- 3 "x7' -3 "x 1' -6" FOOTING - EXISTING 51/2" P.C. PANEL TO BE REMOVED - NEW F4.5 COL. FACE OF EXISTING PANEL BEYOND — EXISTING LANDING] & STAIR (SEE ARCH. DRAWINGS FOR DEMOLITION) COL. & NEW FTG. NEW F6.5 NEW F6.5 N EN! F6.5 NEW 1' -6" CONT. FTG. TYP< FACE OF EXIST'G PANEL BEYOND linardir_• design group . architects 1319 dexter ave. n. suite 260 eeettie, wash. (206)283-4704 FOOTING SCHEDULE MARK SIZE REINFORCEMENT F4.0 4'- 0 "x4'- O "xO' --11" 4 - #5 E.W., BOTTOM F4.5 4'-6"x4'-6"x1'-0" 4 -#5 E <W., BOTTOM F5.0 5'-0"x5"-O" x1' --2" 5 - #5 E.W., BOTTOM F5.5 5'-- 6 "x5'- 6 "x1' -2" 6 - #5 E.W., BOTTOM F6.5 6'- 6 "x6'- 6 "xi' -4" 6 -#6 E.W., BOTTOM TOP REINF. IS 2" CLEAR BOTTOM REINF. IS 3" Ci_R. TIE TRANSVERSE REINF. TO TOP OF BOTTOM REINF. & BOTTOM OF TOP REINF,. NOT PUBLISHED. ALL RIGHTS RESE WED. THE ABOVE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS, AND IDEAS, DESIGNS, AND ARRANGE:NENTS REPRESENTED THEREBY ARE AND SHALL REMAIN THE PROPERTY OF THE ARCHITECT. NO PART THEREOF SHALL BE REPRODUCED. COPIED, ADAPTED, DISCLOSED OR DISTRIBUTED TO OTHERS, SOLD, PUBLISHED OR OTHERWISE USED WITHOUT DIE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF AND APPROPRIATE COMPENSATION TO THE ARCHITECT. ' v13UAL COI:TACT WITH THE ABOVE DRAWINGS OR SPECIFICATIONS SHALL C.ONSTTTUTE COt4CLUSNE EVIDENCE OF ACCEPTANCE OF THESE RESTRICTIONS. consultants SHUTLER CONSULTING ENGINEERS 14450 N.E. 29th Place, Suite 116 Bellevue, WA. 88007 (206) 885 -4473 FAX: (206) 869 -8649 project title: FROPOsED BuLDIN.. INFINITI OF SEATTLE TUKWIL.A, WASHINGTON • NISMEttitigeofa 0 18 THS INCH 1 2 iI ,. II .. l ... 'pm . : 'milli-- NOTE. t themicrcfil.Tned docuT;sent is less clear than this notice, it is due to the quality of the Original document. 9Z Sa hZ CZ ZZ lZ oe 61 91 11 01 91 31 CI Z1 a Q . 6 I 8 11 11 Illll 111111111111111 !1111i.1 iU) !J��J!Li AMAIN!1(Il; Ilii ll!!T duuliii!111111lni illlllI11 t !!Iil!Illll'i,I lilllilili��iliinlliiillilillll1 lilli!ilillllii " v'3^ �'t' ,r te , .a, -M u . s 4 e Z 4.1w0 1 111111111111l1i!1ii 111111111111111111Il1t11Ilir ',,Illilllii1 is, w..,,. ��i:: fi.. �....... �.% k.., ia.. fsa.; rs+... sn.�<a- .aa:- • +.�,<ii +•a'iw_:'_: f?iiFa'Y�ec e+ v.+ �,+ s' aSk:, ..�•'.r�"as:�kdae'�,ndi:.eS�'�= .,<_s.>yht :�,� a linardlc design group architects 1319 dexter ave. n. suite 2 Battle, wash. (206)283 -4764 NOT PUBLISHED. ALL ft1GHTa RESERVED. THE ABOVE [DRAWINGS AND SPEGFICATH)NS. AND tDfAS, DEMONS, AND ARRASGF.1UFUT'S REPRESENTED THEREBY ARE AND SHALL REkWN THE PROPERTY OP THE ARCHRECT. NO PART TrhE.REOF SHALL BE REPRODUCED, COPIED. ADAPTED. DISCLOSkD OR DfSTRI8UTED TO OTH%RS, SOLD. PUBUSHEE OR OTHERWISE USED WITHOUT THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT Of AND APPROPRrATE COMPENSATION TO THE ARCHITECT. VISUAL CONTACT WITH THE ABOVE DRAWINGS OR f,PECIF!CATIONS SHALL CONSTITUTE CONCLUSNE EVIDENCE OF ACC£" TANCE OF THESE RESTRICTIONS. consultants SHUTL.ER CONSULTING ENGINEERS 14450 N.L. 29th Place, : Suite 116 Bellevue, WA. 98007 (200) 885-4-473 FAX: (206) 860 --8849 INFINIT! OF SEATTLE TUKWILA, WASHINGTON EXISTING 6x16 PURLINS 0 8'- 7"o.c. (8' --91/4 "o.c. 0 35'-1" BAYS) 1111111 pill 11 It 111111111111I! II 0 16 THS INCH 1 2 3 � c 6Z Be LF. 9Z 5Z +�Z CZ ZZ 111I11111I 1 {II IIIIl , IIII iIIII�, I�III ►II�IIIjITIII��d! ICI I� �I�I - - ? •.... .. .r l ,...� *3?": 24' -6"1 27' OTES: 1) ELEVATIONS SHOWN THUS: [M_.' -- .,_ ") INDICATE TOP OF FRAMING (BOTTOM OF PLYWOOD) ABOVE REFERENCE DATUM. ELEVATIONS U VERIFY PRIOR "/ INDICATE TOP OF EXISTING FRAMING. TO START OF CONSTRUCTION. ) ALL NEW ROOF AREAS TO BE SHEATHED w/%" COX PLYWOOD. LAY WITH FACE GRAIN PERPENDICULAR TO SUPPORTS & STAGGER JOINTS 48" NAIL w/lOd COMMON (.148"0x2t4" LONG) 0 f o.c. EDGES, i2 "o.c. FIELD. pill : .I I ;. h 1 1 1 r I 1 I 4 5 6 I 7 8 .. .::.. :.:.:.:.. w;. �- .•__.,� - .:... -_�.. ...__. ..:�.'w..:. :! rr _:.z:_�...: -Voc: c._ _ :»ri: -��w .�._.. -.: a:,,F - -...- NUTS: If the micro lied document is less clear than this notice, it is due to the quality of the prlginal document* 5IMPSU»l `HFIU21�-Z HANGfiI s w AS REQ' D) I .., ) NEW 5 1 A -4 4 71' y )24'.. Er f24' 6" , E - -5 PLAI•I D - 5 TS 14x6x T.S. _ COL. PER PLAN --- P -4 [25' - 2x12 12 "o.c. SCALE: 8'41 =II r� / _ CITY OF TUMID.. APPROVED )AR 93 Bt Ii SING . VIS eN RECEIVED env OF TLI NOV 5 1992 3UILOING PERMIT SUBMITTAL euit -e I eo Ogp --. 1RREGt;oh. ow Ki R f EYISIQIJS 6- 17--92 10.20-'2,. revisone date !hocked Jis date 6 t :►' w ^'fi t'�x ikx%F.t� .< .lw' 3u "1c ;u>a, yx`t.:A.: ", . tip -+i 9 h..tiio� .e.... .�,._.;.....«J- NOT PUBUSHED. ALL RIGHTS RESERM). THE ABOVE °ROWS AND SPECIfICAT'ANS, AND IDEAS. DESIGNS. AND ARRANGEMENTS REPRESENTED THEREBY ARE AND SHALL REMAIN THE PROPERTY OF THE ARCHITECT. NO PART THEREOF SHALL DBE REPRODUCED, COPIED, ADAPTED, DISCLO.'•Yr) OR DISTRIBUTED TO "OTHERS. SOLD, PUDUSHED OR OTHERWISE USED WITHOUT THE PPJOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF AND APPROPRIATE COMPENSATION TO THE AACHffECT. VISUAL COI/TACT WITH THE ABOVE DRAWINGS OR SPECIFICATIONS SHALL CONSTITUTE CONCUUSIYE EVIDENCE OF ACCEPTANCE OF THESE RESTRICTIONS. 14450 N.Y. 29th Place, Suite 110 Bellevue, WA. 98007 (208) 885-4473 FAX: (206) 869 -8649 ncm 92-34 17 --92 NEW GLB PER PLAN SIMPSON LSTA9 EA. VERT. w /3 -- 10d TO BM. & 3-#10 SCREWS TO STUDS--- 3-- #10 SCREWS - EXISTING PURLIN EXISTING 2x6 DECKING --- EXISTING BEAM -1 NOTE: EXISTING . COLUMN' CAP MAY BE USED VERZIFY .. 2 ' i PARAPET FRAMING /� PER ARCH. 1—SIMPSON ST18 STRAP 0 48 "o,c, EXISTING 2x6 DECKING- SECTIQN A -4 SCALE: 4 " =1 ' - -0 " SECTION 4 4 X 13 y:r- 4" "# tP..I3DLT (I MITI -f' ' Lam.- AflSkli$ SHORE AS REQ'D. SIMPSON LEG5 HNGR. (MUST BE PLACED ON NEW BEAM PRIOR TO ERECTION OF BEAM) 6 "x18 GA. BRACE 0 48 "o.c. CEILING & . WINDOW SYSTEM PER ARCH. 18 GA. CLIP ANGLE w /3- #10 SCREWS TO BRACE & 6-#10 SCREWS TO ROOF DECK (1" PENETRATION TO ROOF DECK)- CONT. 18 GA. TRACK MID- -SPAN OF BRACE w/2 - #10 SCREWS EA. BRACE. TERMINATE BY BENDING UP TO ROOF DECK 0 45'. FIELD VERIFY DETAIL g SLOPE PER ARCH. NEW % "CDX PLYWOOD -- NEW G1.8 PER PLAN- NEW TS COL. NEW JOIST PER PLAN w /LUS HNGR. (SKEWED AS REQ.'D) 4 3x3x T/4 EA. SIDE OF STEEL BM.- EXISTING 6x16 --- NEW 4 3x3x SECTION B -4 L -4 2 --� BEAM 2 ROWS . 10d �+ 6 "o. c. SIMPSON ST18 ® 48"o.c. SHORE AS REQ.'D ' - NEW Yap 0 M.B. THRU EXISTING BOLT HOLE (20 "o. c. SPACING, FIELD VERIFY). EXISTING 3x10 LEDGER - 4x12 BETWEEN EXISTING PURLINS w /LUS414 NNGR. EACH END EXISTING P.C. PANEL TO BE REMOVED `-- EXISTING 2x6 DECKING -- 5EE SECTION K -4 PLYwoo(7 SHt;AIz PAkIEL PER J �ICI�o yl^G7IO l\I M - 5 EXISTING P.C. PANEL TO BE REMOVED - -� 10d 0 6 "o.c.. NEW %/e "CDX PLYWOOD — NEW JOIST PER PLAN 2x6 BLKG. w/ 3 -16d TO EXISTING LEDGER SIMPSON LUS210 HANGER rFAC,I., OF STUD -- 2x6 CON- STAGGER f3ALA.CE PER SEG.TIOt-t A-4 *PER ARCH. 2 ROWS 10d ® 6 "o.c. BEAM PER PLAN — - --% "CDX PLYWOOD JOIST PER PLAN ` --2x10 BLKG. -- w /A35 EA. END (SKEW AS REQUIRED) - CEILING PER ARCH. BRACE !II° 48"o.c. SECTION C-4 IS IQT ~°°� PARALLEL AI)OI ;T ASSUMED INSTALLATION PROCEDURE: 1) INSTALL NEW SIDE PLATE /BRG. PLATE ASSEMBLY ON PURLINS & UNDER EXISTING LEDGER. 2) INSTALL NEW STEEL BEAM, COLUMN, FOOTING & ALL CONNECTIONS. 3) REMOVE WALL. (HOLE WILL HAVE TO BE CUT IN PANEL ON GRID ' TO ALLOW FOR BEAM INSTALLATION). SECTION H -4 SCALE: 4 " =1' - 6,"x le GA , 5TL S)UD e vt'L% GEILI►.IG 4 WINDOW r SYSTEM PER /if H ---� SIMPSON MSTAIB EACH STUD w/ 7 -10d TO BEAM 4 4 -4.10 SC.R. W . 10 5TU D r-- Cy ARicsJ SECTION N SCALE: I/2 -SIMPSON ST18 48 "o.c. -STEEL BM. PER PLAN DECKING ' L WOOD ? EAR PAN ( h GTIDN L --5 EXISTING 3x10 LEDGER EXISTING 2x6 EXISTING 6x16 PURLIN FIELD VERIFY - -4iio" PLATE EA. SIDE w/3/4"0 THRU BOLT —1/2" BRG. PLATE w / "x4 LAG t OF PURLIN .4t to 6c.R5V5 EACH JOIST f t' GL6 PER PLAN r 1 ! I �. , III i ( I " : � I 1 1 1 I I F a I. [I I f , ) - Rtil I 4 S 6 7 } ^y( �, !i »v' .a . ..W:':.i.K + - ♦ i' +..._.nit' ` •. NOTE If the microfilmed document is less clear than this as .notice, it is due to the quality of the original document. t et ct at St ill et zL tt 0 6 III1111III t1�Jlli� 111111111111111111 )IIIiIIIIIIIIIIIiijilillllil 1 :+ a7+'iY� � • f ` � -` . a c d"c r`S.. e + , f o +•i' .r a: i : �'�s .. NEW GLB PER PLAN EXISTING 3x10 LEDGER Ipb/a x5 1/2x0 -6" SECTION D -4 SCALE: 4/4 " =1' -0" SECTION J -4 Z. 9 $ ry ++ e Z tt war 0 ! Illlll� ll 111111101111111111111111111111111 I:010lli1011111 3 SIDES STEEL BM. PER PLAN -- SINGLE NUT 001.181 E NUT -GLa PER PLAN 5 /8 • '0 THREADED ROD STEEL STUD WALL PER SECTION C -4 FINISH PER ARCH. ----'" EXISTING 3x10 LEDGER 6 "x18 GA. 0 STEEL STUDS w 16 "o. c. 1 /2" BRG. PLATE w /1V2 "0x4" LAG OF PURLIN - -� ft. V2 x5 x1' -0" w /2 - 1 /2 "x4" LAGS 9" GA. ON BM. PER ARCH. +_PE_R ARCH. �I PER ARCH. SECTION E: BEAM 24' -6" VERIFY \--• FIELD VERIFY -4i0" It EA. SIDE w /3/4"0 THRU BOLT \� NEW GLB PER PLAN SECTION K -4 SCALE: 3" T 5. COL PER FLAN -- CITY OF TUKWILA APPROVED fitalk 81993 Ware errkivei ',m .AR. PANT .1 t - t PE IZ. SEITI&�N M OMITT Q FOf�. Gt_AKIT`; EXISTING 2x6 _ DECKING PER PLAN , , -- $/s "CDX , PLYWOOD EXISTING 6x16 PURLIN 4x6 BETWEEN , EXISTING PURLINS w /LUS HANGER RECEIVED CITY OF TU . I NOV 5 1992 PFAMIT CENTER 0 architects !herdic design ` group architects 1319 dexter rave. n. suite 280 Beattie, wash. (206)283-4764 project title: TUKWILA, WASHNGTON BUILDING PERMIT SUBMITTAL t t (LI r NIy OEM + 4 ....E,CT ION Za'LN►.I ION j 6-17-92 7 - 24 -9 I -2G-1 lu''-x l t 3 &A, e7TEIwL 4 .2. (TYPO ..-- .._._......_. __... T, 6.14Ke#x (GYP) ' . ceaL. P6fe,, PLAN --- PE R AtZ,6.1-4. ..,:, -ter- � .rte .��- • , . 4,1 /0x12.. &Lo PER. PLAN --- • T-J w/ 3- Iii r .A. PoAR) \:__ 1 /2" ri. -YW vv/ 544 &- tv' "c • ALL. 'i) 5-f.. Z"0,4, I NZ <P tv!';c ^• 1 /T 51`11C1 1 /2" gi M.0, - , 3/0" �-- 4..te � l I F It. Kew ---�- x Z t Gt CAP It ON C3H PL•ArE w/ 2 M. 6. NOT PUBLISHED. ALL RIGHTS RESSRVED.. THE ABOVE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS. AND IDEAS, DESIGNS, AND ARRANGEMENTS REPRESENTED THEREBY ARE AND SHALL REMAIN THE PROPERTY OF THE ARCHITECT. NO PART THEREOF SHALL BE REPRODUCED, COPIED. ADAM. DISCLOSED OR DISTRIBUTED TO OTHERS. sgopL.� PUB q OR OTHERWISE USE) WITHOUT THE PRIOR VIRIITEN CONSFNf OF AND APPROPRIATE COMPENSATION TO THE ARCHITECT. VISUAL CONTACT WITH THE ABOVE DRAWINGS OR SPECIFICATIONS SHALL CONSTITUTE CONCLUSIVE EVIDENCE OF ACCEPTANCE OF THESE RESTRICTIONS. consultants SHUTLER© CONSULTING ENGINEERS 14450 N.E. 29th Place, Suite 116 Bellevue, WA. 98007 (208) 885- -4472 FAX: (206) 659 -8049 E.XV)TIN& XIO L.EDGag. At3Dve. PP.OVI ©E 6 1MP 4 $01\1 HVa Z!G -2 SKE iE.D Ha.KV, R 1O 5 1 /6 (? O BEM 5/b "d THRE.AOE.P 1-1 ROP PE.R TION P-4 W tOL. t3E_LOW Vzx 12x I'- 2 /a" w/4 •- " 5xP. P)UL1 ' ('5MSEp 4'') - F ' /a,c5 1, t'- 2'!i w/ 2 - 3/4 "qb P, 1300 - '72 6)11112." &A. ( EN 3EV 4 ") - - - -- !J/NI L. EXt47TI ?J% PELK.1 I-1 7 TO E31.1)6.-K11-.1(2 w/ I 60 . f3UF+t? iJ 1:4,1 G,1 1 1 Vz. "GDX F't,•YWUDD PER. -° EX 15TI N O R :_, PANEL s -t110 13ALAN6Ir PER S GT ION K -4 1 14x lox 1 /4 ETJQN C -� sheet title: ROOF FRAMING SECTIONS BUILDING PERMIT Slllii°T SUILI7I146 PEPr. eeR1 .!- TII,N' e w N EK !Z l; �✓I I rrN'5 JIMMIED_ VED C17Y OF TUMIILA NOV 5 19Q �-- ! 7-•92 7 -24 '1_ to-20z designed JJS Jsis eta 6. 17 - '92 re.. PLAN 2- 3 /r+ "c6 m.P. 1 Dal cg? E rk �^. c. ,- 5- /13 " 6 p PLYw,Of L KA4I Nc& PI,R 4t 4:-1 IGN G.Q4 T: ♦♦ S rr S 41PE5 K -17 WELD JK. w30x. la& P ETZ PLAN t . Ih/Ir L'irAst EA . v GRT w/ -tool To BM, ;- #v 4REw4,, \ YO STUDS A116H 111 111 .. 1 1 1 1 , t1 (;� 111 j i 1 1 1 III ` f1T1 1. NOTE: If the Iaicrofilineu document is .Less clear than this notice, it is due to the quality of the original document, IZ OF, 6L . et G 9t 5L 'IA £I ZI LI QL 6 III lU1 11111ll1111111111f1111iI11�111U1111�I 111111'1111111((J111111 11111111 111111111�1'llil'111111l " i t , �+ �SkS t ^. •vST.K %r' K' ''` v ,� Y r f c . r., : V4 t' -0" (3ALAI�I X T't i. f L�T 1o t.i G_4 f . / ['✓OB :: ::ji )< "4k rLYwooP 5 /p, " 9 i 1C 5 Ve,c lS vt� 3 -4SIG 4GREw -ft. Y4 x e x I 1 -•O "w/ 2 M.6. EA. 51De. Vied) THREADED HAt,1( 1=.R R D P E.R E/_:TION P-4 • -- 2)02. BL. Kf>. r A35 E.A. EN v IV4 EA. 51 b W/ a- 3 • "� a II�4 .1.13DLT V, - re-PP or v I=.KT. ' LPTTEp HUIy4 �-- /�►I' eg.6. f . ---- L h t. :!ai"C `fit ��, ?'�•lL�f1 Y t 2 • �, .<<.1,� 4b1\lt• WAL.LP F? 4EGTION1 A -1 WEN 5icE -wk-K PER ARCH R I iOYE. 06ETING P1l..A$TER TO 15ELCAV NEW SIDEWALK --' -- t T COL. MAX. I/z x` 4'f2. 4.1%3:c% - %0' '' w/ 44 E. XI? C30LT EHe o 4 ") EACH Sloe OF Cffl Ut11,l (LOCATE. c G Q, o n 4 122 F'IN, FL.K) " 'sl ee�°w'rY. +,{6¢ey'¢ �'- 3•G.�se3�dxkxi; t. eP. GOT... PEKE. PLAN -1 7CIgrIN1, 244o ©ezK IN&& - U 1 f l m& x i f 11"T ro NEW �Vgxz ��w �IaE )KE■Nep HAN6eg.. =1 NeW6L2' New v4 3ox 10/5 I / "PL.AT New 6." 401\14 K= D? , WALL APE) 2 - #4 G r ot, LD4A r1aKI 41r2E• C) 4 t:XISTI J -UP #41,4' -D" DOWELS TRRU 6( i6T Kw, WALL - 10 MAT New WALL RE.INF. TUKWILA, WASHINGTON t• ti �f•. r k +: SV. o IF[1 Li7 A 11_, _,..,•;at: %iP3 `N" E • THE NORTH- 459 FEET OF TRACT 7 ANDOVER INDUSTRIAL PARK NO 2 ACCORD NG TO PLAT AS RECORDED ,(N VOL 7 OF PLATS PAGES 68 AND 69 RECORDS OF KING COUNTY ` WASHINGTON o ti L� ND N 5YJVLF 0 SECTION IDENTIFICATION LOCATED ON SHEET -- ---- DETAIL IDENTIFICATION -_ - -_.___ LOCATED ON SHEET ----- -•-- -• ELEVATION IDENTIFICATION LOCATED ON SHEET itm ROOM NUMBER OFFICE -_ __._____ _ ROOM NAME -- DOOR NUMBER -r - - -GRID IDENTIFICATION CENTER LINE PROPERTY LINE __. _._REVISION CLOUT) IDENTIFICATION NUMBER �? • � Il� IIII!t1111111111 0 76 THS INCH •I ATTL AND L ANGLE AT CENTERLINE tt DIAMETER OR ROUND 1 PERPENDICULAR POUND OR NUMBER A,B. ANCHOR BOLT ACOUS. ACOUSTICAL A.F.F. FINISH ABOVE AGOR. AGGREGATE ALUM. ALU1INUM ANOtD. • ANOt IZED APPROX.APPF).pX•X E A .. TB ARCM. ARCHITECTURAL ASPH. ASPHALT BO. SOARD BLDG. 8UILDING BLK. BLOCK OLK'G. BLOCXINO t3E;AM aT SOT;TO4 B.U.A. BUILT UP 000F CAS. CABINET c.a. CATCH 8AUIH GSM. ' CEMENT CH- CHANNEL C.J, CONTROL. 4b1Nr co. CEI1:XNI . CLR . CLEAR 0,,0, CLEAN 't ♦ N Qu . co L , COLD$ CONC. CONCRETE C. NN. CNN CTX • CONS T R ,cONETriVO1' ON CONT. C:ONT INUOW C.Y. +CERAMIC 7IL, cTFR. CENTER` CT>XK, COUNTt M $4aN DaL OQ1JI LE. DEPT, DEPARTMENT e. tiA91`' EA. EACH , M 9c. E.J. EXPANSION JO/NT. M D• L. ELEVATION IL v.t.EC'. ELEC PL1AL Eit,EV. ELEVATOR N. ENCL. ENCLOWAE. N.I,C. E.P. ELECTRICAL PANEL :NO 7:8. 1 06 ' bZ , ., , GZ ,. 9Z SE +72 £Z ez !! ii II 1 1 �IIII�Iill�illl�lllll (iUt11lilll11 I.I. Ilililll f i i�� Ill�il_I..l1 '1 '� 2 3 A B FLE [1 F SII: DIAMTE:R .:'.; DIM. VN NS2ON ORR. I VOR o 9. 00014epoU'I' DWcl DNAW Ili EQ . EOUAL EQUIP. EQUIPML�,NT EXIST. EXISTING EXPO. EXPOSED EXT. EXTERIOR F.D. FLOOR DRAIN F.E. FIRE EXTINC3- UYSHER te. FIRE HYDRANT FIN. FINISH .FLASH. FLASHING FLR. FLOOR FLUOR FLUORESCENT P OtJNO . F'E7tJNDAT I ET ON F M'$, PRAMING FY.. FOOT'an FE ETU. r obflNG t=URR. ,'FURRING r34 G t M LV . ; tAL'A Q ; C ', GENNRAL:.' CONTRACTOR G(. GI A5S '. ANC) . GROI) GA . t GR G P . Onoup •' 13 N, G. GYP WALL Gi YP'. GY HMrtO r AROWAFit HIP. •'HAN ICAt H.B HODE EliI$I P1 C . HOLLOW C : na H.M. 'Ht')LLOW METAL. HORII. 'H0t4Z TOTAL. INST., I NS TAI..I.ATTZN XN)SUt.. .XNSUl, ATI ON TNT. INTERI OA ' LAM . LAMINATED LE. • POUNp, LOC. LC1ck1'1ON MATL.` MAT gI'AL. MAX. MAX MUm MECH. MgCM'ANI4A , Mt'R . MA 'e6tC'rt9PIGFR $,H. MANHOLE , MIN, ` MIN IMUH M (ANEgUB METAL NOON NOT IN C r�UMDtyR _ NbT' TO SCALE ff • 1` `I 1''C' �. IIII S. SCHE0 . SHY S$Y'41 SIM. QRC. $TL . STOR. ST RUc . au$P V. BYM, 2 - r TEE „. INK. T.P. T.N. TYP, VE RT. W/ Wo , W/o Zl 1 U Io n a . I I SEPARATE PERMIT AND APPROVAL REQUIRED CDDN S O.C. ON CENTER 0/ OVER OPP. OPPOSITE P.I.V. POST INDICATOR VALV PL. PLATE PLYWO. PLYWOOD P.P. Ppowep POLE A. RADIUS : QR RISER R.0, ROOF DRAIN REC . RECOMMENDED REF. REFERENCE - REXNF . REINFORCED REG REQUIRED AM. . . FIoOM U.9 - ,o., tJNXrORM BOI.YL DINU CODE UNr TNISHEL) U . tD . Pt , UNLESS OT1iEK MW Vie NOTED VERTICAL, WEST W.X T�t 'WQtX3 w X NO OW. w.w 01ERI AOUr W t. .WA1 to FIESIRi' NT �ISt:Y. ,.WAINSCOT WT. WEIGHT . Ii 4 5 6 7 8 NOTE: If ~ the microfilmed document is less clear than Ibis notice, It is due to the quality of the original di cement, LZ 0Z 61 91 1 91 GL 3l £l 11 pi, 6 I 1'i i.IJ 01111I11n 'i 1 IIIj�I i, Ih 'I(1;l Idut 1I 11111111 iii li till ilill1111 1 i i I i I I �I I . I�IIIIIIUIIIIi li II�I ililil. .._ r.- y ...rs�..,.:a - r isr: r• .1. ` 'i$$.5t..n,:rr SOUTH SOLID CORE SOHEOULE SHEET SHEATHING SIMILAR SPECXPICATTON St3UARI STANDARD STEEL STORAGE. STRUCTURAL SUSPENDED ' STAIN ANO VARNISH SERVICE SYMMETRICAL, SIDEWALK TREAD TOP F CURD TELEPHONE TONGUE AND GROOVE THICK TOP Of PLATE. TOP p MgNT •TYPICAL . 1' 1 I I i i i,11! 1111111 11111111iI i 9 10 9 r111111 111(I111i111111i11 == A -0 TITLE SHEET C -1 STORM AND GRADING PLAN C - 2 EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION CONTROL PLAN L -1 LANDSCAPE PLAN L -2 IRRIGATION PLAN A-1 A-1A A-2 A -3 A -4 A -5 A -6 A -7 A -S A-9 A -10 s -1 FOUNDATION SECTIONS AND NOTES S -2 PARTIAL FOUNDATION PLAN S -3 PARTIAL ROOF FRAMING PLAN S' -4 ROOF FRAMING SECTIONS SL_._ ROQEFRAMING SECTIONS M - -1 I•i.V.A.C. 1 I I 11 L SITE pLAt.i BUILDING PLAN FLOOR PLAN EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS SECTIONS SECTIONS SECTIONS SCHEDULES REFLECTIVE E CEILING FIXTURE PLAN DETAILS SITE AREA: 214,493 SQ. FT. +,` -- ZONE: CM OCCUPANCY: CONSTRUCTION TYPE: TOTAL BUILDING AREA: EXISTING CAR DEALERSHIP EXISTING WAREHOUSE: PROPOSED CAR DEALERSHIP PARKING: J ARCHITECT L UNARDIC DESIGN GROUP 1319 DEXTER AVE N. SUITE 260 SEATTLE, WA 98109 FAX -1293 STRUCTURAL STIROC11JRAL ENGINEER SHU1tER CONSULTING ENGINEERS 14450 NE 20TH PLACE SUITE 116 BELLEVUE, WASH 98007 (206) 885 -=4473 5 • MADE M OERMAt.Y �t a ft : - 1111111 III 1 4 ww b F II ilil�illliillIlli1I1111�11iI�llll�lil! v C � fi Ya Y F 1 1 12 �r 11==== U aNDEX 3 8 -2 / B -1 V - -N SPRINKLERED 81,500 SQ. FT. 30,505 SQ. Fr. 35,811 SQ. FT. 15,184 SQ. FT. 203 STALLS UNDER TYPE V- N CONSTRUCTION A BASIC ALLOWABLE FLOOR AREA MAY BE 8,000 SQ. FT. AND IF THOSE AREAS ARE SPRINKLERED THEN A INCREASE OF THREE TIMES IS ALLOWED PER AREA t Cohtralctor to vasty ,exdetktg alle condltion3.: e. Cohttector to notl(y Atchltoct Immedt6teiy et en01190etni efe9 1n the pon!r ct dootittlifrita. 3. ; AlldSmenstt hsHneaete felaCevtettade ,boncretewallti,crnuwMlls end centcrllnea Ot relumnu and b*eals; UnlIe9 othar►I”: 4. t i**1iIaal find tgts6.t1E 10el tia14 nis ere'bteolder d elan, 6. General Contreatct resporralbte for eft ciatting 1'tnd tohltng. 8. f$flel!Uve teattire.mteybe tfrarrri ontoonce Eihntl b provided a$ f drl �+ir ' n i<n full, 7. The ,00htfliOtOr ap,ly and electriaa &I accupanoy, e3ectrtcel ettl o1hetrtermite, hulldfnOtfun111. a. Tig)itHHnn typItal. } • = '10. 661111 11'40e r e ing to bo deelOned tot aattlt, rutto atone 11 % I I. M .ttaeta�telslfntrd a 10 aI&r a to be 01 t1t 111en asi.reed 1,19 cc be 'of dame 1preed,typa dl, elsowltere to bit 'of Horne ' Etpt Bald t ype IP. 12. All tool.rngunted..etlulpttt*hi lay be' atpprovled by a. struclurel ntigltyeor *Mt drtiw1ngel`atiowIng lotaiion and le-downs. NI ca.J1L T=AIN A TA u CD FILE COPY I understand that the Plan Check approvals are subject to errors and omissions and approval of plans does not authorize the violation of any adopted code or ordinance. Receipt of contractor's copy of approved !ans wledged. IEy Date...1427/ Permit No CITY Or TUKW ILA APPROVED DcT . 1 BIJ;.aIN DIV JON RECEIVEb CITY OF TUKWILA OCT 71 is II!$�1. �:S'J 4;4 "»x�.� i'- :t' .r. r zt✓ "i ii 4arf it AOKWITMOY Wan tiF isiONOVION i rxxoultants sheet Ut 1 r. 1 r. "'fad'.+•? yP ."''' ' ,r{. '� ` '^. s?•: >`" a'?r:Y'.. x" • { • :i ( no a con • KCRS dra R/W GENERAL NOTES e tLe All construction shall be in accordance with the City of Tukwila Standards. It shall be the sole responsibility of the applicant and the professional civil engineer to correct any error, omission, or variation from the above requirements found on these plans. All corrections shall be at no addit!cnal cost or liability to the City of Tukwila. The design elements within these plans have been reviewed according to the City of Tukwila Engineering Review checklist._ Some elements may have been oveliooked or missed by the plan reviewer. Any variance from adopted standards is not allowed unless specifically approved by the City of Tukwila, prior to construction. Approval of this road, grading, and drainage plan does not constitute an approval of any other construction (e.g. domestic water conveyance, sewer conveyance, gas, electrical, etc.). Before any construction or development activity a preconstruction meeting must be held between the City of Tukwila inspection Unit, the Applicant, and the Applicant's Construction Representative. A copy of these approved plans must be on the job site whenever construction is in progress. Construction noise shell be limited as per the City of Tukwila regulations; normally this is 7 a.m. to 10 p.m. weekdays and 9 a.m. to 10 p.m. on weekends. It shall be the applicant's /contractor's responsibility to obtain all construction easements necessary before initiating off -site work within the road right -of -way. All utility trenches shall be backfitled and compacted to 95% density. All roadway subgrade shall be backfilled and compacted to 95% density. WSDOT 2 -06.3. Open cutting of existing roadways is not allowed unless specifically approved by the City of Tukwila and noted on these approved plans. Any open cut shall be restored. (14) ` The Contractor shall be responsible for providing adequate safeguards, safety devices, protective equipment,' flaggers, and any other actions to protect the life, health, and safety of the public, and to protect property in connection with the performance of work covered by the contractor. Any work within the travelled right -of -way that may interrupt normal traffic flow shall require at least one t ginger for each lane of traffic affected. All sections of WSDOT Standard Specifications 1 -07.23 - 'Traffc Control, shall apply. Proof of liability insurance shall be submitted to the City of Tukwila prior to the preconstruciion meeting. All pipe and appurtenances shall be laid on a property prepared foundation in accordance with WSDOT 7- 02.3(1). This shall include levelling arid compacting the trench bottom, the top of the foundation rnaterial, and any required pipe bedding, to a uniform grade so that the entire pipe is supported by a uniformly dense unyielding base. Steel pipe shall be galvanized and have asphalt treatment #1 or better inside and outside (KCRS 7.03). All drainage structures, such as catch basins and manholes, not located within a travelled roadway • or sidewalk, shall cave solid locking lids. All catch basin grates shall conform to KCRS drawing numbers 41,46, 47, or 40, which Includes the stamping "OUTFALL TO STREAM, DUMP NO POLLUTANTS ". Rock for erosion protection of roadway ditches, where required, must be of sound quarry rock, placed to a depth of 1 foot and must meet the following specifications: 4° -8740% -70% passing: 2° - 4" rock /30 %-40% passing; and 2" rock/10%-20% passing. Installation shall be in accordance with KCRS drawing number 51. ST UCTUDAS NOTES Vail i� iii IrI NOTES NTON NOTION VICINITY MAP 19' 0.66' I r GRASS LINED SWALE DETAIL 1" - 3' Rockeries aro considered to be a method of bank stabilization and erosion control. Rockeries shall ructed to serve as retaining wails. All rockeries shall be constructed in accordance with ig numbers 19, 20, and 21. n t � r, r ;T y > t � ,..�a�..ct�TV•iZ kit"` . -^"' J J .•_ :.t- .:..- .:n., ».x r-..i. '��' '., , • gi p 1 1 1 i ,l 1. �I- f � I ; I "' in ti J I ' ' 1 i �' ` 1 1'1 i I r 'l r , I . • I I 3 . 4 5 6 7 ,..r... - : r . .. -SUS.. :- = � rG'.C«:::' NOTE. If the microfilmed document is less clear than this notice, it is due to the quality of the original document. IZ o 61 81 1.1 9l. 91 7I et ZI 14 41, 6 6 G II ! I I ailliiul `lllllfii1i lllliiilll i�iiI! IIIlilllli�3111�illllilll�ll; llln�llll� )i�ililllllllillli�!iillllllli i1iittIIII)IIiiiII Iilil1111��ll�il ?... r:� i_ r i fa`. ;, .t'^� �ni fs rF ,db 4`y�tT.c�'• J . c.4• S",1 III -11 . 111,11 I I 1 I 11111 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1111111 1 111: 11112 • 10 O1A'. N BY BAKER BLVD. gat WIMP etilIalliFIMIND) Omani 115 LF GRASS LINED SWALE I IE =2148 Sa0.5% • 29.2 J._ C-1 EXISTING CURB AND LANDSCAPING TO BE .. REMOVED AND REPLACED WITH PAVING CB* 3 1Yt s 1 T0Pa25.5 IE n20.86 IN 1E =20.50 OUT SOLID _Il) 'r, ,W nit V'• air p CJ 4, 2e01 y /XL /q3 I I / J EX CB i TOP =24.5 1 iE =23.0 L 1 r 10 LF 12" ADS N -12 1 eeeeereeeteeeee 25. ■ FF 30.0 26 "r7Z 4S1 EX. DRIVEWAY / IE =20.31 TO BE REMOVED ! 46111140411111.1112.1111001001 26 l 1 27,6 I I 1 i a 25.3 / CB*4 TYPE 11 CONNECT - To EX. STORM LINE; TOP =24.0 IE 419.02ic.X.l IE =19.8 • r 441g I LF L 10 2" ADS N -12 LINED r� , Lf GRASS LINED SWALE ID LF . IE=21.66 i 0 2 , 1 r 25.0 24,9 24.8 24.7 Ex. CB -0.5 TOPa24.5 1G IE :23.0 (EX., IE '22.481PROPOSEDI 25.2 25.1 26 .2J 28 29 30 1 I -- - -1 1 28.3f 1 1 0 30 fi 611 MARKET STREET A SUITE 8 KIRKLANJD, WA 99033 (206) 822 -4886 FAX (206) 822 -•7870 29.4 • /v.s 1G o1L w/ 4 P. ✓ :f!sH .41( SCALE IN FEET 60 I NC. 23 i 25.1 Ja to r'tE? „W•elAic 1a 0 4-r i~ "../w2 e.. TYPE I TOPn25.3 IE =22.20 zl¢ tsR ROCKERY WALL. C9.1.TYPE I f TOP =25.9 1 ' IE =23.3 Valtilsilainsain !NM INFINITI 0 CITY OF TUKWILA APPROVED gulp 18 fgg2 AS ND PIUI'. DING DIVISION sescomosemotese APPROVED PER PUBLIC WORKS tic.cotli_ti7 LETTER DATED ---- � ►.�., CITY OF TUI<W UN 1 9 1992 PERMIT CENTER Eft ilN NUN tu31SVY1 N3921.1 t